Digital solutions for sustainability: ICT’s role in GHG reduction and biodiversity protection

Digital solutions for sustainability: ICT’s role in GHG reduction and biodiversity protection

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on digital solutions for sustainability, examining both the environmental impact of the ICT sector and its potential role in climate action and biodiversity protection. The session was part of the AI for Good Summit and brought together experts from ITU, UNEP, UNCTAD, World Bank, and various industry representatives to address standardization, measurement, and implementation of sustainable digital technologies.


The conversation began with ITU’s strategic priorities of universal connectivity and sustainable digital transformation, emphasizing the need for technical standards to provide common measurement foundations and enable global scaling of sustainability innovations. Participants highlighted that the ICT sector currently accounts for 2-4% of global greenhouse gas emissions, comparable to the aviation sector, with projections showing a 50% increase in CO2 emissions within the next five years. This presents particular challenges for developing countries in Latin America and Africa, which face the dual burden of being furthest behind in digital adoption while being most impacted by climate change.


A significant portion of the discussion centered on the development of standardized methodologies for measuring ICT’s environmental footprint, including the ITU-T L.1472 standard and a pilot project to create a global database for emission and energy consumption data. The importance of harmonized data collection across different regions and ICT sectors was emphasized, with experts noting the need for capacity building among regulators who often lack basic knowledge of emission reporting frameworks.


The session also explored how ICT can enable climate action in other sectors, with examples including early warning systems for floods and droughts, applications for farmers to select drought-resistant seeds, and IoT sensors for Amazon biodiversity monitoring. Speakers emphasized that successful implementation requires not just connectivity and infrastructure, but also comprehensive digital public infrastructure including ID systems and mobile money platforms.


The discussion concluded with insights on smart cities’ digital transformation toward net zero goals, highlighting ten practical guidelines for cities to leverage ICT for energy efficiency, renewable energy integration, and citizen behavior change. Overall, the session underscored the critical need for international cooperation, standardization, and capacity building to harness digital technologies for environmental sustainability while minimizing their own ecological footprint.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Standardization and Measurement of ICT Environmental Impact**: The discussion emphasized the critical need for standardized methodologies to measure and report the ICT sector’s environmental footprint, including greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption, and water usage. ITU’s development of standards like L.1472 and L.1410 was highlighted as essential for creating consistent, comparable data across companies and countries.


– **Digital Solutions for Climate Action and Sustainability**: Participants explored how ICT technologies can be leveraged as tools for environmental protection and climate mitigation in other sectors. Examples included early warning systems for floods and droughts, apps for farmers to select drought-resistant seeds, and IoT sensors for biodiversity monitoring in the Amazon.


– **Capacity Building and Implementation Challenges**: The conversation addressed significant gaps in knowledge and capacity, particularly among regulators and developing countries. Speakers noted that many ICT regulators lack awareness of basic concepts like scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions, highlighting the need for training programs and simplified guidance.


– **Global Collaboration and Partnership**: The importance of international cooperation was emphasized throughout, with ITU working alongside UNEP, UNCTAD, World Bank, and other organizations. The discussion stressed that partnerships are essential for scaling digital product information systems and ensuring standards are implemented effectively across regions.


– **Smart Cities and Net Zero Transformation**: The session covered how cities can achieve carbon neutrality through digital transformation, presenting 10 practical guidelines including embracing comprehensive digital strategies, utilizing ICT for energy efficiency, promoting circular economy practices, and encouraging behavioral change through digital tools.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore the dual role of ICT in environmental sustainability – both addressing the sector’s own environmental impact and harnessing digital technologies as solutions for broader climate action. The session sought to present ITU’s standardization work, showcase practical implementations, and foster collaboration among international organizations, governments, and industry stakeholders.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was professional, collaborative, and solution-oriented throughout the discussion. Speakers maintained an urgent but optimistic approach, acknowledging significant challenges while emphasizing concrete progress and opportunities. The atmosphere was highly technical yet accessible, with participants demonstrating strong commitment to international cooperation. The tone remained consistently constructive, with speakers building upon each other’s points and highlighting successful partnerships and initiatives.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Reyna Ubeda** – Works for ITU standardization sector, session moderator


– **Bilel Jamoussi** – Deputy Director of TSV (ITU)


– **Fabienne Pierre** – UNEP, Coordinator of the Green Growth Knowledge Partnership


– **Luis Adrian Salazar** – Professor at Latin University of Costa Rica, panel moderator


– **Laura Cyron** – Economy Affairs Office of UNCTAD


– **Jean-Manuel Canet** – Vice-chair of ITU-T Study Group 5 on Environment and Circular Economy, works at Orange


– **Rosendo Manas** – Co-founder of Resilio


– **Rosie McDonald** – Climate change officer of TDB-ITU (Development Bureau)


– **Sara Ballan** – Senior digital development specialist at the World Bank, leads Green Digital Business Line


– **Hiroshi Yamamoto** – Director and head of the standardization office at Nippon Telegraph and Telecom Corporation (NTT Inc.)


– **Cristina Cardenas** – Works at Coursera, leads government opportunities


– **Leonidas Anthopoulos** – Professor of e-business at the University of Thessaly in Greece, expert in smart cities and digital governance


– **Participant** – Works on Paris Agreement carbon mechanism and AI developments at UNFCCC


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Digital Solutions for Sustainability: Standardisation, Measurement, and Implementation


## Executive Summary


This session at the AI for Good Summit brought together international experts from ITU, UNEP, UNCTAD, World Bank, and industry representatives to examine digital technologies’ dual role in environmental sustainability. The discussion was structured as two fireside chats addressing both the ICT sector’s environmental footprint and its potential for enabling climate solutions.


The conversation highlighted a critical shift in global climate policy, with digital technologies emerging as a recognised issue at COP28 and COP29. While the ICT sector accounts for 2-4% of global greenhouse gas emissions, it offers significant opportunities for environmental solutions. Central themes included the urgent need for standardised measurement frameworks, capacity building challenges particularly in developing countries, and the gap between technical standards and political implementation.


Technical difficulties and time constraints affected the session flow, with some speakers experiencing connection issues and abbreviated presentations due to scheduling limitations.


## Opening Framework and Strategic Context


**Reyna Ubeda** from ITU’s standardisation sector introduced the session’s dual focus on digital solutions for sustainability while acknowledging the sector’s environmental impact. She outlined the structure as two fireside chats: first examining the ICT sector’s environmental footprint, then exploring ICT-enabled climate solutions.


**Bilel Jamoussi**, Deputy Director of TSV at ITU, emphasized ITU’s strategic priorities of universal connectivity and sustainable digital transformation. He noted a significant shift in climate discourse: “before COP28, I don’t think digital was one of the topics on the agenda of negotiators,” highlighting how rapidly digital technologies have gained recognition in international climate policy.


Jamoussi stressed that technical standards provide essential foundations for climate action by enabling stakeholders to “compare Apple to Apple” across companies and countries, though he departed partway through the session.


## First Fireside Chat: ICT Environmental Footprint


Moderated by **Luis Adrian Salazar**, Professor at Latin University of Costa Rica and former government minister, this segment focused on measuring and addressing the ICT sector’s environmental impact.


Salazar opened by noting the challenge of operating “in two worlds – the environmental world and the digital world” and emphasized the need to move beyond strategy proliferation: “stop to release strategies… We have a strategy for AI. We have a strategy for 5G. We have a strategy for the strategy, and it’s very confused for the different layers of the governments to implement solution.”


**Laura Cyron** from UNCTAD provided key statistics, noting that ICT’s current 2-4% share of global greenhouse gas emissions is projected to increase by 50% within five years. She emphasized that developing countries in Latin America and Africa face dual challenges: needing digital infrastructure for development while being disproportionately affected by climate change.


**Jean-Manuel Canet**, Vice-chair of ITU-T Study Group 5 from Orange, detailed the sector’s ambitious targets, including 45% greenhouse gas emission reductions by 2030 compared to 2020 levels. He highlighted key standards development including L.1472 for measuring CO2 footprints and L.1410 for assessing biodiversity impacts, providing frameworks for consistent industry measurement.


**Rosendo Manas**, co-founder of Resilio, presented a pilot project testing data collection frameworks with common definitions across ICT sectors and regions. The initiative aims to create a global database for emission and energy consumption data, addressing practical implementation challenges. He specifically invited collaboration: “if you want to participate in this pilot, please contact us.”


**Rosie McDonald**, Climate Change Officer of ITU’s Development Bureau, highlighted significant capacity gaps among regulators. Survey results showed many ICT regulators lack familiarity with basic emission scope reporting frameworks, creating barriers to effective environmental governance. She outlined efforts to address these gaps through regulator training programmes and e-learning courses.


## Second Fireside Chat: ICT-Enabled Climate Solutions


Moderated by **Cristina Cardenas** from Coursera, this segment explored how digital technologies can enable climate action across sectors.


**Sara Ballan**, Senior Digital Development Specialist at the World Bank, highlighted investments in solar-powered connectivity solutions that address both digital inclusion and environmental sustainability. She provided examples of ICT-enabled climate solutions including early warning systems, mobile applications for drought-resistant seed selection, and IoT sensors for Amazon biodiversity monitoring.


Ballan emphasized that successful implementation requires comprehensive digital public infrastructure, including national ID systems, mobile money platforms, and reliable connectivity – recognizing that individual applications cannot succeed without supporting ecosystem infrastructure.


**Hiroshi Yamamoto**, Director at NTT’s Standardisation Office, introduced perspectives on distributed data centre architecture connected by high-quality, low-energy optical networks. This approach could potentially reduce energy consumption while creating opportunities for developing countries to participate more fully in the digital economy.


## Technical Difficulties and Session Constraints


The session experienced several challenges that affected content delivery:


– **Leonidas Anthopoulos**, Professor at University of Thessaly specializing in smart cities, experienced significant connection problems. While he mentioned having “10 guidelines” for cities pursuing net zero objectives through digital transformation, technical difficulties prevented full presentation of this content.


– **Fabienne Pierre** from UNEP was introduced to discuss digital product information systems, but her introduction was cut off mid-sentence and she did not complete her presentation.


– Time constraints led to abbreviated discussions and limited the depth of technical exchanges.


## Key Areas of Consensus


Despite session limitations, several areas of strong agreement emerged:


**Standardisation as Foundation**: Participants agreed that standardised methodologies are crucial for consistent, comparable measurements of ICT environmental impact across companies and countries.


**Capacity Building Imperative**: All speakers emphasized extensive capacity building needs, particularly for developing countries and government officials lacking technical expertise in environmental measurement.


**Dual Role Recognition**: Universal acknowledgement that while ICT has environmental costs, it offers significant opportunities for climate action across various sectors.


**Partnership Necessity**: Consistent emphasis on collaborative partnerships across organisations, regions, and sectors for effective environmental governance.


## Implementation Challenges


Several critical challenges were identified:


**Political Translation Gap**: Salazar emphasized the fundamental challenge: “how can we convince the President, the Prime Minister, to be the leader in the digital strategy and the environmental strategy.” This highlighted the gap between technical capabilities and political implementation.


**Fragmented Approaches**: The tendency to develop separate strategies for different technologies instead of integrated approaches creates implementation confusion across government layers.


**Measurement versus Action**: Tension between focusing on standardised data collection versus prioritizing implementation of existing frameworks.


**Scaling Beyond Pilots**: Moving from successful pilot projects to global implementation, particularly in resource-constrained developing countries.


## Immediate Next Steps


The discussion identified several concrete action items:


– Continued testing of the proposed data collection framework through Resilio’s pilot project, with open invitation for participation


– Implementation of regulator training programmes and e-learning courses to address capacity gaps


– Development of extended greenhouse gas emission trajectories for the ICT sector to 2035-2040


– Increased participation from Latin America and Africa in standardisation efforts


## Conclusion


This session revealed both the urgency and complexity of addressing digital technologies’ environmental role. While there was consensus on the need for standardised measurement and capacity building, significant challenges remain in translating technical solutions into political action.


The emergence of digital technologies in international climate policy represents a significant opportunity, but realising this potential requires addressing the political and implementation dimensions beyond technical standards. As Salazar noted, success depends on securing high-level political leadership for integrated digital-environmental strategies rather than fragmented approaches.


The session demonstrated that while technical solutions are necessary, they are insufficient alone. The path forward requires continued collaboration to ensure digital technologies contribute positively to environmental objectives while minimising their ecological footprint, with particular attention to inclusive implementation across diverse global contexts.


Session transcript

Reyna Ubeda: Good afternoon, everyone. Many thanks for being here. Welcome to our sessions on digital solutions for sustainability. Recording in progress. Sorry, now we start again. Good morning, everyone. My name is Reyna Ubeda. I work for the ITU for the standardization sector. Welcome to our session on digital solutions for sustainability, ICT’s role in GHG reduction and biodiversity protection, and also from data to impact, digital product information system, and the importance of traceability for global environmental governance. To start this session, I would like to give the floor to Mr. Bilel Jamoussi, Deputy Director of TSV. Bilel, you have the floor.


Bilel Jamoussi: Thank you very much, Reyna. Good afternoon, everyone, and welcome to the session. It’s really a pleasure to have you as part of the AI for Good Summit with us this week. The ITU has two strategic priorities, universal connectivity and sustainable digital transformation. These are the two strategic priorities agreed at our plenipotentiary conference in 22 in Bucharest. And so everything we work on is really guided by those two principles of universal connectivity and digital transformation that is sustainable, especially now that all industries are transforming and leveraging digital technologies. And this highlights the importance of a sustainable future for the digital tech industry, but also that this industry can be a powerful force for climate action. Technical standards are essential tools for action because they give us a common foundation to measure things. So we can compare Apple to Apple. They help us bring key innovation to global scale. When we uncover new opportunities to improve sustainability, standards can provide blueprints for everyone to benefit. Energy efficiency, for example, is fundamental to the cost efficiency and the climate action commitments of the digital tech industry. It’s also an area where digital technology companies are gaining new revenue from innovations improving energy efficiency in other industries. The optimizations, for example, through use of AI as one of the technologies, can help other industries reduce their energy use. And that’s why companies invest in the ITU standardization work. Our standards for sustainable power feeding and smart energy control help us optimize efficiency and make better use of renewable energies. Our standards provide climate impact metrics and measurements, methods to keep us on the right track. And very importantly, our standards are the result of collaboration and consensus decisions. They are voluntary commitments to new ways of working together. Standards help technologies to speak the same language, but they also support clear communication among companies, business… Hello, how are you? Good. Who was that? So our green digital action activities also work in service of this communication. And that’s why these activities engage so many partners. How many of you were in COP29? Right. Okay. So as part of these activities at the UN Climate Change Conference, digital tech companies have highlighted their commitment to greater transparency on climate impacts. And I’m glad to say that we are achieving strong progress. Before COP28, I don’t think digital was one of the topics on the agenda of negotiators. So we started this in COP28 in Dubai, COP29 with the declaration in Azerbaijan, in Baku, and we have a plan in working with Brazil for COP30. ITU members are working on standards for a new database on emission energy consumption. And I’m looking at my colleague here from BDT, Rosie, who is leading some of this effort for… We are launching a project to test the feasibility of the proposed data collection framework. We all need to agree on how we are going to collect the data. We will present this project today, as well as other key ITU standards for climate action. Our United for Smart Sustainable Cities initiative is also launching two new reports this week. This initiative includes 17 UN agencies that have been working on smart sustainable cities for a number of years based on an ITU standard for key performance indicators for smart sustainable cities. Methodologies to assess net zero progress in cities and guidelines for cities to achieve net zero through digital transformation. In the following session, we will look at how ITU standards are supporting the creation of sustainability passports for digital products with the aim of delivering data essential to circular economy. These standards are being developed in collaboration with ETSI. We have an amazing partnership with ETSI. We develop together and we publish together most of the standards in this area as technically aligned deliverables. And this work forms part of a broader global framework for digital product information systems developed jointly with One Planet Network, UNEP, the Wuppertal Institute and the World Business Council for Sustainable Development and other partners. So partnership is a key in order for us to really work together and pool all of our resources and efforts towards achieving concrete outcomes. All of you, whether in government, industry, academia or civil society, can drive ITU standards work with your collaboration and consensus decisions. I welcome you all to join us. I thank our organizing partner today, One Planet Network, UNEP and UNCTAD. And I thank our expert speakers and everyone joining us for your contributions to this important discussion. And I’m looking forward to learning more about your latest thinking and priorities and how ITU could best support you. Thank you.


Reyna Ubeda: Thank you, Mr. Jamoussi. Now I would like to give the floor to Dr. Fabienne Pierre from UNEP. Fabienne, you have the floor.


Fabienne Pierre: Thank you very much and thank you for this opportunity. So indeed, I work for UNEP. I am the coordinator of the Green Growth Knowledge Partnership. and well, before I say a few words about this and about the importance of the topics that will be discussed today during the session, I just want to say that indeed, I fully agree with what you just said and how important it is to harness the power of digital technologies to achieve sustainability and circular economy, but also how important it is to make sure that such technologies are part of the sustainability transition. And so in GGKP, which is a global initiative that is led by UNEP together with the World Bank, I know we have the World Bank today, UNIDO, the OECD and Global Green Growth Institute in Korea, our very objective as a partnership is indeed to leverage knowledge partnerships and digital technologies to facilitate the sharing, the flowing and the application of green and circular economy solutions. And we very much focus on actionable knowledge, knowledge from experience, knowledge for action that can guide stakeholders within value chains and high impact sectors, including the ICT sector into adopting a new standards and policies and norms and practices that support the transition to sustainability. So this is a very important topic for us and in the work that we are doing because we want to also contribute in the dissemination and making sure that those standards and norms and best practices actually reach the right stakeholders within value chains in a way that meets their needs and specific context. That’s a challenge that we’re facing to all of us have experienced that, that we are overwhelmed with the amount of information available out there. And at the same time, it’s difficult to navigate this ocean of information. How digital technologies can help us, including AI, help us access and channel and access this knowledge in a much more effective manner. And this is true for a. The product information is one of the topics for discussion today and indeed you said it also, digital technologies are reshaping industries today and we have tools that enable unprecedented data integration and innovation. So indeed digital product information systems that includes things like digital product passports are emerging as transformative tools to increase transparency and accelerate the transition to a circular and sustainable economy. Indeed those systems are meant to facilitate the sharing of standardized product data along the life cycle of products and include environmental performance but also resource composition and other relevant information that will impact potential end-of-life options. So digital product information systems are all about transparency, efficiency but also recyclability of products and informed choices and that’s what we want to highlight is how those instruments can empower consumers also in making informed decisions. And so how can we look at digital product information systems also as an essential tool for transparency within value chains that also informed consumption with detailed information about the products that we are purchasing and consuming from origin to end of life. In fact scaling, so there are many initiatives at the moment at country level, in regions working on different sectoral digital systems. So again such as digital product passports and they are focusing on specific areas or products like batteries or plastics, textiles, electronics. But how do we scale up those information systems and those initiatives? It really requires, as you mentioned, partnerships, coherence, coordination, harmonization. And so the question is how can we work together to ensure that such systems and initiatives talk to each other and how do we help them continue developing in a way that allows information and data to flow in an effective, accessible and verifiable manner within and across industries. So indeed UNEP and the One Planet Network is working in very close partnership with ITU and UNCTAD, the Consumer Information Program of the One Planet Network and many other strategic partners to develop a global framework for digital product information systems which is, as was highlighted, fundamental to harmonize and bring those initiatives and practices together, address the challenge of fragmented approaches and


Bilel Jamoussi: Thank you very much Fabienne. I am going to leave you in good hands with my colleague Reyna, who is the counselor for our Study Group 5. As you can imagine, we have many parallel sessions and I would like for you to excuse me and I’ll leave you in good hands


Reyna Ubeda: with Reyna. Thank you. Thank you, Bilel. Okay, thank you so much Fabienne for your words. Now allow us to start with the first fireside chat, exploring the environmental footprint of the ICT sector from standardized measurement to transition plans. And I would like to give the floor to Prof. Luis Adrián Salazar from the Latin University of Costa Rica that will be the moderator of this session. Thank you very much and good afternoon. We


Luis Adrian Salazar: have two challenges. The first of all is to talk about the environmental and digital world. And the second is to use extremely effective the 25 minutes that we have with four excellent panelists. So for that, all that I want to say is that this panel have a big goal and needs to try to give one idea in order to improve all that the people are doing to understand that we are living in the virtual world. However, it makes sense while we have a planet because we don’t have a planet and we lost all that we have in the environmental access, we’re going to fail. So my idea is to have two minutes in the and Dr. Laura Cyron. We are going to start with the first question and then to try to make a wrap-up with one idea. And after that we define ten questions with Reyna, we start to work in order to make two resume questions. I would like to present my panel. Laura Cyron from Economy Affairs Office of UNTAC, thank you very much. Jean-Manuel Canet is the vice-chair of ITU-T Study Group 5. Then Rosendo Manas, where is Rosendo? Rosendo is over there. He is co-founder of Resilio. Rosie McDonald, climate change officer of TDB-ITU. So thank you very much to all of you. The first question is how can standardization methodologies and harmonized data disclosure practice support more consistent, transparent and comparable measure of the ICT sector’s environmental footprint across companies and countries, covering the full life cycle, including scope-three emissions? Just one comment in this question. When we talk about countries, I will want to emphasize about how can we include countries in LATAM and Africa, because in some countries, like Europe, it is easier to be involved with the digital world and environmental in the same page. So I would like to include LATAM and Africa in your answer. Please, Laura.


Laura Cyron: It’s a small question with minor, well, very sub points. OK, so thank you very much, first of all, for having me. I am coming from this perspective a bit with the question of how does this problem fit into the question of trade and development, basically. So standardization, of course, is a very essential role in this case, because we in our work very much look for evidence-based policymaking approaches. And for that, we need data. And as we know very well that the ICT sector, and especially the measurement of its footprint, is something that is still well fragmented, to say the least, in the case of how we measure this. And therefore, of course, this implies that there is a lack of reliable and standardized data that we can use for the policy guidance that we try to offer to countries, particularly in developing countries that tend to be also somewhat further behind in measuring their ICT sector. In this context, just to maybe give a bit of context, so we think or estimate that the ICT sector emissions currently are somewhere between 2 and 4 percent of global GHG emissions, which is apparently close to the aviation sector, so quite sizable already. But this is somewhat outdated data. The International Energy Agency anticipates that within the next five years, the CO2 emissions of the ICT sector will rise by at least 50% after having already grown around 60% within the previous five years. And that, of course, is a significant concern, especially for developing countries, because in our work at UNCTAD, we quite often face this dual reality of digitalization, which will be a very helpful tool to make things more efficient for economic growth, but also in terms of climate solutions. At the same time, we are very keenly aware of the fact that the developing countries are the furthest behind and most impacted by climate change and environmental pressures, so that they are the ones that face this dual issue of a double burden, where they cannot harness digital technologies yet to the extent necessary. And that is, well, first of all, of course, one of the reasons why we very strongly support initiatives like the ITU-TL 1472, because this will bring more standardization to this area in terms of measuring the CO2 footprint. But what we also look at quite keenly in our work is sort of the more holistic lifecycle approach. So we are also quite concerned in the case of water use for the ICT sector and the impacts of biodiversity. But for that, of course, ITU also already has an approach, which is quite good in terms of L1410. So that is quite encouraging. And what is initially quite encouraging, I think, in the work today that we’re seeing is the growing awareness of this issue, so that the Global Digital Compact, for instance, has recognized the fact that we need more measurement and awareness of the ICT sector impact, as well as the recent intergovernmental group that we had at UNCTAD. And then I think just two days ago, the BRICS very keenly also emphasized the importance that we figure out what the AI governance will bring in positives, as well as in its environmental impact. So thank you very much.


Jean-Manuel Canet: Thank you, Laura. Jean-Manuel, please, the floor is yours. Thanks very much. Thanks very much for having me this afternoon. Very pleased to be here. representing the study group five, which is the lead study group on environment, climate, biodiversity, water topics. And so maybe to answer first to your question, we, so we, we develop standards and we develop standards cooperatively, and this is done with the participation of experts from all the regions. And we have seen in the past years, a strong participation, for instance, from LATAM, from Africa region, we have a lot of participation of experts coming from member states, from, let’s say, the industry, from academia. And this is very important for us because they bring a lot. And also in the study group five, we have the chance, the opportunity to have regional groups. And through these regional groups, the different members contributed, they coordinate, they give more strength to the effort. So this is very important. So that was to answer your first aspect of question. And then to continue, and thank you so much for mentioning all the standards that we have been developing. I can say first that it’s important to set a goal. And we did that. And we did that in cooperation with the International Energy Agency and with the so-called science-based target initiative. We set the goal for the ICT sector to reduce its GHG emissions by 45% in 2030 compared to 2020. We know some of the actors in the ICT sector are doing well, like telecom operators, because they are using much more renewable energy to power their networks in many regions of the world. And their emissions are decreasing. We know there are some challenges, of course, corresponding to the development of artificial intelligence in particular. And to address that, we collectively, the study group has decided to develop some new trajectories up to 2035-2040. We invite all of you to contribute to this work and to contribute to the trajectories. In terms of GHG emissions, we also have development of standards regarding the impact of the RCT sector on biodiversity, for instance. Water is another important topic that we are going to look at regarding the impact of artificial intelligence. As you mentioned, we have developed a standard to look at all the key indicators that should be collected in order to have the nice view, the full view on the RCT sector, GHG emissions, energy footprint at worldwide level, at national level. And for this, a pilot is going to start and I will let colleagues explain further about that. Thank you so much. Thank you very much, Rosendo.


Rosendo Manas: Thank you, Jean-Manuel. It’s quite easy when someone introduces the work you’re doing right now. So exactly, we’re launching this pilot project. It is very simple. We have this database that we’re creating and the question is how or what should be included, what definition should be in it, because we can all say people should report on the carbon emissions, but what exactly should be inside, specifically so that everyone has the same language, same words, same wording, and knows exactly what to do, what to report on. And it’s really that common language that we’re trying to figure out in this project, this pilot project, as to later have those figures, that information, which will help all the sector guides and go through those towards that direction of the emissions. One of the key aspects that was mentioned before of this pilot project is that not only we’re looking at different sectors within the ICT, so looking at telecom operators, data central operators, as well as manufacturers from ICT, but also looking at that regional level, making sure that we have actors from all the different regions within the world, Spain, Europe, Africa, North America, Asia, and all the other different regions, basically. So to be able to, at the end, say we’ve actually covered all the scope. We have all the insights from all those different organizations and companies and that will help us create that standard, reinforce that LW1472, which we believe is key in order to help the whole sector, ICT sector, reduce those emissions. And yeah, lastly, we are inviting you all to help you contribute on our work. If you’re interested in what we’re doing, please come after the talk, reach us, talk to us. If you’re interested, happy to have this conversation, explain you in detail what we’re trying to do. We believe this is super important for everyone, for all the ICT sector. So really keen to help you on that.


Luis Adrian Salazar: Thank you, Rosendo. Rosie? Great.


Rosie McDonald: Thank you very much for having me here as well today. So I’m also a colleague in ITU and I’m in the Development Bureau. So we do a lot of work, particularly with countries and to complement the work going on within the Standardization Bureau and the database development. We’ve also been working with a group of experts from different countries to try and harmonize and sensitize different regulators specifically to start collecting this data. We saw that as a big gap when we start collecting data. A lot of regulations are not in place. A lot of ICT regulators don’t really collect environmental data. So we see this as a big opportunity to really help start collecting data to establish what indicators there are based on a first set, based on the standard, based on a report that we do, an annual green digital companies report, where we also collect data from 200 companies. So we know what data currently exists publicly. So we’re really trying to build capacity at the country level. And yeah, we have within that group quite a lot of experts from different regions, but we do see that as a gap currently. And there’s a couple of countries who are leading data collection efforts and, for example, the French regulator and the Norway regulator have been starting this work. So we’re really trying to feed in from their experience to really improve data collection globally and see how we can better populate this database over the next coming years. Thank you.


Luis Adrian Salazar: Thank you very much. We are going to make the second question. However, I will give you time to make a final reflection. I think that we have been talking about that. If we don’t have measures, we don’t have data, it is very difficult to have information, and the most difficult is to take decisions for public policy. I was Minister of Technology of Telecommunication in Costa Rica, and I know the difficulties that represent when you try to coordinate public policy in different areas. So, if we are talking about e-waste, GHG, water consumption, it is very difficult to put all of the people in the same line. But the most important and the most difficult thing is how can we convince the President, the Prime Minister, to be the leader in the digital strategy and the environmental strategy. So, in this line, I would like for you to make a final reflection about what you recommend. How can we implement some method to translate from the technical words to the political action, in order to measure but to make a call to action and replicate along the word. Please, Laura, it is your turn.


Laura Cyron: That is a good question. Well, as I said before, one of the main issues often missing, especially in an area that is evolving that fast, is data for background. But then at the same time, what we see a lot in our work is also just a lot of capacity building about the different technologies and why we are now all of a sudden talking about digitalization, but also the impact on the environment. So, I think that is something that you need to enforce, well, not enforce, but bring about a lot more, is that there is more capacity building about how quickly technology evolves and what the impact on the environment is, especially, for example, in resource-rich countries where there is a lot of mining effects, for example. Thank you.


Jean-Manuel Canet: Thank you so much. I believe that it is important to provide some examples showing that it is already existing. You mentioned, Rosy, the example of France. France is collecting data and it is working for several years. Other countries have started to show the example, to explain how to proceed in a relatively simple manner, to provide some clear guidance, simplified guidance, I would say, and then to delegate the effort. Because, of course, we need people to help us doing this effort in every country. So, some training would Dr. Bilel Jamoussi, Dr. Laura Cyron, Mr. Jean-Manuel Canet, Dr. Rosie McDonald, Ms. Cristina Cardenas,


Participant: Dr. Rosie McDonald, Mr. Hiroshi Yamamoto, Ms. Cristina Cardenas, Dr. Rosie McDonald, Dr. Rosie McDonald, Ms. Cristina Cardenas, Dr. Rosie McDonald, Dr. Rosie McDonald, Dr. Rosie McDonald,


Rosie McDonald: Dr. Rosie McDonald, Dr. Rosie McDonald, Dr. Rosie McDonald, Dr. Rosie McDonald, Dr. Rosie McDonald, And yeah, with the capacity building as well, I think that’s a really important aspect. We put out a survey to really try and understand what the knowledge of different regulators, for example, were on emission scope-free reporting, and a lot of them weren’t aware of the simple terms with scope 1, 2, 3 emissions, so I think that is a big gap, and it’s something we’re trying to improve and increase, and we have a new project at least, which is focusing on and piloting in a couple of countries in Asia-Pacific and Africa, and has a global component where we’ll do an e-learning course to really try and at least sensitize and improve that basic knowledge in terms of what the standards are, what the different landscape is to help collect, so yeah, I agree very much with what the colleagues have said. Thank you.


Luis Adrian Salazar: Thank you very much. I hope to accomplish with the time, Reyna, and thank you for my panel, because we practice to speak extremely fast, so this awake all of us. Just a little observation. I want to remark in the global awareness and the useful of a standard, and the action of ITU making more standard and replicate more standard is incredible, and just one recommendation is for the countries is stop to release strategies, and what mean that? We have a strategy for AI. We have a strategy for 5G. We have a strategy for the strategy, and it’s very confused for the different layers of the governments to implement solution for the different. Thank you very much for the opportunity, and please, an applause for all of my panelists. Thank you.


Reyna Ubeda: Thank you so much, Luis. Thank you for doing well with the time. It’s very much appreciated. But just wanted to add a bit of what this session, because I know it was just 20 minutes of discussion and we cannot talk about everything. But one, what is important is that standards, they should be implemented. And once they are implemented, we can know where is good, where is not good, what can be changed, what works for this country, what works for others. And for that, we need implementing partners. For example, our collaboration with UNTAC, with One Planet Network, with the World Bank, or with other organizations that are working on environment, this is very important. So, when you think about standards, don’t think, oh, they are written on stone, there’s no change. No. Standards are written by people in a nice venue, but then you need to implement it. Then you need to see how we can make it easier also for the regulators, for the other stakeholders, because sometimes they are technical. So, we need also this part on the raising awareness, the campaigns, the trainings that you are working on, and also for the governments. Don’t be afraid about the results. There are no bad results. There is just results that are giving an opportunity to improve. So, now, let’s go to the next session. Fireside Chat 2, Enabling ICT-Based Solutions for Climate Action. And I would like to give the floor to Cristina Cardenas. First, we learn about the impact of ICT, the GHG emission of ICT, and now how ICT can help other sectors to reduce their GHG emission. Cristina,


Cristina Cardenas: the floor is yours. Yeah, thank you. I hope I can be as fast as the panel before was. Well, good afternoon. I’m Cristina Cardenas. I’m in charge of leading all the opportunities that we have with Coursera in different governments. And I see the good part of technology. I always see how technology can impact and need no one behind in terms of education. But this time, we are going to talk about the other side of technology, but also how technology be a solution also for improving the conditions of the environment. So, we are going to talk about two main things here, how we measure and report the environment impact of the ICT, and the new digital tools that can help and protect the environment. And we have experts. I will also give some instructions of our panel, which is like two to three minutes to present what are they doing, the field of work. I know it’s very brief time, but we also rehearsed before. And also, we are going We are going to have two questions that we want to solve in each one. So I will start with Sara Valen, a senior digital development specialist at the World Bank where she collaborates with Green Digital Business Line and Sara supports countries in expanding digital access through sustainability investment and promotes the use of technology for green solutions. I know that you are going to talk about your experience, the perspective that you have on how innovation can drive environmental impact, so the floor is yours, Sara.


Sara Ballan: Thank you so much. Can you hear me? Great. So good afternoon, everyone. My name is Sara Valen and I work at the World Bank in the digital vertical. I actually work with Yolanda over here, so it’s great to have a colleague. I lead what we call the Green Digital Business Line and my role is twofold. As you mentioned, I work together with our country clients on greening the digital investments themselves. So we don’t measure as much as ITU, but we try to actually work with the clients when they invest in digital infrastructure to also reduce the footprint. And then I work with countries on how to leverage digital technologies for various green applications, including biodiversity, climate resilience and so forth. To give you an example, we do it for many different purposes because climate change is an issue, but we also do it very much for digital inclusion. So, for example, we invest in last mile connectivity solutions and there we also invest in solar. That’s good because it reduces the footprint of telecom infrastructure, but it’s even better because it reduces the cost of the connectivity. Diesel is super expensive. Others have mentioned orange. You have to have a car to drive it. So if we use solar, we do two things at once.


Reyna Ubeda: Thank you. Very fast. Into two minutes. And Sarah, can I ask you one of the questions? What are examples from the World Bank on ICT is used for climate action?


Sara Ballan: Yeah, no, good question. So I used to live in Kenya and Nairobi where I live, there are lots of floods and it creates lots of problems. In other parts of the countries, they have droughts and the farmers have to migrate because of droughts. So I have bank colleagues working on early warning systems using digital solutions. I have other bank colleagues working on apps for farmers to pick drought resistant seeds or apps that help farmers reduce the footprint of their production. So those are very practical examples together with our sectoral colleagues. So we support those, but we also work on the digital infrastructure that enable these. Another example is from Brazil. There we are working in the Amazonian region with different solutions that link to biodiversity with the Amazon IoT sensors. So very important work there. But without connectivity or data centers and so forth, there are no of these applications. So we also have investments in that kind of digital infrastructure. And the role of our teams are to link those investments in good ways to really accelerate these applications. Thank you.


Reyna Ubeda: My brother-in-law is doing that in Africa. I’m very used to that. So what type of enablers are necessary to scale these? You mentioned connectivity, you mentioned infrastructure, but what else?


Sara Ballan: Yeah. No, it’s a great question. So let me give you another example. So in Ethiopia, they also have droughts and they also have floods. And in Ethiopia, they have emergency cash transfers when that happens. So there we also invest in connectivity, data centers and so forth. But we also invest in digital public infrastructure. So ID systems, mobile money, so we can actually find the right people, get the money to them. So if we don’t have that full ecosystem, then we don’t get the applications and the impact.


Reyna Ubeda: Okay. Thank you so much. It seems very similar. What am I doing? It’s not only deploying the solution, but also a companion and guide the ones who are implemented. Thank you so much, Sara. Hiroshi? Yeah, we are neighbors now. He’s the director and head of the standardization office at Nippon Telegraph and Telecom Corporation where he leads global efforts in telecommunication standardization. He has a distinguished career in research and development, and he has represent entity in major international standard settings organizations. Today, he’s going to talk about what is he doing related to Redis Center. Thank you.


Hiroshi Yamamoto: Thank you. And I appreciate him giving me these precious opportunities. My name is Hiroshi Yamamoto from NTT Inc. Let me introduce NTT, recently has changed corporation name, NTT Inc. So our corporation name changed. And let me introduce my views from industry perspectives. The biggest entity groups started our business. We are the world’s third-largest data center providers, and recently widespread AI, such as MLMs, consumes considerable energy, an unexpectedly large size of energy required and it indicates our social responsibility also getting bigger, getting larger at the same time. So we expect ITU and these very strong partners to discuss practical measures to reduce reduce energy consumption in such a very big data center age. Thank you very much. Thank you very much. So can you talk us more about the solutions that you are implementing in there? Okay, thank you very much. As I mentioned before, now we are facing the limit of size of a single data center due to landscape and the power source limit our data center expansions from industry perspective. So we assume in the near future data center needs to be more distributed, distributed shape. In the past 10 years, most efficient investment is consolidation, consolidation in developed countries data center, but we think distributed data center requires also we need to invest developing country and need to connect these data centers at the very, very high quality and with very low energy efficiency. From technology perspective, we entity group now tackling to enable more optical technologies using end-to-end optical technologies into data center connections, even more user side we are trying. And furthermore, we are trying to, it’s very challenging, but we are trying to change current computing system into optical based, not electric, but optical computing systems that can reduce energy consumption considerably, we expect. But it’s currently R&D phase, but such kind of a combination of practical measures and this cutting edge technology can solve our problem, greenhouse gas problems we expect. Thank you very much.


Reyna Ubeda: Yeah, thank you. So we can keep generating more data. He will help us to reduce the impact on generating that data. Thank you so much. And well, I think I will continue with Carlos Riz. No. No. No. No. Okay. I will continue with Leonidas. Good evening, everybody. Can you hear me? I’m remote.


Participant: Oh, okay. That’s what I was trying to say to you. I’m going to introduce myself and I think I’m not going to be able to answer the questions that Carlos got because I’m from a different area. My name is Kim Barris. I’m leading the development of the Paris Agreement carbon mechanism and all the developments on AI and the UNFCCC. And I was trying to catch the topic. And more or less what I can say, and it’s nice to have entity here because I had several conversations with colleagues from entity. One of the things that I see in the area of data centers, I cannot measure everything. I have to focus on one area, is to establish a methodology that the ones that are doing a good job, they can create carbon emission reductions and sell these to the ones that are not doing a good job. This is an option, these methodologies. For that, we need to measure. That is clear. The other thing that I can say, because these are my areas of work, is what we are doing to accelerate climate action. UNFCCC is a political institution. We don’t implement anything, which means that if I tell you that I’m going to do natural whatever, it’s not true. But what we are doing is to, through a project that is named AI Diplomacy, we are trying to accelerate the knowledge of the negotiators in every topic. It means you have this massive delegations with 400 people that we see in COPS where they are super prepared with consultants and so on. And then you have some countries that they come there with three people, two people, and they have to catch up everything that is in several areas. That is almost impossible. Our objective is to use AI, one, to train new delegators. Second, to make easy for delegations to understand where the topics that are interesting to that nation are evolving. This is our proposal for this year. We are talking with government of Brazil in some aspects of that. They are really very interested in add technology and AI to the COP. It’s time. We are only three, four years late. That is quite good for UNFCCC. And that is our two places where we can help to reduce emissions. Okay, accelerating is not a direct exercise, of course, but I think AI diplomacy can have a good opportunity to accelerate climate action because if countries understand what they are debating, but it seems normal, but it’s not normal in many little countries, then they will be able to take action and take decisions instead of simply stopping the negotiations. Okay, thank you.


Reyna Ubeda: Yeah, well, and my question, it was not there, but based on what you mentioned and what was mentioned in the previous conversation, it is very hard to find the champions in the countries that are using what here is produced as standards. So you say that you also work in the diplomacy to reach that goal. So what do you think are the most successful or what are the conditions that a country needs to have of the people that need to be in those roles to make it happen? Because here are many who want that their standards that they create in the data that they are using are implemented. What are the main characteristics? Dr. Luis Adrián Salazar, Dr. Rosendo Manas, Dr. Rosie McDonald, Mr. Jean-Manuel Canet,


Participant: I don’t know, somebody’s putting data centers in the ocean and that is not a good idea. I think we need to measure that. It means there is no measures. That is a problem. We don’t know which actions are going to produce effect. And this is what we need to start to establish. I cannot answer the question who is doing well or not because it’s not my area. What I can say is that we need data, we need measures, and standards. OK, when you say standards, private runaway, OK? They, if they are on top, yes, they like standards because it’s making them, the competition easier. But if you are trying to create something, it’s, or you are in a developing country, I think the standard is difficult to achieve, OK? That’s why I think trying to establish baselines that indicate when you are working well or not, it’s, you know, by terabyte or by whatever measure you want to use, that can help at least to see how far are you from the optimization. And then try to find a win-win. If you spend less electricity, if you reduce waste, if you reduce heat, and you can sell that as in the carbon markets, maybe that also can be something interesting for these people to, because they need to do better, that’s clear, is what she was saying. It’s not about decision, it’s they have an opportunity.


Reyna Ubeda: Thank you so much. So we have Prof. Leonidas online.


Leonidas Anthopoulos: Unfortunately, remotely. Good afternoon from Greece.


Reyna Ubeda: He is a professor of e-business at the University of Thessaly in Greece. He is leading experts in smart cities and digital governance, having led transforming projects such as Smart Cities of Trikala. He will share insights on two key deliverables that he was developed as part of his contribution to the Working Group 4 of the United Smart and Sustainable Cities Initiative. So thank you so much, Professor, for joining us remotely. So the floor is yours.


Leonidas Anthopoulos: First of all, it’s my pleasure to be with you. I would like to thank you for inviting me and take place in this very interesting and very valuable meeting. As my colleague mentioned, I am a full professor at the University of Thessaly. I’ve been working with a smart city domain since its appearance back in 2000. And I’ve been working with the ITU during the last, I think, 12 years in several, serving several roles like a rapporteur for Study Group 20, rapporteur for Study Group 5, part of the United for Smart and Sustainable Cities in two working groups. And this really makes me happy and makes me feel that I contribute somehow around all these challenges that the globe has to deal with. Indeed, these two deliverables were part of this very interesting thematic group about digital transformation for people-oriented cities. I was leading the Working Group 4 and these two deliverables actually address. Very interesting, very important aspects about cities. As the titles try to mention, the first one deals with a methodology to assess net zero progress. I will try to present them in brief later. And we also try to provide cities with useful guidelines about how they can achieve net zero objectives, how they can transform to net zero cities with the use of digital technologies. Once again, thank you for inviting me to this session. Thank you, Professor. So can you give us a practical guidance and how can we provide the cities on their digital transformation to achieve carbon net zero that you just mentioned? I could do my best to present in brief the summary of the second report about the guidelines, which actually contain information about this question that you asked me. In the context of achieving carbon net zero and creating people-centered cities, city digital transformation plays a vital role. This is why this report is very important. Cities are enabled to leverage technology and address pressing environmental challenges and optimize resource management. With digital transformation, cities can unlock new opportunities for sustainability, innovation and citizen engagement. This report actually tries to show how can cities accelerate their transition to net zero with specific guidelines about ICT to enhance city service and building sufficiency. ICT, green ICT for city economic growth and ICT to transform citizen behavior. The practical guidelines that you asked me about. can be enumerated as 10. The first one has to do with how can cities embrace digital transformation. This can happen with a comprehensive digital strategy, with the adoption of interoperable platforms for data sharing and management, with the preservation of security, flexibility, data, and technological sovereignty, and with urban operation digitization. Second, with the utilization of ICT for energy efficiency and carbon neutrality, like the integration of ICT in the energy sector, ICT for energy and resource optimization, and tracing with the ICT recycling and reuse, and carbon management digital tools integration. The third direction has to do with harnessing renewable energy sources in conjunction with the ICT networks. Fourth direction, promotion of efficient mobility with the use of the ICT for active mobility, for micromobility, EV and EV sharing. The fifth measure has to do with the adoption of circular economy practices, where the ICT are integrated in the circular economy principles. The sixth direction, encouraging carbon-related behavioral change, which has been highlighted with all the experts that participate in the working group. This can happen via leveraging ICT-enabled ICT-based economic growth to promote upskilling and behavioral change that reduce carbon impact, and with digital tools adoption that can engage communities and businesses around carbon neutrality efforts. The seventh measure, how can cities assure city-level capabilities and competencies? This can happen with organizational technical design and monitoring capabilities, and with innovation centers that incubate Sustainable Technologies. Eight, promote environmental-friendly behavior with campaigns, interventions that label positive action and with the definition of socially desirable outcomes. Nine, with coordinated efforts and inclusive policies led by government agencies. And ten, strengthen cooperation across government levels to achieve shared net zero objectives and meet the evolving carbon neutrality goals. I hope I provided answer to this question.


Reyna Ubeda: Thank you so much, professor, for your participation. Thank you. Well, I think that because we are very much in time, I want to introduce Jean-Manuel Canet, Vice Chair of ITUT, Study Group 5 on Environment and Circular Economy. He will talk today about the work of the International Telecommunication Unit Study of the Group 5 on Environment and Climate. And he will also may add some points about what are they doing in Orange. OK, I understand for time reason,


Jean-Manuel Canet: I will keep it very short. So just to say that in complement to what I mentioned earlier in the first panel, it’s very important to be able to assess the positive impact in a robust manner of using ICT solutions. I can only agree with what you said earlier is very important. So the Study Group 5 has developed a methodology, a standard, L.1480, that provides a sound method to assess the actual impact of using a service. And we have recently published a new version, which is providing detailed examples, worked examples. So there is one example related to teleworking, and it shows how teleworking can help reduce GAG emissions because it cuts some travels under some specific conditions. The other example is on optimization of wind farms. And this also shows how, well, thanks to an ICT solution, we do have some benefits. And so it’s very important to be able to give some. and I think this is it, to keep it short.


Reyna Ubeda: Okay, perfect. Thank you. Well, I will ask you only one question. Why do you think it’s important to measure all this impact and bring these digital solutions? You mentioned the examples that can be…


Jean-Manuel Canet: Yeah, because we know the food, the ICT sector has its own footprint and it’s important to be able to assess, to measure the benefits that we can bring, because I believe that more and more in the coming years, these topics will be more and more looked at, because we are already facing extreme events, biodiversity loss and so on, so I do believe that in the future, these topics, they will become more and more important and so strategically for the ICT sector, it’s very important to be able to give some proofs of the benefits that it can bring.


Reyna Ubeda: Thank you so much. Well, we conclude this panel and we invite the second chat. Thank you. I think it will be… The AI, sorry. I have ITU in my, no, no, it will be, it will be nice because I know that follow COP, it’s super difficult, all the negotiations, and not even for COP, also for other assemblies, I don’t know, the assembly from ITU, for example, because they are very small delegations, or also for standards, you know, that we have 10 questions in a study group five, so how you follow all the 10 questions. So, it’s very nice, it will be nice to learn more about this tool. Thank you so much for presenting it.


B

Bilel Jamoussi

Speech speed

134 words per minute

Speech length

835 words

Speech time

372 seconds

ITU has two strategic priorities: universal connectivity and sustainable digital transformation

Explanation

Jamoussi explains that these two strategic priorities were agreed at the plenipotentiary conference in 2022 in Bucharest and guide all of ITU’s work. He emphasizes that everything ITU works on is guided by these principles, especially as all industries are transforming and leveraging digital technologies.


Evidence

Strategic priorities agreed at plenipotentiary conference in 2022 in Bucharest


Major discussion point

Digital Solutions for Sustainability and Environmental Governance


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Digital technologies can be a powerful force for climate action through technical standards

Explanation

Jamoussi argues that technical standards are essential tools for climate action because they provide a common foundation for measurement and help bring key innovations to global scale. He emphasizes that standards give blueprints for everyone to benefit when new opportunities to improve sustainability are uncovered.


Evidence

Standards for sustainable power feeding, smart energy control, climate impact metrics, and energy efficiency optimizations through AI


Major discussion point

Digital Solutions for Sustainability and Environmental Governance


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Sara Ballan
– Hiroshi Yamamoto
– Cristina Cardenas

Agreed on

ICT can provide positive environmental solutions while having its own environmental footprint


Standards help technologies speak the same language and support clear communication among stakeholders

Explanation

Jamoussi emphasizes that standards facilitate communication not just between technologies but also among companies and businesses. He notes that standards are the result of collaboration and consensus decisions, representing voluntary commitments to new ways of working together.


Evidence

Green digital action activities engaging many partners and achieving strong progress in transparency commitments


Major discussion point

Digital Solutions for Sustainability and Environmental Governance


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Fabienne Pierre
– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Reyna Ubeda

Agreed on

Partnership and collaboration are essential for scaling environmental solutions


F

Fabienne Pierre

Speech speed

119 words per minute

Speech length

699 words

Speech time

351 seconds

Digital product information systems and sustainability passports are essential for circular economy and transparency

Explanation

Pierre argues that digital product information systems, including digital product passports, are transformative tools that facilitate sharing of standardized product data throughout product lifecycles. These systems are designed to increase transparency and accelerate the transition to a circular and sustainable economy by providing environmental performance and resource composition information.


Evidence

Systems include environmental performance, resource composition, and end-of-life options information; initiatives focusing on batteries, plastics, textiles, and electronics


Major discussion point

Digital Solutions for Sustainability and Environmental Governance


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Global framework for digital product information systems requires partnerships and harmonization across initiatives

Explanation

Pierre emphasizes that scaling up digital product information systems requires partnerships, coherence, coordination, and harmonization. She highlights the challenge of ensuring that different sectoral initiatives can communicate with each other and allowing information to flow effectively within and across industries.


Evidence

UNEP and One Planet Network working with ITU, UNCTAD, and other strategic partners to develop global framework; addressing fragmented approaches challenge


Major discussion point

Digital Solutions for Sustainability and Environmental Governance


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Reyna Ubeda

Agreed on

Partnership and collaboration are essential for scaling environmental solutions


L

Laura Cyron

Speech speed

157 words per minute

Speech length

685 words

Speech time

260 seconds

ICT sector emissions are 2-4% of global GHG emissions and expected to rise 50% in next five years

Explanation

Cyron provides data showing that ICT sector emissions currently represent 2-4% of global greenhouse gas emissions, comparable to the aviation sector. She cites International Energy Agency projections that CO2 emissions from the ICT sector will rise by at least 50% within the next five years, after already growing 60% in the previous five years.


Evidence

International Energy Agency data showing 60% growth in previous five years and projected 50% increase in next five years


Major discussion point

Measuring and Standardizing ICT Environmental Impact


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Standardization is essential for evidence-based policymaking and reliable data collection

Explanation

Cyron argues that standardization plays an essential role in providing reliable data needed for evidence-based policymaking approaches. She emphasizes that the measurement of ICT sector footprint is currently fragmented, leading to a lack of reliable and standardized data for policy guidance, particularly for developing countries.


Evidence

UNCTAD’s work with developing countries showing they are furthest behind in measuring their ICT sector; support for ITU-TL 1472 initiative


Major discussion point

Measuring and Standardizing ICT Environmental Impact


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Rosie McDonald
– Luis Adrian Salazar
– Participant

Agreed on

Capacity building and training are critical for implementation


Disagreed with

– Luis Adrian Salazar

Disagreed on

Focus on measurement versus implementation


J

Jean-Manuel Canet

Speech speed

132 words per minute

Speech length

822 words

Speech time

371 seconds

ITU developed goal for ICT sector to reduce GHG emissions by 45% by 2030 compared to 2020

Explanation

Canet explains that Study Group 5 set this goal in cooperation with the International Energy Agency and the science-based target initiative. He notes that some actors like telecom operators are doing well by using more renewable energy, while there are challenges from AI development, leading to new trajectory development up to 2035-2040.


Evidence

Cooperation with International Energy Agency and science-based target initiative; telecom operators using more renewable energy and decreasing emissions


Major discussion point

Measuring and Standardizing ICT Environmental Impact


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Standards L1472 and L1410 provide frameworks for measuring CO2 footprint and biodiversity impacts

Explanation

Canet describes these ITU standards as providing comprehensive frameworks for measuring environmental impacts of the ICT sector. L1472 focuses on CO2 footprint measurement while L1410 addresses biodiversity impacts, with both standards developed to give a full view of ICT sector environmental effects at worldwide and national levels.


Evidence

Standards developed by Study Group 5 with participation from experts across all regions including LATAM and Africa; regional groups providing coordination


Major discussion point

Measuring and Standardizing ICT Environmental Impact


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Laura Cyron
– Rosendo Manas
– Rosie McDonald

Agreed on

Standardization is essential for measuring and comparing ICT environmental impact


Disagreed with

– Participant

Disagreed on

Standards implementation approach for developing countries


Standard L.1480 provides methodology to assess positive impact of ICT solutions like teleworking

Explanation

Canet explains that this standard provides a sound method to assess the actual positive impact of using ICT services. The recently published version includes detailed worked examples showing how ICT solutions can help reduce GHG emissions under specific conditions.


Evidence

Worked examples including teleworking reducing emissions by cutting travel and wind farm optimization showing ICT benefits


Major discussion point

ICT-Enabled Climate Solutions and Applications


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Sara Ballan
– Hiroshi Yamamoto
– Cristina Cardenas

Agreed on

ICT can provide positive environmental solutions while having its own environmental footprint


Measuring ICT benefits is strategically important as climate topics become more critical

Explanation

Canet argues that as extreme weather events and biodiversity loss increase, the ability to demonstrate ICT sector benefits will become increasingly important. He believes these environmental topics will gain more prominence in the future, making it strategically crucial for the ICT sector to provide proof of its positive contributions.


Evidence

Current extreme events and biodiversity loss trends indicating growing importance of environmental topics


Major discussion point

ICT-Enabled Climate Solutions and Applications


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Regional participation from LATAM and Africa is crucial for global standardization efforts

Explanation

Canet emphasizes that Study Group 5 has seen strong participation from experts in LATAM and Africa regions, including member states, industry, and academia. He highlights the importance of regional groups that help coordinate efforts and strengthen contributions to standardization work.


Evidence

Strong participation from LATAM and Africa experts from member states, industry, and academia; regional groups providing coordination


Major discussion point

Implementation Challenges and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Fabienne Pierre
– Reyna Ubeda

Agreed on

Partnership and collaboration are essential for scaling environmental solutions


R

Rosendo Manas

Speech speed

170 words per minute

Speech length

330 words

Speech time

116 seconds

Pilot project is testing feasibility of proposed data collection framework with common definitions

Explanation

Manas explains that the pilot project focuses on creating a database with standardized definitions and common language for carbon emissions reporting. The goal is to ensure everyone uses the same wording and knows exactly what to report, covering different ICT sectors including telecom operators, data center operators, and manufacturers.


Evidence

Database creation covering telecom operators, data center operators, and ICT manufacturers; regional coverage including Europe, Africa, North America, and Asia


Major discussion point

Measuring and Standardizing ICT Environmental Impact


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Laura Cyron
– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Rosie McDonald

Agreed on

Standardization is essential for measuring and comparing ICT environmental impact


R

Rosie McDonald

Speech speed

122 words per minute

Speech length

419 words

Speech time

204 seconds

Capacity building needed for regulators who lack basic knowledge of emission scope reporting

Explanation

McDonald explains that ITU’s Development Bureau found through surveys that many ICT regulators lack awareness of basic emission reporting terms like scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions. This represents a significant gap that needs to be addressed through capacity building and sensitization efforts.


Evidence

Survey results showing regulators’ lack of awareness of scope 1, 2, 3 emissions; new project piloting in Asia-Pacific and Africa with global e-learning component


Major discussion point

Measuring and Standardizing ICT Environmental Impact


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Laura Cyron
– Luis Adrian Salazar
– Participant

Agreed on

Capacity building and training are critical for implementation


Harmonizing data collection efforts globally through regulator sensitization and training

Explanation

McDonald describes ITU’s work with expert groups from different countries to harmonize and sensitize regulators to start collecting environmental data. She notes that many ICT regulators don’t currently collect environmental data, representing both a gap and an opportunity for improvement.


Evidence

Work with expert groups from different countries; examples from French and Norway regulators leading data collection efforts; annual green digital companies report collecting data from 200 companies


Major discussion point

Measuring and Standardizing ICT Environmental Impact


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Laura Cyron
– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Rosendo Manas

Agreed on

Standardization is essential for measuring and comparing ICT environmental impact


S

Sara Ballan

Speech speed

165 words per minute

Speech length

498 words

Speech time

180 seconds

World Bank invests in solar-powered connectivity solutions that reduce costs and environmental footprint

Explanation

Ballan explains that the World Bank invests in last-mile connectivity solutions using solar power, which serves dual purposes of reducing the environmental footprint of telecom infrastructure and reducing costs. She emphasizes that diesel is expensive and requires transportation, making solar a better alternative for both environmental and economic reasons.


Evidence

Solar investments in last-mile connectivity; diesel being expensive and requiring car transportation for delivery


Major discussion point

ICT-Enabled Climate Solutions and Applications


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Early warning systems and farmer apps demonstrate practical climate applications of ICT

Explanation

Ballan provides examples from Kenya and other countries where the World Bank supports early warning systems for floods and droughts, and apps that help farmers select drought-resistant seeds or reduce their production footprint. These applications address real climate challenges faced by communities.


Evidence

Kenya examples with floods in Nairobi and droughts causing farmer migration; Brazil work in Amazonian region with IoT sensors for biodiversity


Major discussion point

ICT-Enabled Climate Solutions and Applications


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Hiroshi Yamamoto
– Cristina Cardenas

Agreed on

ICT can provide positive environmental solutions while having its own environmental footprint


Digital public infrastructure including ID systems and mobile money enables climate response programs

Explanation

Ballan explains that effective climate applications require a full ecosystem of digital infrastructure beyond just connectivity and data centers. She uses the example of Ethiopia’s emergency cash transfers during droughts and floods, which require ID systems and mobile money to identify and reach the right people.


Evidence

Ethiopia example of emergency cash transfers during droughts and floods requiring ID systems and mobile money infrastructure


Major discussion point

ICT-Enabled Climate Solutions and Applications


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


H

Hiroshi Yamamoto

Speech speed

92 words per minute

Speech length

337 words

Speech time

218 seconds

Distributed data centers with optical technologies can reduce energy consumption considerably

Explanation

Yamamoto explains that as single data centers face limits due to landscape and power constraints, the future requires more distributed data centers connected with high-quality, low-energy optical technologies. NTT is working on end-to-end optical technologies and even optical-based computing systems to replace electric systems.


Evidence

NTT as world’s third-largest data center provider; R&D on optical computing systems; landscape and power source limitations on single data centers


Major discussion point

ICT-Enabled Climate Solutions and Applications


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Sara Ballan
– Cristina Cardenas

Agreed on

ICT can provide positive environmental solutions while having its own environmental footprint


L

Leonidas Anthopoulos

Speech speed

122 words per minute

Speech length

700 words

Speech time

341 seconds

Cities can achieve net zero through comprehensive digital strategies and interoperable platforms

Explanation

Anthopoulos outlines that cities can embrace digital transformation through comprehensive digital strategies, adoption of interoperable platforms for data sharing and management, preservation of security and technological sovereignty, and urban operation digitization. These form the foundation for achieving net zero objectives.


Evidence

Guidelines developed as part of United Smart and Sustainable Cities Initiative Working Group 4; 10 practical guidelines for cities


Major discussion point

Smart Cities and Urban Digital Transformation


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


ICT integration in energy sector and resource optimization enables carbon neutrality

Explanation

Anthopoulos explains that cities can utilize ICT for energy efficiency and carbon neutrality through integration in the energy sector, energy and resource optimization, ICT recycling and reuse, and carbon management digital tools integration. This represents a systematic approach to leveraging technology for environmental goals.


Evidence

Part of 10 guidelines for cities including renewable energy integration with ICT networks and circular economy practices


Major discussion point

Smart Cities and Urban Digital Transformation


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Digital tools can promote behavioral change and community engagement around sustainability

Explanation

Anthopoulos emphasizes that ICT can encourage carbon-related behavioral change through economic growth promotion, upskilling, and digital tools that engage communities and businesses around carbon neutrality efforts. He highlights this as a crucial aspect emphasized by working group experts.


Evidence

Guidelines include campaigns and interventions that label positive action and define socially desirable outcomes; community and business engagement tools


Major discussion point

Smart Cities and Urban Digital Transformation


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Coordinated government efforts and inclusive policies are essential for net zero objectives

Explanation

Anthopoulos argues that achieving net zero requires coordinated efforts and inclusive policies led by government agencies, along with strengthened cooperation across government levels. This coordination is necessary to achieve shared net zero objectives and meet evolving carbon neutrality goals.


Evidence

Guidelines include organizational technical design and monitoring capabilities, innovation centers for sustainable technologies


Major discussion point

Smart Cities and Urban Digital Transformation


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


L

Luis Adrian Salazar

Speech speed

121 words per minute

Speech length

659 words

Speech time

324 seconds

Need to translate technical standards into political action and presidential leadership

Explanation

Salazar emphasizes the difficulty of coordinating public policy across different areas like e-waste, GHG, and water consumption. He stresses the importance of convincing presidents and prime ministers to lead both digital and environmental strategies, noting the challenge of translating technical work into political action.


Evidence

Personal experience as Minister of Technology and Telecommunication in Costa Rica; challenges in coordinating public policy across different areas


Major discussion point

Implementation Challenges and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Laura Cyron
– Rosie McDonald
– Participant

Agreed on

Capacity building and training are critical for implementation


Countries should stop releasing multiple strategies and focus on integrated implementation

Explanation

Salazar recommends that countries stop creating separate strategies for AI, 5G, and other technologies, as this creates confusion for different government layers trying to implement solutions. He advocates for more integrated approaches rather than fragmented strategic documents.


Evidence

Observation of countries having separate strategies for AI, 5G, and other technologies causing confusion in government implementation


Major discussion point

Implementation Challenges and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Laura Cyron

Disagreed on

Focus on measurement versus implementation


R

Reyna Ubeda

Speech speed

147 words per minute

Speech length

1149 words

Speech time

466 seconds

Standards must be implemented and tested to identify what works in different contexts

Explanation

Ubeda emphasizes that standards should not be viewed as unchangeable documents written in stone, but rather as living tools that need implementation and testing. She stresses the importance of implementing partners and collaboration to see what works well, what doesn’t, and what can be changed for different countries.


Evidence

Collaboration examples with UNCTAD, One Planet Network, World Bank, and other environmental organizations; need for raising awareness campaigns and training


Major discussion point

Implementation Challenges and Capacity Building


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Fabienne Pierre
– Jean-Manuel Canet

Agreed on

Partnership and collaboration are essential for scaling environmental solutions


P

Participant

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

720 words

Speech time

322 seconds

AI diplomacy can accelerate climate action by training negotiators and improving understanding

Explanation

The participant explains that UNFCCC is developing AI diplomacy to help train new negotiators and make it easier for delegations to understand evolving topics. This addresses the disparity between large delegations with 400 people and consultants versus smaller countries with only 2-3 delegates who struggle to keep up.


Evidence

AI Diplomacy project; discussions with Brazil government for COP integration; observation of delegation size disparities at COPs


Major discussion point

Implementation Challenges and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Laura Cyron
– Rosie McDonald
– Luis Adrian Salazar

Agreed on

Capacity building and training are critical for implementation


Carbon markets and win-win solutions can incentivize better environmental performance

Explanation

The participant suggests establishing methodologies where organizations doing good environmental work can create carbon emission reductions and sell them to those not performing well. This creates economic incentives for better performance through reduced electricity use, waste reduction, and heat reduction.


Evidence

Paris Agreement carbon mechanism development; examples of reducing electricity, waste, and heat as sellable improvements


Major discussion point

Implementation Challenges and Capacity Building


Topics

Economic | Development


Disagreed with

– Jean-Manuel Canet

Disagreed on

Standards implementation approach for developing countries


C

Cristina Cardenas

Speech speed

171 words per minute

Speech length

262 words

Speech time

91 seconds

Technology can have dual impact – both positive environmental solutions and negative environmental effects

Explanation

Cardenas acknowledges that while she typically focuses on the positive aspects of technology in education and government, this session explores both how technology impacts the environment negatively and how it can provide solutions for environmental protection. She emphasizes the need to examine both sides of technology’s environmental relationship.


Evidence

Her role leading opportunities with Coursera in different governments and focus on ensuring no one is left behind in education


Major discussion point

Digital Solutions for Sustainability and Environmental Governance


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Sara Ballan
– Hiroshi Yamamoto

Agreed on

ICT can provide positive environmental solutions while having its own environmental footprint


Digital tools can help measure, report environmental impact and protect the environment

Explanation

Cardenas outlines that the panel discussion focuses on two main areas: how to measure and report the environmental impact of ICT, and the development of new digital tools that can help protect the environment. This represents a comprehensive approach to addressing technology’s environmental challenges.


Evidence

Panel structure covering measurement/reporting of ICT environmental impact and new digital environmental protection tools


Major discussion point

Digital Solutions for Sustainability and Environmental Governance


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreements

Agreement points

Standardization is essential for measuring and comparing ICT environmental impact

Speakers

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Laura Cyron
– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Rosendo Manas
– Rosie McDonald

Arguments

Technical standards are essential tools for action because they give us a common foundation to measure things. So we can compare Apple to Apple


Standardization is essential for evidence-based policymaking and reliable data collection


Standards L1472 and L1410 provide frameworks for measuring CO2 footprint and biodiversity impacts


Pilot project is testing feasibility of proposed data collection framework with common definitions


Harmonizing data collection efforts globally through regulator sensitization and training


Summary

All speakers agree that standardized methodologies and frameworks are crucial for creating consistent, comparable measurements of ICT environmental impact across companies and countries


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Partnership and collaboration are essential for scaling environmental solutions

Speakers

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Fabienne Pierre
– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Reyna Ubeda

Arguments

Standards help technologies speak the same language and support clear communication among stakeholders


Global framework for digital product information systems requires partnerships and harmonization across initiatives


Regional participation from LATAM and Africa is crucial for global standardization efforts


Standards must be implemented and tested to identify what works in different contexts


Summary

Speakers consistently emphasize that effective environmental governance requires collaborative partnerships across organizations, regions, and sectors to achieve harmonization and implementation


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


ICT can provide positive environmental solutions while having its own environmental footprint

Speakers

– Bilel Jamoussi
– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Sara Ballan
– Hiroshi Yamamoto
– Cristina Cardenas

Arguments

Digital technologies can be a powerful force for climate action through technical standards


Standard L.1480 provides methodology to assess positive impact of ICT solutions like teleworking


Early warning systems and farmer apps demonstrate practical climate applications of ICT


Distributed data centers with optical technologies can reduce energy consumption considerably


Technology can have dual impact – both positive environmental solutions and negative environmental effects


Summary

All speakers acknowledge that while ICT has environmental costs, it also offers significant opportunities for climate action and environmental solutions across various sectors


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Capacity building and training are critical for implementation

Speakers

– Laura Cyron
– Rosie McDonald
– Luis Adrian Salazar
– Participant

Arguments

Standardization is essential for evidence-based policymaking and reliable data collection


Capacity building needed for regulators who lack basic knowledge of emission scope reporting


Need to translate technical standards into political action and presidential leadership


AI diplomacy can accelerate climate action by training negotiators and improving understanding


Summary

Speakers agree that successful implementation requires extensive capacity building, training, and knowledge transfer, particularly for developing countries and government officials


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Similar viewpoints

These ITU representatives share a coordinated approach to developing and implementing standardized measurement frameworks for ICT environmental impact, working across different bureaus but toward common goals

Speakers

– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Rosendo Manas
– Rosie McDonald

Arguments

ITU developed goal for ICT sector to reduce GHG emissions by 45% by 2030 compared to 2020


Pilot project is testing feasibility of proposed data collection framework with common definitions


Harmonizing data collection efforts globally through regulator sensitization and training


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers emphasize that comprehensive digital infrastructure ecosystems are necessary for effective climate solutions, whether at national or city levels

Speakers

– Sara Ballan
– Leonidas Anthopoulos

Arguments

Digital public infrastructure including ID systems and mobile money enables climate response programs


Cities can achieve net zero through comprehensive digital strategies and interoperable platforms


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Both speakers recognize the critical gap between technical solutions and political implementation, emphasizing the need for better communication and training for decision-makers

Speakers

– Luis Adrian Salazar
– Participant

Arguments

Need to translate technical standards into political action and presidential leadership


AI diplomacy can accelerate climate action by training negotiators and improving understanding


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Unexpected consensus

Developing countries as key stakeholders rather than just beneficiaries

Speakers

– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Laura Cyron
– Luis Adrian Salazar

Arguments

Regional participation from LATAM and Africa is crucial for global standardization efforts


Standardization is essential for evidence-based policymaking and reliable data collection


Need to translate technical standards into political action and presidential leadership


Explanation

Unexpectedly, there was strong consensus that developing countries should be active participants in creating standards and solutions, not just recipients. This represents a shift from traditional development approaches toward more inclusive governance models


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Economic incentives as drivers for environmental performance

Speakers

– Sara Ballan
– Participant
– Hiroshi Yamamoto

Arguments

World Bank invests in solar-powered connectivity solutions that reduce costs and environmental footprint


Carbon markets and win-win solutions can incentivize better environmental performance


Distributed data centers with optical technologies can reduce energy consumption considerably


Explanation

There was unexpected alignment on using economic incentives and cost savings as primary drivers for environmental improvements, rather than relying solely on regulatory compliance or moral imperatives


Topics

Economic | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged around the need for standardized measurement frameworks, collaborative partnerships, and capacity building for environmental governance in the ICT sector. Speakers agreed that ICT has both environmental costs and solution potential, requiring balanced approaches.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with complementary rather than conflicting viewpoints. The implications suggest a mature, coordinated approach to ICT environmental governance is emerging, with clear roles for different stakeholders and recognition that technical solutions must be paired with political and economic incentives for successful implementation.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Standards implementation approach for developing countries

Speakers

– Participant
– Jean-Manuel Canet

Arguments

Carbon markets and win-win solutions can incentivize better environmental performance


Standards L1472 and L1410 provide frameworks for measuring CO2 footprint and biodiversity impacts


Summary

The Participant argues that standards can be difficult for developing countries to achieve and suggests market-based incentives, while Canet emphasizes the importance of standardized frameworks with regional participation


Topics

Development | Economic


Focus on measurement versus implementation

Speakers

– Laura Cyron
– Luis Adrian Salazar

Arguments

Standardization is essential for evidence-based policymaking and reliable data collection


Countries should stop releasing multiple strategies and focus on integrated implementation


Summary

Cyron emphasizes the need for more standardized data collection and measurement, while Salazar argues countries should stop creating strategies and focus on actual implementation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Role of standards in developing countries

Speakers

– Participant
– Jean-Manuel Canet

Arguments

Carbon markets and win-win solutions can incentivize better environmental performance


Regional participation from LATAM and Africa is crucial for global standardization efforts


Explanation

Unexpected disagreement emerged where the Participant suggested standards might be problematic for developing countries (‘if you are in a developing country, I think the standard is difficult to achieve’), while Canet emphasized strong participation from these regions in standards development. This reveals tension between inclusive standards development and practical implementation challenges


Topics

Development | Economic


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed relatively low levels of direct disagreement, with most speakers aligned on the importance of measuring ICT environmental impact and using digital solutions for climate action. Main disagreements centered on implementation approaches and the role of standards versus market mechanisms


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The implications suggest that while there is broad consensus on goals, there are important nuances in how to achieve them, particularly regarding developing country participation and the balance between standardization and practical implementation. This could affect the effectiveness of global initiatives if not properly addressed through inclusive dialogue and flexible implementation approaches


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

These ITU representatives share a coordinated approach to developing and implementing standardized measurement frameworks for ICT environmental impact, working across different bureaus but toward common goals

Speakers

– Jean-Manuel Canet
– Rosendo Manas
– Rosie McDonald

Arguments

ITU developed goal for ICT sector to reduce GHG emissions by 45% by 2030 compared to 2020


Pilot project is testing feasibility of proposed data collection framework with common definitions


Harmonizing data collection efforts globally through regulator sensitization and training


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers emphasize that comprehensive digital infrastructure ecosystems are necessary for effective climate solutions, whether at national or city levels

Speakers

– Sara Ballan
– Leonidas Anthopoulos

Arguments

Digital public infrastructure including ID systems and mobile money enables climate response programs


Cities can achieve net zero through comprehensive digital strategies and interoperable platforms


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Both speakers recognize the critical gap between technical solutions and political implementation, emphasizing the need for better communication and training for decision-makers

Speakers

– Luis Adrian Salazar
– Participant

Arguments

Need to translate technical standards into political action and presidential leadership


AI diplomacy can accelerate climate action by training negotiators and improving understanding


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Digital technologies can serve dual roles as both contributors to environmental challenges (2-4% of global GHG emissions) and powerful solutions for climate action across sectors


Standardization and harmonized data collection are essential for measuring ICT environmental impact and enabling evidence-based policymaking, particularly through ITU standards like L1472 and L1410


The ICT sector must reduce GHG emissions by 45% by 2030 compared to 2020 levels, requiring coordinated global efforts and standardized measurement frameworks


Digital product information systems and sustainability passports are critical tools for enabling circular economy and transparency in global value chains


Capacity building is urgently needed, especially for developing countries and regulators who lack basic knowledge of emission scope reporting and environmental data collection


Smart cities can achieve net zero through comprehensive digital strategies, ICT-enabled energy optimization, and behavioral change programs supported by digital tools


Successful implementation requires translating technical standards into political action, with presidential/prime ministerial leadership and integrated rather than fragmented policy approaches


Partnership and collaboration across organizations (ITU, UNEP, World Bank, UNCTAD) is essential for scaling digital solutions and harmonizing global frameworks


Resolutions and action items

Launch pilot project to test feasibility of proposed data collection framework with common definitions across ICT sectors and regions


Develop new GHG emission trajectories for ICT sector extending to 2035-2040 to address AI and emerging technology challenges


Implement capacity building programs including e-learning courses to sensitize regulators on emission scope reporting and environmental data collection


Continue development of global framework for digital product information systems in collaboration with One Planet Network, UNEP, and other partners


Expand regional participation from LATAM and Africa in standardization efforts through Study Group 5 working groups


Pilot AI diplomacy project to train climate negotiators and improve understanding of technical topics for developing country delegations


Test and implement ITU standards L1472 and L1410 for measuring CO2 footprint and biodiversity impacts across different country contexts


Develop carbon market methodologies to incentivize better environmental performance in data center operations


Unresolved issues

How to effectively translate technical standards into political action and secure presidential/prime ministerial leadership for integrated digital-environmental strategies


Addressing the challenge of fragmented policy approaches where countries have separate strategies for AI, 5G, and other technologies instead of integrated approaches


Scaling digital solutions beyond pilot projects to achieve global implementation, particularly in resource-constrained developing countries


Balancing the growing energy demands of AI and data centers with sustainability goals and emission reduction targets


Ensuring that digital product information systems and sustainability passports can interoperate across different regional and sectoral initiatives


Determining optimal approaches for distributed data center architecture to reduce energy consumption while maintaining service quality


Establishing baseline measurements for countries and organizations that currently lack environmental data collection capabilities


Suggested compromises

Focus on win-win solutions where environmental improvements (reduced electricity use, waste reduction, heat reduction) can be monetized through carbon markets to incentivize adoption


Implement simplified guidance and training programs to make technical standards more accessible to regulators and policymakers with limited technical background


Use solar-powered connectivity solutions that simultaneously address digital inclusion goals and environmental sustainability by reducing costs and emissions


Develop flexible standards that can be adapted to different country contexts and capacity levels rather than one-size-fits-all approaches


Combine practical immediate measures (like energy efficiency improvements) with longer-term R&D investments (like optical computing systems) to address both short and long-term sustainability goals


Establish regional coordination mechanisms to balance global standardization needs with local implementation realities and capacity constraints


Thought provoking comments

Before COP28, I don’t think digital was one of the topics on the agenda of negotiators. So we started this in COP28 in Dubai, COP29 with the declaration in Azerbaijan, in Baku, and we have a plan in working with Brazil for COP30.

Speaker

Bilel Jamoussi


Reason

This comment reveals a significant shift in global climate policy discourse – the emergence of digital technology as a recognized climate issue at the highest international level. It highlights how rapidly the conversation has evolved and positions ITU’s work within this broader policy transformation.


Impact

This comment established the urgency and timeliness of the entire discussion, framing all subsequent technical conversations within the context of high-level international climate negotiations. It elevated the importance of standardization work from technical necessity to global policy imperative.


We have a strategy for AI. We have a strategy for 5G. We have a strategy for the strategy, and it’s very confused for the different layers of the governments to implement solution for the different.

Speaker

Luis Adrian Salazar


Reason

This observation cuts through technical discussions to identify a fundamental governance problem – the proliferation of disconnected strategies that create implementation paralysis. As a former Minister, his perspective carries particular weight in highlighting the gap between technical solutions and political reality.


Impact

This comment shifted the conversation from technical capabilities to implementation challenges, prompting other speakers to address capacity building and the need for simplified guidance. It introduced a critical perspective on how standards and technical solutions actually get deployed in practice.


So, if we are talking about e-waste, GHG, water consumption, it is very difficult to put all of the people in the same line. But the most important and the most difficult thing is how can we convince the President, the Prime Minister, to be the leader in the digital strategy and the environmental strategy.

Speaker

Luis Adrian Salazar


Reason

This comment identifies the core challenge of digital environmental governance – the need for high-level political leadership to coordinate across multiple complex domains. It moves beyond technical solutions to address the political economy of implementation.


Impact

This prompted all panelists to shift from discussing what standards exist to how they can be made politically actionable, leading to discussions about capacity building, simplified guidance, and the need for concrete examples that can convince political leaders.


Don’t be afraid about the results. There are no bad results. There is just results that are giving an opportunity to improve.

Speaker

Reyna Ubeda


Reason

This reframes measurement and standardization from a compliance/judgment framework to a learning and improvement framework. It addresses a psychological barrier that may prevent organizations and countries from engaging with environmental measurement.


Impact

This comment helped create a more collaborative tone for the subsequent discussions, encouraging participation in pilot projects and data collection efforts by removing the fear of negative assessment.


In the past 10 years, most efficient investment is consolidation, consolidation in developed countries data center, but we think distributed data center requires also we need to invest developing country and need to connect these data centers at the very, very high quality and with very low energy efficiency.

Speaker

Hiroshi Yamamoto


Reason

This comment reveals a fundamental shift in data center architecture driven by energy constraints, and importantly connects this technical evolution to development opportunities in developing countries. It shows how environmental constraints can drive inclusive technological development.


Impact

This introduced a new dimension to the discussion – how environmental pressures on the ICT sector could create opportunities for developing countries, shifting from a focus on burden-sharing to opportunity creation.


OK, when you say standards, private runaway, OK? They, if they are on top, yes, they like standards because it’s making them, the competition easier. But if you are trying to create something, it’s, or you are in a developing country, I think the standard is difficult to achieve, OK?

Speaker

Participant (Kim Barris)


Reason

This comment introduces a critical perspective on standards as potentially exclusionary tools that may favor established players over innovators and developing countries. It challenges the assumption that standards are universally beneficial.


Impact

This comment introduced tension into the discussion about standardization, prompting consideration of how to make standards more accessible and how to create incentive structures (like carbon markets) that could help developing countries participate rather than be excluded.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by moving it beyond technical specifications to address the political, economic, and social dimensions of digital environmental governance. Salazar’s interventions as a former minister were particularly impactful in grounding the technical discussions in political reality, while Jamoussi’s framing of the COP evolution established the global urgency. The comments collectively shifted the conversation from ‘what can be measured’ to ‘how can measurement drive action,’ and from ‘what standards exist’ to ‘how can standards be made accessible and actionable.’ The discussion evolved from a technical briefing to a more nuanced exploration of the barriers and opportunities in implementing digital solutions for environmental challenges, with particular attention to developing country perspectives and the need for political leadership.


Follow-up questions

How can we include countries in LATAM and Africa in standardization methodologies and harmonized data disclosure practices for ICT environmental footprint measurement?

Speaker

Luis Adrian Salazar


Explanation

This is important because some countries, particularly in Europe, find it easier to integrate digital and environmental considerations, but developing regions may face greater challenges in implementation and participation.


How can we convince Presidents and Prime Ministers to be leaders in both digital strategy and environmental strategy?

Speaker

Luis Adrian Salazar


Explanation

This is crucial because coordinating public policy across different areas (e-waste, GHG, water consumption) requires high-level political leadership and commitment to align various stakeholders.


How can we implement methods to translate from technical words to political action for measuring and replicating solutions globally?

Speaker

Luis Adrian Salazar


Explanation

This addresses the gap between technical standards development and practical implementation at the policy level, which is essential for scaling solutions worldwide.


How do we scale up digital product information systems and initiatives across different sectors and regions?

Speaker

Fabienne Pierre


Explanation

This is important because there are many fragmented initiatives at country and regional levels focusing on specific products, but coordination and harmonization are needed for effective global implementation.


How can we work together to ensure that digital product information systems and initiatives talk to each other across industries?

Speaker

Fabienne Pierre


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of fragmented approaches and the need for interoperability between different systems to enable effective data flow within and across industries.


What are the most successful conditions or characteristics that a country needs to have, or people that need to be in roles, to make standards implementation happen?

Speaker

Reyna Ubeda


Explanation

This is important for identifying champions in countries who can effectively use and implement the standards being developed, bridging the gap between standard creation and practical application.


How can we establish baselines that indicate when countries or organizations are working well in terms of environmental performance, especially for developing countries?

Speaker

Participant (UNFCCC)


Explanation

This is crucial because standards can be difficult to achieve for developing countries or those trying to create new solutions, so baselines could help measure progress and identify optimization opportunities.


How can we better measure the impact of data centers, including unconventional deployments like ocean-based data centers?

Speaker

Participant (UNFCCC)


Explanation

This is important because there are emerging data center deployment strategies that may have unknown environmental impacts, and proper measurement is needed to assess their sustainability.


How can AI diplomacy tools be effectively implemented to accelerate climate action and help smaller country delegations better understand and participate in climate negotiations?

Speaker

Participant (UNFCCC)


Explanation

This addresses the disparity between well-resourced delegations and smaller countries with limited representation at climate conferences, potentially improving global climate action through better-informed negotiations.


How can we develop new trajectories for ICT sector emissions reduction up to 2035-2040, particularly addressing challenges from artificial intelligence development?

Speaker

Jean-Manuel Canet


Explanation

This is important because while some ICT sectors like telecom operators are reducing emissions, AI development presents new challenges that require updated emission reduction trajectories beyond the current 2030 targets.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Harnessing digital public goods and fostering digital cooperation: a multi-disciplinary contribution to WSIS+20 review

Harnessing digital public goods and fostering digital cooperation: a multi-disciplinary contribution to WSIS+20 review

Session at a glance

Summary

This UNESCO session focused on harnessing digital public goods and fostering digital collaboration as part of the WSIS Plus 20 review process. UNESCO’s Guilherme Canela opened by emphasizing that information must be truly accessible to all, highlighting the Windhoek Plus 30 declaration that establishes information as a public good. He outlined three essential pillars: empowering people with critical digital literacy skills, strengthening content producers like journalists and educators, and addressing the broader digital ecosystem including technology companies.


The panel featured five speakers addressing both past achievements and future recommendations. Andrea Millwood Hargrave from UNESCO’s Information Accessibility Working Group stressed that accessibility is the cornerstone of meaningful digital inclusion, noting that without it, all other efforts become meaningless. Maria De Brasdefer from IFLA presented their policy brief on empowering libraries for digital inclusion, highlighting how the global network of 2.8 million libraries has evolved beyond traditional roles to provide digital literacy training, e-government access, and entrepreneurship support.


Mary-Ruth Mendel from Australia discussed breaking literacy barriers through indigenous language platforms, presenting a five-point global plan to address language and literacy vulnerability gaps. Alexandre Barbosa from Brazil’s CETIC emphasized the critical need for reliable, disaggregated data and indicators to measure digital inclusion progress, introducing concepts like “meaningful connectivity” that reveal deeper inequalities than basic internet access statistics.


Onica Makwakwa from the Global Digital Inclusion Partnership concluded by advocating for truly inclusive governance and meaningful connectivity, particularly for the 2.6 billion people still excluded from digital technologies. The discussion revealed that despite 20 years of WSIS progress, significant digital divides persist, requiring more sophisticated approaches that prioritize equity, accessibility, and community-centered solutions in the post-2025 digital development agenda.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Information as a Public Good and Digital Commons**: The discussion emphasized the importance of treating information as a public good, referencing UNESCO’s Windhoek+30 declaration. Speakers highlighted the need to address information asymmetries and ensure equitable access through three pillars: empowering people with digital literacy, supporting content producers, and regulating the ecosystem including tech companies.


– **Digital Inclusion and Meaningful Connectivity**: Multiple speakers stressed that basic internet access is insufficient – true digital inclusion requires “meaningful connectivity” including daily access, fast speeds (minimum 4G), device ownership, and requisite skills. The discussion revealed significant gaps when measuring inclusion through this lens, particularly affecting women and marginalized communities.


– **Role of Libraries and Community Infrastructure**: Libraries were presented as crucial digital public infrastructure, with over 2.8 million libraries globally serving as multipurpose spaces for digital literacy, e-government access, and community support. The discussion highlighted how libraries have evolved beyond traditional roles to become key facilitators of digital inclusion.


– **Language Barriers and Indigenous Communities**: Speakers addressed how illiteracy and language barriers perpetuate digital exclusion, particularly for indigenous communities. Solutions included platforms for preserving and digitizing first languages, with examples from Australia’s Living First Language Platform that enables communities to create their own language datasets.


– **Data-Driven Approaches and Measurement**: The importance of reliable, disaggregated indicators to track digital inclusion progress was emphasized. Speakers discussed the need for sophisticated metrics that reveal inequalities hidden in aggregate data, including socioeconomic, geographic, and gender disparities.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to provide multidisciplinary recommendations for the WSIS+20 review process, focusing on how to harness digital public goods and foster digital collaboration to advance global digital inclusion beyond 2025.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a professional, collaborative tone throughout, with speakers building on each other’s points constructively. While there was one critical intervention from a journalist questioning library inclusivity and UNESCO’s approach, the overall atmosphere remained respectful and solution-oriented. The tone was forward-looking and action-oriented, with speakers sharing concrete examples and recommendations rather than dwelling on problems alone.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Maria De Brasdefer** – Digital Affairs Policy and Advocacy Officer of IFLA (International Federation of Libraries and Archives), founding member of Dynamic Coalition on Digital Inclusion


– **Onica Makwakwa** – Executive Director of Global Digital Inclusion Partnership (GDIP), co-founder of Dynamic Coalition on Measuring Digital Inclusion and Gender Equality


– **Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave** – Member of UNESCO’s Information for All Program Working Group on Information Accessibility, leading author of IFAP issue brief on global challenges in information accessibility


– **Alexandre Barbosa** – Representative of Regional Centre for Studies and Development of the Information Society (CETIC.br) from Brazil


– **Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi** – UNESCO’s Director for Digital Inclusion Policy and Transformation, Secretary of IFAP (Information for All Program)


– **Mary-Ruth Mendel** – Vice Chair of the Information Working Group on Information Literacy, works with Living First Language Platform in Australia


– **Xianhong Hu** – Program Specialist in the Secretariat of UNESCO’s Information for All program, session moderator


– **Audience** – Various audience members who asked questions during the Q&A session


**Additional speakers:**


– **Dorothy Gordon** – Former chair of IFAP, member of the IFAP Working Group on Information Literacy (participated online, asked questions in chat)


– **Yichen** – Colleague supporting online moderation (mentioned but did not speak)


Full session report

# UNESCO Session on Digital Public Goods and Digital Collaboration: Discussion Report


## Executive Summary


This UNESCO session, conducted as part of the WSIS Plus 20 review process, brought together international experts to examine digital public goods and collaborative approaches for advancing global digital inclusion. The discussion featured five primary speakers representing UNESCO’s Information Accessibility Working Group, the International Federation of Libraries and Archives (IFLA), Australia’s indigenous language preservation initiatives, Brazil’s digital inclusion research, and the Global Digital Inclusion Partnership.


Key themes included the need to move beyond basic connectivity to meaningful digital inclusion, the importance of accessibility and language barriers, the role of libraries as digital public infrastructure, and the necessity of improved measurement approaches. The session also featured a provocative audience intervention about potential exclusion within supposedly inclusive institutions.


## Opening Framework: Information as a Public Good


UNESCO’s Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi opened the session by establishing that “information must be really for all,” while acknowledging this is “easy to say but not that easy to do.” Drawing from UNESCO’s Windhoek Plus 30 declaration, which establishes information as a public good, he outlined three essential pillars for digital inclusion.


The first pillar focuses on empowering people with critical digital literacy skills to interact meaningfully with digital technologies. The second addresses strengthening content producers, including journalists, educators, and community leaders. The third tackles the broader digital ecosystem, including governance of technology companies, AI developers, and media organizations.


Canela emphasized the need to “reduce the asymmetries of information that we have” to guarantee the existence of public goods, framing digital inclusion as addressing fundamental power imbalances rather than merely technical solutions.


## Accessibility as Foundation


Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave from UNESCO’s Information Accessibility Working Group presented accessibility as the cornerstone of digital inclusion. She outlined five key principles: design that considers diverse user needs, connectivity that reaches all communities, equity in access and participation, inclusivity for all users regardless of ability, and transparency in information systems.


Hargrave provided a critical assessment of progress, noting that “despite 20 years since WSIS, many goals remain unachieved with persistent inequalities, suggesting we may be moving backwards.” She argued that artificial intelligence “must be approached as a global public good to address the digital divide and advance digital inclusion.”


## Libraries as Digital Public Infrastructure


Maria De Brasdefer from IFLA presented libraries as essential digital public infrastructure, highlighting the global network of 2.8 million libraries staffed by 1.6 million people and 500,000 volunteers. She explained that “libraries operate digital public infrastructure and manage repositories, making them integral to digital public goods.”


De Brasdefer demonstrated how libraries have evolved beyond traditional roles to provide internet access, digital literacy training, e-government services, entrepreneurship support, and open-source software education. She noted that “public and community libraries serve different purposes in urban versus rural areas, offering free resources to those unable to access them elsewhere.”


She mentioned that IFLA’s policy brief contains “56 tailored recommendations” for supporting libraries’ role in digital inclusion.


## Language Barriers and Indigenous Digital Rights


Mary-Ruth Mendel from Australia’s Living First Language Platform, joining from evening hours in Australia, addressed how language barriers perpetuate digital exclusion for indigenous communities. She argued that “chronic marginalisation from digital technology participation is perpetuated by entrenched illiteracy,” emphasizing that “equitable access to information begins with first language literacy.”


The Living First Language Platform creates community-owned language and literacy datasets with authentic pronunciation, empowering indigenous communities to preserve languages while preparing speakers for digital participation. Mendel proposed a Global Five-Point Plan involving systematic mapping of affected communities, identification of barriers, deployment of appropriate technologies, establishment of progress benchmarks, and creation of sustainable support systems.


When asked by Dorothy Gordon about training requirements, Mendel explained the platform’s approach to community-based capacity building.


## Data-Driven Measurement Approaches


Alexandre Barbosa from Brazil’s CETIC, established in 2005 and a UNESCO Category 2 center since 2012, emphasized the importance of reliable, disaggregated data for understanding digital inclusion challenges. He introduced the concept of “meaningful connectivity,” which requires daily access, minimum 4G speed, device ownership, and requisite skills.


Barbosa’s research in Brazil revealed that while gender equality appears achieved when measuring basic internet use, significant disparities emerge when applying meaningful connectivity indicators. He argued that “reliable, disaggregated indicators and monitoring data are essential for tracking digital inclusion progress and understanding complex challenges.”


## Meaningful Connectivity and Governance


Onica Makwakwa from the Global Digital Inclusion Partnership concluded with a critique of current approaches to digital inclusion. She challenged existing affordability benchmarks, asking: “affordable access is considered to be one gig of data for no more than 2% of average monthly income. One gig of data per month? Hello, what are you doing? Definitely not meaningfully connected.”


Makwakwa emphasized that “connectivity alone is not inclusion” and stressed the need for meaningful connectivity that enables genuine participation. She noted that “the most disconnected populations are absent from governance conversations and must be included beyond checkbox consultations.”


She announced a new protocol aimed at impacting 100 million women and girls, highlighting the need for alternative financial models and community networks to reach marginalized populations.


## Critical Audience Interventions


The discussion was significantly enriched by a provocative challenge from a journalist who questioned the assumed inclusivity of libraries. The journalist asked “Who are the excluded ones from the library even in Geneva?” and shared an anecdote about political polarization in library services, specifically mentioning the removal of right-wing magazines and resulting user conflicts.


This intervention created productive tension, forcing speakers to examine assumptions about institutional neutrality. Maria De Brasdefer defended libraries while acknowledging the need for continuous community engagement and self-examination.


Dorothy Gordon also asked specific questions about training requirements for digital platforms and implementation challenges, while other audience members addressed content development for multilingual communities and ethical considerations in digital public goods development.


## Key Themes and Takeaways


The session revealed several critical insights for digital inclusion efforts:


**Beyond Basic Access**: Multiple speakers emphasized that meaningful digital inclusion requires more than basic internet connectivity, demanding adequate speed, device ownership, digital skills, and true affordability for regular use.


**Language and Cultural Barriers**: Indigenous and minority language communities face particular challenges that require community-centered solutions and recognition of first language literacy as fundamental to digital participation.


**Institutional Infrastructure**: Existing institutions like libraries represent valuable digital public infrastructure that should be supported and leveraged rather than replaced by new technological solutions.


**Measurement Challenges**: Current indicators for digital inclusion are inadequate, requiring more sophisticated approaches that reveal hidden inequalities across demographic and geographic lines.


**Governance Gaps**: The most marginalized populations are often excluded from decisions about digital inclusion initiatives, creating a fundamental paradox in current approaches.


## Conclusion


This UNESCO session demonstrated both progress and persistent challenges in achieving global digital inclusion. While significant infrastructure development has occurred since the original WSIS, fundamental questions about equity, accessibility, and meaningful participation remain unresolved.


The discussion’s strength lay in its multidisciplinary approach, bringing together policy, research, community practice, and advocacy perspectives. The speakers’ shared commitment to treating digital technologies as public goods provides a foundation for collaborative action, but implementation requires addressing systemic inequalities and governance challenges.


The session highlighted that achieving meaningful digital inclusion demands not only technological innovation but also fundamental changes in how digital resources are developed, governed, and distributed globally. The path forward requires sustained commitment to addressing the complex, interconnected barriers that prevent full participation in digital society.


Session transcript

Xianhong Hu: Okay, great. I think we are still two minutes too, but I’d like to start to gain some time. So bonjour, hello everyone, welcome to everyone in Geneva and also online to this interesting session on Harnessing Digital Public Goods and Fostering Digital Collaboration. We aim to provide multidisciplinary recommendations and contributions to this very important review of OASIS Plus 20. My name is Xianhong Hu, as you can see from my screen, the program specialist in the Secretariat of UNESCO’s Information for All program. And I’m very honored to introduce my colleague, Mr. Guilherme Canela, who is in the room. He’s the UNESCO’s Director for Digital Inclusion Policy and Transformation, as well as a Secretary of IFAP. I mean, Guilherme, you are head as an IFAP Secretary, it’s very important for this session because we have some peers and working group members present in this session, also online. And I would like to give the floor to address some welcome remarks and also share your vision and views. I mean, given your long-term involvement in the global internet governance and also digital issues. So Guilherme, could you please take the floor?


Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi: Thank you, Xianhong. Good afternoon for everyone in this time zone. But if you are joining us from other time zones, I guess I’m seeing Mary Ruth from Australia. which is bravely join us. I don’t know what time in the evening, that’s it. So in a very cold weather, my daughter told me this morning. So welcome, good evening and good morning if someone is in the other side of the pond. Pleasure to be here opening another session in a way or another co-organized by IFAP. And I say that not only because we in UNESCO are in charge of the information for all program but because I think more important than that is the message within the UISIS context that we need to keep underlining the importance that information must be really for all. And this is easy to say but not that easy to do. So the particular topic of this session that is the idea of digital public goods and the digital cooperation is one of those important things that has evolved in the recent years in a very positive manner in my opinion. And the first important thing is that we are talking more and more about public goods and common goods in this space. If you do a bit of archaeological history of the idea of common goods or public goods was very often used on the topics of environment or clean air or even before that the tragedy of the commons was about land and of course those things are relevant I’m not saying that they are not but it was quite unusual or it’s not the trend that we were using those expressions for information, for information as a public good, for the digital commons as public goods. And this helps us in many ways including because the theory behind the public goods in general and how they should be governed is something well developed in the theory of economy, the economic theory, the theory of governance of public sector and so on. So a lot of our challenge is how we take advantage of these now some decades or even almost a century of different conceptualization of what are the challenges in protecting and promoting public goods and how we translate these or we transfer these or we tailor made these for the specific discussion of information as a public good or the digital sphere and elements as public goods. And here allow me before concluding and reminding that UNESCO a few years ago, all our 193 member states approved this Windhoek plus 30 declaration that says that information is a public good and in a nutshell the declaration is articulating this idea through three pillars. The first one is if we really want to promote information as a public good we need to empower the people, everyone to have a critical interaction with the digital ecosystem. So this means education, this means media information literacy, this means a lot of things, right? Meaningful connectivity my friend. But of course this is a necessary condition but it’s not a necessary and sufficient condition for the system because it’s unfair to put all the weight on the shoulders of the society when on the other side you have governments eventually misusing the space or you have trillion dollar companies or whatever it is, right? So you need to empower the people so this is the demand side but we need you need more than that. And the other side is the the fly site, the content site. So then you need to empower the content producers, the journalists, the influencers, the scientists, the teachers, the librarians and so on and so forth. So this is important, but again, this is a necessary condition but it’s not a necessary and sufficient condition. Because you can empower, you can qualify the demand, you can qualify the supply, but you also need to discuss the ecosystem together, the transmission chain, so the tech companies, the AI companies, the media or whatever it is, right? So this is particularly relevant for our discussion here because in order to guarantee the existence of public goods in all areas, including in our area, one of the issues that we needed to deal with is to reduce the asymmetries of information that we have. Because when you have strong asymmetries of information, for example, a few companies dominating the entire data space, then you have problems to actually guaranteeing public goods and common goods. So there aren’t silver bullets to solve this problem. There is not one size fits all. Unfortunately for complex problems, we need to find complex solutions. And I finish with this. This is a bit of what we want to discuss here, right? What are the different angles we can offer to this conversation to actually guarantee that these things, these many things we want to protect, they can actually be protected as public goods? Thank you, Xianghong, back to you.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you so much, Guillermo, for sharing your insights on the information as public goods. I will also post a link to the 30 years window for declarations, a very important milestone document for our reference and reflections, particularly relevant for today’s discussion. And also thank you, Guilherme, for setting such a wonderful scene for today’s discussion. Now I’d like to move to our five wonderful panelists to share their views. I mean, given the time limit, everyone will have five minutes maximum to intervene. I will then proceed to the Q&A, so can we have more people, more voices to be heard in the room and online. I would encourage you, our speakers, with your five minutes, if you can, possibly tackle two dimensions. One is to look into the past to share your major work, achievement, success stories of your organization or yourself in harnessing digital public goods and fostering digital collaborations. And the second dimension is about the future. We are at the WSIS Platform Review. What’s your views, major recommendations, suggestions on tackling the emerging challenges and gaps and what do you perceive the future directions, future areas for the collaboration for beyond 2025? I also encourage those online participants to introduce yourself, share your work and comments, questions in the chat. My colleague Yichen is here to support the online moderation. We are able to engage you properly with the room so we can really have a hybrid discussion. So the first speaker I’m very pleased to introduce is from online, Miss Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave. You are the member of our Information for All Program Working Group on Information Accessibility. You are also a leading author of one of our IFAP issue brief on the global challenges in the information accessibility. So Andrea, we look forward to hearing from you.


Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave: Thank you very much indeed. And I’m scared to, will I keep within my time? I came in at the end of the previous meeting and indeed this welcome that we’ve just had talks about information as a fundamental right and I want to start from there. But also I wanted to, there was a quote from last month by Professor Fang from Zhejiang University, apologies if I’ve mispronounced that, and he said AI must be approached as a global public good. So he talked about AI as a public good. It’s now time for us to take concrete action to address the digital divide, thereby advancing the process of digital inclusion, which is what we’re here to talk about. And as you have already said, I’m part of the UNESCO working group which is on information accessibility and the whole purpose of this group is to bring together a number of different perspectives, all of which are looking at the public goods as you have defined here, open software, inclusion, things like that, but also infrastructure and what that means. And it’s absolutely the cornerstone of the work that we have done and I would argue that information accessibility is the cornerstone of IFAP and that program, because without accessibility, all the work we do means nothing and that’s what we’re trying to encourage. I’m not going to talk about my personal bio, I’m sure people can look it up or ask me, but as you said, we have produced a document which will be produced and it talks about certain principles for the adoption of good practice for truly inclusive information accessibility. We’re not being naive, we recognize also that there’s no magic solution, but the principles which also draw on work by UNESCO in other parts and other colleagues, recognizes that the principle of design, connectivity, and Mr. Stanislas Tregulli. We know that equity, inclusivity, transparency must sit alongside information integrity, flexibility, efficiency and legal tools. Only in that way can we enable our communities to have equitable access to information that can empower them and make their lives better. The Working Group, I know I am running up against time, also meets annually for a conference which is hosted online. Importantly, the purpose of that conference is to bring together different perspectives and very, very diverse perspectives. It’s held on September the 28th every year, we’re into our sixth year now, which is the day for Universal Access, the International Day for Universal Access, or Declaration of Universal Access, and we invite people to tell their story, share their expertise and try and move the discussion forward. So this year, the meeting has as its theme, the question of trust. That’s a very broad overview of the work that we do within the Working Group. You did also ask me to talk about where I saw WSIS review going, and I think I, two things really, today sees the start of the AI for Good Summit, and of course, one of its key foci is to advance partnership and to solve global challenges, and this is exactly what you’re doing with this programme. This is why this programme is so very important, I think. But I have a downbeat observation. I was involved with WSIS at a distance 20 years ago, and it seems to me, we believed then that many of the goals that we set could and should have been achievable, but we still live in a world of inequalities, and that is why IFAP exists, part of the reason it exists, and why what might have been called meaningful access to the opportunities of the digital world could and should offer have not been met. And I think one might argue that we’re going backwards in and Dr. Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi, Mr. Cordel Green, Ms. Mary-Ruth Mendal, Mr. Alexandre Barbosa, Dr. Xianhong Hu and Dr. Xianhong Hu. So I think on that, I just about made it in time. I think I’d like to stop and I look forward to the questions and answers.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you, Andrea, for your excellent remarks and for being so time cautious. I trust that in the Q&A, we still have time to really throw away your actions suggested. Thank you again for your remarks. And now I’d like to introduce our second speaker, Ms. Maria De Brasdefer, the Digital Affairs Policy and Advocacy Officer of IFLA, meaning International Federation of Libraries and Archives. And IFLA is also one of the founding members of our Dynamic Coalition on Digital Inclusion. We have done a lot of collaboration, including also another IFLA issue brief on empowering libraries for digital inclusion. So, Maria, please take the floor.


Maria De Brasdefer: Thank you so much, Xianhong, and also thank you for the invitation to this panel. Could you please put up the slides? Thank you.


Xianhong Hu: You want me to show it for you?


Maria De Brasdefer: No, no, they have them here, so they will put them up. Thank you. OK, great. Thank you. Thank you. OK, so, well, as you can see, I’m going to talk a little bit about another brief that we are also co-authoring. Okay, perfect. Thank you. Okay, well, as you can see, I’m going to talk a little bit about another policy brief that we are also, well, IFLA is also co-authoring in collaboration with UNESCO-IFAB. And as you can see, this brief is called Empowering Libraries for Advancing Digital Inclusion. It is also going to be part of the IFAB policy brief series. And I’m just, well, just to give you a bit of introduction on why we decided to do this. And this is not the first publication or collaboration that we have with UNESCO in this sense. But we also decided to do it because we know that sometimes it is not very straightforward perhaps for some member states, stakeholders, or other organizations, how to leverage the power of the library network and how to also collaborate with us in digital related matters. So this is why we decided to do the policy brief paper. And of course, we also see a big topic, especially because we believe that libraries or what libraries do, the work that they do is very intertwined with digital public goods.


Xianhong Hu: Maria, sorry to interrupt you, your slidedidn’t move. Did you move your slide already?


Maria De Brasdefer: No, not yet. I’m going to start now. Perfect. And so we do believe that this topic is also very, well, libraries are also very intertwined with the topic of digital public goods because they run digital public infrastructure. And as some of the other speakers mentioned, well, we manage, libraries manage a lot of repositories and a lot of information. So we also think it’s a, for us, it’s also a topic that is close to our hearts. And so I’m just going to present this policy brief very briefly. And if you have any questions, feel free to ask them at the end. Thank you. And so as I said, well, what is in the policy brief is mainly a series of library and policy recommendations from the states on digital inclusion and also how to rely on the global library expertise and infrastructure. And we also wanted to call it an entry point for policymakers and other stakeholders to begin or to deepen engagement with relevant library system. And so, as I said, it’s also an opportunity to leverage on the power of the library network and also just to give a brief introduction on that, because perhaps I know a lot of people are not aware that while it is true that the original purpose of the libraries is still kept today, the reality is that libraries do a lot of well, much more than holding books and collections today. And so the nature of the library network has changed very rapidly. Now it has extended to what we have mapped so far to over 2.8 million libraries globally that we can call functional or active and is staffed by over 1.6 million people. And we have also half a million volunteers across the world that work with the staff. And so, as I said, in a way, libraries have redefined their spaces and also approaches for the digital era. So they’re more multipurpose spaces for digital things. And so this slide, I always put it here because while I know there’s a lot of things that perhaps we see there that we relate to libraries like digital literacy skills building, access to research databases, the reality is there’s a lot of things that libraries are also doing that perhaps we don’t necessarily relate to them. And libraries are doing a lot of capacity building for entrepreneurs, for example, or facilitating access to e-government services, doing a lot of access and training. for Open Source Software, so many, many other things that are very related to access to information and of course also to the fulfillment of many WSIS action lines. And these are just some examples, for example, or how some library digitization centers have provided training and employment for people with special needs or perhaps in Tunisia, for example, in the case of women, promoting opportunities for women in a library. And now going back to the policy brief, this is why we have used this, we have used this to base the policy brief on six core policy areas. So we are using the areas that you see in there and we also have also tailored, 56 tailored recommendations and also actions for member states in the policy brief. And so a part of the brief is in each of these thematic areas, you will find some recommendations for those different groups. And we also have some recommendations, for example, in this case for library partners also on how to engage the other way around. Because as we said, we know sometimes this collaboration is not always straightforward, but we want to make it more clear and easy for member states and other stakeholders to understand how it is possible to collaborate with these networks on all of these themes that libraries are also working on right now. And as I say, just before finishing up, beyond the commendations, we have also these tailored actions like for governments and also policymakers, library partners. We have also included some case studies like the one I’m showing in the photo about a library giving rural farmers access to ICT skills and support. So this is also part of the policy brief so you can see how this plays out in practice. And so just to finalize now, the policy brief has been finalized and is going through a final approval phase. And of course, upon publication, what we want to do is a more targeted dissemination outreach for it. And of course, one of our goals is also to make a connection with the stakeholders and the people that would be interested also in leveraging the power of this network, also for digital inclusion. And so this is also a call to action from our sides. If you see, for example, a potential for partnering with us upon reading the brief, please feel free to reach out to us. And with this, I’m going to conclude. So if you have any other questions, please feel free to ask in the end. Thank you.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you. Thank you, Maria, for this wonderful presentation on the issue of brief and also broadly tackling the issues of libraries. I trust that one of the recommendation for our session would be that the library should continue to be a vital vehicle to foster the digital inclusion after 2025. And also, I’d like to recall that the IFA Council has endorsed two e-fly manifesto in supporting public library and also the school libraries. We will also share some more information in the chat. With that, I’d like to move to our third speaker, Ms. Mary-Ruth Mando, the Vice Chair of the Information Working Group on Information Literacy from ONLINE. Hi, Mary-Ruth, good evening. And thank you again for making big efforts to connect us online from the cold Australia and also very late now. Please go ahead with your presentation. I can see your PPT. Thank you. Hello, Mary-Ruth. I cannot hear you. Did you unmute yourself?


Mary-Ruth Mendel: Hello, everybody. Now you can hear me. This is the topic I’d like to address tonight. And it’s about. chronic marginalisation from digital technology participation is perpetuated by entrenched illiteracy and talk about how to break through the illiteracy barrier by empowering communities to read, write, comprehend and collate data sets. And, wait a minute, hold on, now it’s right. So illiteracy or low literacy is a key determinant of persistent vulnerability that impedes participation in multiple life skills, clearly including digital technology opportunities. Equitable access to information begins with first language literacy. There’s an Australian case study that I’d like to draw your attention to. It’s the Living First Language Platform and it showcases a process about how digital technology serves communities to create their own language and literacy data sets and digital technology interface solutions. Here’s the article link and I’d encourage you to go and have a look and I can put that link in the chat as well. But for us, we need to quickly close the literacy gap and the LFLP does that. It quickly connects language and literacy elements across data sets that can be used then for a variety of activities such as education curriculum content, literacy teaching learning resources for adults and children or exporting to other programs such as reading programs and translation apps and AI. This building of the bridge by collating first language… elements starts with what we call Coding Aboriginal Languages for Indigenous Literacy, short name CALIL, and that processes and records authentic pronunciation, which is key. An example in English is this. The letter A has four main pronunciation options, as in at, A as in lady, R as in father, O as in watch. From there, we need to then make sure that multi-sensory content is auditory, visual, tactile, kinesthetic, with algorithms that populate the data sets. That creates, for example, phonics in home language with the authentic speech sounds that I was talking about, vocabulary lists with authentic speech, with illustrative photos and sentences, and of course, a library of supporting stories, songs, lyrics, content. So, providing data sets of spoken language to text, and text to spoken language, is what removes the initial barriers. The conduit to the information superhighway is that first languages are revitalized in a fit-for-purpose format that instantly can interface with modern digital technologies, and that equals authentic cultural well-being and knowledge sharing. All of the LFLP data sets is community curated, approved, managed and owned, and most importantly, community members are the architects of those data sets. So, we would like to put forward the next steps, which is the Global Five-Point Plan. The objective is to close the language and literacy vulnerability gap, with a deliberate focus on mediating vulnerable people’s literacy learning needs, utilising platforms such as the Living First Language Platform and the KLIL process, suggesting it should be across the UNESCO programs and build into support for governments and NGOs and education and research facilities. The map has got the five points, I mean, the plan has got the five points. Firstly, to map the location of these language and literacy vulnerable communities. Secondly, to identify any barriers that would impede interaction with the LFLP or KLIL, such as a lack of access to devices or connectivity. Deploy the LFLP process and collate, display and use those data sets. Identify interface opportunities with current and emerging digital technologies. And then of course, establish benchmarks for reviews and reportings and iterative improvement. That’s the end of my presentation. I’d be happy to accept any questions and I’d welcome any ongoing conversations and my email address is here. Thank you, Xianhong. That’s the end of my presentation.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you, Mary-Ruth, for your marvellous sharing. And it’s so exciting to hear that wonderful example on the indigenous language platform, which is definitely a good practice should be recorded in the WSIS implementation. And also I like your action plan for the future as well. And do please stop sharing your screen now so I can see other speakers. Thank you. So now I’d like to move to the next speaker, Mr. Mr. Alexandre Barbosa, representing the Regional Centre for Studies and Development of the Information Society, CITIC.br from Brazil, to give your views. and remarks from the room. Fabio, the floor is yours.


Alexandre Barbosa: Thank you Xianhong. Thank you very much for the invitation. Thank you UNESCO and all the participants. So I’d like to, my contribution here today, I’d like to stress that to address these complex problems and challenges that we have in the face of the future needs, including the WSIS review and other discussion. We do need to have reliable and disaggregated indicators, monitoring and data to really track these changes and understand how we are moving in this scenario. So that’s more or less the mission of CETIC.PR, which is a part of the multi-stakeholder governance, internet governance model that we have in Brazil. CETIC is a department of the Brazilian Network Information Center, the NIC.BR, and linked to the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee, this CGI.BR. And we were established 20 years ago in 2005 to produce highly quality international comparable indicators on digital technology access, use and also digital skills, which is a very important topic covered here. And since 2012, CETIC is also a UNESCO Category 2 center that supports other countries to develop and implement such type of projects. So our projects are primarily focused on conducting surveys and studies to measure the socio-economic impacts of the ICTs and the internet, covering a wide range of sectors, including households, enterprises, education, health, culture. So a very different range of topics that we cover through these projects. And all of these type of indicators can… and Dr. Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi, Mr. Cordel Green, Ms. Mary-Ruth Mendal, Ms. Onica Makwakwa, nine different indicators from each individual in Brazil and to qualify each individual according to this level of meaningful connectivity. And although, for instance, we had no gender differences when we cover the Internet use, for instance, when the rates of Internet use has no gender differences, when it comes to meaningful connectivity, we solve huge inequalities, gender inequalities and other inequalities by having better data and more informed data in this field. And this model was supported and informed the discussion on G20 by the Brazilian presidency of G20 and also the BRICS this year, so it has also an international discussion on this topic. Another project that I think is relevant is the implementation of the ROMAX indicators from UNESCO in Brazil. Brazil was the first country that implemented the model back in 2019. And then we also revised. and Dr. Guilherme Canela De Sousa Godoi, Mr. Cordel Green, Ms. Maria De Brasdefer, Dr. And we do need more disaggregated and sophisticated indicators to know where there are other problems and how to track differences. So for instance, we participated recently in a BRICS paper that suggested to countries the need for more disaggregated data in terms of socioeconomic disparities, indicators on geographic disparities such as urban, rural, community disparities. So the level of the disaggregation and the quality of the data can really impact all of the discussion, the complexity of the discussion that we are having here. So this is my first intervention and thank you very much.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you. Thank you, Fabia, for so well highlighting the importance of evidence, data, indicator-based approach to measure. I mean, the elephant in the room, which is the digital inclusion we are now tackling. That’s exactly why UNESCO-IFAF has co-founded with NASA. GDIP, with CIDIC, with you, with many others on the Dynamic Coalition on Measuring Digital Inclusion and also Gender Equality. With that, I think I’m so happy to invite our last speaker, but really not least, Ms. Onica Makwakwa, the Executive Director of Global Digital Inclusion Partnership GDIP, as a co-founder of the Dynamic Coalition. I also just read so wonderful news from you that you are initiating the new protocol to impact 100 million women and girls in digital inclusion. So, Onica, please take the floor.


Onica Makwakwa: Great, thank you so much for this opportunity to participate in this session. So, I’ll get right to it because I realize we’re almost out of time. At GDIP, we’re a multi-stakeholder partnership that is focused solely on advancing meaningful connectivity for the global majority. We are committed to equitable and inclusive digital development that is rights-based and focuses on a real transformation of the use of digital technologies. So, when we look at digital public goods, we really view these as an opportunity for us to – and a challenge, rather, to make sure that we are serving a public interest, indeed, by making sure that emerging technologies are inclusive and not necessarily feathering the divides that we know very well exist at the moment. In order to unlock the full potential of emerging digital technologies as a digital public good, we must center inclusion, accessibility, and equity across the value chain. From data and design to governance and accountability, we can’t leave those behind. Our work at GDIP focuses on – I’m going to look at and Dr. Yolanda Gaviria. So I think there are three priorities that we are looking at at the moment. One is promoting meaningful connectivity as the foundation for digital public goods. You know, as highlighted in our Connected Resilience Report, which looks at gendered experiences of women through meaningful connectivity, marginalized groups are disparately impacted when we look at inclusion from a meaningful connectivity point of view. As my colleague just said here, when you look at just access, it may seem like we’ve reached equity. Women are online. Women are using digital technologies. But when you look at it from the lens of meaningful connectivity, and at the moment we define that as being able to have access on a daily basis when you wish to, having access to fast speed connectivity at minimum 4G, and owning a device at minimum entry level smartphone would be what we consider, you know, appropriate device for meaningful connectivity, as well as having the requisite skills to be able to engage in digital technologies. You know, however, access remains limited when we look at it from that point of view. It continues to also be quite unaffordable and unsafe, especially for women. The issue of safety cannot be left behind. We therefore advocate for policies that prioritize affordability benchmarks, and a benchmark that needs to be improved. At the moment, affordable access is considered to be one gig of data for no more than 2% of average monthly income. One gig of data per month? Hello, what are you doing? Definitely not meaningfully connected in the context of the conversations that are taking place 20 years post, you know, into WSIS. So, you know, we want to also support public access and community networks in the same way that we told communities we didn’t have access to water that they can learn how to build a well and breathe. and Dr. Andrea Mabuse. We have to have a similar approach to connectivity as well, where we need to begin to open not only to different technologies for connecting the unconnected, but also be open to a different financial model. And in this climate, with few companies owning everything, it’s really important for us to accept that there are communities where affordability may not come as easily, and therefore we need to look at a different financial model to connect everyone. And the second area is inclusive governance and multi-stakeholder participation. The people who are most disconnected at the moment are not in these conversations. It’s really important that we build with them and alongside them, and that they are included in the multi-stakeholder processes as well as in the governance thinking that we are espousing in these kinds of forums. And that needs to go beyond just a checkbox, multi-stakeholder consultation format that we’ve seen. We need to really, truly be inclusive. And I will just conclude by saying that, you know, as we approach WSIS plus 20, we must recognize that connectivity alone is not inclusion. Despite progress, and I know the gaps still exist around affordability, governance structures, and emerging technology systems, and digital public goods that are often developed without local context or inclusive design. You know, let us seize this moment, not just to build back better, but to build more justly, inclusively, and collaboratively, especially with the 2.6 billion people who are not yet included in digital technologies. Thank you.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you. Thank you, Monica, for sharing the valuable work from TDIP. I mean, you have been standing in the front line to connect, and actually meaningful connect the women and girls into this global digital society. and I trust that we should really have that in the post-2025 actions of WSIS. And now I’m so happy, thanks to all of you, we still have maybe at least 10 minutes for discussions. And before that, I’d like to, I’m very happy to recognize the online participation of Madame Dorothy Gordon, the former chair of IFAB, and also, I mean, Dorothy, could you please turn on your camera? I’d like to see you. You are still a member of the IFAB Working Group on Information Literacy. You already posted a question on the chat. I’m going to read it before I hand the floor to my colleague Guilherme to continue the moderation of the Q&A with the persons in the room. So Dorothy has raised a question to Mary-Ruth about that language platform you presented. So how is it that the people have the skills to manage that platform? How long did the training take? Was it done by the already literate or you were able to take people from illiteracy to managing the platforms? Hi, Dorothy, we saw you. Thank you. I like your smile. So now I’d like to give the floor to my colleague Guilherme to continue to collect questions and then we can go back to the speakers together. So Guilherme, please.


Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi: Thank you, Xianghong. So we have a first question from Dorothy to Mary-Ruth. Let’s collect at least two more here or three from the room and then we can have a first round of responses and if we have more time we can collect more. Do you have a question, gentlemen?


Audience: I’m not a gentleman. I heard some of you saying, alluding to questions close to our heart. What about the people, the heartless people like me? Are they allowed to ask a question? Yeah, okay. So I am a journalist, journalist freelance. Who are the left behind? the ones we need to include in libraries. The other day I was in Geneva, the most democratic equalitarian city on earth, at a debate at the library. And after some time when there was enough confidence between us to ask the difficult question and believe the answer would be right, I asked how many people in our group, 50 people or 100, have voted right-wing. And not a single one. They were all left-wingers, red, green, possibly pink. So who are the excluded ones from the library even in Geneva? Then, one month back, there was a workshop, a symposium, a whole morning symposium at the University of Geneva, staged by the university library. And the main topic is we must purge libraries because there are magazines, right-wing magazines, which can intoxicate the public. We have to remove them and objectivity is a lie. And now we want our motto is fight objectivity. So for me, when I want to look for information, I don’t go to the library anymore. I go to the flea market. And there I discover a lot of people about the aboriginal culture because in the heyday of the study of aboriginal culture, this was made by priests. Of course, they were biased, but it is not necessarily the history of lines written by the hunters. And this is the treasure of knowledge we have about traditional societies. Those of today, they are just looking for jobs with UNESCO. So that’s basically what I had to say. And you may understand that I will start loving UNESCO when it starts changing a bit.


Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi: Thank you very much. And we will, so maybe you can take this question, sir.


Audience: Chair, thank you, and thanks to all those who have spoken earlier on. Listening to all the speakers, I note that one of the major issues is multilingualism. How do we promote content development for those who have been left out? Multilingualism, and in addition, the ethical issues surrounding the use of information. These two areas, I think, might be probed into a lot of extensive discussion. Thank you very much.


Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi: Thank you. So we have a question straight forward to Mary-Ruth, then another question about libraries, and then one on multilingualism. Let’s try to take those three, because I think we have five minutes. So unfortunately, we need to be concise, and then we can conclude. So Mary-Ruth, why don’t you start?


Mary-Ruth Mendel: I put the answer to Dorothy in the chat, and you could all read that in the interest of time. And to the multilingualism question, you’re absolutely and entirely right. The most vulnerable people are those who are being left out of digital opportunities because their language isn’t being represented, or there isn’t space being made for their language. And that’s something that’s happening here in Australia with the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander populations, and that is exactly why the Living First Language platform was devised and is being used very successfully in Australia. So we feel that it has a significant contribution to really go towards empowering people who are speaking languages other than the dominant languages and being left behind as a consequence. I’m happy to show you, if you want to email me, I can then take you through on a Zoom link, the Living First Language platform, and I’d be happy to do that. Anybody who’d like to join me.


Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi: Thank you very much, Mary-Ruth.


Maria De Brasdefer: Yes, well to address the question on the libraries I would just like to say that yeah I think I fully agree the issue of exclusion is a big one and that is also why from the side of IFLA we really always try to advocate on the side of saying okay the library is what is closest to what the communities need usually the libraries are in close contact with the public and they know what they need not just in general terms but also in terms they can offer that information in their own language in based on their daily in the context of their daily lives so we also agree on that and I think the libraries that have the power to address the the people that are most excluded in this case for example from connectivity from access or meaningful access or connectivity for outside the public and the community libraries so we see a lot of potential in working with them because we are also aware there’s it’s very different to work with libraries in urban areas and in rural areas we think they also serve very different purposes and so we also try to emphasize a lot of work with public and community libraries because we know that those are the ones that also offer content resources and services free of cost and also to people who would perhaps not be able to access those resources and so I hope that helps answer the question and if not feel free to also ask after the session.


Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi: I’m sorry to hear that your experience with this particular library in Geneva was kind of reproducing a particular echo chamber or a particular bubble of people, but she mentioned they have 2.8 million libraries spread out of the world, so I think you shouldn’t take your particular experience with one library and extrapolate that this happens in every other of the 2.8 million libraries in the world. 70 million libraries around the world. So maybe it’s a good journalistic investigation to check if maybe libraries are spaces for more democratic conversations between right, left, middle, and so on. Maybe they are not, but that’s maybe is an interesting journalistic question, but so thank you for that. So thank you so much.


Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave: I think it’s very important not to forget industry. I know I said that earlier. Industry is frightened of regulation. They think it will stifle it. And certainly in work that I do elsewhere on social media and young people, we find working with designers and developers trying to allow industry into their bodies is very important. And I think UNESCO actually has an image that allows that in a way that perhaps regulators don’t. Thank you.


Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi: Thank you, Andrea. And I’m sorry I didn’t offer you the time for your final reflections. It’s these hybrids thing that sometimes has these kind of inconsistencies. Thank you very much. Fascinating discussion. Obviously, something we need to continue, but we got interesting points here that my colleagues are, of course, summarizing and we will share with the WSIS coordination because to make sure that what you have raised will also be food for thought for the co-facilitators of the WSIS plus 20 process. Thank you very much. Thank you for those online and continue enjoying the WSIS and the AI for Good this time. Thank you.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you. Thanks to everyone. Bye.


G

Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi

Speech speed

145 words per minute

Speech length

1189 words

Speech time

490 seconds

Information must be truly accessible to all, requiring empowerment of people for critical digital interaction, content producers, and ecosystem governance

Explanation

Guilherme argues that ensuring information as a public good requires a three-pillar approach: empowering people with education and media literacy for critical digital interaction, empowering content producers like journalists and teachers, and governing the entire ecosystem including tech companies and AI companies. He emphasizes that each pillar alone is necessary but not sufficient, requiring all three to work together.


Evidence

UNESCO’s Windhoek plus 30 declaration approved by 193 member states stating that information is a public good, articulated through three pillars: empowering people, empowering content producers, and governing the ecosystem


Major discussion point

Information as a Public Good and Digital Rights


Topics

Human rights principles | Digital access | Content policy


Agreed with

– Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave
– Onica Makwakwa

Agreed on

Information and digital technologies must serve as public goods accessible to all


Complex problems require complex solutions without silver bullets, necessitating reduction of information asymmetries

Explanation

Guilherme contends that guaranteeing public goods in the digital space requires addressing information asymmetries, particularly when few companies dominate the entire data space. He argues there are no one-size-fits-all solutions and that complex problems demand multifaceted approaches to protect public goods and common goods.


Evidence

Example of a few companies dominating the entire data space creating problems for guaranteeing public goods


Major discussion point

Governance and Multi-stakeholder Participation


Topics

Data governance | Digital business models | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Onica Makwakwa

Agreed on

Complex, multifaceted approaches are needed to address digital inclusion challenges


A

Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave

Speech speed

157 words per minute

Speech length

760 words

Speech time

290 seconds

Information accessibility is the cornerstone of digital inclusion, requiring principles of design, connectivity, equity, inclusivity, and transparency

Explanation

Andrea argues that information accessibility is fundamental to all digital inclusion efforts, as without accessibility, other work becomes meaningless. She emphasizes that achieving truly inclusive information accessibility requires adhering to core principles including design, connectivity, equity, inclusivity, transparency, information integrity, flexibility, efficiency, and legal tools.


Evidence

UNESCO working group document on information accessibility principles and annual conference held on September 28th (International Day for Universal Access) for six years


Major discussion point

Information as a Public Good and Digital Rights


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Digital access | Human rights principles


AI must be approached as a global public good to address the digital divide and advance digital inclusion

Explanation

Andrea cites Professor Fang from Zhejiang University’s statement that AI must be treated as a global public good. She connects this to the urgent need for concrete action to address the digital divide and advance digital inclusion processes, positioning AI as a tool that should serve the public interest rather than exacerbate existing inequalities.


Evidence

Quote from Professor Fang from Zhejiang University and reference to AI for Good Summit focusing on advancing partnerships to solve global challenges


Major discussion point

Information as a Public Good and Digital Rights


Topics

Digital access | Human rights principles | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi
– Onica Makwakwa

Agreed on

Information and digital technologies must serve as public goods accessible to all


Despite 20 years since WSIS, many goals remain unachieved with persistent inequalities, suggesting we may be moving backwards

Explanation

Andrea expresses concern that despite the optimism and goals set 20 years ago during the original WSIS, the world still faces significant inequalities in digital access and opportunities. She suggests that meaningful access to digital opportunities has not been achieved and that progress may actually be regressing in some areas.


Evidence

Personal involvement with WSIS 20 years ago and observation of persistent inequalities in digital access


Major discussion point

Future Directions and WSIS Review


Topics

Digital access | Sustainable development | Human rights principles


Disagreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa

Disagreed on

Assessment of progress since original WSIS


Industry engagement is crucial as they fear regulation will stifle innovation, requiring collaborative approaches

Explanation

Andrea emphasizes the importance of including industry stakeholders in digital governance discussions, noting that companies are often afraid that regulation will hinder innovation. She suggests that UNESCO has a unique position to facilitate industry engagement in ways that traditional regulators cannot, particularly in areas like social media and young people’s safety.


Evidence

Work with designers and developers on social media and young people issues, noting UNESCO’s unique position compared to regulators


Major discussion point

Governance and Multi-stakeholder Participation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Digital business models | Child safety online


M

Maria De Brasdefer

Speech speed

159 words per minute

Speech length

1363 words

Speech time

511 seconds

Libraries operate digital public infrastructure and manage repositories, making them integral to digital public goods

Explanation

Maria argues that libraries are fundamentally connected to digital public goods because they operate digital public infrastructure and manage vast repositories of information. She emphasizes that this connection makes libraries natural partners in digital public goods initiatives and digital inclusion efforts.


Evidence

IFLA policy brief ‘Empowering Libraries for Advancing Digital Inclusion’ co-authored with UNESCO-IFAP


Major discussion point

Digital Public Goods and Infrastructure


Topics

Digital access | Telecommunications infrastructure | Content policy


Agreed with

– Xianhong Hu

Agreed on

Libraries serve as crucial infrastructure for digital inclusion


Libraries have evolved into multipurpose digital spaces with 2.8 million active libraries globally staffed by 1.6 million people

Explanation

Maria explains that while libraries maintain their original purpose, they have rapidly transformed into multipurpose spaces for the digital era. She provides concrete statistics showing the global scale of library networks, including professional staff and volunteer support, demonstrating their potential as partners in digital inclusion efforts.


Evidence

2.8 million functional/active libraries globally, 1.6 million staff members, half a million volunteers worldwide


Major discussion point

Digital Public Goods and Infrastructure


Topics

Digital access | Capacity development | Telecommunications infrastructure


Libraries provide capacity building for entrepreneurs, e-government access, and open source software training beyond traditional services

Explanation

Maria highlights that modern libraries offer services far beyond traditional book lending, including entrepreneurship training, facilitating access to e-government services, and providing open source software training. She argues that these expanded services make libraries valuable partners for digital inclusion and align with multiple WSIS action lines.


Evidence

Examples of library digitization centers providing training for people with special needs and promoting opportunities for women in Tunisia


Major discussion point

Library Networks and Community Engagement


Topics

Capacity development | Digital access | E-commerce and Digital Trade


Public and community libraries serve different purposes in urban versus rural areas, offering free resources to those unable to access them elsewhere

Explanation

Maria emphasizes that libraries in different contexts serve varied community needs, with public and community libraries being particularly important for providing free access to digital resources and services. She argues that these libraries are closest to communities and understand their specific needs, including language and cultural context requirements.


Evidence

Policy brief with 56 tailored recommendations for member states and case study of library giving rural farmers access to ICT skills


Major discussion point

Library Networks and Community Engagement


Topics

Digital access | Capacity development | Cultural diversity


M

Mary-Ruth Mendel

Speech speed

125 words per minute

Speech length

785 words

Speech time

376 seconds

Chronic marginalization from digital participation is perpetuated by entrenched illiteracy, requiring first language literacy as foundation

Explanation

Mary-Ruth argues that illiteracy or low literacy is a key determinant of persistent vulnerability that prevents people from participating in digital technology opportunities. She emphasizes that equitable access to information must begin with first language literacy, as this is the fundamental barrier that must be addressed before meaningful digital participation can occur.


Evidence

Australian case study of the Living First Language Platform showcasing how digital technology serves communities to create their own language and literacy datasets


Major discussion point

Language Barriers and Literacy Challenges


Topics

Digital access | Multilingualism | Rights of persons with disabilities


Agreed with

– Audience

Agreed on

Language and literacy barriers are fundamental obstacles to digital inclusion


The Living First Language Platform demonstrates how communities can create their own language and literacy datasets with authentic pronunciation

Explanation

Mary-Ruth presents the Living First Language Platform as a solution that enables communities to build their own language and literacy datasets with authentic pronunciation. The platform connects language and literacy elements across datasets that can be used for education curriculum, literacy resources, reading programs, translation apps, and AI applications.


Evidence

CALIL (Coding Aboriginal Languages for Indigenous Literacy) process, example of letter ‘A’ having four pronunciation options in English, multi-sensory content creation with algorithms


Major discussion point

Language Barriers and Literacy Challenges


Topics

Multilingualism | Digital access | Cultural diversity


A Global Five-Point Plan is needed to close language and literacy vulnerability gaps through mapping, barrier identification, and technology deployment

Explanation

Mary-Ruth proposes a comprehensive five-point plan to address language and literacy vulnerabilities globally. The plan includes mapping vulnerable communities, identifying barriers to technology access, deploying the Living First Language Platform process, identifying interface opportunities with digital technologies, and establishing benchmarks for review and improvement.


Evidence

Detailed five-point plan: mapping locations, identifying barriers like device/connectivity access, deploying LFLP process, identifying interface opportunities, establishing benchmarks


Major discussion point

Future Directions and WSIS Review


Topics

Multilingualism | Digital access | Capacity development


A

Alexandre Barbosa

Speech speed

125 words per minute

Speech length

506 words

Speech time

241 seconds

Reliable, disaggregated indicators and monitoring data are essential for tracking digital inclusion progress and understanding complex challenges

Explanation

Alexandre emphasizes that addressing complex digital inclusion problems requires high-quality, internationally comparable indicators and disaggregated data to track changes and understand progress. He argues that without proper measurement tools, it’s impossible to effectively address digital divides and monitor the impact of interventions.


Evidence

CETIC.br’s 20 years of experience producing indicators, UNESCO Category 2 center status since 2012, surveys covering households, enterprises, education, health, culture sectors


Major discussion point

Data and Measurement for Digital Inclusion


Topics

Digital access | Sustainable development | Gender rights online


Agreed with

– Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi
– Onica Makwakwa

Agreed on

Complex, multifaceted approaches are needed to address digital inclusion challenges


Disagreed with

– Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave

Disagreed on

Assessment of progress since original WSIS


Meaningful connectivity requires daily access, minimum 4G speed, device ownership, and requisite skills – revealing greater inequalities than basic internet access

Explanation

Alexandre explains that meaningful connectivity is measured through multiple dimensions including daily access when desired, minimum 4G speed connectivity, device ownership (at least entry-level smartphone), and having the necessary skills to engage with digital technologies. He demonstrates that while basic internet use may show gender parity, meaningful connectivity reveals significant inequalities.


Evidence

Brazil’s meaningful connectivity indicators showing no gender differences in internet use but huge inequalities in meaningful connectivity, model supported by G20 Brazilian presidency and BRICS discussions


Major discussion point

Meaningful Connectivity and Digital Inclusion


Topics

Digital access | Gender rights online | Telecommunications infrastructure


Agreed with

– Onica Makwakwa

Agreed on

Meaningful connectivity requires more than basic internet access


Disagreed with

– Onica Makwakwa

Disagreed on

Adequacy of current affordability benchmarks for meaningful connectivity


More sophisticated indicators are needed covering socioeconomic, geographic, and community disparities

Explanation

Alexandre advocates for more detailed and sophisticated measurement approaches that can capture various forms of inequality and disparity. He argues that the level of disaggregation and data quality directly impacts policy discussions and the ability to identify where problems exist and how to address them effectively.


Evidence

BRICS paper suggesting need for disaggregated data on socioeconomic disparities, geographic disparities (urban/rural), community disparities; Brazil’s implementation of UNESCO ROMAX indicators


Major discussion point

Data and Measurement for Digital Inclusion


Topics

Digital access | Sustainable development | Inclusive finance


O

Onica Makwakwa

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

751 words

Speech time

315 seconds

Digital public goods must serve public interest by ensuring emerging technologies are inclusive rather than widening existing divides

Explanation

Onica argues that digital public goods represent both an opportunity and a challenge to serve the public interest. She emphasizes that emerging technologies must be designed and implemented with inclusion at their core, rather than inadvertently expanding the digital divides that already exist between different populations.


Evidence

GDIP’s focus on meaningful connectivity for the global majority and commitment to equitable, rights-based digital development


Major discussion point

Digital Public Goods and Infrastructure


Topics

Digital access | Human rights principles | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi
– Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave

Agreed on

Information and digital technologies must serve as public goods accessible to all


Current affordability benchmarks are inadequate – one gigabyte per month at 2% of income is insufficient for meaningful participation

Explanation

Onica criticizes the current international standard for affordable internet access, which defines affordability as one gigabyte of data costing no more than 2% of average monthly income. She argues this benchmark is completely inadequate for meaningful digital participation in the modern context, especially 20 years after WSIS.


Evidence

Current affordability benchmark of 1GB data for 2% of monthly income, GDIP’s Connected Resilience Report on gendered experiences of meaningful connectivity


Major discussion point

Meaningful Connectivity and Digital Inclusion


Topics

Digital access | Inclusive finance | Gender rights online


Agreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa

Agreed on

Meaningful connectivity requires more than basic internet access


Disagreed with

– Alexandre Barbosa

Disagreed on

Adequacy of current affordability benchmarks for meaningful connectivity


Community networks and alternative financial models are needed where traditional affordability approaches fail

Explanation

Onica advocates for supporting community networks and exploring different financial models for connectivity, similar to how communities without water access learn to build wells. She argues that in a climate where few companies control everything, alternative approaches are necessary to connect communities where traditional market-based affordability may not work.


Evidence

Analogy to communities learning to build wells for water access, recognition that few companies own everything in current connectivity landscape


Major discussion point

Meaningful Connectivity and Digital Inclusion


Topics

Telecommunications infrastructure | Digital access | Sustainable development


The most disconnected populations are absent from governance conversations and must be included beyond checkbox consultations

Explanation

Onica highlights that the people who are most affected by digital exclusion are typically not present in policy discussions and governance forums. She argues for truly inclusive multi-stakeholder processes that go beyond superficial consultation exercises to meaningfully include marginalized communities in decision-making processes.


Evidence

Recognition that 2.6 billion people are not yet included in digital technologies, emphasis on building with and alongside disconnected communities


Major discussion point

Governance and Multi-stakeholder Participation


Topics

Human rights principles | Digital access | Sustainable development


Post-2025 WSIS actions must recognize that connectivity alone is not inclusion, requiring focus on affordability, governance, and inclusive design

Explanation

Onica argues that as the WSIS+20 review approaches, stakeholders must acknowledge that simply providing connectivity does not equal digital inclusion. She calls for building more justly, inclusively, and collaboratively, addressing persistent gaps in affordability, governance structures, and ensuring digital public goods are developed with local context and inclusive design principles.


Evidence

Recognition of 2.6 billion people still not included in digital technologies, persistent gaps in affordability and governance structures


Major discussion point

Future Directions and WSIS Review


Topics

Digital access | Human rights principles | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi
– Alexandre Barbosa

Agreed on

Complex, multifaceted approaches are needed to address digital inclusion challenges


A

Audience

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

387 words

Speech time

162 seconds

Multilingualism and content development for excluded populations are major challenges requiring extensive discussion

Explanation

An audience member identified multilingualism as one of the major issues emerging from the panel discussion, particularly regarding how to promote content development for populations that have been left out of digital opportunities. They also raised ethical issues surrounding information use as another area requiring extensive discussion and exploration.


Major discussion point

Language Barriers and Literacy Challenges


Topics

Multilingualism | Content policy | Digital access


Agreed with

– Mary-Ruth Mendel

Agreed on

Language and literacy barriers are fundamental obstacles to digital inclusion


X

Xianhong Hu

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

1280 words

Speech time

552 seconds

Digital public goods and digital collaboration require multidisciplinary recommendations for WSIS+20 review

Explanation

Xianhong emphasizes that the session aims to provide multidisciplinary recommendations and contributions to the important review of WSIS Plus 20, focusing on harnessing digital public goods and fostering digital collaboration. She positions this as a critical moment requiring diverse perspectives and expertise.


Evidence

UNESCO’s Information for All program involvement and collaboration with IFAP working group members in the session


Major discussion point

Future Directions and WSIS Review


Topics

Digital access | Sustainable development | Human rights principles


Libraries should continue to be a vital vehicle to foster digital inclusion after 2025

Explanation

Xianhong explicitly states that one of the recommendations from the session should be that libraries continue to serve as essential vehicles for fostering digital inclusion in the post-2025 period. She recognizes the critical role libraries play in bridging digital divides and supporting community access to information and technology.


Evidence

IFAP Council endorsement of two IFLA manifestos supporting public libraries and school libraries


Major discussion point

Library Networks and Community Engagement


Topics

Digital access | Capacity development | Content policy


Agreed with

– Maria De Brasdefer

Agreed on

Libraries serve as crucial infrastructure for digital inclusion


Evidence-based approaches with data and indicators are essential for measuring digital inclusion progress

Explanation

Xianhong emphasizes the importance of using evidence, data, and indicator-based approaches to measure what she calls ‘the elephant in the room’ – digital inclusion. She highlights the need for systematic measurement and monitoring to track progress and identify gaps in digital inclusion efforts.


Evidence

UNESCO-IFAP co-founding of Dynamic Coalition on Measuring Digital Inclusion and Gender Equality with CETIC and other partners


Major discussion point

Data and Measurement for Digital Inclusion


Topics

Digital access | Sustainable development | Gender rights online


Hybrid participation models enable broader engagement in digital governance discussions

Explanation

Xianhong actively facilitates both in-person and online participation throughout the session, encouraging online participants to engage through chat and ensuring their voices are heard alongside those physically present. She demonstrates the practical application of inclusive participation models in digital governance forums.


Evidence

Active moderation of hybrid session with online participants from different time zones including Australia, use of chat for engagement, colleague support for online moderation


Major discussion point

Governance and Multi-stakeholder Participation


Topics

Digital access | Human rights principles | Capacity development


Agreements

Agreement points

Information and digital technologies must serve as public goods accessible to all

Speakers

– Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi
– Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave
– Onica Makwakwa

Arguments

Information must be truly accessible to all, requiring empowerment of people for critical digital interaction, content producers, and ecosystem governance


AI must be approached as a global public good to address the digital divide and advance digital inclusion


Digital public goods must serve public interest by ensuring emerging technologies are inclusive rather than widening existing divides


Summary

All three speakers emphasize that information and digital technologies should function as public goods that serve the broader public interest rather than exacerbating existing inequalities. They agree on the fundamental principle that digital resources must be accessible to all populations.


Topics

Human rights principles | Digital access | Sustainable development


Complex, multifaceted approaches are needed to address digital inclusion challenges

Speakers

– Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi
– Alexandre Barbosa
– Onica Makwakwa

Arguments

Complex problems require complex solutions without silver bullets, necessitating reduction of information asymmetries


Reliable, disaggregated indicators and monitoring data are essential for tracking digital inclusion progress and understanding complex challenges


Post-2025 WSIS actions must recognize that connectivity alone is not inclusion, requiring focus on affordability, governance, and inclusive design


Summary

These speakers agree that digital inclusion cannot be achieved through simple solutions but requires comprehensive, multi-dimensional approaches that address various aspects of access, measurement, and governance simultaneously.


Topics

Digital access | Sustainable development | Human rights principles


Meaningful connectivity requires more than basic internet access

Speakers

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Onica Makwakwa

Arguments

Meaningful connectivity requires daily access, minimum 4G speed, device ownership, and requisite skills – revealing greater inequalities than basic internet access


Current affordability benchmarks are inadequate – one gigabyte per month at 2% of income is insufficient for meaningful participation


Summary

Both speakers agree that traditional measures of internet access are insufficient and that meaningful connectivity requires multiple components including adequate speed, device ownership, skills, and true affordability for regular use.


Topics

Digital access | Telecommunications infrastructure | Inclusive finance


Language and literacy barriers are fundamental obstacles to digital inclusion

Speakers

– Mary-Ruth Mendel
– Audience

Arguments

Chronic marginalization from digital participation is perpetuated by entrenched illiteracy, requiring first language literacy as foundation


Multilingualism and content development for excluded populations are major challenges requiring extensive discussion


Summary

Both speakers recognize that language barriers and literacy challenges are core issues that must be addressed for effective digital inclusion, particularly for marginalized communities whose languages are underrepresented in digital spaces.


Topics

Multilingualism | Digital access | Cultural diversity


Libraries serve as crucial infrastructure for digital inclusion

Speakers

– Maria De Brasdefer
– Xianhong Hu

Arguments

Libraries operate digital public infrastructure and manage repositories, making them integral to digital public goods


Libraries should continue to be a vital vehicle to foster digital inclusion after 2025


Summary

Both speakers agree on the essential role of libraries as digital public infrastructure and their continued importance in fostering digital inclusion beyond 2025.


Topics

Digital access | Telecommunications infrastructure | Capacity development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers express concern about the lack of progress in digital inclusion despite decades of effort, and emphasize the need for more genuine inclusion of marginalized populations in governance processes.

Speakers

– Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave
– Onica Makwakwa

Arguments

Despite 20 years since WSIS, many goals remain unachieved with persistent inequalities, suggesting we may be moving backwards


The most disconnected populations are absent from governance conversations and must be included beyond checkbox consultations


Topics

Human rights principles | Digital access | Sustainable development


Both speakers emphasize community-centered approaches that recognize local contexts and needs, whether through libraries serving specific community requirements or platforms enabling communities to preserve and develop their own languages.

Speakers

– Maria De Brasdefer
– Mary-Ruth Mendel

Arguments

Public and community libraries serve different purposes in urban versus rural areas, offering free resources to those unable to access them elsewhere


The Living First Language Platform demonstrates how communities can create their own language and literacy datasets with authentic pronunciation


Topics

Digital access | Cultural diversity | Multilingualism


Both speakers advocate for systematic, data-driven approaches to understanding and measuring digital inclusion, emphasizing the need for sophisticated indicators that can capture various forms of inequality.

Speakers

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Xianhong Hu

Arguments

More sophisticated indicators are needed covering socioeconomic, geographic, and community disparities


Evidence-based approaches with data and indicators are essential for measuring digital inclusion progress


Topics

Digital access | Sustainable development | Gender rights online


Unexpected consensus

Industry engagement in digital governance

Speakers

– Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave
– Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi

Arguments

Industry engagement is crucial as they fear regulation will stifle innovation, requiring collaborative approaches


Complex problems require complex solutions without silver bullets, necessitating reduction of information asymmetries


Explanation

It’s somewhat unexpected that speakers focused on accessibility and public goods would emphasize the importance of engaging industry stakeholders collaboratively rather than through regulation alone. This suggests a pragmatic recognition that achieving digital inclusion requires working with rather than against private sector interests.


Topics

Digital business models | Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


Alternative connectivity models and community networks

Speakers

– Onica Makwakwa
– Maria De Brasdefer

Arguments

Community networks and alternative financial models are needed where traditional affordability approaches fail


Libraries have evolved into multipurpose digital spaces with 2.8 million active libraries globally staffed by 1.6 million people


Explanation

The convergence on community-based solutions from both a digital inclusion advocate and a library representative suggests unexpected consensus around decentralized, community-driven approaches to connectivity and digital access, moving beyond traditional market-based models.


Topics

Telecommunications infrastructure | Digital access | Capacity development


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated strong consensus on fundamental principles including information as a public good, the need for multifaceted approaches to digital inclusion, the importance of meaningful rather than basic connectivity, and the critical role of community-centered solutions. There was also agreement on the persistent challenges facing digital inclusion efforts and the need for more sophisticated measurement approaches.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on core principles and challenges, with complementary rather than conflicting perspectives. The speakers represented different sectors (UNESCO, libraries, digital inclusion organizations, research institutions) but shared similar values and approaches to digital inclusion. This strong consensus suggests a mature understanding of digital inclusion challenges and potential solutions, which could facilitate coordinated action in post-2025 WSIS implementation. The agreement across diverse stakeholders indicates that there is a solid foundation for collaborative efforts in advancing digital public goods and fostering digital collaboration.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Adequacy of current affordability benchmarks for meaningful connectivity

Speakers

– Onica Makwakwa
– Alexandre Barbosa

Arguments

Current affordability benchmarks are inadequate – one gigabyte per month at 2% of income is insufficient for meaningful participation


Meaningful connectivity requires daily access, minimum 4G speed, device ownership, and requisite skills – revealing greater inequalities than basic internet access


Summary

While both speakers discuss meaningful connectivity, Onica explicitly criticizes current affordability benchmarks as completely inadequate, whereas Alexandre presents the meaningful connectivity framework more neutrally as a measurement tool without directly challenging existing affordability standards


Topics

Digital access | Inclusive finance | Telecommunications infrastructure


Assessment of progress since original WSIS

Speakers

– Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave
– Alexandre Barbosa

Arguments

Despite 20 years since WSIS, many goals remain unachieved with persistent inequalities, suggesting we may be moving backwards


Reliable, disaggregated indicators and monitoring data are essential for tracking digital inclusion progress and understanding complex challenges


Summary

Andrea expresses pessimism about WSIS progress, suggesting regression in some areas, while Alexandre focuses on the need for better measurement tools to track progress, implying that improved data collection can lead to better outcomes


Topics

Digital access | Sustainable development | Human rights principles


Unexpected differences

Role and neutrality of libraries in information provision

Speakers

– Audience member (journalist)
– Maria De Brasdefer

Arguments

Criticism of libraries becoming politically biased and excluding certain viewpoints


Public and community libraries serve different purposes in urban versus rural areas, offering free resources to those unable to access them elsewhere


Explanation

The journalist’s critique of libraries as politically biased spaces that exclude certain viewpoints was unexpected in a session focused on digital inclusion. This challenged the assumed neutrality and inclusiveness of libraries as presented by Maria, creating tension around whether libraries truly serve all community members equally


Topics

Content policy | Digital access | Freedom of expression


Overall assessment

Summary

The session showed relatively low levels of direct disagreement among panelists, with most conflicts being subtle differences in emphasis or approach rather than fundamental opposition. The main areas of disagreement centered on the adequacy of current standards and progress assessment, while most speakers shared common goals around inclusion and accessibility.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The implications suggest that while there is broad consensus on the need for digital inclusion and public goods, there are significant differences in how to measure progress, set standards, and implement solutions. The unexpected challenge from the audience about library neutrality highlights potential blind spots in assumptions about institutional inclusiveness that could affect implementation of digital inclusion strategies.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers express concern about the lack of progress in digital inclusion despite decades of effort, and emphasize the need for more genuine inclusion of marginalized populations in governance processes.

Speakers

– Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave
– Onica Makwakwa

Arguments

Despite 20 years since WSIS, many goals remain unachieved with persistent inequalities, suggesting we may be moving backwards


The most disconnected populations are absent from governance conversations and must be included beyond checkbox consultations


Topics

Human rights principles | Digital access | Sustainable development


Both speakers emphasize community-centered approaches that recognize local contexts and needs, whether through libraries serving specific community requirements or platforms enabling communities to preserve and develop their own languages.

Speakers

– Maria De Brasdefer
– Mary-Ruth Mendel

Arguments

Public and community libraries serve different purposes in urban versus rural areas, offering free resources to those unable to access them elsewhere


The Living First Language Platform demonstrates how communities can create their own language and literacy datasets with authentic pronunciation


Topics

Digital access | Cultural diversity | Multilingualism


Both speakers advocate for systematic, data-driven approaches to understanding and measuring digital inclusion, emphasizing the need for sophisticated indicators that can capture various forms of inequality.

Speakers

– Alexandre Barbosa
– Xianhong Hu

Arguments

More sophisticated indicators are needed covering socioeconomic, geographic, and community disparities


Evidence-based approaches with data and indicators are essential for measuring digital inclusion progress


Topics

Digital access | Sustainable development | Gender rights online


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Information must be treated as a public good requiring three pillars: empowering people for critical digital interaction, empowering content producers, and governing the ecosystem to reduce information asymmetries


Digital public goods and meaningful connectivity are foundational to digital inclusion, but current measures are inadequate – meaningful connectivity requires daily access, minimum 4G speed, device ownership, and requisite skills


Libraries serve as crucial digital public infrastructure with 2.8 million active libraries globally, evolving beyond traditional roles to provide digital literacy, e-government access, and community-specific services


Language barriers and illiteracy are major obstacles to digital inclusion, with first language literacy being essential for equitable access to information


Current affordability benchmarks (1GB data for 2% of monthly income) are insufficient for meaningful digital participation in the modern context


Reliable, disaggregated data and indicators are essential for tracking digital inclusion progress and revealing hidden inequalities that basic access statistics miss


The most disconnected populations are absent from governance conversations and must be meaningfully included in multi-stakeholder processes beyond token consultations


Resolutions and action items

IFLA policy brief ‘Empowering Libraries for Advancing Digital Inclusion’ to be published and disseminated with targeted outreach to stakeholders


Global Five-Point Plan proposed to close language and literacy vulnerability gaps through mapping communities, identifying barriers, deploying platforms, and establishing benchmarks


Call for collaboration with library networks for digital inclusion initiatives, with invitation for stakeholders to reach out upon publication of policy brief


Recommendations from the session to be shared with WSIS coordination and co-facilitators for the WSIS+20 process


Continued advocacy for improved affordability benchmarks and support for community networks and alternative financial models


Promotion of meaningful connectivity indicators and disaggregated data collection across countries and organizations


Unresolved issues

How to effectively include the most marginalized and disconnected populations in governance processes and technology design


Addressing the challenge of political polarization and echo chambers in information spaces, including libraries


Scaling successful local initiatives like the Living First Language Platform to global implementation


Balancing industry innovation concerns with necessary regulation for inclusive digital development


Developing sustainable financial models for connecting communities where traditional affordability approaches fail


Creating truly multilingual and culturally appropriate digital content and services at scale


Measuring and addressing safety concerns, particularly for women, in digital spaces


Suggested compromises

Recognition that complex digital inclusion problems require complex solutions without silver bullets, necessitating multi-faceted approaches


Acknowledgment that while empowering individuals is necessary, it’s insufficient without also addressing systemic issues in governance and industry practices


Acceptance that different communities (urban vs rural, different linguistic groups) require tailored approaches rather than one-size-fits-all solutions


Understanding that meaningful connectivity standards must evolve beyond basic access metrics while remaining practically achievable


Balancing the need for regulation with industry concerns about stifling innovation through collaborative engagement approaches


Thought provoking comments

Information must be really for all. And this is easy to say but not that easy to do… we need to keep underlining the importance that information must be really for all… we need to discuss the ecosystem together, the transmission chain, so the tech companies, the AI companies, the media or whatever it is, right? So this is particularly relevant for our discussion here because in order to guarantee the existence of public goods in all areas, including in our area, one of the issues that we needed to deal with is to reduce the asymmetries of information that we have.

Speaker

Guilherme Canela De Souza Godoi


Reason

This comment reframes the entire discussion by identifying the core challenge: information asymmetries as the fundamental barrier to digital public goods. It moves beyond surface-level access issues to systemic power imbalances and introduces the three-pillar framework (empowering people, content producers, and ecosystem governance) that becomes a recurring theme.


Impact

This opening comment established the theoretical foundation for the entire session, with subsequent speakers referencing back to concepts of asymmetry, ecosystem thinking, and the complexity of achieving true inclusion. It shifted the discussion from technical solutions to systemic governance challenges.


Equitable access to information begins with first language literacy… chronic marginalisation from digital technology participation is perpetuated by entrenched illiteracy… The conduit to the information superhighway is that first languages are revitalized in a fit-for-purpose format that instantly can interface with modern digital technologies.

Speaker

Mary-Ruth Mendel


Reason

This comment fundamentally challenges the assumption that digital inclusion is primarily about connectivity or devices. It identifies literacy in one’s native language as the foundational barrier and presents a concrete solution through the Living First Language Platform, addressing indigenous and marginalized language communities.


Impact

This intervention shifted the conversation from infrastructure and policy to fundamental human capabilities and cultural preservation. It prompted follow-up questions about implementation and training, and reinforced the multilingualism theme that emerged as a key concern throughout the session.


Connectivity alone is not inclusion… affordable access is considered to be one gig of data for no more than 2% of average monthly income. One gig of data per month? Hello, what are you doing? Definitely not meaningfully connected… We have to have a similar approach to connectivity as well, where we need to begin to open not only to different technologies for connecting the unconnected, but also be open to a different financial model.

Speaker

Onica Makwakwa


Reason

This comment powerfully challenges existing metrics and assumptions about digital inclusion by exposing the inadequacy of current affordability benchmarks. The rhetorical question ‘One gig of data per month? Hello, what are you doing?’ effectively demonstrates how disconnected policy metrics are from real-world meaningful connectivity needs.


Impact

This intervention introduced a critical perspective on measurement and policy effectiveness, building on Alexandre Barbosa’s emphasis on better indicators. It challenged the room to think beyond traditional access metrics and consider alternative economic models for connectivity, particularly for marginalized communities.


Who are the excluded ones from the library even in Geneva?… after some time when there was enough confidence between us to ask the difficult question… I asked how many people in our group, 50 people or 100, have voted right-wing. And not a single one… So for me, when I want to look for information, I don’t go to the library anymore. I go to the flea market.

Speaker

Audience member (journalist)


Reason

This provocative comment challenges the assumption that libraries are truly inclusive spaces by highlighting ideological exclusion. It forces the discussion to confront uncomfortable questions about who is actually being served by digital inclusion initiatives and whether these efforts create their own forms of exclusion.


Impact

This comment created a moment of tension and forced speakers to defend and clarify their positions on inclusion. It shifted the conversation from celebrating libraries as inclusive spaces to examining the complex reality of who actually participates in these initiatives and why some groups might feel excluded.


We do need more disaggregated and sophisticated indicators to know where there are other problems and how to track differences… when it comes to meaningful connectivity, we solve huge inequalities, gender inequalities and other inequalities by having better data and more informed data in this field.

Speaker

Alexandre Barbosa


Reason

This comment introduces the critical insight that measurement methodology fundamentally shapes our understanding of digital inclusion. By showing how gender equality appears achieved in basic internet use but reveals significant gaps when measured through meaningful connectivity, it demonstrates how inadequate metrics can mask persistent inequalities.


Impact

This intervention provided empirical support for other speakers’ arguments about the inadequacy of current approaches. It reinforced Onica’s critique of existing metrics and provided concrete evidence for why the field needs to move beyond simple access measurements to more sophisticated indicators of digital inclusion.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a routine policy discussion into a more critical examination of fundamental assumptions about digital inclusion. Guilherme’s opening established the systemic nature of the challenge, moving beyond technical fixes to governance and power structures. Mary-Ruth’s intervention on language and literacy challenged the technological determinism often present in digital inclusion discussions, while Onica’s critique of connectivity metrics exposed the inadequacy of current policy frameworks. The journalist’s provocative question about ideological exclusion forced participants to confront uncomfortable truths about who these initiatives actually serve. Alexandre’s emphasis on measurement provided the empirical foundation showing how better data reveals hidden inequalities. Together, these comments elevated the discussion from celebrating progress to critically examining whether current approaches are truly achieving inclusive outcomes, ultimately pushing the conversation toward more nuanced and systemic solutions for the post-2025 WSIS framework.


Follow-up questions

How is it that the people have the skills to manage that platform? How long did the training take? Was it done by the already literate or you were able to take people from illiteracy to managing the platforms?

Speaker

Dorothy Gordon


Explanation

This question seeks to understand the practical implementation and training requirements for the Living First Language Platform, particularly how communities transition from illiteracy to managing digital platforms


How do we promote content development for those who have been left out, particularly regarding multilingualism?

Speaker

Audience member


Explanation

This addresses the critical gap in multilingual content development and the need to include marginalized language communities in digital public goods


What are the ethical issues surrounding the use of information in digital public goods?

Speaker

Audience member


Explanation

This highlights the need for further exploration of ethical frameworks and considerations when developing and implementing digital public goods


Who are the excluded ones from libraries and how can libraries address different political perspectives and avoid echo chambers?

Speaker

Journalist audience member


Explanation

This raises concerns about political bias and exclusion in library services, questioning whether libraries truly serve all community members regardless of political affiliation


How can we better engage industry in digital public goods development while addressing their concerns about regulation?

Speaker

Andrea Gita Millwood Hargrave


Explanation

This suggests the need for research on effective industry engagement strategies that balance innovation with regulatory compliance in digital public goods


How can we improve affordability benchmarks for meaningful connectivity beyond the current 2% of monthly income for 1GB of data?

Speaker

Onica Makwakwa


Explanation

This challenges current affordability standards and calls for research into more realistic benchmarks that enable true meaningful connectivity


How can we develop alternative financial models for connecting underserved communities where traditional market approaches fail?

Speaker

Onica Makwakwa


Explanation

This identifies the need for innovative financing mechanisms to achieve universal connectivity, particularly for marginalized communities


How can we ensure meaningful participation of the most disconnected populations in multi-stakeholder governance processes?

Speaker

Onica Makwakwa


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of inclusive governance and the need for research on effective methods to engage marginalized communities in digital policy-making


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Resilient infrastructure for a sustainable world

Resilient infrastructure for a sustainable world

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on resilience in critical infrastructure and technology systems, exploring how organizations can build capacity to withstand and recover from disasters and disruptions. The panel included representatives from the UN Office for Disaster Risk Reduction (UNDRR), ICANN, the Marconi Society, and CERN, moderated by Mike Mullane from the IEC. Helen Ng from UNDRR explained how her organization supports countries in implementing the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, emphasizing the need to integrate resilience into infrastructure planning and address multi-hazard scenarios rather than single threats.


Maarten Botterman from ICANN and the Marconi Society highlighted how society’s dependence on the internet has transformed it from a luxury to a necessity, requiring a shift from rapid deployment to reliable, resilient systems. He discussed the interconnected nature of critical infrastructures, where failures in one system can cascade across sectors like energy, communications, and finance. Benjamin Frisch from CERN presented the White Rabbit project as an example of how open collaboration and precise time synchronization technology developed for particle physics research has found applications in financial trading and power grid management.


Key challenges identified included the gap between disaster risk reduction and infrastructure development, the difficulty of retrofitting legacy systems for resilience, and the need for cross-sectoral collaboration. The discussion also explored the relationship between resilience and sustainability, with participants generally agreeing that resilience is essential for achieving sustainable development goals. The panel emphasized that no single organization can address these complex challenges alone, making partnerships and capacity building crucial for creating resilient infrastructure systems that can support society’s growing technological dependence.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Defining and Understanding Resilience**: The discussion explored resilience as both the ability to “bounce back” from disasters (from Latin “resiliere” – to rebound) and the proactive design of systems that can withstand disruptions. Speakers emphasized that resilience isn’t just about recovery but also about prevention and building robust systems from the start.


– **Critical Infrastructure Interdependencies**: A key theme was how modern infrastructure systems are deeply interconnected – when power fails, internet stops working, which affects hospitals, communications, and other essential services. The speakers highlighted the need for cross-sectoral collaboration to understand these dependencies and prevent cascading failures.


– **Challenges in Implementation**: The panel discussed significant barriers including lack of common understanding of what resilience means across organizations, short-term political thinking that makes it difficult to invest in prevention, budget constraints, and the challenge of upgrading legacy systems while maintaining current operations.


– **The Relationship Between Resilience and Sustainability**: Speakers debated whether resilience and sustainability are becoming synonymous, with general agreement that resilience is either a subset of sustainability or an essential enabler for achieving sustainable development goals. They emphasized that without resilient infrastructure, sustainable development gains cannot be safeguarded.


– **Importance of Partnerships and Open Collaboration**: All speakers stressed that no single organization can address these complex challenges alone. They highlighted the need for multi-stakeholder approaches involving governments, academia, industry, and civil society, along with capacity building and knowledge sharing across sectors and regions.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore the concept of resilience in critical infrastructure from multiple perspectives, examining how different organizations approach building resilient systems, the challenges they face, and the collaborative approaches needed to address complex, interconnected infrastructure vulnerabilities in an increasingly digital and interdependent world.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was professional and collaborative throughout, with speakers building on each other’s points constructively. There was a sense of urgency about the challenges discussed, but also optimism about solutions through cooperation. The conversation maintained an academic yet practical focus, with speakers sharing real-world examples and concrete experiences. The moderator kept the discussion interactive and accessible, using relatable analogies (like the Big Bad Wolf story) to introduce complex concepts. The tone remained consistently engaged and solution-oriented rather than alarmist, despite discussing serious infrastructure vulnerabilities.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Mike Mullane** – Moderator, works at the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) on cybersecurity and AI, focusing on resilience and mitigation


– **Benjamin Frisch** – Works for CERN (European organization for nuclear research), involved in the White Rabbit project for clock synchronization technology


– **Helen Ng** – Works at UNDRR (United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction), focuses on resilient infrastructure and supporting countries to enhance infrastructure resilience through governance


– **Kishor Narang** – Active in IEC’s smart city work, has been leading smart city sanitization in India, involved in developing unified digital infrastructure for cities


– **Maarten Botterman** – Wearing two hats: works with Marconi Society and ICANN, focuses on internet infrastructure resilience and cross-sectoral collaboration


– **Audience** – Various audience members who asked questions during the interactive session


**Additional speakers:**


– **Ian Opperman** – Was supposed to join from Australia but had connection issues and did not participate in the discussion


– **Pierre** – An audience member from AFNIC (a registry of domain names) who asked a specific question about sustainable development goals and infrastructure


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Resilience in Critical Infrastructure and Technology Systems


## Introduction and Context


This discussion brought together representatives from diverse international organisations to explore resilience in critical infrastructure and technology systems. Moderated by Mike Mullane from the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), the panel featured Helen Ng from the United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction (UNDRR), Maarten Botterman representing both the Marconi Society and ICANN, Benjamin Frisch from CERN’s White Rabbit project, and Kishor Narang, who leads smart city initiatives in India. Ian Opperman from Australia was scheduled to participate but experienced connectivity issues and could not join the discussion.


The conversation maintained a collaborative tone throughout, with speakers building on each other’s insights while addressing urgent challenges facing modern interconnected infrastructure systems. The discussion explored how organisations can build capacity to withstand and recover from disasters and disruptions in an increasingly digital and interdependent world.


## Defining Resilience: Multiple Perspectives


Mike Mullane opened by explaining that resilience derives from the Latin “resiliere,” meaning to rebound, and noted how children’s stories often illustrate this concept of bouncing back from adversity. However, the discussion revealed that resilience encompasses much more than simple recovery.


Maarten Botterman positioned resilience as fundamental for critical infrastructure, emphasising both prevention and quick recovery capabilities. He highlighted society’s growing dependence on internet infrastructure: “we’ve become so dependent on the internet that when the power goes out, or the roads are blocked, or a mobile doesn’t work, everything else stops. And it’s no longer a technical luxury, but a societal necessity.”


Helen Ng from UNDRR acknowledged that different governments have varying understandings of resilience, advocating for focusing on common principles rather than definitional debates. She specifically referenced the Sendai Framework Target D, which aims to substantially reduce disaster damage to critical infrastructure and disruption of basic services.


The definitional discussion revealed tension between the need for clear frameworks and the practical reality of working across diverse organisational contexts—a theme that would resurface throughout the conversation.


## Critical Infrastructure Interdependencies


A central theme was the deeply interconnected nature of modern infrastructure and cascading failure effects. Botterman illustrated this with examples from Spain and Portugal, where electricity outages demonstrated how internet infrastructure dependencies mean that power failures cascade through hospitals, communications, financial systems, and other essential services.


This interconnectedness has transformed infrastructure design requirements. As Botterman noted, society’s dependence on the internet requires shifting from “time to market” thinking to “reliability first” approaches, with profound implications for how infrastructure is designed, funded, and maintained.


Benjamin Frisch provided concrete examples through CERN’s White Rabbit project, originally developed for precise time synchronisation in particle physics experiments. The technology has found applications in financial trading systems, power grid management, and potentially quantum computing precisely because accurate timing is fundamental across multiple critical infrastructure sectors.


Kishor Narang offered a different perspective through India’s smart city development experience. Rather than allowing separate utility systems that would later need integration, India’s 100 smart cities initiative created unified digital infrastructure from the start, with 8000 cities learning from this approach. This integrated design, he argued, reduces carbon footprint, improves cybersecurity, and creates inherent resilience compared to siloed systems.


## Implementation Challenges


The conversation revealed significant barriers spanning technical, political, and economic dimensions. Helen Ng outlined key obstacles UNDRR encounters: multi-hazard considerations, interdependency understanding, short-term political thinking, and budget constraints. She specifically mentioned Bhutan’s GovTech department as an example of innovative approaches to these challenges.


The challenge of multi-hazard considerations is particularly acute for small island developing states. As Helen Ng observed: “they don’t have the luxury of bouncing back or recovering. So they’re always stuck in this cycle of… if you’re constantly being hit by something, you don’t have time to recover.” This powerfully illustrated inequality in resilience capacity.


Botterman addressed technical challenges of legacy systems, noting that evolutionary rather than revolutionary changes are required for infrastructure serving billions of users. He mentioned specific technologies like DNSSEC, RPKI, ROA, and DMARC as examples of gradual improvements to internet resilience.


Benjamin Frisch highlighted unique challenges of designing systems for extremely long operational periods. CERN’s Future Circular Collider project, starting operations in 2047 with plans extending to the 2090s, exemplifies the generational thinking required for truly resilient infrastructure.


## Standards Development and Technological Change


Helen Ng raised concerns about standards development speed versus rapid technological change, creating particular challenges for developing countries seeking guidance on technology adoption.


Mike Mullane explained that while full standards typically require 2-3 years for proper consensus-building, organisations also produce faster technical specifications to address immediate needs. He emphasised that standards development balances consensus-building requirements with technological adaptation needs, and that anticipating future requirements is part of the process.


Benjamin Frisch offered CERN’s perspective on open collaboration, explaining how creating open ecosystems around technologies like White Rabbit enables broader participation and faster adoption across sectors. This approach suggests that open collaboration can help address speed versus consensus challenges in standards development.


## Sustainability and Resilience Interconnections


The relationship between sustainability and resilience emerged as a significant theme. Helen Ng positioned them as interconnected concepts, arguing that resilient infrastructure is needed to safeguard development gains and that without resilience, sustainable development achievements cannot be maintained.


Kishor Narang took a more definitive position, stating that “you cannot be sustainable without being resilient” and arguing that resilience is a subset of the sustainability paradigm.


The discussion took on particular urgency when Kishor raised concerns about artificial intelligence, calling it “the new plastic” of the 21st century and noting that “AI is really a carbon energy guzzler” while “the AI ecosystem is still not listening to the sustainability aspect.”


Benjamin Frisch contributed the perspective of long-term machine design, noting that CERN’s decades-long operational timelines require considering carbon impact and environmental sustainability from the design phase.


## Collaboration Models and Partnerships


All speakers emphasised that building resilient infrastructure requires collaborative approaches transcending traditional boundaries. Helen Ng outlined UNDRR’s multi-stakeholder approach involving government, academia, industry, and civil society, emphasising UNDRR’s role as a convening organisation.


Benjamin Frisch described CERN’s model of international collaboration across member states with open global participation, enabling technologies like White Rabbit to serve broader societal needs beyond their original research purpose.


Botterman highlighted capacity building through training and education at multiple levels, from primary school to professional development, including efforts to develop integrative university curricula on internet governance covering technologies, governance, and policy dimensions.


## Economic Dimensions and Sustainability Concerns


An important intervention came from audience member Pierre from AFNIC, who raised concerns about economic sustainability of infrastructure operators. He highlighted how market forces directing investment toward higher-value applications like AI could undermine basic infrastructure resilience if foundational service providers lack stable financing.


This economic dimension connected to broader themes about infrastructure interdependence and the need for holistic resilience approaches. The concern was that if basic infrastructure operators cannot maintain stable operations due to economic pressures, higher-level services built on that infrastructure become vulnerable regardless of their technical sophistication.


## Technology Development and Open Innovation


Benjamin Frisch provided detailed examples through CERN’s White Rabbit project, demonstrating how open source approaches enable wider adoption and societal benefit. Originally developed for nanosecond-level time synchronisation in particle physics, White Rabbit now serves financial trading, power grid management, and other critical infrastructure sectors.


The success illustrates key principles: open collaboration enables broader participation and faster innovation; technologies developed for extreme requirements often have applications in other demanding environments; and creating ecosystems around technologies enables adaptation serving diverse needs.


Kishor Narang’s description of India’s unified digital infrastructure approach for smart cities demonstrated how strategic technology choices can create inherent resilience through integration rather than requiring resilience to be added to fragmented systems.


## Areas of Consensus and Continuing Challenges


Despite representing diverse organisations, speakers demonstrated remarkable consensus on fundamental principles. All agreed that collaboration and partnerships are essential, that resilience requires both prevention and recovery capabilities, and that sustainability and resilience are interconnected concepts.


However, several challenges remain unresolved. The tension between standards development timeframes and technological change continues to create difficulties, particularly for developing countries. Questions about ensuring stable financing for infrastructure operators as resources shift toward higher-value applications represent a systemic challenge requiring policy attention.


The balance between AI system energy consumption and sustainability goals represents an emerging challenge that requires continued attention as AI becomes more prevalent in infrastructure systems.


## Practical Outcomes and Next Steps


The discussion concluded with concrete steps for continued collaboration. Mike Mullane proposed establishing a WhatsApp group for ongoing conversation and invited participants to contact him at mmu.iec.ch for continued engagement in a wider conversation platform.


The practical outcomes reflected the collaborative spirit characterising the discussion, with speakers recognising that the challenges discussed require ongoing engagement rather than one-time solutions. The emphasis on combining global expertise with local knowledge and implementation capacity suggests a promising direction for future resilience initiatives.


## Conclusion


This discussion demonstrated both the complexity of building resilient infrastructure in an interconnected world and the potential for collaborative approaches to address these challenges. The convergence of perspectives from disaster risk reduction, internet governance, scientific research, and smart city development created rich dialogue that moved beyond traditional sectoral boundaries.


The strong consensus on fundamental principles—particularly the need for collaboration, the interconnection of sustainability and resilience, and the importance of both prevention and recovery capabilities—provides a solid foundation for future work. The discussion illustrated that resilience is not merely a technical challenge but a societal imperative requiring coordinated responses across multiple domains.


As Botterman noted, quoting Vint Cerf, the transformation of internet infrastructure from a technical luxury to a societal necessity exemplifies how our approach to infrastructure must evolve to match society’s growing dependence on interconnected systems. The path forward requires sustained commitment to collaborative principles, continued innovation in technical and governance approaches, and recognition that building resilient infrastructure is ultimately about building resilient societies.


Session transcript

Mike Mullane: going to start and we can continue trying to connect to Ian, of course, Ian Opperman who will be joining us from Australia. My name is Mike Mullane. I’m delighted you found time to join us this afternoon. As I was coming over, I was thinking about resilience, obviously, and making a mental list of what the most important issues are. And it occurred to me that resilience is such an enormously important topic that we learn about it as children. The big bad wolf huffs and puffs and blows down the house made of sticks. He blows down the house made of straw, but he can’t blow down the house made of bricks because it’s resilient. Of course, that’s only one aspect of resilience. If we look at the etymology of the word itself, it comes from the Latin resiliere, which means to rebound, to come back. And a lot of what resilience is about, as we’ll be hearing from our panel, is about the ability to come back from a disaster, from a negative episode and to restore business or to continue as before. And of course, that’s also true of children’s stories. All the best heroes are people that have to come back from a negative and bad experience, and they bounce back. And that’s why we love them as heroes. And this impact, this aspect of mitigating, of helping organizations to recover, is central to a lot of the work that I’ve been doing at the IEC connected to cybersecurity, and to AI, where the emphasis really is on trying to mitigate, trying to make sure that when those cyber attacks happen, for example, because they always will happen, that organizations are strong enough, are resilient enough to bounce back as soon as possible and to continue on their normal course. We were going to start with with Ian, but I don’t think he’s he can join us yet. So I wanted to start with an organization that has a name that really tells us what they do, and it’s the UNDRR, the United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction. Helen, can you tell us a bit about your work and about the organization?


Helen Ng: Sure, thank you. So as many of, maybe some of you don’t know, but the UNDRR, United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction, is the UN agency that is responsible for coordinating efforts to reduce disaster risk and also promote resilience. So we support the implementation of the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction. This is a 15-year global agreement to reduce disaster risks and enhance resilience, and we take a all-of-society approach. And within the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, there is the Target D, which aims, which specifically aims at substantially reducing disaster risk, reducing disaster damage to critical infrastructure and disruption of basic services. So this is the area where I work on resilient infrastructure, supporting countries to enhance their infrastructure resilience by strengthening their governance. And we do this by integrating resilience into infrastructure planning and development. strengthening governance by helping develop strategies, strengthening regulatory frameworks and legislative frameworks, assessing infrastructure risks and interdependencies of these risks, and also improving financing through better public spending and budget allocations and private investment mobilization for countries. Just a quick question, how do you go about ensuring that your strategies are as inclusive as possible? So our focal points are really, we work directly with the Sendai focal points, which usually are the national disaster management agencies. And so we try to bring all of the different stakeholders together. So the different line ministries that work on infrastructure, so this could be the Ministries of Infrastructure, the Ministries of Energy, Transport, ICT. So in Bhutan, for example, there’s a department called GovTech. So that’s more of an independent government organization. So it’s about bringing the different actors and stakeholders that work on infrastructure together to develop these strategies.


Mike Mullane: Thanks, Helen. Helen Ng from UNDRR. Next, turn next to Martin Boteman, who’s wearing two hats today, Marconi Society, and ICANN. What does resilience mean for you?


Maarten Botterman: Well, resilience is something that you really need, if you become dependent on something, right? It’s not a play thing anymore. We need the internet. We rely on it. If we don’t have it, society grinds to a halt. Vint Cerf, if I may quote him, we’ve become so dependent on the internet that when the power goes out, or the roads are blocked, or a mobile doesn’t work, everything else stops. And it’s no longer a technical luxury, but a societal necessity. And that means we need to change our thinking, where in the early days it was about time to market and get out there with the most funky stuff as soon as possible. It’s now make sure that people can rely on it and put the emphasis there. So ICANN is very strong on that. Let’s keep the internet going and the infrastructure is well protected, always under attack, but it doesn’t let you down. If somebody says the internet doesn’t work, they probably don’t mean the internet. They may mean the Wi-Fi or sometimes even the 5G networks. So that’s one thing, but I agree with you that it’s about bouncing back. But I think if you really think about critical infrastructures, it’s also about prevention, about designing in resilience, that it’s not easy to topple it over. And if it topples over, that there’s also quick ways of recovering the bouncing back.


Mike Mullane: Tell me a little bit about the project you’re working on with the Marconi people.


Maarten Botterman: Marconi Society, I have a couple of slides on that that will help. It’s been established as a response to this urgent need for discussing cross-sectoral, not only within the internet environment, but too often even today’s talk in silence. And as you can probably recognize some of the people in that picture, it’s really brought up some enthusiasm to think out of the box and say, so what could possibly go wrong? Let’s not go too deep in that because that would be taking the rest of the session. But four threats are that we see is the tangled systems that hidden links trigger chain reactions. If electricity falls out, the internet will stop working. And as we’ve seen, for instance, in Spain, Portugal, but but even in Switzerland, that electricity outages lead to real breakdown of communications, that hospitals can’t function anymore, et cetera. You see how important the links are. Regulatory friction, that you see that technology development at times is much faster than policy development and regulatory development. And we need to do something about that. The funding gap, it’s that there’s a lot of money to go to market. There’s less money in general to stay in the market. And the software fellowship is really that one flaw can collapse a whole chain of events. We’re trying to look at that. We’re trying to also do crossovers to the energy sector to the finance sector, because gas doesn’t come if you can’t pay the bills, et cetera. This cross-sectoral is something we want to focus on starting this year. If you look at the next slide, this is a report that you can download from MarconiSociety.org. We are looking at the moment with a focus on build and promote and always be rolling program. How can we make sure we always roll? And if there’s a hiccup, that we roll very quickly again. The sectoral and infrastructure interdependencies and in this world today with changing geopolitical situations, I dare say, governance and international collaboration becomes more important than ever. The last slide is really the takeaways from Norway. Resilience is foundational. Power and internet are so interdependent. And resilience requires proactive investment, not only to go to market again, but also to stay in the market. and cross-sectoral collaboration is not a natural thing we do. We are organized in silos, but we need to. No single actor can make the society resilient all by himself.


Mike Mullane: That’s why we like to say at the IEC that the problems we face as a society are too huge for any organization, any one organization, to take on alone. So partnership, collaboration, absolutely critical. I started by talking about children’s stories and the Big Bad Wolf, and one of the reasons was our next speaker, Benjamin Frisch, is involved in the White Rabbit project. And the thing about the White Rabbit is I remember a White Rabbit in Alice in Wonderland who’s always running around saying that he’s late. But your White Rabbit is always on time.


Benjamin Frisch: I was wondering whether we are the Big Bad Wolf or how that was going to link. Stop being afraid, having to justify what we do. So I work for CERN, a European organization for nuclear research, and White Rabbit is a technology that was developed for our own needs more than 15 years ago to synchronize clocks. Sounds very simple, but if you’ve ever, I mean, if you look at one clock, you will know what time it is. If you take two clocks, you will realize that they might not show exactly the same time. Now the issue is there are many applications where you need to precisely synchronize your clocks. What we do at CERN is we do fundamental research in particle physics, and we operate the infrastructure that’s needed for that. That means accelerators, detectors, and computing system. And in the accelerators, the biggest one is the Large Hadron Collider, just, well, a couple kilometers north of where we are right now. We accelerate particles almost to the speed of light. They fly in a ring 27 kilometers long. They pass magnets, accelerating cavities, thousands of different bits of electronics that need to be precisely synchronized. synchronized to do exactly what they need to do when the particle flies through it. So we need to synchronize clocks in electronics with a precision much better than the nanosecond, better even going down to the picosecond. And the WideRabbit technology is a perfect example for why open research, open collaboration, creating an ecosystem is so important to create resilience because then when you look at WideRabbit, when you look at where else do you need to perfectly synchronize things, well, you could look at financial trading, the German Stock Exchange, the Frankfurt de Börse uses WideRabbit to synchronize buy and sales orders. But if you think about power grids, there is also a need to synchronize clocks in the distributed power grid to maintain synchronization in your power grid and avoid precisely the grid not functioning as expected. Which has happened a bit recently, I think of the outages in Spain and Portugal, for example. In my limited understanding of what happened, that’s exactly one of the reasons. I’m not saying that WideRabbit would have prevented it, but at some point you start looking at all the little building blocks, at all the enabling technologies that you need to get right to get the complex infrastructures that we have today to work and also to provide somewhere this common base, talk about standardization, that you would need.


Mike Mullane: Thanks very much, Martin. If anyone has any questions, please don’t hesitate to put your hand up, interrupt if I don’t notice you. This is supposed to be an interactive session, so to make it interactive, we really need to hear your voices. Don’t be shy. Any news from Ian? No. Let’s have another quick round, going back to Ellen Ng. What sort of gaps are you noticing in terms of aligning? Disaster Risk Reduction and Infrastructure Development.


Helen Ng: So one of the biggest gaps that we have noticed is that when we do speak with governments about what is resilience, and I think you asked this question earlier, what is resilience, what is resilient infrastructure, there is different common understandings of what this is, and there is usually not a clear understanding of what is resilience and what is resilient infrastructure, or they might have an understanding of what is resilience, but then not really knowing what does resilient infrastructure mean, because to many of these countries, it’s a very relatively new term. So instead of coming up with a definition, we’ve decided, you know, I’ve been, I worked in standardization for many years, and I remember sitting in rooms where we’ve discussed for hours and hours going around in circles and circles of what does resilience mean, what does sustainable development mean. So instead of coming up with, you know, definitions, we decided to develop a set of principles for resilient infrastructure with some key actions that help governments to really concretely understand what is resilient infrastructure. So that’s one of the gaps. Another one is considering the wide range of hazards. So we know that the frequency of events and hazard events are increasing. It’s more severe these days, and infrastructure, it needs to be built to consider not only one specific hazard, but multi-hazards, and this needs to be taken into consideration in the designs. So many of the, especially the small island development states, you know, they don’t have the luxury of bouncing back or, you know, recovering. So it’s just, they’re always stuck in this cycle of, I remember one colleague, he explained to me, it’s like you’re, it’s like you’re in a way, if you’re constantly being hit by something, you don’t have time to recover. So it’s really important for them to invest in this resilient infrastructure. So it’s important that at the design phase that all the hazards are taken into consideration. And then also understanding the interdependencies. So a lot of times the infrastructure systems and of course the way the infrastructure is developed and also the way our government is set up is very siloed. So there it doesn’t allow for the understanding of all the different interdependencies across the infrastructure assets and systems. And of course, this is what Martine was talking about, is that when there is one failure, it cascades into many different impacts. So it’s not just, and this is why this cross collaboration is so needed. It’s really to help each other understand what is the interdependencies, where are the vulnerabilities of these systems. And also another issue is the short-term thinking. So often when we make the case, it’s really hard to make the case for investing in resilient infrastructure because you’re investing in something that may never happen. So for politicians, it’s really difficult for them to say, I’m going to put this money into something when they’re just going for votes. And it’s this short-term thinking that’s really causing challenges. And then also, of course, the budget constraints that governments face. So not only is it difficult to convince them to invest in resilient infrastructure, but it’s also really difficult for them to mobilize resources, but also make, prioritize where the investments go. So this creates, of course, the vicious cycle of disaster response, recover, repeat. So this is what we’re trying to do is to help invest in prevention to break this vicious cycle.


Mike Mullane: Thanks. And I think there are a lot of questions there, if those of you are listening. We, in an ideal world, we would design things to be resilient or redesign or knock them down and build them again to be resilient. But in the real world, we actually have security by design isn’t always possible because we have a lot of legacy equipment out there. How do you confront that problem?


Maarten Botterman: I think that’s a fair point. If we’ve got an internet with standards that are serving five and a half billion users or more, how do we change that? We shouldn’t change that overnight, every night. That needs to become an evolution, because there’s a lot of installed base that serves that. We’ve seen that when the internet became big in the early 2000s, when we moved from IPv4. We said, this is not good enough anymore, because the addresses will be gone at some moment. So IPv6 was introduced. And the early introductions were difficult, because the hardware couldn’t handle it. It required more memory. Very practical. I’m not a technical person, but I see the issue. Today, not a problem anymore. So if you give time, and if you start planning for that, you’ll get there. We saw the technical community starting to think in terms of how do we make sure that we can deal with larger memory blocks and things like that. Now, I think we see this with the internet as well. It’s based on standards like BGP, the Internet Protocol, and all these things that come from a past where the connections were different. Where, originally, everybody knew each other. Not true anymore. So we’re hardening that. At ICANN, there’s a big initiative on what is called DNSSEC. So we can ensure that the integrity of the origin is really there. Where do you connect to? We see in the routing, we see protocols like the RPKI, policies like ROA. We see in email, we see next to standards, more and more standards, including now DMARC, on policies of how do you deal with standards to strengthen this root, this core internet more and more, so we can rely on it more and more. Is it perfect? No, but it helps. And it also means that organizations need to be aware of how to do these standards. This is where you see that multi-stakeholder is so important. Governments also have a role. For instance, in the Netherlands, and I’m sure there’s plenty of other examples, the Dutch government is expecting from its agencies to adapt certain secure standards or explain why they can’t. And with that, they lead society in that change. They lead service providers to offer these services. And in that way, we see more and more strengthening. So I think it’s really important to promote investment in risk mitigation built in redundancy. I mean, internet routing, there are certain independent routing operators, but there’s about a couple of thousands of instances of these routers. So we prevent a single point of failing. A couple of these could run the whole internet all by themselves now. But the internet has become so important that it’s good that together they can absorb attacks, absorb higher need. An example that we are on that way, I think we saw when COVID hit the world, and the internet continued to function. But we need to continue to build on that. And we need to continue to work on the resilience. What happens on the internet is the next challenge. Information integrity, privacy, all that kind of abuse. But the internet, we need to make sure that it starts there. And for that, of course, we need to have a resilient backbone. We need to have a smart grid that functions as it should. Including access to energy. And that means For instance, C cables are very important for traffic. And there’s multiple C cables and people map them. But now what happens if you put an extra C cable in, so you have more diversity, it’s laid by those C cable layers. And in some parts of the sea, the route is so the same, through the same hole in the sea bottom, I don’t. So it’s things of that, that we really need to consider all these aspects for electricity, for information streams, and keep that going.


Mike Mullane: Benjamin, CERN has this incredible track record of developing real world applications for emerging tech. What are the challenges?


Benjamin Frisch: Well, the challenges that we have at CERN is that we tend to design things that we’re going to operate in 10 or 15 years from now. If you think about the Large Hadron Collider we’re operating now, the initial design phrase was in 1994 for a machine expected to start originally in 2004 and then start in 2008. For those of you who are following what we’re discussing now, which is the future of particle physics, we discuss a project called the Future Circular Collider that would start operating earliest in 2047. And you have a project plan that goes until the late 2090s. So we’re talking about something that is going to run very far down the road, which means you need to create, and that’s where it resonates, you need to future proof your design. You need something that is going to run for a long time. You need to make it resilient and you need to build the right community. So the challenge that you need to overcome, precisely, is how do you create, how do you do real open science, open development? How do you create real openness? in a community, but also not just in the academic community. We also need industry to work with. So how do you create open collaboration in industry? How do you get actual competitors to agree on a certain number of basic technological parameters? So part of what we want to do is also, well, creating this open ecosystem and in order to get there, you also need to create exchange. You need to get people to discuss with each other. You need to create a common toolbox and a common understanding of what does industry need? What does academia need? How do we work together? How can we in science benefit from technological developments? But at the same time, also, how can the developments that we do be useful to society in different applications? And coming back to the example of White Rabbit, we developed a technology interesting for us. We started to see that that is interesting for the societal applications, energy, telecommunications, finances. From the beginning, it was very clear that we would release that specific technology. So that’s hardware and software under an open source license to facilitate access. Then we saw that that started creating traction, that we started to have a community revolving around it. We engaged with a number of standard-making bodies. White Rabbit became an extension of an IEEE standard. Took 10 years to get there, but it’s now the case. We now have a collaboration of academic institutes, hardware vendors, and end users that work together on deciding how White Rabbit should evolve to answer the challenges of future networks. And we’re talking with power grids. We start to see interesting people working on quantum computing. So one thing is time synchronization in current telecommunications, there you don’t need wide rabbit. But once you start thinking about quantum communications, you will need something a lot more precise than what’s available today. So really, challenges to overcome is, it’s really community creation, and you could think about different examples too, but it resonates a lot what I hear from Helen and Martin.


Mike Mullane: Yeah, and of course, quantum is going to bring a lot of other challenges in terms of resilience as well. I came in wearing an SDG badge, I noticed somebody else had some SDG colours. And it just occurred to me that we talk a lot about, today we’re discussing resilience and we talk a lot about sustainability. To what extent are these two words becoming synonyms? And maybe I could start with you, Helen.


Helen Ng: Yeah, so as I mentioned, we used to have these debates about what is resilience in the standards development process, and what is sustainable development? And they’re saying, can you have, and what is smart cities? Because this was all in the context of the smart cities work I was doing. And so often, what the conversations really led back to was that it all comes back to sustainable development. So resilience and smart cities are really enablers for sustainable development, or others can say that, you know, sustainable development and resilience are one of the same. So we need to be resilient, and we need to invest in resilient infrastructure in order to safeguard our development gains. So if we, you know, for countries to achieve the sustainable development goals, it doesn’t make sense if they do not integrate resilience into everything they do.


Mike Mullane: I’ve just noticed Kishore Narang, a good friend, and very active in the IEC’s smart city work. I was going to ask you, Kishore, the same question. To what extent are sustainability… and resilience the same thing?


Kishor Narang: No I think resilience is a subset of the sustainability paradigm not a complimentary because without being resilient you can’t be sustainable. Okay so it is one part of like even people talk about in context of circularity I say circularity is a subset of this thing without being circular without being resilient a city and infrastructure cannot be sustainable so that is from the short answer to this.


Mike Mullane: Thank you very much and the same question to Martin.


Maarten Botterman: Yeah well there’s two things sustainability can’t happen without the internet either I believe because we need the sensors out there we need to know what’s going on we need to exchange experiences but when we build on the internet and further innovate it’s essential that we take into account the the footprint the energy footprint of that and I think we’re increasingly conscious of that. I would say in the 2000 to 2010s privacy and security was the hot topic now it’s also to see how we can do it in a sustainable way. Awareness of the fact that AI is really using a lot of energy right now when generally used but we use it let’s make sure that we come to solutions where we don’t burn up the world in that that’s essential. I think it’s also crucial for infrastructures to be resilient the more natural disasters we have the more difficult that is and in terms of energy provision I think we will move towards a time where energy harvesting that has been development over ages. You see it already in French highways next to the public points where they collect the energy themselves. I think building in that and having more energy on location is one of those elements that will help to make sure that the way we design the future will become more resilient. You inspired me sir.


Kishor Narang: I think this is something which I’ve been very close to my heart. So in India I’ve been leading the smart city sanitization and one other thing that we realized in 2015 when our Prime Minister announced that you know 100 smart city pilots and people are wondering why 100 cities for pilots and I used to it was a difficult thing that we have 8000 kind of cities that are looking forward to learning from these lessons but anyway having said that what we had realized in Europe and developed nations when they started talking about smart cities they realized that they already had all the utilities are mostly smart. They had a lot of data so what they had to do only put a digital layer on the top collect data because but it was since it was not interoperable write some interworking proxies cloud connectors and provide a citizen dashboard cities are smart. In India our utilities were not smart even that time in 2015 and just electricity was still trying to get smart so we had a choice that whether we go the same way we make each utility everyone smart and then we go city. I said no it’s a chance to leapfrog and one thing which I realized we were being a financially constrained nation we were very conscious about the funding. In a city if you see there are five six utilities and there are five six more the citizen service agencies which set up an individual siloed digital infrastructure across city and which again converged now to give a unified dashboard. It didn’t look funny and it looked okay to me because in the same geography why do we have parallel infrastructure so we came up I personally was very conscious we came up with a unified digital infrastructure reference architecture for all civic and critical infrastructure we have one common ICT backbone all they with private and business they can do anything whatever they want. But for civic and critical, we came up with one. And the basic motivation was this thing. And the key takeaways are, OK, you save on capital expenditure. You save on operation. But the two key, my personal motivation was, instead of 10 different ICT network in the same city, now I have one well-architected. So the carbon footprint goes down drastically. Second thing, now with a well-architected one infrastructure, I can make it. It’s very easy to make it more cyber-secure and cyber-resilient. So that was one of the two key takeaways. But talking about AI, AI is really a carbon energy guzzler. And I think in OSS, I wrote a think piece. Is AI the new plastic in 21, 22? But I’m happy now people have started taking care, listening to these things. But these are narratives which we need to really make more visible. Still, AI ecosystem is still not listening to the sustainability aspect, if you really ask me.


Maarten Botterman: Mike, if you allow me, a very short one on this. First point, people think sustainable means more expensive. That is not necessarily so. And on the long run, not for sure. But even on the shorter run, you will already stop wasting things that are not needed. The other thing is leapfrogging. Thank you for mentioning that. If you talk only about US, Western Europe, it’s a totally different story if you look globally. And then there’s so much opportunity for leapfrogging because every problem we have somewhere is already solved somewhere else.


Mike Mullane: You mentioned this sort of people being afraid of blowing the world up. And that made me think of our friends at CERN. And Benjamin, you mentioned the Large Hadron Collider. And I remember there was this crazy conspiracy theory back in 2005, 2006 that when this thing went online, it was going to suck us all into a black hole. My question is, to what extent sustainability is important? to CERN. You’ve spoken about resilience, but is sustainability part of the equation for you guys as well?


Benjamin Frisch: It is. It is. I really like your introductions. I was waiting for what’s actually going to come as a question at the end of it. Sustainability clearly is part of it. It has become more and more important to understand what impact, what carbon impact we have in science. And in particular, when you think about what I mentioned before, when you think about designing machines that are going to operate for the next century, you need to think about the impact that you will have. And that has become one of the key elements in our operation. It is a reduction of electricity consumption. It is a reduction of any pollutants that you might find. Well, because simply that’s what you were using when you were designing these machines 50 years ago. And it’s also about thinking what impact would it actually have both locally and globally if you design a new machine that will operate in the long term. And, I mean, there’s a bit of another aspect that I also wanted to mention because it didn’t come up yet that much, which is really sharing the knowledge that you create and then the training and educational aspects that you need to create, on one hand, the understanding for the need of creating resilient systems in an approach towards sustainability, but also educating those who design systems towards these criteria, but also those who will be users towards understanding what they are actually working with. When we talk about artificial intelligence, about generative AI, it is a tool that can be very powerful, but you need to create the understanding. You need to educate the user to know exactly what they’re doing there. For us it is extremely important to train generations of engineers and of scientists because they will be working with technologies that at least at CERN will be around for a very long time. And I think it’s also part, whenever you get into a discussion about how can technology support a development, well the technology can be the best there is, if you do not train the users towards understanding what it actually does, what impact it will have, then you might deploy the best technology, but it will not lead to the effects that you want to see.


Mike Mullane: I’m glad you mentioned generative AI. I’m involved in a project about AI and multimedia authentication. You think of things like deep fakes that are really undermining society and creating all sorts of risks for society. And the aim of this project really is to restore trust in media, to enable people to know the provenance of content, not to stifle creativity, but to tell people if something has been created by an AI or by an individual and provide some context around how that content has been developed. That’s an important topic. And if any of you are around on Friday, we’ll be talking about it for most of the day, different aspects related to regulation and governance, which I know is a topic of interest to many of you here, but also a look at the standardisation landscape. And again, this all goes to resilience. This is about making society more resilient. This is about making our institutions more resilient. Which brings me to my next question. And this project is a collaboration between different sorts of organisations. Standards Development Organizations, Big Tech, Academia, Civil Society. For your organizations, how important are partnerships and collaborations? Let me start with CERN.


Benjamin Frisch: They are key. We wouldn’t be able to do it without that. When we talk about CERN, really the four pillars of CERN are the science, I mean that is our fundamental mission, the technologies that we need to develop, the educational aspect, and the collaboration, and that’s collaboration with academia and collaboration with industry, and increasingly also collaboration with civil society, so there is also a training aspect. CERN is an international organization. Our member states are mostly European, but not only. We have about 30 member states and associate member states today. But we do host scientists from almost all across the globe, independent of whether they come from member states or non-member states, so we are really a lab which is open to the world, which means we do collaborate with many countries, with many institutes. At the same time, we cannot build all the things that we need, so we need to work with industry. We need the collaboration to start with for capacity building, and that’s where you start at capacity building in the civil society. Capacity building starts at the primary school. It starts with basic education. It starts with CERN hosting teenagers, just coming to visit to see how practical applications of your basic math course that you have at school, and then it goes on with hosting students, early career researchers, young professionals, and coming here, bringing their knowledge, their way of solving things, adding that little brick to what we do. and taking ideas back home. So it’s really that collaboration even with individuals, collaboration on an individual basis, and then indeed the formal collaboration, again, as I said before, with universities, with industry, and with countries, both member states, associate member states, and non-member state countries.


Mike Mullane: Thank you. Helen and Martin, but first, a question from over here. Sorry, I didn’t see you.


Audience: Thank you very much. I just wanted to come back very quickly on the previous point that you made about sustainable goals, development goals and infrastructure. And maybe from the point of view of a registry of domain names, AFNIC, that is in a way part of ICANN. Just two more things. We have to take into account the planet boundaries and the planet limits, which means that there are a lot of things that, we talk about energy, we talk about a lot of things, but we should talk also about the chips, about the computers, about the basic things that you need to run an infrastructure. And maybe also we should talk about the data center. When we put the infrastructure, and the more we see AI, for instance, but also the restriction of access to these kinds of products because of the planet limit, the more it is dangerous for the infrastructure because the money is not there. The money is somewhere else. It’s in AI, it’s in the added value product, and that’s fair. But if you don’t think about guaranteeing a minimum of finance or a minimum of supply to those who are operating the infrastructure, everything could collapse. So this is something to take into account. Make sure that there is a stable supply to the infrastructure operators. And I’m not talking only about energy. Thank you.


Mike Mullane: Thanks for that. And this is, as you say, this is such a huge topic that 45 minutes does not begin to do it justice. And one of the things we’ve done is set up a little WhatsApp group so that hopefully we can continue this conversation afterwards. And if any of you are interested in joining a wider conversation, we’d be very happy to look into setting up some other kind of platform where we can exchange ideas and possibly meet up as well. My email is really super easy to remember. So if you are interested, drop me a line. It’s mmu.iec.ch. And to wrap up, Martin and Helen, that question about the importance of collaboration and partnerships.


Maarten Botterman: It’s funny. In a way, Pierre gave one of the answers. Capacity development happens on different levels. One of the things I’m very enthusiastic about myself is helping Internet Society and ICANN to train the young new people that are eager to come in. Because if you don’t train them, we need that new blood. We need that new view as well into the further development of where we are. Then I’ve talked, I had, in fact, from India, but also from the Netherlands, two different professors approaching me, like, can’t we set up a kind of curriculum at the university for people where they really have an integrative course on Internet governance and not only on the technologies to really build that capacity there? And then the last thing, to keep it short because I can talk much longer, is that one of the things I really love doing is I work also with the Global Forum for Cyber Expertise, which we call the Triple I Workshop Internet Infrastructure Initiative, where we take global knowledge to regional events, where in the regional event we have multi-stakeholder around the table with their expertise, listening to global expertise, bringing it together. First section is about what standards could you benefit from. Second standard section is good practice examples like that, like DDoS mitigation methods like other. And the third section is about local action plans, because the real most effective action is organized by the people from that region with all the knowledge and input they need. So I would plead for these three investments in capacity building.


Helen Ng: Helen? I’ll be quick, I know we’re running out of time, but so besides the work that we do on resilient infrastructure, in general UNDRR is a small organization, so we depend on partnerships. Since the implementation of the Sendai Framework requires an all-of-society approach, partnerships is really important in everything we do. So we are known for our convening power, so bringing together the member states, bringing together the different partners, academia, the different UN organizations. So it’s also about interagency collaboration within the UN, making sure that we’re not duplicating efforts, but also going into it with a joint approach, so that for our member states, they’re not getting different strategies, different ideas. And of course, this is why partnerships are so important, so that we can do it jointly to avoid duplication of efforts and to provide the best technical expertise that we can give our member states. But I think just to speak to I guess what I’ve heard recently and I think and this is something I think about is also when we support, you know, the Developing countries and thinking about standards a lot of times standards take a long time to develop and I know It’s it’s in a process that engages, you know different Different stakeholders and you Benjamin you said one standard took you 10 years. So how do we? The issue with that is that things change so fast So, what are you telling in terms of when you’re giving advice on standards which standards to use? How do we prevent it from being outdated by the second it gets published?


Mike Mullane: Maybe that’s when I can answer really really quickly So standards usually don’t take 10 years to develop We’re talking about two to two to three years and and the reason they take three years is because they’re about consensus at least those international standards are and unless people buy into them, then they’re not going to have any any impact and We don’t only produce Standards ISO doesn’t only produce standards We also produce technical specifications as well Which are much faster to push out and we can wait for those to turn into standards We also try to anticipate work. So for example, we’re already working in in areas like biodigital convergence and And quantum so when these become pressing pressing issues the standards are already beginning to flow in that’s a very quick answer and My regret is we only had 45 minutes and this is such a huge topic so much more to discuss Hopefully we get a second chance and more time But thank you all very much for listening and thank you panel for participating. Thank you. Thank you for the invitation


M

Mike Mullane

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

1414 words

Speech time

621 seconds

Resilience means ability to rebound and come back from disasters, with emphasis on recovery and continuity

Explanation

Mullane defines resilience using etymology from Latin ‘resiliere’ meaning to rebound or come back. He emphasizes that resilience is about the ability to recover from disasters and negative episodes, restoring business operations and continuing as before.


Evidence

References the Big Bad Wolf children’s story where the brick house survives because it’s resilient, and notes that the best heroes are those who bounce back from negative experiences. Also mentions his work at IEC on cybersecurity and AI focusing on helping organizations recover from cyber attacks.


Major discussion point

Definition and Nature of Resilience


Topics

Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Maarten Botterman
– Helen Ng

Agreed on

Resilience requires both prevention and recovery capabilities


Cross-sectoral collaboration necessary because no single actor can make society resilient alone

Explanation

Mullane argues that the problems society faces are too large for any single organization to tackle independently. He emphasizes that partnership and collaboration are absolutely critical for building societal resilience.


Evidence

References IEC’s philosophy that ‘the problems we face as a society are too huge for any organization, any one organization, to take on alone.’


Major discussion point

Collaboration and Partnership Importance


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Maarten Botterman
– Helen Ng
– Benjamin Frisch

Agreed on

Collaboration and partnerships are essential for building resilient systems


Standards development balances consensus-building time requirements with need for rapid technological adaptation

Explanation

Mullane explains that international standards typically take 2-3 years to develop because they require consensus, and without stakeholder buy-in, they won’t have impact. He notes that standards organizations also produce faster technical specifications and try to anticipate future needs.


Evidence

Mentions that ISO produces technical specifications that are faster to release than full standards, and cites examples of already working on biodigital convergence and quantum technologies before they become pressing issues.


Major discussion point

Technology Development and Standardization


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards


Disagreed with

– Helen Ng

Disagreed on

Standards development timeframes and adaptation speed


M

Maarten Botterman

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

1907 words

Speech time

783 seconds

Resilience is foundational necessity for critical infrastructure that society depends on, requiring both prevention and quick recovery

Explanation

Botterman argues that resilience becomes essential when society becomes dependent on infrastructure like the internet. He emphasizes that resilience requires both designing systems that are hard to topple and ensuring quick recovery when failures occur.


Evidence

Quotes Vint Cerf saying society has become so dependent on internet that when power, roads, or mobile networks fail, everything stops. Notes the shift from ‘time to market’ thinking to ‘make sure people can rely on it’ approach.


Major discussion point

Infrastructure Resilience and Critical Systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Critical internet resources


Agreed with

– Mike Mullane
– Helen Ng

Agreed on

Resilience requires both prevention and recovery capabilities


Internet infrastructure requires proactive investment and cross-sectoral collaboration due to societal dependence

Explanation

Botterman explains that internet infrastructure faces threats from tangled systems, regulatory friction, funding gaps, and software vulnerabilities. He argues that cross-sectoral collaboration is essential because sectors are organized in silos but need to work together.


Evidence

Provides examples of electricity outages in Spain, Portugal, and Switzerland leading to communication breakdowns and hospital failures. Mentions the Marconi Society report and examples of interdependencies like gas supply requiring payment systems.


Major discussion point

Infrastructure Resilience and Critical Systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Critical internet resources | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Mike Mullane
– Helen Ng
– Benjamin Frisch

Agreed on

Collaboration and partnerships are essential for building resilient systems


Legacy systems require evolutionary rather than revolutionary changes, with standards development taking time but enabling gradual improvement

Explanation

Botterman argues that internet infrastructure serving billions of users cannot be changed overnight and must evolve gradually. He explains how new standards like IPv6, DNSSEC, and RPKI are gradually strengthening the internet’s resilience.


Evidence

Cites the IPv6 transition that started in early 2000s when IPv4 addresses were running out, noting early hardware couldn’t handle it but evolved over time. Mentions ICANN’s DNSSEC initiative and routing protocols like RPKI and ROA.


Major discussion point

Challenges in Building Resilient Systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards


Internet development must consider energy footprint and sustainable practices alongside resilience requirements

Explanation

Botterman argues that sustainability cannot happen without the internet for sensors and data exchange, but internet development must consider energy consumption. He emphasizes the need to balance innovation with environmental impact.


Evidence

Notes that privacy and security were hot topics in 2000-2010s, now sustainability is also important. Mentions AI’s high energy consumption and examples of energy harvesting in French highways near charging points.


Major discussion point

Sustainability and Resilience Relationship


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Helen Ng
– Kishor Narang
– Benjamin Frisch

Agreed on

Sustainability and resilience are interconnected concepts


Capacity building through training and education at multiple levels from primary school to professional development

Explanation

Botterman emphasizes the importance of developing human capacity across different levels, from training young professionals to university curriculum development. He advocates for regional multi-stakeholder workshops that combine global knowledge with local action.


Evidence

Mentions work with Internet Society and ICANN to train newcomers, professors from India and Netherlands wanting university curricula on Internet governance, and Global Forum for Cyber Expertise’s Triple I Workshop combining global expertise with regional action plans.


Major discussion point

Collaboration and Partnership Importance


Topics

Development | Capacity development


H

Helen Ng

Speech speed

155 words per minute

Speech length

1291 words

Speech time

497 seconds

Different governments have varying understandings of what resilience means, creating need for common principles rather than definitions

Explanation

Ng explains that governments often have different or unclear understandings of resilience and resilient infrastructure, as these are relatively new terms for many countries. Instead of debating definitions, UNDRR developed practical principles with key actions.


Evidence

References experience from standardization work where hours were spent debating definitions of resilience and sustainable development in circles. Mentions developing principles for resilient infrastructure with concrete actions to help governments understand practically.


Major discussion point

Definition and Nature of Resilience


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


UNDRR focuses on reducing disaster damage to critical infrastructure through governance, planning, and financing improvements

Explanation

Ng describes UNDRR’s role in coordinating disaster risk reduction efforts and supporting the Sendai Framework implementation. The organization works on Target D which aims to reduce disaster damage to critical infrastructure through better governance and planning.


Evidence

Explains UNDRR supports the 15-year Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, works with national disaster management agencies as focal points, and brings together different ministries (Infrastructure, Energy, Transport, ICT) like Bhutan’s GovTech department.


Major discussion point

Infrastructure Resilience and Critical Systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Multi-hazard considerations, interdependency understanding, short-term political thinking, and budget constraints create barriers

Explanation

Ng identifies several key challenges including the need to design for multiple hazards rather than single threats, understanding system interdependencies, overcoming short-term political cycles, and dealing with budget limitations. These create a vicious cycle of disaster response rather than prevention.


Evidence

Mentions small island development states being constantly hit without time to recover, siloed government structures preventing interdependency understanding, politicians’ difficulty justifying investment in events that may never happen, and the resulting ‘disaster response, recover, repeat’ cycle.


Major discussion point

Challenges in Building Resilient Systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Mike Mullane
– Maarten Botterman

Agreed on

Resilience requires both prevention and recovery capabilities


Resilience and sustainability are interconnected, with resilient infrastructure needed to safeguard development gains

Explanation

Ng argues that resilience and smart cities are enablers for sustainable development, with some viewing sustainable development and resilience as the same thing. Countries need to integrate resilience into everything to achieve sustainable development goals.


Evidence

References debates in smart cities standardization work where discussions about resilience, sustainability, and smart cities all led back to sustainable development as the common foundation.


Major discussion point

Sustainability and Resilience Relationship


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Maarten Botterman
– Kishor Narang
– Benjamin Frisch

Agreed on

Sustainability and resilience are interconnected concepts


Multi-stakeholder approach essential with government, academia, industry, and civil society involvement

Explanation

Ng explains that UNDRR depends on partnerships due to being a small organization, and the Sendai Framework requires an all-of-society approach. The organization is known for its convening power to bring together diverse stakeholders and avoid duplication.


Evidence

Describes bringing together member states, different partners, academia, various UN organizations, and emphasizes interagency collaboration within UN to provide joint approaches and avoid giving member states conflicting strategies.


Major discussion point

Collaboration and Partnership Importance


Topics

Development | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Mike Mullane
– Maarten Botterman
– Benjamin Frisch

Agreed on

Collaboration and partnerships are essential for building resilient systems


Standards development speed versus rapid technological change creates challenges for developing countries seeking guidance

Explanation

Ng raises concern about the time standards take to develop (citing Benjamin’s example of 10 years) while technology changes rapidly. This creates challenges when advising developing countries on which standards to use, as they may become outdated quickly.


Evidence

References Benjamin Frisch’s mention that one standard took 10 years to develop, questioning how to prevent standards from being outdated by the time they’re published.


Major discussion point

Technology Development and Standardization


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards | Development


Disagreed with

– Mike Mullane

Disagreed on

Standards development timeframes and adaptation speed


B

Benjamin Frisch

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

1653 words

Speech time

641 seconds

Precise time synchronization technology like White Rabbit is essential for critical systems from particle physics to power grids

Explanation

Frisch explains that White Rabbit technology was developed at CERN for synchronizing clocks with nanosecond and picosecond precision for particle accelerators. This technology has applications across critical infrastructure including financial trading and power grid synchronization.


Evidence

Describes Large Hadron Collider’s 27-kilometer ring requiring precise synchronization of thousands of electronics components, German Stock Exchange using White Rabbit for trading orders, and power grid applications for maintaining synchronization to prevent outages like those in Spain and Portugal.


Major discussion point

Infrastructure Resilience and Critical Systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Critical internet resources


Future-proofing designs for decades-long operation requires open collaboration and community building across sectors

Explanation

Frisch describes CERN’s challenge of designing systems that will operate 10-15 years in the future, with some projects like the Future Circular Collider planned to run until the 2090s. This requires creating open ecosystems and getting competitors to agree on basic technological parameters.


Evidence

Cites Large Hadron Collider designed in 1994 for 2004-2008 operation, and Future Circular Collider project planned to start in 2047 and run until late 2090s. Mentions White Rabbit becoming IEEE standard after 10 years and creating collaboration between academic institutes, hardware vendors, and end users.


Major discussion point

Challenges in Building Resilient Systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards


Long-term machine design requires consideration of carbon impact and environmental sustainability

Explanation

Frisch explains that sustainability has become increasingly important at CERN, especially when designing machines for century-long operation. This includes reducing electricity consumption, eliminating pollutants, and considering both local and global environmental impact.


Evidence

Mentions designing machines for next century operation requires thinking about carbon impact, reducing electricity consumption and pollutants from older designs, and considering local and global environmental effects.


Major discussion point

Sustainability and Resilience Relationship


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Maarten Botterman
– Helen Ng
– Kishor Narang

Agreed on

Sustainability and resilience are interconnected concepts


Open source approach and ecosystem creation enables wider adoption and societal benefit of research technologies

Explanation

Frisch describes how CERN releases technologies like White Rabbit under open source licenses to facilitate access and create communities. This approach enables academic-industry collaboration and helps research developments benefit society through different applications.


Evidence

Explains White Rabbit was released as open source hardware and software, became IEEE standard, created collaboration between academic institutes and industry, and found applications in power grids, telecommunications, and quantum computing.


Major discussion point

Technology Development and Standardization


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards


International collaboration across member states and open global participation crucial for scientific advancement

Explanation

Frisch explains that CERN operates as an international organization with about 30 member states but hosts scientists from across the globe regardless of membership status. This open collaboration model is essential for capacity building and knowledge exchange.


Evidence

Describes CERN as having mostly European member states but hosting scientists globally, emphasizing collaboration with universities, industry, and countries both within and outside membership, including capacity building from primary school to professional levels.


Major discussion point

Collaboration and Partnership Importance


Topics

Development | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Mike Mullane
– Maarten Botterman
– Helen Ng

Agreed on

Collaboration and partnerships are essential for building resilient systems


K

Kishor Narang

Speech speed

179 words per minute

Speech length

566 words

Speech time

189 seconds

Resilience is a subset of sustainability paradigm – cannot be sustainable without being resilient

Explanation

Narang argues that resilience is not complementary to sustainability but rather a subset of it. He contends that without being resilient (and circular), cities and infrastructure cannot achieve true sustainability.


Evidence

Uses analogy that just as circularity is a subset of sustainability, resilience is also a subset – emphasizing that these are foundational requirements rather than separate concepts.


Major discussion point

Sustainability and Resilience Relationship


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Maarten Botterman
– Helen Ng
– Benjamin Frisch

Agreed on

Sustainability and resilience are interconnected concepts


Disagreed with

– Helen Ng

Disagreed on

Relationship between sustainability and resilience


Unified digital infrastructure approach reduces carbon footprint and improves cyber-security compared to siloed systems

Explanation

Narang describes developing a unified digital infrastructure reference architecture for Indian smart cities instead of having separate systems for each utility. This approach reduces capital and operational costs while significantly lowering carbon footprint and improving cybersecurity.


Evidence

Explains India’s 100 smart city pilots in 2015, contrasts with developed nations that had existing smart utilities, describes creating one common ICT backbone for civic and critical infrastructure instead of 5-6 parallel systems, resulting in reduced carbon footprint and better cyber-resilience.


Major discussion point

Infrastructure Resilience and Critical Systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development | Cybersecurity


AI presents both opportunities and challenges as energy-intensive technology requiring sustainability considerations

Explanation

Narang raises concerns about AI being a ‘carbon energy guzzler’ and questions whether AI might become ‘the new plastic.’ He notes that while people are starting to pay attention to sustainability aspects, the AI ecosystem still isn’t adequately addressing these concerns.


Evidence

References writing a think piece asking ‘Is AI the new plastic in 21, 22?’ and observes that the AI ecosystem is still not listening to sustainability aspects despite growing awareness.


Major discussion point

Sustainability and Resilience Relationship


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development


A

Audience

Speech speed

129 words per minute

Speech length

233 words

Speech time

107 seconds

Supply chain stability and financing for infrastructure operators critical as resources shift to higher-value applications

Explanation

An audience member from AFNIC raises concerns about planet boundaries and resource limitations affecting infrastructure. They argue that as money flows to AI and higher-value products, there’s a risk that basic infrastructure operators won’t have stable supply or financing, potentially causing system collapse.


Evidence

Mentions need to consider chips, computers, data centers as basic infrastructure requirements, and notes that money is flowing to AI and added-value products while infrastructure operators may lack guaranteed minimum financing or supply.


Major discussion point

Technology Development and Standardization


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic


Agreements

Agreement points

Collaboration and partnerships are essential for building resilient systems

Speakers

– Mike Mullane
– Maarten Botterman
– Helen Ng
– Benjamin Frisch

Arguments

Cross-sectoral collaboration necessary because no single actor can make society resilient alone


Internet infrastructure requires proactive investment and cross-sectoral collaboration due to societal dependence


Multi-stakeholder approach essential with government, academia, industry, and civil society involvement


International collaboration across member states and open global participation crucial for scientific advancement


Summary

All speakers emphasized that resilience cannot be achieved by individual organizations working in isolation. They consistently argued for multi-stakeholder approaches involving government, academia, industry, and civil society to address complex resilience challenges.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Capacity development


Resilience requires both prevention and recovery capabilities

Speakers

– Mike Mullane
– Maarten Botterman
– Helen Ng

Arguments

Resilience means ability to rebound and come back from disasters, with emphasis on recovery and continuity


Resilience is foundational necessity for critical infrastructure that society depends on, requiring both prevention and quick recovery


Multi-hazard considerations, interdependency understanding, short-term political thinking, and budget constraints create barriers


Summary

Speakers agreed that effective resilience involves both designing systems to prevent failures and ensuring rapid recovery when failures occur. This dual approach is essential for critical infrastructure that society depends upon.


Topics

Infrastructure | Critical internet resources


Sustainability and resilience are interconnected concepts

Speakers

– Maarten Botterman
– Helen Ng
– Kishor Narang
– Benjamin Frisch

Arguments

Internet development must consider energy footprint and sustainable practices alongside resilience requirements


Resilience and sustainability are interconnected, with resilient infrastructure needed to safeguard development gains


Resilience is a subset of sustainability paradigm – cannot be sustainable without being resilient


Long-term machine design requires consideration of carbon impact and environmental sustainability


Summary

All speakers recognized that sustainability and resilience are not separate concepts but are fundamentally interconnected. They agreed that long-term resilient systems must consider environmental impact and energy consumption.


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized that building resilient systems requires long-term thinking and gradual evolution rather than sudden changes. They both highlighted the importance of open collaboration and community building in developing standards and technologies that will operate for extended periods.

Speakers

– Maarten Botterman
– Benjamin Frisch

Arguments

Legacy systems require evolutionary rather than revolutionary changes, with standards development taking time but enabling gradual improvement


Future-proofing designs for decades-long operation requires open collaboration and community building across sectors


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards


Both speakers identified siloed approaches as a major barrier to resilience. They emphasized the need to understand interdependencies across systems and move away from fragmented infrastructure development toward more integrated approaches.

Speakers

– Helen Ng
– Kishor Narang

Arguments

Multi-hazard considerations, interdependency understanding, short-term political thinking, and budget constraints create barriers


Unified digital infrastructure approach reduces carbon footprint and improves cyber-security compared to siloed systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development | Cybersecurity


Both speakers emphasized the critical importance of human capacity building and education across multiple levels, from basic education to professional development. They both highlighted the need for international collaboration and knowledge sharing.

Speakers

– Maarten Botterman
– Benjamin Frisch

Arguments

Capacity building through training and education at multiple levels from primary school to professional development


International collaboration across member states and open global participation crucial for scientific advancement


Topics

Development | Capacity development


Unexpected consensus

AI as both enabler and threat to sustainability

Speakers

– Maarten Botterman
– Kishor Narang

Arguments

Internet development must consider energy footprint and sustainable practices alongside resilience requirements


AI presents both opportunities and challenges as energy-intensive technology requiring sustainability considerations


Explanation

Despite coming from different sectors (internet governance and smart cities), both speakers unexpectedly converged on concerns about AI’s energy consumption. This consensus is significant as it shows cross-sectoral awareness of AI’s environmental impact emerging as a critical consideration for resilient and sustainable infrastructure development.


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development


Standards development timing challenges

Speakers

– Helen Ng
– Mike Mullane

Arguments

Standards development speed versus rapid technological change creates challenges for developing countries seeking guidance


Standards development balances consensus-building time requirements with need for rapid technological adaptation


Explanation

An unexpected consensus emerged around the tension between the time needed for proper standards development and the rapid pace of technological change. This is significant as it highlights a fundamental challenge in governance and standardization that affects both disaster risk reduction and technology development sectors.


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated strong consensus on fundamental principles of resilience, particularly the need for collaborative approaches, the interconnection between sustainability and resilience, and the importance of both prevention and recovery capabilities. There was also agreement on the challenges posed by siloed thinking and the need for capacity building.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for policy and practice. The agreement across diverse sectors (UN disaster reduction, internet governance, research institutions, and smart cities) suggests these principles are universally applicable. This consensus provides a strong foundation for developing integrated approaches to resilience that can address complex, interconnected challenges facing modern society.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Relationship between sustainability and resilience

Speakers

– Helen Ng
– Kishor Narang

Arguments

Resilience and smart cities are really enablers for sustainable development, or others can say that, you know, sustainable development and resilience are one of the same


Resilience is a subset of sustainability paradigm – cannot be sustainable without being resilient


Summary

Helen Ng presents resilience as either an enabler for sustainable development or equivalent to it, suggesting they could be the same thing. Kishor Narang definitively argues that resilience is a subset of sustainability, not complementary or equivalent, emphasizing that sustainability cannot exist without resilience as a foundational requirement.


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development


Standards development timeframes and adaptation speed

Speakers

– Helen Ng
– Mike Mullane

Arguments

Standards development speed versus rapid technological change creates challenges for developing countries seeking guidance


Standards development balances consensus-building time requirements with need for rapid technological adaptation


Summary

Helen Ng expresses concern about standards taking too long to develop (citing 10-year examples) while technology changes rapidly, creating challenges for developing countries. Mike Mullane defends the current approach, explaining that standards typically take 2-3 years for consensus-building and that organizations also produce faster technical specifications while anticipating future needs.


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards | Development


Unexpected differences

Definitional approach to resilience concepts

Speakers

– Helen Ng
– Mike Mullane

Arguments

Different governments have varying understandings of what resilience means, creating need for common principles rather than definitions


Resilience means ability to rebound and come back from disasters, with emphasis on recovery and continuity


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers work in international standardization contexts where clear definitions are typically valued. Helen advocates for avoiding definitional debates in favor of practical principles, while Mike provides a clear etymological definition. This suggests different philosophical approaches to addressing conceptual ambiguity in international cooperation.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed relatively low levels of fundamental disagreement, with most differences being methodological rather than philosophical. Main areas of disagreement included the hierarchical relationship between sustainability and resilience concepts, and the appropriate balance between standards development rigor and speed of technological adaptation.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers generally shared common goals around building resilient infrastructure and systems, but differed on specific approaches, timelines, and conceptual frameworks. These disagreements reflect different organizational perspectives and operational contexts rather than fundamental conflicts, suggesting good potential for collaborative solutions that incorporate multiple viewpoints.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized that building resilient systems requires long-term thinking and gradual evolution rather than sudden changes. They both highlighted the importance of open collaboration and community building in developing standards and technologies that will operate for extended periods.

Speakers

– Maarten Botterman
– Benjamin Frisch

Arguments

Legacy systems require evolutionary rather than revolutionary changes, with standards development taking time but enabling gradual improvement


Future-proofing designs for decades-long operation requires open collaboration and community building across sectors


Topics

Infrastructure | Digital standards


Both speakers identified siloed approaches as a major barrier to resilience. They emphasized the need to understand interdependencies across systems and move away from fragmented infrastructure development toward more integrated approaches.

Speakers

– Helen Ng
– Kishor Narang

Arguments

Multi-hazard considerations, interdependency understanding, short-term political thinking, and budget constraints create barriers


Unified digital infrastructure approach reduces carbon footprint and improves cyber-security compared to siloed systems


Topics

Infrastructure | Sustainable development | Cybersecurity


Both speakers emphasized the critical importance of human capacity building and education across multiple levels, from basic education to professional development. They both highlighted the need for international collaboration and knowledge sharing.

Speakers

– Maarten Botterman
– Benjamin Frisch

Arguments

Capacity building through training and education at multiple levels from primary school to professional development


International collaboration across member states and open global participation crucial for scientific advancement


Topics

Development | Capacity development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Resilience requires both prevention (designing systems to withstand disruption) and recovery capabilities (bouncing back quickly from failures)


Cross-sectoral collaboration is essential because infrastructure systems are interdependent – failure in one sector cascades to others


Resilience and sustainability are interconnected concepts, with resilience being a subset of sustainability that enables long-term development


Legacy systems present challenges but can be evolved gradually through standards development and proactive investment rather than complete replacement


Open collaboration and ecosystem creation are crucial for developing technologies that serve broader societal needs beyond their original purpose


Capacity building and education at multiple levels (from primary school to professional development) are fundamental to building resilient systems


Multi-stakeholder partnerships involving government, academia, industry, and civil society are necessary for effective resilience implementation


Standards development must balance consensus-building time requirements with the need to adapt to rapidly changing technology


Resolutions and action items

Mike Mullane proposed setting up a WhatsApp group to continue the conversation after the session


Invitation extended for participants to join a wider conversation platform for ongoing idea exchange and potential future meetings


Contact information provided (mmu.iec.ch) for those interested in continued collaboration


Mention of a follow-up session on Friday focusing on AI and multimedia authentication project


Unresolved issues

How to prevent standards from becoming outdated by the time they are published given rapid technological change


How to ensure stable supply and financing for infrastructure operators as resources shift to higher-value applications like AI


How to effectively balance the energy consumption of AI systems with sustainability goals


How to overcome short-term political thinking that prevents investment in long-term resilience infrastructure


How to create common understanding of resilience definitions across different governments and organizations


How to address the challenge that developing countries face in choosing which standards to implement given long development cycles


Suggested compromises

Developing principles for resilient infrastructure rather than attempting to create universal definitions that lead to circular debates


Using evolutionary rather than revolutionary approaches to upgrade legacy systems over time


Implementing technical specifications as faster alternatives while waiting for full standards development


Creating unified digital infrastructure for civic and critical services while allowing private sector flexibility


Focusing on regional action plans that combine global expertise with local knowledge and implementation capacity


Thought provoking comments

We’ve become so dependent on the internet that when the power goes out, or the roads are blocked, or a mobile doesn’t work, everything else stops. And it’s no longer a technical luxury, but a societal necessity.

Speaker

Maarten Botterman


Reason

This comment reframes resilience from a technical problem to a societal imperative. It highlights the fundamental shift in how we must approach infrastructure – moving from ‘time to market’ thinking to ‘reliability first’ thinking because society now depends on these systems for basic functioning.


Impact

This observation set the tone for the entire discussion by establishing that resilience isn’t optional anymore – it’s existential. It led other speakers to discuss cross-sectoral dependencies and influenced the conversation toward viewing resilience as foundational rather than supplementary.


So many of the, especially the small island development states, you know, they don’t have the luxury of bouncing back or, you know, recovering. So it’s just, they’re always stuck in this cycle of… it’s like you’re in a way, if you’re constantly being hit by something, you don’t have time to recover.

Speaker

Helen Ng


Reason

This comment powerfully illustrates the inequality in resilience capacity and challenges the Western-centric view of ‘bouncing back.’ It reveals that for some communities, the traditional definition of resilience (recovery after disaster) is inadequate – they need prevention-focused approaches.


Impact

This shifted the discussion from theoretical resilience concepts to real-world constraints and equity issues. It influenced subsequent conversations about the importance of designing resilience into systems from the start, rather than relying on post-disaster recovery.


In India our utilities were not smart even that time in 2015… we had a choice that whether we go the same way we make each utility everyone smart and then we go city. I said no it’s a chance to leapfrog… instead of 10 different ICT network in the same city, now I have one well-architected.

Speaker

Kishor Narang


Reason

This comment introduces the powerful concept of leapfrogging as a resilience strategy. It demonstrates how constraints can become opportunities for more resilient design, and challenges the assumption that developed nations’ approaches are the only model.


Impact

This comment energized the discussion and prompted Maarten to emphasize leapfrogging opportunities globally. It shifted the conversation from viewing developing nations as behind to seeing them as potentially ahead in resilient design approaches.


We design things that we’re going to operate in 10 or 15 years from now… we discuss a project called the Future Circular Collider that would start operating earliest in 2047. And you have a project plan that goes until the late 2090s.

Speaker

Benjamin Frisch


Reason

This comment introduces an entirely different temporal dimension to resilience thinking. While others discuss immediate challenges, CERN operates on generational timescales, requiring fundamentally different approaches to future-proofing and community building.


Impact

This expanded the discussion’s time horizon and influenced conversations about long-term sustainability and the importance of open collaboration. It demonstrated that true resilience requires thinking beyond typical planning cycles.


Is AI the new plastic in 21, 22?… AI is really a carbon energy guzzler… Still, AI ecosystem is still not listening to the sustainability aspect.

Speaker

Kishor Narang


Reason

This provocative analogy challenges the uncritical adoption of AI by comparing it to plastic – initially seen as revolutionary but later recognized as environmentally destructive. It forces consideration of AI’s hidden costs to resilience and sustainability.


Impact

This comment introduced a critical perspective on AI that influenced the subsequent discussion about the need to balance technological advancement with environmental responsibility. It connected the dots between AI adoption and infrastructure resilience challenges.


If you don’t think about guaranteeing a minimum of finance or a minimum of supply to those who are operating the infrastructure, everything could collapse… Make sure that there is a stable supply to the infrastructure operators.

Speaker

Audience member from AFNIC


Reason

This comment identifies a critical but often overlooked aspect of resilience – the economic sustainability of infrastructure operators. It highlights how market forces directing money toward ‘sexy’ applications like AI could undermine basic infrastructure resilience.


Impact

This intervention near the end of the discussion added an important economic dimension that hadn’t been fully explored. It emphasized that resilience isn’t just technical but requires sustainable business models for infrastructure operators.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a technical discussion about resilience into a nuanced exploration of systemic, temporal, and equity dimensions. The conversation evolved from defining resilience to understanding its societal implications, from Western-centric approaches to global perspectives including leapfrogging opportunities, and from short-term fixes to generational thinking. The comments created a progression that moved beyond traditional disaster recovery concepts to encompass prevention, sustainability, and the complex interdependencies of modern infrastructure. Most importantly, they established that resilience is not just about technical robustness but about social equity, economic sustainability, and long-term thinking – making the discussion far more comprehensive and actionable than a purely technical treatment would have been.


Follow-up questions

How do you go about ensuring that your strategies are as inclusive as possible?

Speaker

Mike Mullane


Explanation

This question was directed to Helen Ng about UNDRR’s approach to inclusivity in disaster risk reduction strategies, indicating a need to understand best practices for stakeholder engagement.


How do you confront the problem of legacy equipment when security by design isn’t always possible?

Speaker

Mike Mullane


Explanation

This addresses the practical challenge of implementing resilience measures in existing infrastructure that wasn’t originally designed with modern security and resilience principles.


To what extent are sustainability and resilience becoming synonyms?

Speaker

Mike Mullane


Explanation

This explores the conceptual relationship between two key development paradigms and their practical implications for policy and implementation.


How do we prevent standards from being outdated by the time they get published, given that things change so fast?

Speaker

Helen Ng


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of keeping standardization processes relevant in rapidly evolving technological and policy environments, particularly important for developing countries seeking guidance.


How can we make sure we always roll, and if there’s a hiccup, that we roll very quickly again?

Speaker

Maarten Botterman


Explanation

This relates to the Marconi Society’s focus on continuous operation and rapid recovery of critical infrastructure systems.


How do you create real open science and open development, and get actual competitors to agree on basic technological parameters?

Speaker

Benjamin Frisch


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of fostering collaboration in competitive environments to develop shared technological foundations for resilient systems.


How do we guarantee a minimum of finance or supply to infrastructure operators when money flows to higher value-added products like AI?

Speaker

Audience member (Pierre from AFNIC)


Explanation

This highlights the economic sustainability challenge of maintaining basic infrastructure when investment flows toward more profitable technologies.


How can we set up integrative university curricula on Internet governance that goes beyond just technologies?

Speaker

Professors from India and Netherlands (mentioned by Maarten Botterman)


Explanation

This addresses the need for comprehensive education that combines technical knowledge with governance understanding for future infrastructure professionals.


How do we create exchange and common understanding between industry and academia for mutual benefit?

Speaker

Benjamin Frisch


Explanation

This explores the mechanisms needed to facilitate knowledge transfer and collaboration between different sectors working on resilient infrastructure.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WSIS Action Line C6: Digital Ecosystem Builders in action: Redefining the role of ICT regulators

WSIS Action Line C6: Digital Ecosystem Builders in action: Redefining the role of ICT regulators

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on the evolving role of telecommunications regulators as digital ecosystem builders, held as part of the C6 Business Action Line on Enabling Environment during a broader telecommunications conference. The session was organized around the Global Symposium for Regulators (GSR) 2025 consultation question: “What does it take for regulators to become digital ecosystem builders?” Sofie Maddens opened by emphasizing that regulators must transition from traditional supervisors to proactive architects and facilitators of innovation, noting that the digital world has become the main platform for modern life and commerce rather than a separate sector to oversee.


The discussion featured representatives from various regional regulatory associations who shared their experiences and strategies. Ekaterine Imedadze from the Georgian National Communication Commission described how the EBUREC network of five Eastern European countries has strengthened collaboration through working groups focused on regulatory innovation, spectrum management, and roaming services. She emphasized how smaller markets benefit from joint projects and shared learning to become more agile regulators and enablers of digital development.


Xavier Merlin from France’s ARCEP highlighted Fratel’s approach as a French-speaking regulatory network, focusing on three key areas: addressing new regulatory issues like AI and cloud services, developing new regulatory tools such as data-driven regulation and sandboxes, and fostering national cooperation between different regulatory authorities. He stressed the importance of sharing experiences across markets with different maturity levels.


Omar Al Rejraje from Saudi Arabia’s Communication and Space Commission emphasized the regulator’s role in de-risking investment barriers for emerging technologies through regulatory sandboxes and “RegTech” solutions. He advocated for regulators to use emerging technologies internally to better understand and regulate them, while also promoting sustainability through green networks and data centers.


Petros Galides from Cyprus discussed how emerging technologies like AI and big data enable more proactive, evidence-based regulation through tools such as market observatories and geospatial intelligence platforms. He emphasized that cross-sectoral collaboration is essential for addressing complex digital challenges, requiring trust, interoperability, and shared objectives to overcome barriers like protectionism and resource limitations. The session concluded with a call for continued collaboration and contribution to the GSR consultation process, highlighting the collective effort needed to develop best practices for regulatory excellence in the digital age.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Evolution of Regulatory Role**: The transformation of regulators from traditional supervisors to proactive “digital ecosystem builders” who facilitate innovation, manage cross-sector digital environments, and enable sustainable digital transformation rather than just overseeing telecommunications sectors.


– **Innovation in Regulatory Approaches**: The need for regulators to adopt new tools and methodologies including regulatory sandboxes, data-driven regulation, RegTech (regulatory technology), and agile frameworks that can keep pace with rapid technological change and emerging technologies like AI, 5G, and satellite communications.


– **Cross-Border and Cross-Sectoral Collaboration**: The critical importance of strengthening cooperation between regulatory authorities across regions and sectors, with regional regulatory associations (like EBERG, Fratel, EMERGE, ARGNET) serving as key platforms for harmonization, capacity building, and knowledge sharing.


– **Technology Integration for Regulatory Excellence**: How regulators can leverage emerging technologies like AI, big data, blockchain, and cloud computing not just as subjects of regulation but as tools to enhance their own regulatory processes, decision-making, and market monitoring capabilities.


– **Capacity Building and Institutional Development**: The necessity for regulators to develop new skills, mindsets, and organizational structures to handle the complexity of digital ecosystems, including cybersecurity expertise, data analytics capabilities, and collaborative frameworks with other authorities.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion was part of the ITU’s Global Symposium for Regulators (GSR) 2025 consultation process, specifically focused on developing best practice guidelines for how telecommunications regulators can evolve into “digital ecosystem builders.” The session aimed to gather insights from regional regulatory associations and authorities to inform the GSR best practice guidelines and prepare for the broader digital transformation challenges facing regulators globally.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a consistently professional, collaborative, and forward-looking tone throughout. Participants demonstrated enthusiasm for sharing experiences and best practices, with a constructive focus on practical solutions and regional cooperation. The tone was optimistic about the potential for regulatory evolution while acknowledging the significant challenges ahead. There was a sense of urgency about adapting to rapid technological change, but this was balanced with confidence in the collective ability of regulators to meet these challenges through collaboration and innovation.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Ahmed El-Raghy** – Working from the Regulatory and Market Environment team in the ITU, session moderator


– **Sofie Maddens** – Chief of Digital Knowledge Society Department in BDT, delivered opening remarks on behalf of the BDT Director


– **Youlia Lozanova** – ITU colleague, provided foundation background on the GSR consultation process and best practice guidelines


– **Ekaterine Imedadze** – Commissioner of Georgian National Communication Commission and outgoing chairperson for the EBUREC (Eastern Europe Regulatory Association)


– **Omar Al Rejraje** – Deputy Governor of the Space Communication Commission of Saudi Arabia, representing ARGNET for the Arab region


– **Xavier Merlin** – Board member of ARCEP and representative of FRATEL


– **Petros Galides** – Deputy Commissioner at the Cyprus Regulatory Authority of Electronic Communication and Postal Service, chairing of the EMERGE (Euro-Mediterranean area)


**Additional speakers:**


– **Louis Sakala** – Director General of ARCEP Congo (mentioned as expected participant but unclear if actually participated in the discussion)


Full session report

# Comprehensive Summary: Regulators as Digital Ecosystem Builders – GSR 2025 Consultation Discussion


## Introduction and Context


This discussion, held as part of the C6 Business Action Line on Enabling Environment during a broader telecommunications conference, focused on the evolving role of telecommunications regulators as digital ecosystem builders. The session was organised around the Global Symposium for Regulators (GSR) 2025 consultation question: “What does it take for regulators to become digital ecosystem builders?” The discussion was moderated by Ahmed El-Raghy from the ITU’s Regulatory and Market Environment team and featured representatives from various regional regulatory associations sharing their experiences and strategies for regulatory transformation.


The session formed part of the ITU’s GSR consultation process, which aims to develop best practice guidelines for regulatory excellence. As Youlia Lozanova explained, this year’s consultation uniquely focuses on the regulatory institution itself rather than just regulatory practices, representing a significant shift in approach. The consultation process welcomes contributions from governments, regulators, private sector, and civil society to develop annual best practice guidelines that serve as what Sofie Maddens described as “a dynamic chronicle of collective wisdom and global regulatory blueprint for digital development.”


## Opening Framework: The Transformation Imperative


Sofie Maddens, Chief of Digital Knowledge Society Department in BDT, delivered opening remarks on behalf of Dr. Cosmas Lakissan Zavazava, Director of the Telecommunication Development Bureau, establishing the conceptual framework for the entire discussion. She emphasised that regulators must fundamentally transform their approach, stating: “We must transition from being traditional supervisors into proactive architects and facilitators of innovation. Our task is to cultivate agile digital ecosystems where investment is secure, competition is fair, and development brings a truly sustainable digital world for all.”


Maddens highlighted that the digital world has become the main platform for modern life and commerce rather than a separate sector to oversee. This transformation requires regulators to move beyond traditional oversight roles to become enablers of innovation and digital development. She positioned regional regulatory associations as “engines of harmonisation and catalysts for capacity building,” emphasising their critical role in facilitating this transformation across different markets and regulatory contexts.


Youlia Lozanova provided foundational background on the GSR consultation process, explaining that there is “an innovation culture that regulators need to develop to approach regulatory challenges in a more efficient way.” She outlined the four main parts of the consultation: fostering innovation, regulatory capacity, technology integration, and cross-border cooperation. Lozanova emphasised that regulators need to proactively integrate new technologies into their core operations and adopt new tools for timely decision-making, noting the need for “new thinking around capacities, skills, and mindsets required for regulatory transformation.”


Lozanova detailed several collaboration themes emerging from the consultation, including making collaboration results-driven, establishing harmonisation priorities, building shared learning infrastructure, coordinating around data, tools, and standards, using cooperation for digital sovereignty, and integrating international perspectives into national work. She noted that 48 contributions had been received so far in the consultation process, with guidelines available in the six ITU and UN official languages.


## Regional Perspectives on Regulatory Evolution


### Eastern European Approach: Collaborative Networks and Agile Development


Ekaterine Imedadze, Commissioner of Georgian National Communication Commission and outgoing chairperson for EBERG (Eastern Europe Regulatory Association), described how the network of five countries – Armenia, Azerbaijan, Georgia, Ukraine, and Moldova – has strengthened collaboration through working groups focused on regulatory innovation, spectrum management, and roaming services. She explained that “the role of regulator has evolved from just watching the market to becoming enablers of digital development.”


Imedadze emphasised how smaller markets benefit from joint projects and shared learning to become more agile regulators. She noted that “small networks of interconnected countries can more quickly tackle emerging challenges through shared experiences,” highlighting the advantage of focused regional cooperation. The EBERG approach demonstrates how working groups with international experts provide “huge flexibility for innovation and benchmarking of regulators,” enabling rapid adaptation to emerging challenges.


### French-Speaking Network: Diversity as Strength


Xavier Merlin, Board member of ARCEP and representative of FRATEL, highlighted the French-speaking regulatory network’s approach across regions in America, Africa, and Europe, focusing on three key areas: addressing new regulatory issues like AI and cloud services, developing new regulatory tools such as data-driven regulation and sandboxes, and fostering national cooperation between different regulatory authorities.


Merlin made a particularly thought-provoking argument about the value of diversity in regulatory networks, stating: “I really don’t believe that difference of maturity in digital markets between members is really an issue. And on the contrary, I would even think it’s something very interesting and very rich in our exchange because if everybody were saying the same thing, there would be no purpose for exchange.” This perspective suggests that diversity rather than uniformity should be valued in regulatory cooperation.


He stressed that “the purpose of networks is to share questions, experiences, good practices and bad practices, and to anticipate future challenges,” emphasising learning over standardisation. Merlin advocated for “new regulatory tools like data-driven regulation and sandboxes” as necessary for fast-moving environments, suggesting these approaches may be more appropriate than traditional regulatory decision-making processes.


### Arab Region: Technology Integration and Innovation Promotion


Omar Al Rejraje, Deputy Governor of the Space Communication Commission of Saudi Arabia, representing ARGNET for the Arab region, provided a comprehensive vision for regulatory transformation. He argued that “regulators should evolve from normal regulators to ecosystem builders, experiment adapters, and innovation promoters,” outlining a clear progression of institutional development. Al Rejraje noted that Saudi Arabia has been “ranked number one in the G20 for the Digital Maturity Index.”


Al Rejraje emphasised the regulator’s role in de-risking investment barriers for emerging technologies through regulatory sandboxes and “RegTech” solutions. He mentioned launching “the third cohort of the sandbox solution” with expectations for graduation “by the end of this year.” He made a compelling case for internal technology adoption, stating: “You cannot regulate what you don’t understand, and you cannot enable what you don’t understand. So for us, if you want to walk the walk, we need to use this emerging tech. to be able to utilise and try this in our regulation, in our inside, let’s say, regulatory body in the market.”


His approach to RegTech was particularly innovative, describing it as “not just a tool but a strategic enabler for trust and speed to make regulation as fast as innovation.” Al Rejraje provided specific examples including “blockchain for sender IDs” and advocated for promoting sustainability through green networks and data centres. He mentioned that Saudi Arabia and DCO have developed a sustainability toolkit for digital development that could be shared globally.


### Euro-Mediterranean Perspective: Cross-Sectoral Collaboration


Petros Galides, Deputy Commissioner at the Cyprus Regulatory Authority of Electronic Communication and Postal Service, chairing EMERGE (comprising 27 members from European, EU and non-EU, and Mediterranean countries), discussed how emerging technologies like AI and big data enable more proactive, evidence-based regulation. He mentioned specific tools including “market observatory, numbering and licensing tool, learning management system, and geospatial intelligence tool.”


Galides provided crucial balance to the technology-focused discussion by emphasising that “technology enables smarter regulation, but it’s the human and institutional collaboration that ensures it is used wisely.” He stressed that cross-sectoral collaboration is essential for addressing complex digital challenges, requiring trust, interoperability, and shared objectives to overcome barriers.


He identified specific barriers that hinder collaboration between authorities, including “protectionism, defensiveness, silos, lack of trust, ignorance, legal obstacles, and resource limitations.” Galides argued that “cross-sectoral and global collaboration is essential as no single authority can tackle complex digital challenges alone,” emphasising that regulators are “co-creators of the healthy and innovative digital system we witness today.”


## Key Areas of Agreement and Consensus


The discussion revealed strong consensus among speakers on several fundamental points, despite their different regional contexts and regulatory environments.


### Fundamental Role Transformation


All speakers agreed that regulators must fundamentally transform from passive oversight entities to active facilitators and builders of digital ecosystems. This consensus was evident across all regional representatives, who consistently emphasised moving beyond traditional supervisory roles to become enablers of innovation and digital development.


### Innovation in Regulatory Approaches


There was strong agreement on the need for innovative regulatory approaches, including sandboxes and data-driven regulation, to keep pace with rapidly evolving digital technologies and markets. Speakers consistently emphasised that traditional regulatory tools are insufficient for fast-moving digital environments.


### Critical Importance of Cooperation


All speakers emphasised that regional cooperation and networks are essential for effective regulation, enabling knowledge sharing, capacity building, and collective problem-solving in the digital age.


### Technology Integration Necessity


Speakers agreed that regulators must actively use and integrate emerging technologies in their own operations to better understand and regulate these technologies effectively.


## Areas of Different Emphasis


While there was broad consensus on fundamental principles, speakers emphasised different approaches and priorities.


### Harmonisation Versus Diversity


A notable difference in emphasis emerged between Xavier Merlin and Sofie Maddens regarding the purpose of regulatory networks. Merlin emphasised that the value comes from diversity of experiences and sharing different approaches, while Maddens described regional associations as “engines of harmonisation” that create coherent landscapes for cross-border services. This represents different perspectives on how regional regulatory networks should balance standardisation with innovation.


### Methodological Emphasis Differences


While speakers agreed on the need for innovative regulatory approaches, they emphasised different methods and tools. Al Rejraje focused heavily on sandboxes and RegTech as primary solutions, Merlin advocated for data-driven regulation, while Galides emphasised AI and big data integration for evidence-based regulation.


## Technology Integration and RegTech Development


A significant theme throughout the discussion was the integration of technology into regulatory operations themselves. Al Rejraje’s concept of RegTech as “a strategic enabler for trust and speed to make regulation as fast as innovation” represented a particularly advanced approach to this integration.


Galides complemented this perspective by discussing how AI and big data enable more proactive, evidence-based regulation through various technological tools. However, he also emphasised the importance of ensuring that human and institutional collaboration guides the wise use of these technologies.


## Sustainability and Environmental Integration


Al Rejraje highlighted the integration of sustainability considerations into digital regulatory frameworks, mentioning promoting sustainability through green networks and data centres, and referencing a sustainability toolkit developed by Saudi Arabia and DCO that could be shared globally.


## Future Directions and Action Items


The discussion concluded with several concrete next steps:


### GSR Consultation Process


Participants were encouraged to continue contributions to the GSR consultation process until the end of August. The first draft of GSR Best Practice Guidelines will be published within two weeks of the session, with final guidelines to be adopted at the Heads of Regulators Roundtable meeting at GSR in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia (1st to the 3rd of September with the 31st of August being dedicated to a master class).


### Integration with Broader Processes


The insights from this discussion will be integrated into the broader WSIS 20 review process, ensuring that regulatory transformation considerations are incorporated into wider digital development frameworks.


### Knowledge Sharing Initiatives


Several speakers mentioned specific tools and frameworks that could be shared more broadly, including Saudi Arabia’s sustainability toolkit and various regional network approaches to capacity building and collaboration.


## Unresolved Challenges and Implementation Questions


The discussion identified several critical challenges requiring further exploration:


### Balancing Agility with Coordination


How to balance harmonised approaches with the need for regulatory agility in fast-moving digital environments remains a key challenge for regional networks and international cooperation.


### Cross-Sectoral Collaboration Mechanisms


While speakers agreed on the importance of cross-sectoral collaboration, specific mechanisms for overcoming identified barriers require further development.


### Capacity Building Requirements


The discussion highlighted the need for comprehensive capacity building, including skills development and cultural change within regulatory organisations, but specific frameworks require further development.


### Inclusive Development Concerns


Questions remain about how advanced regulatory approaches can be adopted without overwhelming developing economies and ensuring regulatory transformation benefits all markets.


## Conclusion


This discussion demonstrated that the transformation of regulators into digital ecosystem builders is an active process being implemented across different regions and regulatory contexts. The strong consensus on fundamental principles, combined with innovative approaches to implementation, suggests that the regulatory community is well-positioned to meet the challenges of digital ecosystem governance.


The session’s emphasis on human and institutional collaboration alongside technological innovation provides a balanced foundation for sustainable regulatory transformation. As the discussion concluded somewhat abruptly due to room constraints, with Ahmed apologising: “Unfortunately, we have to leave the room for the next meeting. So I’m so sorry for no space for having questions from yours. My apology for that,” it highlighted the ongoing nature of these important conversations.


The ongoing GSR consultation process provides a valuable framework for continuing this work and developing practical guidelines for regulatory excellence in the digital age, building on what represents a quarter-century of collective wisdom in regulatory development.


Session transcript

Ahmed El-Raghy: Welcome everyone, and good afternoon, and maybe good morning, good evening for our online participants. Welcome to C6 Business Action Line Enabling Environment. I’m Ahmad Al-Rakhi, I’m working from the Regulatory and Market Environment team in the ITU, and pleasure to be with you today in this session. We are going to tackle a very crucial topic about ecosystem builder for regulation and shifting the mandate of regulatory authority for this new role. And in the beginning of our session, we wish to have an opening remarks, and I will deliver for Sufi Madness, the Chief of Digital Knowledge Society Department in BDT, on behalf of the BDT Director for his opening remarks. Please, Sufi. Thank you very much, Ahmad,


Sofie Maddens: and good morning, good afternoon, good evening to those who are following online. So I have the honor and pleasure to deliver these opening remarks on behalf of Dr. Cosmas Lakissan Zavazava, who’s the Director of the Telecommunication Development Bureau. Excellencies, distinguished colleagues, esteemed representatives of our regional regulatory associations, a very warm welcome to you all. It’s a pleasure to open this session of Action Line C6 on forging the enabling environment for our shared digital destiny. For nearly a quarter of a century, yes, a quarter of a century, the GSR best practice guidelines have served as the global regulatory blueprint for digital development. Far from being set in stone, the guidelines are a dynamic chronicle of our collective wisdom, forged through discussions like today’s, and guiding us through decades of profound change. This is the trusted foundation of tried and tested principles that we build upon today. And this brings me to the profound importance of our current focus, which is framed by the GSR 2025 consultation question, what does it take for regulators to become digital ecosystem builders, which in fact, we will discuss in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, from the 1st to the 3rd of September with the 31st of August being dedicated to a master class. Clearly, this question is a call to action as much as a topic for discussion. The digital world is no longer a separate sector to oversee, but the main platform for all of our lives, for modern life, for commerce, for growth. And so regulators have a duty to ensure that it is fit for purpose. As regulators look to modernize and adapt to remain effective, we see all of you issuing consultations that address a broad range of digital issues, from online safety to AI governance, from digital content to intelligent platforms, from 5G networks to Leo satellites, as well as IoT and futuristic agile spectrum. We are seeing developed and emerging countries alike grappling with these issues simultaneously. And at the same time, they must continue to focus on a core mandate, which is universal and meaningful connectivity, together with sustainable digital transformation. So this means the role of the regulator is and must continue to evolve. We must transition from being traditional supervisors into proactive architects and facilitators of innovation. Our task is to cultivate agile digital ecosystems where investment is secure, competition is fair, and development brings a truly sustainable digital world for all. And that came up in the Knowledge Café we just had a while ago, talking about the C6 enabling environment action line. So these issues continue to be raised. Ladies and gentlemen, this vision cannot be raised from a single viewpoint. We must be inclusive. And the role of our regional regulatory associations is absolutely essential. Because you are the engines of harmonization. You create the coherent landscapes needed for cross-border services to flourish together with your membership. You are the catalysts for capacity building, sharing expertise that empowers every regulator to face the challenges of tomorrow. And you provide the critical voice of regional reality, ensuring the blueprints we design are practical, relevant, and effective on the ground. We at ITU, as a team, and as ITU as a whole, are committed to empowering you to lead this change through initiatives like the BDT’s digital regulation network. So we all look forward to a rich and interactive discussion today. And the insights will be shared, will be the bedrock, and enrich the GSR best practice guidelines, which we are actually drafting today, together with the inputs from the consultation. And it will resonate through the broader vision of the WSIS 20 review. Thank you, and looking forward to the discussions. Back to you, Ahmed.


Ahmed El-Raghy: Thank you so much, Sophie, for these insightful remarks. And ladies and gentlemen, as we discussed today, that our discussion will be about the digital ecosystem builder and how regulatory bodies could refine, could redefine their roles based on that. So we will have wonderful executives from the regulatory authorities and also from the regulatory associations, so they can share with us their insights about that. So I wish to introduce our panelists today. So I will start to my left. We have Mr. Omar Regraghi, Deputy Governor of the Space Communication Commission of Saudi Arabia, and also representing the ARGNET for the Arab region. We have Ms. Katrina Imadazi, the Commissioner of Georgian National Communication Commission and also the outgoing chairperson for the EBUREC as Eastern Europe Regulatory Association. We have Mr. Rafeer Merlin, the board member of ARCEP and also representative of FRATEL. And we have our dear friend, Mr. Petrus Gladius, Deputy Commissioner at the Cyprus Regulatory Authority of Electronic Communication and Postal Service and also chairing of the EMERGE, Euro-Mediterranean area. We’re expecting to have Mr. Louis Sakala, the Director General of ARCEP Congo, but I believe he will join us very soon. So ladies and gentlemen, before we start our discussion, we will go for a foundation background. And I wish to give the floor to my colleague, Yulia Lazanova from ITU to give us this foundation background about the discussion


Youlia Lozanova: topic for today. Yulia, please. Thank you very much, Ahmed. And good afternoon to everyone. It’s great to see so many faces in this small room. I think we could have used a bigger room for this discussion. That really is an excellent start for our conversation. And indeed, it is an excellent and very timely opportunity to have you here today to talk about the next chapter of regulation towards building our digital future together. The consultation process that is happening every year in the lead up to GSR is where we invite stakeholders, voices from government, from the private sector, from civil society to come together and to provide the views and the needs, the experiences of all of the different stakeholder groups towards improving regulation and making it more agile and more future facing. I’m seeing many familiar faces in the audience. And for those of you who are from a regulator, you’re very familiar with the Global Symposium for Regulators and the consultation process. For the sake of those who might not have been involved or engaged with this process to this point, I wanted to just give a little bit of a background to introduce that consultation, so we can make the most of the time together and you can understand the setup that we’re working in and the goals that we’re working towards. The open consultation of the Global Symposium of Regulators happens every year in the lead up to the annual event since 2003. And that’s an impressive longevity of the GSR as an event, as a platform, but also the stakeholder consultation. And really speaking to the very great importance that is given to the process itself, but also the outcome of that consultation, which are the annual set of best practice guidelines. And as I mentioned, contributions are welcome from governments, from regulators, from ministries, but also from private sector, from market players, and of course, civil society. And very relevant to this discussion today, we also receive contributions to the best practice guidelines from regulatory associations, from regional regulatory associations. And they’re important since they represent the use of several countries and really express that agenda that is common for region, for sub-region, for a group of countries. The GSR best practice guidelines are developed under the auspices of the chair of GSR and they’re adopted at the heads of regulators meeting which happens right at the start of the annual event. And this year at that meeting, the meeting is not only going to adopt the best practice guidelines, but heads of regulators are also having the very difficult but also very important task to start the conversation on operationalizing the best practice guidelines and really taking them one step further in shaping that enabling environment for their markets, for their ecosystems as we will see for the topic of this year’s consultation. You might be interested to see, I hope you will be, the collection of GSR best practice guidelines. We have more than 20 editions of the guidelines available in the six ITU and UN official languages those are available in a library on our website. And as Sophie mentioned, those guidelines, all of the editions that we have there, they provide a blueprint for regulatory excellence. This is something that is very important since what we’re doing in that process is really distilling the wisdom and the experience of many of you through those very complex processes that regulation and markets are evolving together. Moving on to this year’s topic of the consultation, it is quite unique in the history of GSR since we have every year until now focused on regulation. So what is a regulatory best practice approach instrument that would serve towards a goal? And in that very extensive collection of best practices, we have more specific guidelines on topics like universal access or infrastructure sharing, as we also have guidelines looking at more broadly how to improve connectivity, how to enable digital transformation, so those more complex and more overarching topics. But this time in 2025, we are actually focusing exclusively or almost exclusively on the regulatory institution, on the authority, on the people as well doing regulation. And as part of that lens that we’re having for this year’s edition of the best practice guidelines, we recognize that there are a number of shifts that are operating in the environment. One of the shifts is, of course, that shift from regulatory oversight to a more proactive shaping of the enabling environment. And I just wanted to clarify that when we say proactive shaping, we don’t necessarily mean that we will be regulating more or we will be regulating more heavily, but that’s simply to account for the fact that we will be engaging with many more stakeholders in that whole process. And we will be doing that on a continuing basis, not as a one-off exercise. And then another shift that we have been observing for a few years, of course, or over a decade maybe today, is from managing a sector, a vertical, to managing an ecosystem, really providing that foundation for digital societies, for digital economies to happen. And of course, we also need to recognize that regulators are changing operating models from reactive, reacting to change, to more forward-looking and anticipatory in view of that relentless change that we’re experiencing across the board. The question that we have formulated for this year in consultation is around the qualities or the capacities that are necessary for regulators to become an ecosystem builder. So, what does it take for regulators to become ecosystem builders? And as part of that reflection, we have four main parts of the consultation. One is looking at fostering innovation in regulatory approaches. So, of course, there is a lot of innovation happening in markets and that level of innovation regulators need to understand and then find the right response to react to. But that also speaks to the fact that there is an innovation culture that regulators need to develop to be able to approach that exercise in a different way, in a more efficient and more appropriate way in the current circumstance. And then the second pillar of the consultation or the second area that we’re looking at is regulatory capacity. So, of course, this is a very major, very traditional mainstay of the regulatory institution of regulators. We’re looking at mandates, how those need to evolve. We’re looking at capacities, resources from different angles. And really, again, in that bigger perspective of being able to make sense of the changes in the environment and being able to decide which ones of those require regulatory action and what kind of action and which maybe do not require any action. So, certainly, there is a whole new thinking around the capacities, the skills, the mindsets that are needed for that. And, of course, ICT regulators are also having to regulate technologies or certain aspects of those technologies in the market, but they should also proactively look for ways to integrate those technologies in their core operations, adopting new tools, adopting new ways of working in order to make available that data that they need on a timely basis to make various regulatory decisions. So, certainly, there is a lot around that discussion on what are the tools, what is the data, what are the new ways of integrating new technologies into the regulators’ work. And then, of course, the fourth pillar of this consultation is what is the most appropriate and the most relevant part of the consultation for this discussion, which is around cross-border cooperation and how to strengthen that. And we have received so far 48 contributions from governments, from private sector, from civil society, and it has been incredibly interesting and very insightful to discover all the various practical and strategic means that they have identified towards strengthening that cooperation. So, we wanted to provide some of the ideas or the general areas where we think we can provide a foot for thought for this panel. The first one is about making collaboration results driven. And, of course, we’ve been engaging in that discussion about orientation towards results. This time, we’re really engaging with that topic at the international level and at the regional level and recognizing that collaboration is good, but results are important, and this is something that should be driving that collaboration. Of course, we also have here the issue of harmonization. This is a very established, very longstanding area of international cooperation. In this day and time, it is also very clear that we cannot engage or harmonize on absolutely every topic. So, there is a sense of prioritization that needs to be operated also at that level to make sure that we address the issues that are the most important, that matter the most. And then, of course, there is a capacity building component, and I mean capacity building in a broader sense. We’ve formulated it here as building shared learning infrastructure, but that’s simply to recognize that we’re looking at learning at the regional or international level from the various experiences that various countries and regulators have been able to accumulate, but also sharing that experience with the community and making sure that we have a collective learning curve through that uncertain and very fast-changing environment. Coordination around data, tools, and standards also stands out as one of the topics potentially of interest and importance for international collaboration as well. And I think your experience might be speaking to that. Using specific indicators, specific tools at the national level does not really read the really offer the opportunity to aggregate trends or patterns or discussions at the regional level, so certainly there might be something to be done there, again, using those new technologies. One of the themes that have come also strong through the contributions was about using international cooperation and regional representation as a platform to assert the regional voice and stand up for digital sovereignty of countries, of regions as well. Forums like WSIS, platforms like ITU are certainly places where that conversation happens and where those regional positions can be elevated. And of course, there is, last but not least, really, a very strong component in that discussion that we have been able to identify, which is about integrating that international perspective into the rest of the regulators’ work, into the national perspective, so really understanding international cooperation not as an add-on, not as something separate or additional or accessory to the work on national priorities, but something that is really dynamically and organically linked to those national agendas. So certainly, we offer those thoughts for you and for your discussion, and I’m just going to give you a quick timeline so you know how that process is going to continue from now on before I wrap up. 48 contributions received today, we’re still open for contributions, so we are happy to hear your feedback here, your views, but we’re also happy to receive your contributions in a written format until the end of the consultation at the end of August. We will be publishing a draft, a first draft of the GSR Best Practice Guidelines in probably in the next two weeks, again, that would be a process done under the auspices of the GSR Chair, of the GSR25 Chair, and that draft is also going to be open for comments on our website until the Heads of Regulators Roundtable meeting at GSR, where the guidelines are going to be adopted. And I think I will stop here, we have just included in the online presentation a little slide on all of the various activities that are linked to regulatory work and best practices and experiences, and I wish you a very insightful panel.


Ekaterine Imedadze: Thank you so much, Julia, and I wish to go directly for our executive today and allow me to start with Katrina. So Katrina, from your experience and engagement in EBERG, how do you see the strategies, the main strategies to cultivate innovation as a culture for regulatory development? And also, how do you see the balance between harmonized approaches and agility at the same time? How to balance between the risk and opportunity in this innovative development? Please, Katrina. Good afternoon, dear colleagues, Excellencies, it’s a real pleasure that we have first physical meeting for the DRN board, and when we’ve learned about this opportunity or initiative, let’s say, I think that EBERG is one of the networks, quite a years we have as a network, it will count, so 15 years since establishing the partnership network, but it is always a great opportunity for the network of small markets, small countries to become part of a larger network, and DRN was called Network of Networks, I remember this motto. And I can tell, I can share that throughout the years of EBERG, let me give you a quick information for the audience that at EBERG, we are five countries, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Georgia, Ukraine, and Moldova, so we have also motto, together we are stronger, and now we are becoming even stronger with global network participation as a DRN part, and our approach throughout the years, so we have three main pillars of work, which is a legacy, classical role of regulators, this is working on regulatory innovation, independence, story, and benchmarking, so you were mentioning actually the transforming regulations, so one of the our working groups is exactly about, it was called initially independence and benchmarking, so we work a lot about the institutional development, and we work with our international partners to understand where we stand as the participants of the network from organizational perspective, and where we can move from the best practices. Another group is about the spectrum, which is also the big topic everywhere, especially with evolving technologies, whether now we are moving to space and satellites, always the spectrum group is very important, before that spectrum group was working, engaged with 5G technology and all the advanced technologies, and the third one, it was specifically for our region, it is roaming working group, but it has a lot, it has done by now a lot of work with traditional telecom services, like interconnection, which always remains our primary role and legacy, so these three pillars helped us to find out what are the areas where we can develop, and as a small, some of us are quite smaller market, Ukraine is of course the bigger one, but actually doing the projects jointly helped us a lot to move forward, and to find like donor organizations who would help us with capacity building and transform ourselves, and what we’ve learned, what we understood quite quickly, and maybe this large exchange of the experience and support from the EU, which was always substantial, but also supporting each other with experience has helped us a lot to become more agile regulators, and what does it mean, that as you have mentioned, we understand that role of regulator is no more just watching the market, not just, but watching the market and regulating, it’s already for a few years or maybe always almost a decade, we need to become enablers, because market is transforming and digital is cross-cutting, it’s not anymore like the telecommunication and direct connection by phone, but this is a digital, this is enabler of digital development of the country, this was I guess the first understanding for especially maybe smaller countries, and this is that it’s quicker, you need to adapt to a new digital landscape, and regulator is a very good enabler, and can play very good role in this enablement process, so we were exchanging our experiences with 5G rollouts, how we are going to approach, how we are going to distribute frequencies, and through this working groups, it was, and in those working groups were not only five countries, but international experts included, so this gives a huge flexibility, for this is for the innovation, for the benchmarking of regulators, again we had international experts, and we could learn how regulators are changing, transforming their capacities, for example, I think, which is, was quite new few years ago, this cyber security capacities, we’ve learned how they are, I think, it’s a scarce resource to find security experts, and yeah, can you do it, or maybe it’s more wishful thinking, but still, so this was in another direction, then same with roaming, when we were discussing specifically EU roaming approach, we learned a lot about the interconnection, about the market, about the MVNO same, so this is how we are, and maybe being, maybe smaller network, but very much interconnected, helped us to quicker tackle, the same was with Starlink, for example, sharing how we gave the authorization, what were our, I mean, the satellite company, Starlink was one of the first entrants in our region, so this is our journey, and we are really happy to be now part of TRN network, where we can discuss with wider pillars of digital, so we’re still looking from the the perspective, which is still coming from our legacy roles, that I was mentioning now, but as far as digital is in every pillar of economy, it’s very important at the, this kind of the networks, and the boards, to understand what are other geographies and other sectors doing. Thank you.


Ahmed El-Raghy: Thank you so much, Ekaterina. That’s a very interesting journey and very interesting plan. And as you highlighted, many pillars needed for this cultivating of innovations in the regulatory framework. So I would like to go to Mr. Merland. Being a regulator in advanced digital market and also working with fratel diversified economies in that position, how do you see advanced regulatory approach be adopted to foster innovation without overwhelming developed economies? What be the crucial lessons from advanced markets as I said, working in France and to promote and help members and fratel to be more efficient digital ecosystem builders?


Xavier Merlin: Please, Mr. Merland. Thank you very much, Hamid, for your presentation and question. And good afternoon, everybody. First of all, I will start by recalling what fratel is because I’m not sure everybody knows about fratel. Fratel is a network of regulator which was created 20 years ago. And what those regulators have in common is not a regional area, but it’s a language. It’s French. And that is very specific because that means that not all members of fratel are, of course, located in the same area. There are members in America, in Africa, in Europe, notably. But the fact that they have French in common also means that they have, to some extent, their legal framework has something in common because they have common grounds. It’s not identical. They are not identical, but they are built on common principles. That’s, of course, important for the discussions we have. Regarding the issue of maturity, I’d like to address this very quickly. I really don’t believe that difference of maturity in digital markets between members is really an issue. And on the contrary, I would even think it’s something very interesting and very rich in our exchange because if everybody were saying the same thing, there would be no purpose for exchange. But we have common problems and different experiences. And that’s where it becomes interesting to share. It’s also interesting, as Ekaterine has recalled, to say that historically we’re all telco regulators and now we are moving in digital world, which is something a little bit different with different actors, different problems, different scopes. And of course, we’re all confronted to global players, global digital services and social concerns, which are more or less the same in all our countries. So, what are we doing at Fratel? I would say that the purpose of this network is absolutely not to harmonize. That would be nonsense. It’s really to share questions, to share experiences, to share good practices and also bad practices, and to anticipate. It’s really to have a step forward to be sure to understand what comes next because, as has been said before, our regulatory environment, our environment is moving very fast and we need to understand and have as many keys to address this. So, I would personally categorize the work that is done within Fratel in three parts. The first one would be new regulatory issues, which is about the content of our policy. What kind of policy do we need to implement to address new subjects like satellite, like digital services, like artificial intelligence, like cloud, which are objects that we didn’t know about a few years ago. Is there a need for regulation? What kind of regulation? And then, of course, France can share its experience as France and as a member of the European Union because you know that some of these issues are relevant for European regulation as well. So, that would be the first area, is new regulatory issues, new regulatory topics. The second issue I would underline is new regulatory tools. As has been said by Julia in her presentation, we are all facing the question of how to regulate in a moving environment, fast-moving environment, what kind of tools are pertinent and appropriate to regulate. Historically, the regulator took decisions, but that is a long process, it’s very complicated, it’s not always adapted to the situation. So, we try to identify new possible ways to regulate. I’ll just give one example, which we call data-driven regulation, which is not about providing decisions but providing data. And giving serious data to the market is a way of indicating what happens in the market, sharing this information between all actors and giving messages, encouraging them to move in the direction without imposing anything, which is very comfortable for a regulator because it has nothing to do, almost nothing to do. But that’s a way to move forward and that’s one of the new tools. There are also sandboxes, it’s something which many regulators have been using, which can seem very appropriate. And I would say that those tools are very useful in an environment where you don’t really know, you have new social concerns emerging, but you don’t really know how far your regulator can engage in this direction. That’s the case, for example, for RCEP in the environment issue, because we started to work on the question of the impact of digital environment before having any competence on this issue. So, that’s where we started to publish data and then we gained competence from the parliament. But that kind of thinking about how we can regulate is something very important. And last but not least is about cooperation, but not international cooperation. I would address national cooperation. Why? Because digital is a very complex universe with many issues. There are competition issues, there are technical issues, there are sovereignty issues, there are, as you said, security issues, there are privacy issues, and not a single regulator can have in his hands, at least not in France, all this competence. So, that means we need to start working with our fellow partners, regulators, or public authorities competent in this field, and then exchanging our experience at Fratel on this issue is very pertinent, because we see how in certain countries there are new ways of addressing issues, how certain regulators already have maximum competence on certain issues, etc. So, that’s a way of trying to address the very vast scope of competence that are required by digital competence and digital regulation. I will stop here just by saying that I think that the presentation that I gave of this scope is very much in line with the consultation you underlined, and we are very happy to contribute to this. Thank you.


Ahmed El-Raghy: Thank you so much, Mr. Murnau. Very interesting having these new ways of regulation that are driven one and also how to develop the regulatory framework to achieve this kind of new role for the regulators. So, I would like to go to Mr. Egraghi, representing the Argnet and coming from the Middle East region, Arab region, and having a leading and significant digital transformation initiative also in Saudi Arabia. From your perspective, how regulatory framework adopt to support this kind of huge investment in emerging technologies? How to ensure this kind of investment could be translated to more sustainable and inclusive digital ecosystem?


Omar Al Rejraje: Please, Mr. Egraghi. Thank you, Ahmed. It’s my pleasure to be here with the distinguished guests and everyone here in the room. Whenever we mention investment in the emerging tech, five things come to mind, always in the investor’s mind, whether scalability of the service or the solution, the innovation in that solution, the growth, the risk. And when I say the risk, always the risk lies under the regulators or the market dynamics. So, that’s why the purpose or the main object for the regulator is to de-risk these issues. Instead of regulating it and do, let’s say, rule enforcement, it should be de-risking all the elements that are not enabling the solution or the service or the technology to be adapted, to be launched, to be going forward in that direction. So, as you mentioned, maybe in the Arab region, there’s a lot of investment activities being done. There’s a lot of emerging tech, let’s say, solution being introduced. And you can see that even in CST, we just, let’s say, ranked number one in the G20. We are honored for that, for the Digital Maturity Index. And it’s not a badge for CST, it’s more into responsibility and that thing that we’re taking into consideration to share the experience and to engage everyone in the region, not to be left behind in this regard. When we say de-risking the factors of not enabling, let’s say, the emerging tech, it came through two different approaches. One approach is using the sandbox. We have just last week launched the third cohort of the sandbox solution in Saudi. We’re enabling space and even different sectors in Saudi to be able to experiment and to use their solution with less restrictions and to try their business models, their solutions in the country freely. So we are expecting that third cohort will be graduating by the end of this year. And also, the second thing we use is direct tech. And why we’re saying direct tech? You cannot regulate what you don’t understand, and you cannot enable what you don’t understand. So for us, if you want to walk the walk, we need to use this emerging tech. to be able to utilize and try this in our regulation, in our inside, let’s say, regulatory body in the market. Can we use cloud, blockchain? Can we use emerging tech in the country so we can see how to work in the regulatory sites? So we believe RIC tech is not a tool. It’s a strategic enabler for trust, for speed, to make regulation fast, as fast as innovation. And we have launched different solutions in the RIC tech in Saudi, such as blockchain for sender IDs, and hopefully by next GSR, we will launch some different solutions also in that event. When we say agility and the speed of innovation, speed of regulation, this creates another risk in the future. Are we catering for this future? Are we looking at that future? What will happen on that? And we have one subject that’s always raised in the future, which is sustainability. That’s why we have worked with the DCO, Digital Cooperation Organization, to make sure, and we have built a toolkit for sustainability, for digital sustainability, to make sure that the carbon footprint, green networks, green data centers being enabled in a toolkit way, an easy way to be adapted by different regulators worldwide. And we are more than happy to share even the experience with everyone and to enhance it more and more. And then I would like to say that to enable emerging tech investment, regulators should evolve. They should evolve from normal regulators to ecosystem builders, to experiment adapters, to innovation promoters. And thank you.


Ahmed El-Raghy: Thank you a lot, Engineer Omar, and really RIC-TEC, experimentation, regulation, are core for such development for regulatory framework. So I wish to go to Mr. Gladius. From your experience and engagement with European regulators, with eMERGE, how you see emerging technologies like AI, big data, and regulatory and cloud computing can be used as a tool for regulatory excellence? What are the most successful institutional mechanisms you have seen for enhancing cross-sectorial cooperation between ICT regulators and other stakeholders? So Petrus, please.


Petros Galides: Thank you. Thank you very much, Moderator, dear Ahmed. Just a few words about eMERGE, as my colleague said. So eMERGE is a Euro-Mediterranean regulators group for electronic communications. It comprises of 27 members, European, EU and not, and essentially all Mediterranean countries. So that’s the background to what eMERGE is. Now regulators are co-creators of the healthy and innovative digital system that we are witnessing today. Now as ex-ante regulators, technologies like AI and big data enable us to be even more proactive and evidence-based. The impact of regulatory measures can be tested in safe environments, as my dear friend Omer has mentioned, before implementation, and even after implementation, they can be monitored in near real-time and be continuously optimized. As was said before, it’s good to try and use these tools so that you are able to also regulate them. We have created some tools in our regulatory authority in Cyprus, like a market observatory, also a numbering and licensing tool, a learning management system, and a geospatial intelligence tool that help us monitor and regulate. All these have been combined on a big data platform, and the non-confidential data in that platform is open to the public. So it can be used by the public to enhance innovation, and of course for more transparency and to further improve trust. Of course for organizations to achieve this and develop, as again has been mentioned before by the colleagues, we require strengthening of institutional capacity and digital skills, and of course a change in culture that is needed as we are evolving and transitioning. And of course we need to ensure effective integration and ethical oversight of AI tools. Now the challenges of the digital age, like digital security and the enhancement of AI, the advancement of AI, are increasingly complex and intertwined. So no single authority or nation, however big or powerful or technologically advanced, can really tackle these challenges. Of course, luckily there is a simple answer, and that is cross-sectoral and global collaboration. This collaboration can be either in the form of loose informal collaboration, or a more official one, say in the form of MOUs, many of which are being signed in this venue during this week, and of course always the active participation in multilateral international platforms like the ITU and regional bodies like the ones represented on this table have proved extremely effective. Now at the national level, the best mechanism that we’ve seen is combined portfolios. So in an integrated structure like telecoms, postal services, digital security, maybe data protection, perhaps competition, any combination of those, or more. But generally, sort of beyond just discussing how important collaboration is, to achieve it in practice, we need to recognize and overcome barriers that really exist and hinder the collaboration between authorities. And this usually, I’m sure most of you have seen them, they are protectionism, defensiveness, introversion, what we call silos, perhaps lack of trust, even ignorance. There may also be legal obstacles, of course, and in many cases, a limitation of resources. So we need to address those and overcome them in order to achieve real collaboration. There have been, of course, many successes. The regional bodies we’ve mentioned before that are here on this table are sort of living examples of successes of collaboration. So trust, interoperability, and shared objectives have been and will be critical success factors for collaboration. So technology enables smarter regulation, but it’s the human and institutional collaboration that ensures it is used wisely.


Ahmed El-Raghy: Thank you so much. Thank you, Dr. Petrus. And very insightful remarks and technology really enable this kind of technology development. Unfortunately, we have to leave the room for the next meeting. So I’m so sorry for no space for having questions from yours. My apology for that. So by the end of this session, I really would like to thank you so much, our executives and leaders today in the regulatory field. And we look forward to your contribution for the consultation process. Please follow us in the GSR web page for that. And we look forward to see you all in the coming GSR in Riyadh to continue the discussion about the best practice for regulatory development. Thank you so much.


S

Sofie Maddens

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

624 words

Speech time

274 seconds

Regulators must transition from traditional supervisors to proactive architects and facilitators of innovation

Explanation

Maddens argues that the role of regulators needs to fundamentally change from passive oversight to active facilitation of innovation. This transition is necessary because the digital world has become the main platform for all aspects of modern life, commerce, and growth, requiring regulators to ensure it is fit for purpose.


Evidence

She cites examples of regulators issuing consultations on diverse digital issues including online safety, AI governance, digital content, intelligent platforms, 5G networks, Leo satellites, IoT and futuristic agile spectrum


Major discussion point

Evolution of Regulatory Roles and Digital Ecosystem Building


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Omar Al Rejraje
– Petros Galides

Agreed on

Fundamental transformation of regulatory roles from traditional oversight to proactive ecosystem building


Regional regulatory associations are engines of harmonization and catalysts for capacity building

Explanation

Maddens emphasizes that regional regulatory associations play a crucial role in creating coherent landscapes for cross-border services and sharing expertise. They provide the critical voice of regional reality, ensuring that regulatory blueprints are practical, relevant, and effective on the ground.


Evidence

She mentions ITU’s commitment to empowering regional associations through initiatives like the BDT’s digital regulation network


Major discussion point

Cross-Border Cooperation and Regional Networks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Xavier Merlin
– Petros Galides

Agreed on

Critical importance of cross-border cooperation and regional networks for effective regulation


Disagreed with

– Xavier Merlin

Disagreed on

Purpose and approach of regulatory networks


The GSR best practice guidelines serve as a dynamic chronicle of collective wisdom and global regulatory blueprint for digital development

Explanation

Maddens describes the GSR guidelines as having served for nearly a quarter of a century as a trusted foundation of tried and tested principles. These guidelines are not static but evolve through discussions and guide regulators through decades of profound change.


Evidence

She notes that the guidelines are forged through discussions and have been guiding regulators for nearly 25 years


Major discussion point

GSR Best Practice Guidelines Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Y

Youlia Lozanova

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

1983 words

Speech time

924 seconds

There is an innovation culture that regulators need to develop to approach regulatory challenges in a more efficient way

Explanation

Lozanova argues that while there is significant innovation happening in markets that regulators need to understand and respond to, regulators themselves must develop an innovation culture. This cultural shift is necessary to approach regulatory exercises in a different, more efficient, and more appropriate way given current circumstances.


Evidence

She explains this is part of the four main pillars of the GSR consultation, specifically under ‘fostering innovation in regulatory approaches’


Major discussion point

Innovation Culture and Regulatory Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Xavier Merlin
– Omar Al Rejraje

Agreed on

Importance of regulatory innovation and new approaches to address fast-moving digital environments


Regulators need to proactively integrate new technologies into their core operations and adopt new tools for timely decision-making

Explanation

Lozanova emphasizes that ICT regulators should not only regulate technologies in the market but also proactively look for ways to integrate those technologies into their own operations. This includes adopting new tools and new ways of working to make available the data they need on a timely basis for various regulatory decisions.


Evidence

She mentions this as one of the four pillars of the consultation, focusing on what tools, data, and new ways of integrating technologies are needed


Major discussion point

Technology Integration in Regulatory Operations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Omar Al Rejraje
– Petros Galides

Agreed on

Necessity of integrating new technologies into regulatory operations


There is a need for new thinking around capacities, skills, and mindsets required for regulatory transformation

Explanation

Lozanova argues that regulatory capacity building requires a fundamental rethinking of mandates, capacities, and resources. This new thinking is needed to help regulators make sense of environmental changes and decide which ones require regulatory action and what kind of action is appropriate.


Evidence

She describes this as part of the second pillar of the consultation on regulatory capacity, noting it’s a traditional mainstay that needs evolution


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Institutional Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


This year’s consultation uniquely focuses on the regulatory institution itself rather than just regulatory practices

Explanation

Lozanova explains that unlike previous years which focused on specific regulatory practices or instruments, the 2025 GSR consultation is unique in focusing almost exclusively on the regulatory authority, institution, and the people doing regulation. This represents a shift in perspective to examine the regulator as an entity.


Evidence

She contrasts this with previous years’ guidelines on topics like universal access, infrastructure sharing, connectivity, and digital transformation


Major discussion point

GSR Best Practice Guidelines Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


E

Ekaterine Imedadze

Speech speed

123 words per minute

Speech length

938 words

Speech time

456 seconds

The role of regulator has evolved from just watching the market to becoming enablers of digital development

Explanation

Imedadze argues that regulators can no longer simply watch and regulate the market, but must become enablers because the market is transforming and digital technology is cross-cutting. Digital is now an enabler of a country’s overall digital development, not just traditional telecommunications, requiring regulators to adapt to the new digital landscape.


Evidence

She provides examples from EBERG’s experience with 5G rollouts, frequency distribution, cybersecurity capacities, and Starlink authorization processes


Major discussion point

Evolution of Regulatory Roles and Digital Ecosystem Building


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Sofie Maddens
– Omar Al Rejraje
– Petros Galides

Agreed on

Fundamental transformation of regulatory roles from traditional oversight to proactive ecosystem building


Small networks of interconnected countries can more quickly tackle emerging challenges through shared experiences

Explanation

Imedadze explains that EBERG, as a network of five smaller countries (Armenia, Azerbaijan, Georgia, Ukraine, and Moldova), has been able to more quickly address challenges by being highly interconnected and sharing experiences. Their motto ‘together we are stronger’ reflects how smaller markets can benefit from collaborative approaches.


Evidence

She cites specific examples including sharing experiences with 5G rollouts, cybersecurity capacity building, EU roaming approaches, and Starlink authorization processes


Major discussion point

Cross-Border Cooperation and Regional Networks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Sofie Maddens
– Xavier Merlin
– Petros Galides

Agreed on

Critical importance of cross-border cooperation and regional networks for effective regulation


Working groups with international experts provide huge flexibility for innovation and benchmarking of regulators

Explanation

Imedadze describes how EBERG’s three working groups (regulatory innovation/independence/benchmarking, spectrum, and roaming) include not only the five member countries but also international experts. This structure provides significant flexibility and helps with institutional development and understanding where regulators stand organizationally.


Evidence

She mentions specific working group activities including work on 5G technology, advanced technologies, space and satellites, interconnection, and benchmarking with international partners including substantial EU support


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Institutional Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


X

Xavier Merlin

Speech speed

158 words per minute

Speech length

971 words

Speech time

368 seconds

The purpose of networks is to share questions, experiences, good practices and bad practices, and to anticipate future challenges

Explanation

Merlin argues that regulatory networks like Fratel should not aim to harmonize regulations, which would be nonsense, but rather focus on sharing diverse experiences and anticipating future developments. The value comes from having common problems but different experiences, which creates rich exchanges for understanding what comes next in the fast-moving regulatory environment.


Evidence

He explains Fratel’s approach across three areas: new regulatory issues (satellite, digital services, AI, cloud), new regulatory tools (data-driven regulation, sandboxes), and national cooperation with other authorities


Major discussion point

Cross-Border Cooperation and Regional Networks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Sofie Maddens
– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Petros Galides

Agreed on

Critical importance of cross-border cooperation and regional networks for effective regulation


Disagreed with

– Sofie Maddens

Disagreed on

Purpose and approach of regulatory networks


New regulatory tools like data-driven regulation and sandboxes are needed for fast-moving environments

Explanation

Merlin advocates for innovative regulatory approaches that move beyond traditional decision-making processes, which are often too slow and complicated for current circumstances. Data-driven regulation, for example, involves providing serious data to markets rather than imposing decisions, which can effectively guide market behavior without heavy-handed intervention.


Evidence

He provides specific examples including data-driven regulation where regulators share market information to influence behavior, and sandboxes for experimentation. He also mentions ARCEP’s work on environmental impact data before gaining formal competence in this area


Major discussion point

Innovation Culture and Regulatory Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Youlia Lozanova
– Omar Al Rejraje

Agreed on

Importance of regulatory innovation and new approaches to address fast-moving digital environments


O

Omar Al Rejraje

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

626 words

Speech time

274 seconds

Regulators should evolve from normal regulators to ecosystem builders, experiment adapters, and innovation promoters

Explanation

Al Rejraje argues that to enable emerging technology investment, regulators must fundamentally transform their role from traditional rule enforcement to becoming ecosystem builders who promote innovation and adapt to experimentation. This evolution is necessary to de-risk factors that prevent technologies and solutions from being adopted and launched successfully.


Evidence

He cites Saudi Arabia’s ranking as number one in the G20 Digital Maturity Index and their launch of the third cohort of sandbox solutions enabling space and different sectors to experiment with less restrictions


Major discussion point

Evolution of Regulatory Roles and Digital Ecosystem Building


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Sofie Maddens
– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Petros Galides

Agreed on

Fundamental transformation of regulatory roles from traditional oversight to proactive ecosystem building


Sandbox solutions enable experimentation with less restrictions and allow testing of business models freely

Explanation

Al Rejraje promotes regulatory sandboxes as a key tool for de-risking investment in emerging technologies. These sandboxes allow companies to experiment with their solutions and test business models in the country with fewer regulatory restrictions, enabling innovation while maintaining appropriate oversight.


Evidence

He mentions Saudi Arabia’s launch of the third cohort of sandbox solutions, with expectations that this cohort will graduate by the end of the year


Major discussion point

Innovation Culture and Regulatory Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Agreed with

– Youlia Lozanova
– Xavier Merlin

Agreed on

Importance of regulatory innovation and new approaches to address fast-moving digital environments


You cannot regulate what you don’t understand, so regulators must use emerging technologies internally to understand how they work

Explanation

Al Rejraje emphasizes that regulators cannot effectively enable or regulate technologies they don’t understand, making it essential for regulatory bodies to directly use emerging technologies in their own operations. This hands-on experience helps regulators understand how technologies work in practice and how they can be applied in regulatory contexts.


Evidence

He mentions Saudi Arabia’s use of blockchain for sender IDs and promises to launch additional RegTech solutions by the next GSR


Major discussion point

Technology Integration in Regulatory Operations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Youlia Lozanova
– Petros Galides

Agreed on

Necessity of integrating new technologies into regulatory operations


RegTech is not just a tool but a strategic enabler for trust and speed to make regulation as fast as innovation

Explanation

Al Rejraje argues that regulatory technology should be viewed not merely as a tool but as a strategic enabler that builds trust and increases the speed of regulatory processes. The goal is to make regulation move at the same pace as innovation, ensuring that regulatory frameworks don’t lag behind technological developments.


Evidence

He provides examples of RegTech solutions including blockchain for sender IDs and mentions working with the Digital Cooperation Organization to build a toolkit for digital sustainability covering carbon footprint and green networks


Major discussion point

Innovation Culture and Regulatory Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


P

Petros Galides

Speech speed

83 words per minute

Speech length

587 words

Speech time

423 seconds

Regulators are co-creators of the healthy and innovative digital system we witness today

Explanation

Galides argues that regulators play an active role in creating and maintaining the current digital ecosystem, rather than simply overseeing it. As ex-ante regulators, they have contributed to building the healthy and innovative digital environment that exists today.


Major discussion point

Evolution of Regulatory Roles and Digital Ecosystem Building


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Sofie Maddens
– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Omar Al Rejraje

Agreed on

Fundamental transformation of regulatory roles from traditional oversight to proactive ecosystem building


Technologies like AI and big data enable regulators to be more proactive and evidence-based in their approach

Explanation

Galides explains that AI and big data technologies allow regulators to test the impact of regulatory measures in safe environments before implementation and monitor them in near real-time after implementation for continuous optimization. This enables a more proactive and evidence-based regulatory approach.


Evidence

He mentions Cyprus regulatory authority’s creation of tools including a market observatory, numbering and licensing tool, learning management system, and geospatial intelligence tool, all combined on a big data platform with non-confidential data open to the public


Major discussion point

Technology Integration in Regulatory Operations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Youlia Lozanova
– Omar Al Rejraje

Agreed on

Necessity of integrating new technologies into regulatory operations


Cross-sectoral and global collaboration is essential as no single authority can tackle complex digital challenges alone

Explanation

Galides argues that the challenges of the digital age, such as digital security and AI advancement, are increasingly complex and intertwined, making it impossible for any single authority or nation to address them independently. Collaboration can take various forms, from informal cooperation to formal MOUs and participation in multilateral platforms.


Evidence

He mentions examples of collaboration including combined portfolios (telecoms, postal services, digital security, data protection, competition), MOUs being signed during the event, and participation in platforms like ITU and regional bodies


Major discussion point

Cross-Border Cooperation and Regional Networks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Sofie Maddens
– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Xavier Merlin

Agreed on

Critical importance of cross-border cooperation and regional networks for effective regulation


Organizations require strengthening of institutional capacity, digital skills, and cultural change for effective transition

Explanation

Galides emphasizes that for organizations to successfully develop and implement new technologies, they need to strengthen their institutional capacity and digital skills while also undergoing cultural change. Additionally, effective integration and ethical oversight of AI tools must be ensured during this transition.


Evidence

He identifies barriers to collaboration including protectionism, defensiveness, introversion, silos, lack of trust, ignorance, legal obstacles, and resource limitations that need to be addressed


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Institutional Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


A

Ahmed El-Raghy

Speech speed

130 words per minute

Speech length

767 words

Speech time

351 seconds

The consultation process welcomes contributions from governments, regulators, private sector, and civil society to develop annual best practice guidelines

Explanation

El-Raghy, as the session moderator, explains that the GSR consultation process is inclusive and welcomes input from diverse stakeholders including governments, regulators, private sector, and civil society. These contributions are used to develop the annual best practice guidelines that guide regulatory development globally.


Evidence

He mentions that 48 contributions have been received so far and encourages continued participation through the GSR webpage, with the consultation remaining open until the end of August


Major discussion point

GSR Best Practice Guidelines Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreements

Agreement points

Fundamental transformation of regulatory roles from traditional oversight to proactive ecosystem building

Speakers

– Sofie Maddens
– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Omar Al Rejraje
– Petros Galides

Arguments

Regulators must transition from traditional supervisors to proactive architects and facilitators of innovation


The role of regulator has evolved from just watching the market to becoming enablers of digital development


Regulators should evolve from normal regulators to ecosystem builders, experiment adapters, and innovation promoters


Regulators are co-creators of the healthy and innovative digital system we witness today


Summary

All speakers agree that regulators must fundamentally transform from passive oversight entities to active facilitators and builders of digital ecosystems, moving beyond traditional supervisory roles to become enablers of innovation and digital development.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Importance of regulatory innovation and new approaches to address fast-moving digital environments

Speakers

– Youlia Lozanova
– Xavier Merlin
– Omar Al Rejraje

Arguments

There is an innovation culture that regulators need to develop to approach regulatory challenges in a more efficient way


New regulatory tools like data-driven regulation and sandboxes are needed for fast-moving environments


Sandbox solutions enable experimentation with less restrictions and allow testing of business models freely


Summary

Speakers consensus on the need for innovative regulatory approaches, including sandboxes and data-driven regulation, to keep pace with rapidly evolving digital technologies and markets.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Critical importance of cross-border cooperation and regional networks for effective regulation

Speakers

– Sofie Maddens
– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Xavier Merlin
– Petros Galides

Arguments

Regional regulatory associations are engines of harmonization and catalysts for capacity building


Small networks of interconnected countries can more quickly tackle emerging challenges through shared experiences


The purpose of networks is to share questions, experiences, good practices and bad practices, and to anticipate future challenges


Cross-sectoral and global collaboration is essential as no single authority can tackle complex digital challenges alone


Summary

All speakers emphasize that regional cooperation and networks are essential for effective regulation, enabling knowledge sharing, capacity building, and collective problem-solving in the digital age.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Necessity of integrating new technologies into regulatory operations

Speakers

– Youlia Lozanova
– Omar Al Rejraje
– Petros Galides

Arguments

Regulators need to proactively integrate new technologies into their core operations and adopt new tools for timely decision-making


You cannot regulate what you don’t understand, so regulators must use emerging technologies internally to understand how they work


Technologies like AI and big data enable regulators to be more proactive and evidence-based in their approach


Summary

Speakers agree that regulators must actively use and integrate emerging technologies in their own operations to better understand and regulate these technologies effectively.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the value of international expert involvement in regulatory networks and the importance of sharing diverse experiences rather than harmonizing approaches.

Speakers

– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Xavier Merlin

Arguments

Working groups with international experts provide huge flexibility for innovation and benchmarking of regulators


The purpose of networks is to share questions, experiences, good practices and bad practices, and to anticipate future challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Both speakers view technology as a strategic enabler that transforms regulatory capabilities, making regulation more responsive and evidence-based.

Speakers

– Omar Al Rejraje
– Petros Galides

Arguments

RegTech is not just a tool but a strategic enabler for trust and speed to make regulation as fast as innovation


Technologies like AI and big data enable regulators to be more proactive and evidence-based in their approach


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Both speakers recognize that successful regulatory transformation requires comprehensive capacity building, including skills development and cultural change within regulatory organizations.

Speakers

– Youlia Lozanova
– Petros Galides

Arguments

There is a need for new thinking around capacities, skills, and mindsets required for regulatory transformation


Organizations require strengthening of institutional capacity, digital skills, and cultural change for effective transition


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Unexpected consensus

Regulators as direct users and experimenters with emerging technologies

Speakers

– Omar Al Rejraje
– Petros Galides

Arguments

You cannot regulate what you don’t understand, so regulators must use emerging technologies internally to understand how they work


Technologies like AI and big data enable regulators to be more proactive and evidence-based in their approach


Explanation

The consensus that regulators should actively experiment with and use emerging technologies internally is somewhat unexpected, as it goes beyond traditional regulatory approaches and suggests regulators should become technology adopters and innovators themselves.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Moving away from harmonization as a primary goal of international cooperation

Speakers

– Xavier Merlin
– Ekaterine Imedadze

Arguments

The purpose of networks is to share questions, experiences, good practices and bad practices, and to anticipate future challenges


Small networks of interconnected countries can more quickly tackle emerging challenges through shared experiences


Explanation

There’s unexpected consensus that regulatory networks should focus on sharing diverse experiences rather than harmonizing regulations, which challenges traditional approaches to international regulatory cooperation.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrate strong consensus on the fundamental transformation needed in regulatory approaches, the importance of innovation and technology integration, the critical role of international cooperation, and the need for capacity building. All speakers agree that regulators must evolve from traditional oversight roles to become proactive ecosystem builders.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for regulatory transformation globally. The agreement suggests a paradigm shift in regulatory thinking is already underway across different regions and regulatory contexts, indicating strong momentum for implementing these changes through initiatives like the GSR best practice guidelines.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Purpose and approach of regulatory networks

Speakers

– Xavier Merlin
– Sofie Maddens

Arguments

The purpose of networks is to share questions, experiences, good practices and bad practices, and to anticipate future challenges


Regional regulatory associations are engines of harmonization and catalysts for capacity building


Summary

Merlin explicitly argues that harmonization would be ‘nonsense’ for networks like Fratel, emphasizing that the value comes from diversity of experiences rather than creating uniform approaches. In contrast, Maddens describes regional associations as ‘engines of harmonization’ that create coherent landscapes for cross-border services.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Unexpected differences

Value of market maturity differences in regulatory networks

Speakers

– Xavier Merlin

Arguments

The purpose of networks is to share questions, experiences, good practices and bad practices, and to anticipate future challenges


Explanation

Merlin makes an unexpected argument that differences in digital market maturity between network members is not an issue but rather ‘something very interesting and very rich’ for exchanges. This contrasts with the typical assumption that similar development levels facilitate better cooperation, suggesting that diversity in experience levels actually enhances collaborative learning.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion shows remarkably high consensus among speakers on fundamental goals, with only one clear disagreement about harmonization versus diversity in regulatory networks. Most differences relate to emphasis and methodology rather than fundamental disagreements.


Disagreement level

Low level of disagreement with high implications for practical implementation. While speakers largely agree on the need for regulatory transformation and innovation, their different emphases on specific tools and approaches could lead to divergent implementation strategies in practice. The single clear disagreement about harmonization versus diversity represents a fundamental philosophical difference that could significantly impact how regional regulatory networks operate and develop their collaborative frameworks.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the value of international expert involvement in regulatory networks and the importance of sharing diverse experiences rather than harmonizing approaches.

Speakers

– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Xavier Merlin

Arguments

Working groups with international experts provide huge flexibility for innovation and benchmarking of regulators


The purpose of networks is to share questions, experiences, good practices and bad practices, and to anticipate future challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Both speakers view technology as a strategic enabler that transforms regulatory capabilities, making regulation more responsive and evidence-based.

Speakers

– Omar Al Rejraje
– Petros Galides

Arguments

RegTech is not just a tool but a strategic enabler for trust and speed to make regulation as fast as innovation


Technologies like AI and big data enable regulators to be more proactive and evidence-based in their approach


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Both speakers recognize that successful regulatory transformation requires comprehensive capacity building, including skills development and cultural change within regulatory organizations.

Speakers

– Youlia Lozanova
– Petros Galides

Arguments

There is a need for new thinking around capacities, skills, and mindsets required for regulatory transformation


Organizations require strengthening of institutional capacity, digital skills, and cultural change for effective transition


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Regulators must fundamentally transform from traditional supervisors to proactive digital ecosystem builders and innovation facilitators


Regional regulatory networks are essential for capacity building, harmonization, and sharing experiences across different markets and maturity levels


Innovation culture within regulatory institutions requires new tools like sandboxes, data-driven regulation, and RegTech integration


Cross-sectoral collaboration is critical as digital challenges are too complex for any single authority to address alone


Regulators must use emerging technologies internally to understand and effectively regulate them


The GSR 2025 consultation focuses uniquely on transforming regulatory institutions themselves rather than just regulatory practices


Sustainability and environmental considerations must be integrated into digital regulatory frameworks


Technology enables smarter regulation, but human and institutional collaboration ensures it is used wisely


Resolutions and action items

Continue contributions to the GSR consultation process until the end of August 2025


Publish first draft of GSR Best Practice Guidelines within two weeks of the session


Adopt final guidelines at the Heads of Regulators Roundtable meeting at GSR in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia (August 31 – September 3, 2025)


Share sustainability toolkit for digital development developed by Saudi Arabia and DCO with other regulators globally


Integrate insights from this discussion into the broader WSIS 20 review process


Unresolved issues

How to balance harmonized approaches with the need for regulatory agility in fast-moving digital environments


Specific mechanisms for overcoming barriers to cross-sectoral collaboration (protectionism, silos, resource limitations)


Detailed frameworks for implementing RegTech solutions across different regulatory contexts and maturity levels


Concrete measures for ensuring inclusive digital transformation that doesn’t leave developing economies behind


Operational guidelines for transitioning from reactive to anticipatory regulatory models


Specific capacity building requirements and training programs needed for regulatory transformation


Suggested compromises

Focus on prioritized harmonization rather than attempting to harmonize on every regulatory topic


Use informal collaboration mechanisms alongside formal MOUs to enable flexible cross-border cooperation


Implement gradual technology integration through experimentation and sandbox approaches rather than wholesale regulatory overhaul


Combine traditional regulatory oversight with new proactive ecosystem building roles rather than completely abandoning legacy functions


Share both successful and unsuccessful practices among regional networks to enable collective learning


Thought provoking comments

You cannot regulate what you don’t understand, and you cannot enable what you don’t understand. So for us, if you want to walk the walk, we need to use this emerging tech. to be able to utilize and try this in our regulation, in our inside, let’s say, regulatory body in the market.

Speaker

Omar Al Rejraje


Reason

This comment is profoundly insightful because it challenges the traditional regulatory approach of external oversight and proposes internal experimentation as a prerequisite for effective regulation. It introduces the concept that regulators must become practitioners of the technologies they regulate, fundamentally shifting from a supervisory role to an experiential one.


Impact

This comment introduced a new paradigm that influenced the subsequent discussion. It provided concrete justification for the ‘RegTech’ approach and sandbox initiatives, moving the conversation from theoretical frameworks to practical implementation strategies. It also reinforced the theme of regulators as ecosystem builders rather than mere overseers.


We must transition from being traditional supervisors into proactive architects and facilitators of innovation. Our task is to cultivate agile digital ecosystems where investment is secure, competition is fair, and development brings a truly sustainable digital world for all.

Speaker

Sofie Maddens


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it reframes the entire regulatory identity from reactive enforcement to proactive ecosystem design. The metaphor of ‘architects and facilitators’ suggests a creative, constructive role rather than a restrictive one, fundamentally challenging traditional regulatory paradigms.


Impact

This opening statement set the conceptual framework for the entire discussion, establishing the central theme that all subsequent speakers built upon. It shifted the conversation from ‘how to regulate better’ to ‘how to become ecosystem builders,’ influencing every panelist to address this transformation in their responses.


I really don’t believe that difference of maturity in digital markets between members is really an issue. And on the contrary, I would even think it’s something very interesting and very rich in our exchange because if everybody were saying the same thing, there would be no purpose for exchange.

Speaker

Xavier Merlin


Reason

This comment challenges the common assumption that regulatory cooperation requires similar levels of market maturity. It reframes diversity as an asset rather than an obstacle, suggesting that different experiences and challenges create more valuable learning opportunities than homogeneous environments.


Impact

This perspective shifted the discussion away from concerns about harmonization challenges toward embracing diversity as a strength. It influenced the conversation to focus on knowledge sharing and mutual learning rather than standardization, affecting how other speakers discussed regional cooperation.


Technology enables smarter regulation, but it’s the human and institutional collaboration that ensures it is used wisely.

Speaker

Petros Galides


Reason

This comment provides a crucial balance to the technology-focused discussion by emphasizing that human elements remain central to regulatory success. It’s insightful because it acknowledges technology’s power while asserting that wisdom and ethical application come from human collaboration, not technological capability alone.


Impact

This comment served as a synthesizing moment that brought together the technological and human aspects discussed throughout the session. It provided a philosophical anchor that reminded participants that despite all the technological innovation, the human and institutional dimensions remain paramount for effective regulation.


Regulators should evolve from normal regulators to ecosystem builders, to experiment adapters, to innovation promoters.

Speaker

Omar Al Rejraje


Reason

This comment crystallizes the transformation journey in clear, progressive stages. It’s thought-provoking because it presents regulatory evolution as a multi-faceted progression rather than a single shift, providing a roadmap for institutional transformation.


Impact

This comment provided a concrete framework for understanding regulatory evolution, giving structure to the abstract concept of becoming ‘ecosystem builders.’ It influenced the discussion by offering actionable categories that other participants could relate to and build upon in their own contexts.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by establishing a new paradigm for regulatory thinking. Rather than focusing on traditional regulatory tools and approaches, the conversation evolved around the central theme of transformation – from supervisors to architects, from external overseers to internal experimenters, and from national authorities to collaborative ecosystem builders. The comments created a progressive narrative that moved from conceptual framework-setting (Maddens) through practical implementation strategies (Al Rejraje’s experimentation approach) to collaborative methodologies (Merlin’s diversity-as-strength perspective) and finally to philosophical synthesis (Galides’ human-technology balance). Together, these insights elevated the discussion beyond technical regulatory matters to address fundamental questions about institutional identity, purpose, and methodology in the digital age. The cumulative effect was a rich exploration of how regulatory authorities can reinvent themselves as proactive shapers of digital futures rather than reactive enforcers of existing rules.


Follow-up questions

How to operationalize the GSR best practice guidelines in shaping enabling environments for markets and ecosystems

Speaker

Youlia Lozanova


Explanation

This was identified as a very difficult but important task for heads of regulators at the upcoming meeting, suggesting it requires further exploration and practical implementation strategies


How to balance harmonized approaches with agility in regulatory development while managing risk and opportunity in innovative development

Speaker

Ahmed El-Raghy (directed to Ekaterine Imedadze)


Explanation

This addresses the tension between standardization across regions and the need for flexible, rapid regulatory responses to innovation


How advanced regulatory approaches can be adopted to foster innovation without overwhelming developing economies

Speaker

Ahmed El-Raghy (directed to Xavier Merlin)


Explanation

This explores the challenge of transferring sophisticated regulatory practices to markets with different levels of development and resources


How regulatory frameworks can adapt to support huge investments in emerging technologies while ensuring translation to sustainable and inclusive digital ecosystems

Speaker

Ahmed El-Raghy (directed to Omar Al Rejraje)


Explanation

This addresses the need to understand how regulation can facilitate investment while ensuring broader societal benefits


What are the most successful institutional mechanisms for enhancing cross-sectorial cooperation between ICT regulators and other stakeholders

Speaker

Ahmed El-Raghy (directed to Petros Galides)


Explanation

This seeks to identify proven models for collaboration across different regulatory domains and with various stakeholders


How to overcome barriers that hinder collaboration between authorities, including protectionism, defensiveness, silos, lack of trust, ignorance, legal obstacles, and resource limitations

Speaker

Petros Galides


Explanation

These were identified as practical challenges that need addressing to achieve effective cross-sectoral and international regulatory collaboration


How to ensure effective integration and ethical oversight of AI tools in regulatory operations

Speaker

Petros Galides


Explanation

This addresses the need for responsible implementation of AI technologies within regulatory authorities themselves


How to develop data-driven regulation approaches and determine their effectiveness compared to traditional regulatory decisions

Speaker

Xavier Merlin


Explanation

This explores alternative regulatory tools that may be more appropriate for fast-moving digital environments


How to prioritize harmonization efforts when it’s impossible to harmonize on every topic

Speaker

Youlia Lozanova


Explanation

This addresses the practical challenge of selecting which areas deserve harmonization efforts given limited resources and varying priorities


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Multigenerational Collaboration: Rethinking Work, Learning and Inclusion in the Digital Age

Multigenerational Collaboration: Rethinking Work, Learning and Inclusion in the Digital Age

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on intergenerational collaboration in the workplace and the challenges posed by demographic changes in an aging society. The panel, moderated by Raymond Saner, brought together experts to examine how different generations can work together effectively while leveraging technology and addressing age-related vulnerabilities. Alejandro Bonilla-Garcia emphasized that demographic structural changes, which will alter 30-40% of population composition, represent an even greater challenge than climate change. He argued against the paternalistic concept of “leaving no one behind,” advocating instead for giving everyone the opportunity to move forward independently through intergenerational collaboration.


Bonilla-Garcia presented mathematical evidence that multi-age diversity improves results by combining youthful energy and innovation with the experience of older generations. He shared practical examples from the Coffee and Anne Foundation’s mentoring program, where senior professionals successfully mentor young changemakers globally. However, he expressed concern that current AI development is primarily profit-driven by private sectors, potentially undermining collaborative intentions. Professor Bettina Borisch addressed workplace health and well-being in intergenerational settings, noting that modern workplaces now accommodate five generations simultaneously, from silent generation traditionalists to Generation Z.


She emphasized that health is created in places where people live and work, making workplace culture crucial for well-being. Borisch stressed the importance of understanding each generation’s perspective and developing leadership skills appropriate for managing diverse age groups. Lichia Saner-Yiu discussed organizational culture and leadership challenges, highlighting concerns about old-age poverty and social isolation in increasingly digital work environments. She advocated for governance structures that leverage human capital from all age groups and encourage transparent dialogue about work-life phases. The panel concluded that while intergenerational collaboration presents significant opportunities for improved productivity and innovation, it requires deliberate cultural and structural changes to succeed effectively.


Keypoints

**Major Discussion Points:**


– **Demographic transformation and intergenerational collaboration**: The speakers emphasized that demographic changes (30-40% shifts in population structure) represent a more immediate challenge than climate change, requiring urgent attention to how different generations can work together effectively.


– **Multi-generational workplace dynamics**: The discussion focused on managing five generations simultaneously in modern workplaces (from silent generation to Gen Z), highlighting the mathematical proof that age diversity improves results when properly managed.


– **Knowledge transfer and mentoring systems**: Speakers explored how older workers can mentor younger employees while also learning from them, using examples like the Coffee and Anne Foundation Changemakers Program to demonstrate successful intergenerational partnerships.


– **Technology’s role in bridging or dividing generations**: The panel addressed how digital transformation and AI can either exclude older workers or be leveraged to create more inclusive, accessible workplace tools that benefit all age groups.


– **Workplace health and organizational culture**: Discussion of how workplaces must evolve beyond physical considerations to focus on mental and social environments that support all generations, addressing issues like old-age poverty and creating cultures of transparency and continuous learning.


**Overall Purpose:**


The discussion aimed to explore practical solutions for creating inclusive, multi-generational workplaces that leverage the strengths of all age groups while addressing challenges posed by demographic shifts, technological advancement, and aging populations. The panel sought to move beyond “leaving no one behind” to actively empowering all generations to contribute meaningfully.


**Overall Tone:**


The discussion maintained a professional yet urgent tone throughout, with speakers expressing both optimism about collaborative possibilities and concern about potential societal fractures. While acknowledging serious challenges (demographic changes, ageism, digital divides), the speakers remained solution-focused and drew on concrete examples of successful intergenerational programs. The tone became slightly rushed toward the end due to time constraints, but remained constructive and forward-looking.


Speakers

– **Raymond Saner**: Moderator/Chair of the session, appears to be involved in aging and ICT research, has been participating in WSIS since 2019


– **Alejandro Bonilla Garcia**: Dr., retired official actuarian from the ILO, currently chair of the UN NGO Committee on Aging, expertise in knowledge management and intergenerational collaboration


– **Lichia Saner-Yiu**: Dr., President of Center for Socioeconomic Development (Geneva-based organization created 32 years ago), focuses on aging, public health, and development, editor of recent publication on aging, economy and productivity, expertise in leadership and organizational culture


– **Vitalija Gaucaite**: Dr., retired chief of the population unit of UNECE, participated virtually


– **Bettina Borisch**: Dr., Professor emeritus of public health, based in Geneva with the Institute of Global Health and medical faculty of the University of Geneva, expertise in workplace health and well-being in intergenerational settings


**Additional speakers:**


– **Angus Yifan Yang**: Prof., from Chengdu, China, was scheduled to participate but couldn’t make it and wasn’t linked virtually


Full session report

# Intergenerational Collaboration in the Workplace: Navigating Demographic Change and Digital Transformation


## Executive Summary


This panel discussion, moderated by Raymond Saner as part of the ongoing WSIS (World Summit on the Information Society) series, examined intergenerational collaboration in an evolving digital workplace. The session, which faced time constraints and technical difficulties, brought together experts to discuss how demographic changes and digital transformation are reshaping workplace dynamics across generations.


The discussion evolved from previous WSIS sessions focused on aging and ICT to broader societal questions about how different generations can work together effectively. Key themes included the urgency of demographic change, mathematical evidence for age diversity benefits, workplace health across generations, and the need for empowerment-based rather than paternalistic approaches to inclusion. Technical difficulties with virtual participation and strict time limits meant the session ended abruptly, with audience questions deferred to individual conversations with panelists.


## Key Participants and Their Contributions


**Raymond Saner** moderated the session, providing context about the WSIS participation since 2019 and the evolution from aging and ICT discussions to broader societal implications. **Dr. Alejandro Bonilla Garcia**, retired ILO official actuarian and current chair of the UN NGO Committee on Aging, presented on demographic change and intergenerational collaboration, arguing that demographic shifts represent a more immediate challenge than climate change. **Dr. Lijia Sano-Yu**, President of the Center for Socioeconomic Development (created 32 years ago), contributed insights on organizational culture and digital transformation, drawing from her role as editor of publications on aging, economy, and productivity.


**Dr. Bettina Borisch**, Professor emeritus of public health at the University of Geneva, discussed workplace health and well-being in multigenerational settings. **Dr. Vitalija Gaucaite**, retired chief of the population unit of UNECE, participated virtually despite technical difficulties to offer brief perspectives on labor market exclusion and digital transformation risks. **Professor Angus Yifan Yang** from Chengdu, China, was unable to attend and present as originally planned.


## The Demographic Imperative: An Urgent Challenge


Dr. Bonilla Garcia opened with a striking comparison, arguing that demographic structural changes represent a more immediate threat than climate change. While climate change might alter global temperatures by one to two degrees, he noted that demographic changes will transform 30-40% of population composition in many countries. “I don’t know if I’m an optimist really badly informed or a pessimist well informed,” he remarked, but emphasized that these demographic shifts affect all sectors and require immediate attention.


This demographic transformation creates both challenges and opportunities for workplace organization. Bonilla Garcia emphasized that aging populations represent vast repositories of knowledge and experience that, when properly integrated with younger generations, can produce superior outcomes. The key is shifting perspective from viewing demographic change as a burden to recognizing it as a potential competitive advantage for organizations that can effectively manage intergenerational collaboration.


## Mathematical Evidence for Age Diversity Benefits


One of Bonilla Garcia’s key contributions was citing mathematical proof demonstrating that age diversity improves workplace results. He explained that when tests are conducted with single age cohorts, each produces specific results, but when these cohorts are mixed, the combined result significantly exceeds either individual outcome. This improvement occurs because collaboration “combines the knowledge, the excellence, and the possibility of the youth with the experience of other generations.”


This mathematical evidence transforms intergenerational workplace collaboration from a social justice issue into a business efficiency imperative. Organizations failing to leverage multi-generational teams operate at a mathematical disadvantage compared to those that successfully integrate different age groups. Bonilla Garcia illustrated this through examples from the Coffee and Anne Foundation’s work, where senior professionals mentor young changemakers globally, demonstrating real-world applications of age diversity benefits.


## Workplace Health Across Generations


Dr. Borisch introduced crucial perspectives on workplace health that extend beyond physical safety to encompass mental and social well-being across generations. Drawing on John Lennon’s observation, she noted: “John Lennon has said once, life is what happens to you while you are busy doing other things. And we say health is what happens to you while you are busy doing other things.” She emphasized that “health is created in the places where we live, work and love.”


Borisch highlighted the unprecedented challenge facing modern workplace leaders: managing five generations simultaneously. This multi-generational workforce requires fundamentally different leadership approaches compared to traditional workplace management strategies. She emphasized that “multigenerational workplaces can be extremely productive when leaders build corporate culture capitalising on each generation’s strengths.”


The shift towards digital and AI-enabled work environments has made mental and social workplace considerations increasingly important. Different generations may have varying needs for social interaction, technological support, learning opportunities, and work-life integration, requiring workplace designs that accommodate the health and well-being needs of all age groups simultaneously.


## Digital Transformation and Generational Integration


Dr. Sano-Yu raised fundamental questions about digital transformation’s impact on intergenerational collaboration. She questioned whether “digitality, by definition, is making everything before we go digital obsolete. Is that really the right way of thinking about it?” This observation challenges assumptions that technological advancement necessarily requires abandoning previous methods and knowledge systems.


The discussion identified key challenges related to technology and generational integration. Rapid technological change could exclude older workers who may require different types of training and support. Additionally, profit-driven AI development by private sector entities may prioritize efficiency over inclusivity, potentially undermining collaborative intentions.


However, technology also presents opportunities for intergenerational collaboration through knowledge transfer facilitation, flexible work arrangements, and new forms of mentorship that transcend geographical boundaries. Sano-Yu advocated for new conceptual frameworks that merge online and offline work realities rather than viewing them as competing approaches.


## Labor Market Risks and Digital Exclusion


Despite technical difficulties, Dr. Gaucaite contributed important perspectives on labor market exclusion risks. She briefly addressed how digital transformation can create new barriers for certain age groups, particularly those lacking digital skills or access. Her virtual participation, though limited by microphone issues, highlighted the practical challenges of digital inclusion even in professional settings.


The discussion acknowledged that while technology can enable continued participation for older adults, it can also create new forms of exclusion. The panel emphasized ensuring that technological advancement does not create “unbreachable barriers” that exclude certain age groups or socioeconomic classes.


## Critique of Paternalistic Inclusion Approaches


One of the most thought-provoking aspects was Bonilla Garcia’s critique of mainstream inclusion frameworks, particularly the “leaving no one behind” principle. He argued this approach is “a little bit paternalistic” because “it’s like if someone had the initiative and I might take you or not take you or forget you or not forget you.”


Instead, he advocated for empowerment-based approaches: “I think that the important thing is giving everybody, every woman and men, the opportunity to walk up front by themselves.” This perspective shifts focus from protective inclusion to empowering participation, recognizing the agency and potential contributions of all age groups rather than positioning some as needing protection.


This philosophical shift has significant implications for policy development and organizational strategy, moving from special accommodations toward universally accessible and empowering systems that enable all generations to participate fully and contribute their unique strengths.


## Organizational Culture and Leadership Transformation


The discussion revealed that successful intergenerational collaboration requires fundamental changes in organizational culture and leadership approaches. Sano-Yu emphasized the importance of transparent dialogue about work life phases, noting that many organizations avoid discussing aging, career transitions, and life changes in professional settings.


Creating cultures where employees can openly discuss their career stages, learning needs, and life transitions enables more effective planning and support systems. This requires moving beyond traditional mentoring models toward bidirectional learning relationships where both parties acknowledge knowledge gaps and learning opportunities.


The leadership challenge extends beyond managing diverse teams to creating environments where different generations can learn from each other effectively while addressing unconscious biases and stereotypes about different age groups.


## Implementation Challenges and Systemic Barriers


Despite compelling evidence for intergenerational collaboration, the panel acknowledged significant systemic challenges. Bonilla Garcia noted that “the problem that we face now is a problem on the real side. Are we willing to do it? Now everything is fraction. Everything is me, my country, now. And that doesn’t really make sense.”


This highlights tension between collaborative, long-term thinking required for effective intergenerational collaboration and the fragmented, short-term focus characterizing much contemporary decision-making. The challenge is not merely technical or organizational but fundamentally political and cultural.


Concerns about profit-driven development, particularly in AI and technology sectors, may prioritize efficiency and cost reduction over inclusive collaboration. Skills misalignment between retiring workforce capabilities and future needs for younger workers creates additional complexity requiring better integration of knowledge transfer with future-relevant skill development.


## Time Constraints and Session Conclusion


The session faced significant time constraints, with Saner noting they needed to end “at quarter to six, Swiss time.” This rushed conclusion meant that audience questions were deferred to individual conversations with panelists after the session. The abbreviated format and technical difficulties with virtual participation highlighted some of the practical challenges of conducting intergenerational collaboration discussions in digital formats.


## Key Recommendations and Future Directions


Based on the discussion, several recommendations emerged for advancing intergenerational collaboration. Organizations need to develop corporate cultures that actively capitalize on each generation’s strengths in multigenerational workplaces, moving beyond tolerance of differences to strategic integration of diverse capabilities.


The panel recommended creating new conceptual frameworks that better merge online and offline work realities, ensuring digital transformation enhances rather than replaces valuable pre-digital knowledge and practices. Encouraging transparent dialogue on work life phases emerged as crucial for addressing isolation and connectivity challenges.


Technology development should focus on improving effectiveness rather than just efficiency, incorporating learning tools and workplace flexibility that benefit all age groups while ensuring accessibility across different technological competency levels.


## Conclusion


The discussion demonstrated that intergenerational collaboration represents both significant opportunity and critical challenge for contemporary organizations. The mathematical evidence for age diversity benefits, combined with practical examples of successful programs, shows that effective collaboration across generations is strategically advantageous.


However, realizing these benefits requires fundamental changes in organizational culture, leadership approaches, and societal attitudes toward aging and technological change. The shift from paternalistic inclusion models to empowerment-based collaboration represents a significant philosophical change with practical implications for policy and organizational strategy.


The urgency of demographic change suggests these issues require coordinated, systematic responses rather than gradual adaptation. Success will ultimately depend on society’s willingness to move beyond fragmented thinking toward collaborative approaches that leverage all generations’ strengths, though the session’s time constraints and technical difficulties served as reminders of the practical challenges involved in implementing such collaboration.


Session transcript

Raymond Saner: We were just reminded that it’s going to be ending at a quarter to six. So the time is running and it’s Swiss time. It has to be sharp. I’ll be very sharp and very close and I’d like to just briefly mention the following. The people who are sitting here with me at the table and two who unfortunately couldn’t make it, we’ve been participating in the WSIS before. Actually 2019 I was the first to propose to do something about aging and ICT and this has taken off very well and many other people are doing and organizing sessions about aging and ICT. As we went through these sessions and also doing our own research and publications we also wanted to broaden this whole discussion and while of course it’s very important to look at palliative care, to take care of people who need help, we also wanted to put this into the context of society, the economy, old, young, seniors, juniors and what could be thought as solutions which will take care of the needs of both ends of the generational development. So I have with me the ones that are part of the table right now and you have on my very left is Dr. Bettina Borisch. She is professor emeritus of public health, is based here in Geneva and is with the Institute of Global Health but particularly with the medical faculty of the University of Geneva. And to my right sits Dr. Alejandro Bonilla-Garcia. He is a retired official actuarian from the ILO and currently the chair of the UN NGO Committee on Aging. And on my very left, in Geneva, yeah, in Geneva, not in New York, right? Okay. On my very left is my very good better half and partner, Dr. Lijia Sano-Yu, who is the president of an organization that we created 32 years ago. It’s called Center for Socioeconomic Development, based here in Geneva. And we focus, among other things, on aging, on public health, but also on particularly on development. And just one last point about introductions. You see pages over there on the left. That’s a summary of a recent publication where she was the editor, looking at not only aging as such, but also at the economy and productivity and how could this be best put into a larger context. Not with us, but here in person is Dr. Vitalia Gauzite. She is the retired chief of the population unit of UNECE. I’m not sure whether it’s working, she can attend. Okay, she is virtually present. That’s wonderful, Vitalia, that you could join us. But on the other hand, our colleague, Prof. Angus Yifan Yang from Chengdu in China, he couldn’t make it and we’re not linked with him, so he cannot make his presentation. So enough talk for my side. I would immediately now hand over to the first speaker. And that’s Vitalia. So would you be able to connect her? There’s a video. Yeah, there’s a video. It’s about the sound, yeah. Mm-hmm. Yeah, did it work? Okay. Okay, maybe you can check a while the first speaker takes over now. Can you at the same time verify maybe you could find some sound for her? Yes? All right. So because of this time limit, I hand over now to Alejandro, and he will be speaking about knowledge management and intergenerational collaboration, looking at the mentoring, coaching, and mutual learning aspects of such mutual multigenerational collaboration. Alejandro, it’s all yours.


Alejandro Bonilla Garcia: Good afternoon, everyone. It’s really a pleasure to be here, and thank you very much for being interested in the subject. I wonder if I can have the presentation. The one that says Alejandro. Otherwise, don’t worry, I have my notes here. Okay, but let’s see it, okay? Yes. Actually, I have my stick. I gave it to you. Okay, looks like it’s coming. Okay. Yes, the next one, next, next, next. Continue, continue, continue. Can you make that a bit bigger? Further. That one, that one. Yes, well, we don’t have that much time, and I really don’t know if I’m an optimist really badly informed or a pessimist well informed. I see that everybody is extremely concerned and rightfully concerned about climate change, because climate change will change one or two degrees in the next years. But what if I told you that demographic structure, not only aging, demographic structure in many countries will change 30 to 40 percent? To me, that’s even more threatening and even much more important to take care of, because its people are the subjects of our interest. The environment is really very important, but the subjects of our interest will change completely. So, of course, I’m really very much focused myself on aging, which represents a challenge, but the whole change of the structure, I really think that it’s really the matter that we have to address, because nothing will remain the same. The number of children that have to go to school will change. The number of working people in the formal sector will change, and the number of retirees that will have will change. And, of course, we have heard many, many times during these days, leaving no one behind. But frankly, I don’t like it that much, because I found it, and I mentioned this to everybody who wants to hear me, it’s a little bit paternalistic. It’s like if someone had the initiative and I might take you or not take you or forget you or not forget you. I think that the important thing is giving everybody, every woman and men, the opportunity to walk up front by themselves, by themselves. And to me, this demographic change and this intention, intentionality, to have everybody with the capacity to move up front, it really makes sense that we work together. I do not see any demographic process that could not consider all generations. I do not see any commercial venture that do not see all the changes that will happen. I do not see any health system that will not consider the changes. It frankly would not make sense. And there is a mathematical proof, it has been proven mathematically, that diversity improves the results. We are really very much familiar with multi-sectoral diversity. But multi-age diversity improves the result. And there is proof about that, mathematical proof. When tests have been done with a single cohort of age, you get X result. With another cohort of age, Y result. But if you mix them, you improve the results and you get a Z result that is much better than X and Y. Because you combine the knowledge, the excellence, and then possibly of the youth with the experience of the other generations. So it really makes developmental sense and it makes efficiency sense. But there is, always when I attend this kind of gatherings and conferences, of course, there is an air of optimism, optimism, we will do, and we will do, and we will do. But there is a danger, if we do not address the issues, we will increase gaps, as it was mentioned here. We will increase inequalities. The world will not be more efficient, will be more dramatic. And the problem, I think, is not technical, and the problem is not really academic. I think that the problem that we face now is a problem on the real side. Are we willing to do it? Now everything is fraction. Everything is me, my country, now. And that doesn’t really make sense. So leaving no one behind is one thing, but I think in the world right now is leaving no profit behind. And I’m really, really very, very worried that we all have very good intentions to put together the different generations. But the development of AI in many countries is from the private sector for profit. So there are really very few that are doing it without any kind of profit. So I think that the real challenge that we have now is to really put into the agenda the intergenerational collaboration, the intergenerational issues, the demographic changes of the subject, and the results and the impact that we’re going to have in the subjects. There is no theory. This is not utopia. I have been personally participating in the Coffee and Anne Foundation Changemakers Program. They choose from 400 changemakers, young changemakers in the whole world, 12 to 14 every year, to be mentored by a senior, by an older person, myself and my colleagues from former UN. The result is really amazing. And it starts with, they don’t know what they don’t know, and I don’t know what I don’t know. So when we put together, we say, well, now we’re finding out that we can work together. And we have built such a good relation that I still have my mentees from four or five years ago, and we continue to have a very, what I think it’s a very nice, but possibly more importantly for them and for the project, more productive relation. So this kind of diversity can happen. And we are not a long example at the Coffee and Anne Foundation, at us, at the NGO Committee on Aging, but I know that there are many champions out here, there are many exhibitions, that collaboration between generations works, makes sense, and it’s feasible. Well, thank you.


Raymond Saner: Thank you very much, Alejandro.


Vitalija Gaucaite: In some instances, these developments have put some population groups at risk of exclusion from the labour market, or left to commit to the practices of the past. And that’s been seen as an alteration, particularly, these groups are even more at risk when facing a digital transformation of today that affects all labour sectors and may leave them further behind, combined with an increasingly uncertain geopolitical situation, and on the portrayals of worse environmental degradation and health threats like pandemic, that may move the price maker’s attention to different priorities. All the workers and youth might end up in worse situations still. In this background, stronger labour market participation and active agencies acquire particular importance, and also in the life of the observed labour shortages, for instance, in Europe. Thank you. How’s everybody doing? What do you think about this project?


Raymond Saner: Does it make sense that necessarily the retiring workforce, their skills might not anymore be the ones that the young should pick up for the future? So what is it that the young should be able to learn? And to some extent it is alarming within the European context that it seems that the younger workforce doesn’t have yet either enough skills or which partially because of age one could understand but they are not necessarily introduced into a work environment where they can participate and learn to pick up the skills that are needed for the future. I think we need to do more work on that but now being mindful of time that we have left I’d like to pass the word over to my left to Professor Bettina Borisch. Bettina, please take over.


Bettina Borisch: Thank you for having me. I’m honoured to be with you. Let me start. I’m the person from public health and from the health side. I have been asked to talk about the workplace, health and well-being at the workplace in an intergenerational setting. I would like to start with John Lennon. John Lennon has said once, life is what happens to you while you are busy doing other things. And we say health is what happens to you while you are busy doing other things. At public health, we know that health is created not in the hospital. There is where we take care of diseases. Health is created in the places where we live, work and love. And this has been the basic knowledge in public health. And it comes already with the Ottawa Charter back to 1986, where we say that the patterns of how we live, work and have leisure time, they impact our health. And so workplaces and leisure places should be a source of health, of good health. For people. And the way how society organises work and life outside work or in between should help create healthy societies. Now we want here to talk about the workplace in the intergenerational setting. And indeed, the workplace of today has expanded like never before. We have never lived in a society where two generations in parallel are already in retirement. And active people take care of parents and grandparents at the same time. Never has happened like this, for example. And as Alejandro said, things are as they will not remain the same. So the workplace of today is characterised by five generations in parallel at the same workplace. And this means from the, some call them the silent generation or the trans-traditionalists born before 45 up to the Generation Z, Gen Z born around 95 and the Gen Alpha soon to enter the workplace. That’s where we are today. And if we want to have this workplace really fit for all of them, I think we have to think of the fact that work is positive for your health. In the case that people who are a long time without work start to have a depression, they start to have other health issues. And a certain way of good work is good for your health. But we have to actively make the workplace a good workplace. And I think for the question how the workplace can be a good workplace for all these generations at the same time, first for me is understanding everyone’s perspective. And I like Alejandro’s, I don’t know what I don’t know and they don’t know what they don’t know. So the first thing is understanding this non-knowing. And then come two, three other points. We have to know how to lead. It’s completely different leadership if you have five generations in the same place. And we have to learn to listen in a quite different way to one another. And please, we have to meet the people where they are and who they are. And that’s not easy, because if you are with one generation or two, it’s very homogeneous. You just already know whom you’re going to meet tomorrow at work, but it will be different if there are five generations. So, to conclude, I would say we all here worked with the ISO document on the intergenerational AI and so forth at the workplace. And for sure, our workplace is using AI. It’s the tool we are all using, more or less, better or less. Very importantly, I think they say it is in former times in the industrialization very much the physical setting up of your workplace that was important. I think more and more now it is the mental and social setup of your workplace, because if work has to be a place for good health, then the mental and social impacts are very important. And that’s the same way with using AI during your work. And I would like to say and come back to again what Alejandro said at the beginning, diversity improves all results. And I think we have a great chance that multigenerational workplaces can be extremely productive and dynamic, provided that leaders build a corporate culture that capitalizes on the strengths of each individual from every generation. And that’s where I would like to thank you and conclude.


Raymond Saner: Thank you very much, Bettina. Wonderful presentation. And I think I will just hand over immediately now to Lijia, who in a way is continuing of what you said before that the workplace is changing. And she is going to talk about leadership and organizational culture. And I know and I see we have actually six minutes left. I’m very sorry about that. I would have loved to have more of you given to the opportunity to ask questions to our speakers. But Lijia,


Lichia Saner-Yiu: are you ready? I will be very fast. All right. I’m really glad that we switched the sequence because I think I follow you very well. Maybe you want to sit over here. No, that’s OK. No. Because I think the challenge is really to think physically, to move to more social, spiritual and psychological. And of course, you know, we just listened to the session about virtual reality and metaverse world and the cityverse. So I think more and more we will find ourselves actually working, living or even loving in isolation rather than together. And so how do we sort of think about the culture in the workplace that could facilitate, you know, sort of collaboration, connectivity and some form of intimacy across generations? You know, because I think we can recognize five generations in the workplace is wonderful. Nevertheless, like most of our group, we start to experiencing loss. And how do we continue sort of moving forward while some of our old teammates or comrades are actually being left behind, not by will, but by reality? So I would like to just say something about, you know, how can we think about organizational culture that we could support multigenerational workplace? A few terms, because I think it is important. Old age poverty, it’s not only about money, but it’s also about, you know, sort of the social capital, the human connection. And I think, you know, this is really sort of a very serious issue. And contributing to this is the norms about aging, ageism, reduced earning opportunities, absence of non-contributory pensions, and inadequate pensions, rising care costs. This is according to the UN Human Rights Council’s definition. And I think what we need to remember is lower income brackets during their lifetime when they receive the pension, if they’re already living very close to poverty line, one can imagine they won’t be able to make it. And so the society is saying your family should take care of you. But if we have a lifestyle like what we have observed today, more and more, you know, sort of the individuals without spouse or without children. So that is a challenge. And digitality, I think it is very interesting because by definition, it is making everything before we go digital obsolete. Is that really the right way of thinking about it? So we need to have a new conceptual framework that better merge the online and offline work in reality. And how, you know, we need to start doing that. And we were invited, reminded that we are at designing planning stage of the future world. So we are not too late yet. So the question is, how can work organization contribute to the alleviation of old age poverty and other vulnerabilities? And I think, you know, what we could look at is think about the governance structure. How can also we can think about how to leverage human capitals brought by all age groups that would include taxing knowledge, organizational memory, thinking outside of the box, creativity and adaptability, just for a few example. And the share of diverse worker and employee achievements, which Alejandro was mentioning it earlier, saying diversity does improve performance. And also I think, you know, what we could think of is more to do more is to encourage more transparent dialogue on work life phases. You know, oftentimes the idea about things, you know, being independent and not to become dependent and not to sort of creating problems for our friends, our group, we tend to keep certain things very private. And maybe this is something we need to start thinking about sharing some of these worries and thoughts could be useful. The last part point, which is connected to this thesis theme is about technology. So how can we sort of work on and start to adopt and encourage more and able continue the workplace learning and engagement type of networks? I gave you a few examples and things that the PowerPoint will be presented online. So you can hopefully you can visit and look at, you know, the examples from Siemens, from Hitachi, from a Finnish Institute of Occupational Health and Companies on Smart Digital Tools. And these are giving some really interesting new ideas and the results. And so let me just conclude by saying this. When we think of technology, we could think of the functions they will have and the different applications and potential benefits. So today, what we need to do is to think about not only about improving efficiency, but about improving effectiveness. As Bettina was saying, work is such an important contributor to health. So how can we use, you know, the learning tools, the workplace flexibility tools, and also strengthen more easy and affordable? I have to underline that accessible interfaces to make sure that technology is indeed contributing to the positive things of our life, rather than it becomes another unbreachable barriers.


Raymond Saner: So thank you for that. Okay, thank you very much. I think we should applaud the whole panel, because it is time to end. If, of course, you have questions, please come to the panelists and address them directly. I’m very sorry that we had some technical problems, which which actually took away some time for quality interactions. But thank you for coming and see you again. Bye-bye. So we should take a picture. Yes, I think we have to call on a picture. Can we turn on the lights, please? Yeah, yeah.


A

Alejandro Bonilla Garcia

Speech speed

124 words per minute

Speech length

990 words

Speech time

476 seconds

Demographic structure changes (30-40%) are more threatening than climate change and require urgent attention

Explanation

Bonilla Garcia argues that while everyone is concerned about climate change affecting temperatures by 1-2 degrees, demographic structure changes of 30-40% in many countries represent a more significant threat. He emphasizes that people are the subjects of interest and this demographic shift will completely change the number of children in schools, working people, and retirees.


Evidence

Specific percentages cited: climate change will change 1-2 degrees while demographic structure will change 30-40% in many countries


Major discussion point

Demographic Change and Intergenerational Collaboration


Topics

Development | Future of work


Disagreed with

Disagreed on

Primary threat assessment – demographic vs climate change


Mathematical proof shows that multi-age diversity improves results by combining youth excellence with generational experience

Explanation

Bonilla Garcia states there is mathematical proof that diversity improves results, specifically multi-age diversity. He explains that when tests are done with single age cohorts, you get X or Y results, but mixing generations produces a Z result that is much better by combining youth knowledge and excellence with experience from other generations.


Evidence

Mathematical proof mentioned showing single cohort results (X, Y) versus mixed generational results (Z) that are superior


Major discussion point

Demographic Change and Intergenerational Collaboration


Topics

Future of work | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Bettina Borisch

Agreed on

Diversity and multigenerational collaboration improve performance and results


Real-world mentoring programs like Coffee and Anne Foundation demonstrate successful intergenerational collaboration

Explanation

Bonilla Garcia shares his personal experience participating in the Coffee and Anne Foundation Changemakers Program, where 12-14 young changemakers from 400 applicants worldwide are mentored by seniors each year. He describes the results as amazing and maintains relationships with mentees from 4-5 years ago, demonstrating productive intergenerational collaboration.


Evidence

Coffee and Anne Foundation Changemakers Program – selects 12-14 from 400 young changemakers globally for senior mentoring; personal ongoing relationships with mentees from 4-5 years ago


Major discussion point

Demographic Change and Intergenerational Collaboration


Topics

Future of work | Capacity development


The current focus on “leaving no one behind” is paternalistic; instead, everyone should have opportunities to move forward independently

Explanation

Bonilla Garcia criticizes the “leaving no one behind” approach as paternalistic, suggesting it implies someone has the initiative to take or not take others along. He advocates for giving every woman and man the opportunity to walk up front by themselves, emphasizing independence and self-determination rather than being helped or forgotten by others.


Major discussion point

Systemic Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Human rights principles | Inclusive finance


Disagreed with

Disagreed on

Approach to inclusion and empowerment


AI development driven by private sector profit motives poses challenges to inclusive intergenerational collaboration

Explanation

Bonilla Garcia expresses concern that while there are good intentions for intergenerational collaboration, AI development in many countries is driven by the private sector for profit. He worries that very few are developing AI without profit motives, which could hinder inclusive intergenerational approaches and suggests the real challenge is putting intergenerational collaboration on the agenda.


Evidence

Observation that AI development in many countries is from private sector for profit with very few doing it without profit motives


Major discussion point

Systemic Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Future of work | Digital business models


Agreed with

– Lichia Saner-Yiu

Agreed on

Technology should serve human needs rather than create barriers


V

Vitalija Gaucaite

Speech speed

102 words per minute

Speech length

142 words

Speech time

83 seconds

Labor market participation becomes crucial amid labor shortages and digital transformation risks

Explanation

Gaucaite argues that certain population groups are at risk of exclusion from the labor market due to digital transformation affecting all sectors, combined with geopolitical uncertainty and environmental threats. She emphasizes that stronger labor market participation and active agencies are particularly important given observed labor shortages, especially in Europe.


Evidence

Reference to observed labor shortages in Europe and digital transformation affecting all labor sectors


Major discussion point

Demographic Change and Intergenerational Collaboration


Topics

Future of work | Digital access


B

Bettina Borisch

Speech speed

130 words per minute

Speech length

738 words

Speech time

338 seconds

Health is created in places where we live, work and love, making workplaces crucial for well-being

Explanation

Borisch emphasizes that health is not created in hospitals, which are for treating diseases, but in the places where people live, work, and love. She references the Ottawa Charter from 1986, stating that patterns of living, working, and leisure time impact health, and workplaces should be a source of good health for people.


Evidence

Ottawa Charter from 1986; John Lennon quote about life happening while doing other things, adapted to health


Major discussion point

Workplace Health and Multi-generational Integration


Topics

Future of work | Rights of persons with disabilities


Modern workplaces contain five generations simultaneously, requiring different leadership approaches

Explanation

Borisch describes how today’s workplace is characterized by five generations working in parallel, from the silent generation born before 1945 to Generation Z born around 1995, with Generation Alpha soon entering. She argues this requires completely different leadership approaches and the ability to listen differently to one another, meeting people where they are.


Evidence

Specific generational breakdown: silent generation (pre-1945) to Gen Z (around 1995) with Gen Alpha entering soon


Major discussion point

Workplace Health and Multi-generational Integration


Topics

Future of work | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Lichia Saner-Yiu

Agreed on

Workplace transformation requires new approaches to leadership and culture


Mental and social workplace setup is becoming more important than physical setup in the AI era

Explanation

Borisch argues that while physical workplace setup was important during industrialization, the mental and social setup of workplaces is becoming increasingly crucial. She connects this to AI usage in workplaces, emphasizing that mental and social impacts are very important for work to be a place for good health.


Evidence

Comparison between industrialization era focus on physical setup versus current AI era needs


Major discussion point

Workplace Health and Multi-generational Integration


Topics

Future of work | Online education


Multigenerational workplaces can be extremely productive when leaders build corporate culture capitalizing on each generation’s strengths

Explanation

Borisch concludes that multigenerational workplaces have great potential to be extremely productive and dynamic. However, this requires leaders to actively build a corporate culture that capitalizes on the strengths of each individual from every generation, reinforcing the diversity improves results principle.


Evidence

Reference to ISO document on intergenerational AI at the workplace that the panel worked on


Major discussion point

Workplace Health and Multi-generational Integration


Topics

Future of work | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia

Agreed on

Diversity and multigenerational collaboration improve performance and results


L

Lichia Saner-Yiu

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

832 words

Speech time

345 seconds

Digital transformation risks making everything pre-digital obsolete, requiring new conceptual frameworks merging online and offline work

Explanation

Saner-Yiu questions whether digitality should make everything before digital obsolete by definition. She argues for the need for new conceptual frameworks that better merge online and offline work reality, emphasizing that we are still at the designing and planning stage of the future world.


Evidence

Reference to previous session about virtual reality, metaverse world, and cityverse; observation about working, living, and loving in isolation


Major discussion point

Technology and Organizational Culture


Topics

Future of work | Digital identities


Agreed with

– Bettina Borisch

Agreed on

Workplace transformation requires new approaches to leadership and culture


Disagreed with

Disagreed on

Technology’s relationship with the past


Work organizations can contribute to alleviating old age poverty through better governance structures and leveraging human capital from all age groups

Explanation

Saner-Yiu defines old age poverty as not just about money but also social capital and human connections, caused by ageism, reduced earning opportunities, and inadequate pensions. She argues that work organizations can help through improved governance structures and by leveraging human capital from all age groups, including tacit knowledge, organizational memory, and creativity.


Evidence

UN Human Rights Council’s definition of old age poverty; examples of human capital: tacit knowledge, organizational memory, thinking outside the box, creativity and adaptability


Major discussion point

Technology and Organizational Culture


Topics

Future of work | Human rights principles | Inclusive finance


Technology should focus on improving effectiveness, not just efficiency, through learning tools and workplace flexibility

Explanation

Saner-Yiu argues that when thinking about technology functions and applications, the focus should be on improving effectiveness rather than just efficiency. She emphasizes using learning tools and workplace flexibility tools to ensure technology contributes positively to life rather than becoming unbreachable barriers.


Evidence

Examples from Siemens, Hitachi, Finnish Institute of Occupational Health and Companies on Smart Digital Tools


Major discussion point

Technology and Organizational Culture


Topics

Future of work | Digital access | Online education


Agreed with

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia

Agreed on

Technology should serve human needs rather than create barriers


Transparent dialogue on work life phases is needed to address isolation and connectivity challenges

Explanation

Saner-Yiu observes that people tend to keep worries about independence, dependency, and life phases private to avoid creating problems for friends and groups. She suggests that sharing these thoughts and worries could be useful and advocates for more transparent dialogue on work life phases to address growing isolation in digital work environments.


Evidence

Observation about lifestyle changes with more individuals without spouse or children; trend toward working, living, loving in isolation


Major discussion point

Technology and Organizational Culture


Topics

Future of work | Human rights principles


R

Raymond Saner

Speech speed

114 words per minute

Speech length

903 words

Speech time

471 seconds

Aging and ICT initiatives have evolved since 2019 to address broader societal and economic contexts

Explanation

Saner explains that he first proposed doing something about aging and ICT in 2019 at WSIS, which has since taken off well with many others organizing similar sessions. The initiative has broadened from palliative care to encompass societal and economic contexts, looking at solutions for both ends of generational development.


Evidence

Personal involvement since 2019 WSIS; reference to publication edited by Lijia Sano-Yu on aging, economy and productivity; participation of team members in multiple WSIS sessions


Major discussion point

Systemic Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Development | Digital access | Future of work


Retiring workforce skills may not align with future needs, requiring better integration of young workers into learning environments

Explanation

Saner questions whether retiring workforce skills are the ones young people should pick up for the future. He expresses concern that within the European context, younger workforce lacks sufficient skills and aren’t being properly introduced into work environments where they can learn and develop the skills needed for the future.


Evidence

Observation about European context and younger workforce skill gaps; concern about work environment integration


Major discussion point

Systemic Challenges and Solutions


Topics

Future of work | Capacity development | Online education


Agreements

Agreement points

Diversity and multigenerational collaboration improve performance and results

Speakers

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia
– Bettina Borisch

Arguments

Mathematical proof shows that multi-age diversity improves results by combining youth excellence with generational experience


Multigenerational workplaces can be extremely productive when leaders build corporate culture capitalizing on each generation’s strengths


Summary

Both speakers strongly advocate that diversity across age groups mathematically and practically improves outcomes, with Bonilla Garcia providing mathematical proof and Borisch emphasizing the productivity potential of multigenerational workplaces when properly managed.


Topics

Future of work | Interdisciplinary approaches


Technology should serve human needs rather than create barriers

Speakers

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia
– Lichia Saner-Yiu

Arguments

AI development driven by private sector profit motives poses challenges to inclusive intergenerational collaboration


Technology should focus on improving effectiveness, not just efficiency, through learning tools and workplace flexibility


Summary

Both speakers express concern about technology development being driven by profit rather than human benefit, advocating for technology that enhances human collaboration and effectiveness rather than creating exclusion or barriers.


Topics

Future of work | Digital access | Digital business models


Workplace transformation requires new approaches to leadership and culture

Speakers

– Bettina Borisch
– Lichia Saner-Yiu

Arguments

Modern workplaces contain five generations simultaneously, requiring different leadership approaches


Digital transformation risks making everything pre-digital obsolete, requiring new conceptual frameworks merging online and offline work


Summary

Both speakers recognize that fundamental changes in workplace demographics and digitalization require entirely new approaches to leadership, culture, and organizational frameworks to accommodate multiple generations and digital-physical integration.


Topics

Future of work | Digital identities | Interdisciplinary approaches


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers view workplaces as fundamental environments that shape human well-being and social outcomes, extending beyond mere productivity to encompass health, social connection, and addressing societal challenges like aging and poverty.

Speakers

– Bettina Borisch
– Lichia Saner-Yiu

Arguments

Health is created in places where we live, work and love, making workplaces crucial for well-being


Work organizations can contribute to alleviating old age poverty through better governance structures and leveraging human capital from all age groups


Topics

Future of work | Human rights principles | Rights of persons with disabilities


Both speakers emphasize the urgency of addressing demographic transitions and skill mismatches, recognizing that traditional approaches to workforce development and generational transition are inadequate for current challenges.

Speakers

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia
– Raymond Saner

Arguments

Demographic structure changes (30-40%) are more threatening than climate change and require urgent attention


Retiring workforce skills may not align with future needs, requiring better integration of young workers into learning environments


Topics

Future of work | Development | Capacity development


Unexpected consensus

Critique of paternalistic approaches to inclusion

Speakers

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia
– Lichia Saner-Yiu

Arguments

The current focus on ‘leaving no one behind’ is paternalistic; instead, everyone should have opportunities to move forward independently


Transparent dialogue on work life phases is needed to address isolation and connectivity challenges


Explanation

Unexpectedly, both speakers critique well-intentioned inclusion efforts as potentially paternalistic, advocating instead for empowerment and transparent dialogue that respects individual agency while addressing systemic barriers.


Topics

Human rights principles | Future of work


Mental and social dimensions becoming more important than technical solutions

Speakers

– Bettina Borisch
– Lichia Saner-Yiu

Arguments

Mental and social workplace setup is becoming more important than physical setup in the AI era


Digital transformation risks making everything pre-digital obsolete, requiring new conceptual frameworks merging online and offline work


Explanation

Both speakers unexpectedly converge on the idea that as technology advances, the human, social, and psychological aspects of work become more critical than technical infrastructure, suggesting a humanistic turn in digital transformation.


Topics

Future of work | Digital identities | Online education


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrate strong consensus on the value of intergenerational collaboration, the need for human-centered technology development, and the importance of workplace transformation that prioritizes social and psychological well-being alongside productivity.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with complementary expertise – the speakers approach the same fundamental challenges from different disciplinary perspectives (actuarial/policy, public health, organizational development, and development studies) but arrive at remarkably similar conclusions about the need for inclusive, human-centered approaches to demographic and technological change. This convergence suggests robust evidence for their shared recommendations and indicates potential for effective interdisciplinary collaboration on aging and ICT initiatives.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to inclusion and empowerment

Speakers

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia

Arguments

The current focus on “leaving no one behind” is paternalistic; instead, everyone should have opportunities to move forward independently


Summary

Bonilla Garcia explicitly criticizes the widely accepted “leaving no one behind” framework as paternalistic, advocating instead for independent empowerment. Other speakers don’t directly address this critique, suggesting potential disagreement with this fundamental approach to inclusion.


Topics

Human rights principles | Inclusive finance


Primary threat assessment – demographic vs climate change

Speakers

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia

Arguments

Demographic structure changes (30-40%) are more threatening than climate change and require urgent attention


Summary

Bonilla Garcia argues that demographic changes are more threatening than climate change, which goes against mainstream prioritization. Other speakers don’t engage with this comparative threat assessment, suggesting potential disagreement on priority setting.


Topics

Development | Future of work


Technology’s relationship with the past

Speakers

– Lichia Saner-Yiu

Arguments

Digital transformation risks making everything pre-digital obsolete, requiring new conceptual frameworks merging online and offline work


Summary

Saner-Yiu questions whether digitality should make everything pre-digital obsolete, advocating for integration rather than replacement. This contrasts with typical digital transformation narratives that other speakers don’t explicitly challenge.


Topics

Future of work | Digital identities


Unexpected differences

Critique of mainstream inclusion framework

Speakers

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia

Arguments

The current focus on “leaving no one behind” is paternalistic; instead, everyone should have opportunities to move forward independently


Explanation

Unexpected because the panel was focused on intergenerational collaboration, yet Bonilla Garcia directly challenges a fundamental UN/development community principle that other speakers implicitly accept. This philosophical disagreement about empowerment approaches was not anticipated in a technical discussion about aging and ICT.


Topics

Human rights principles | Inclusive finance


Private sector profit motives in AI development

Speakers

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia

Arguments

AI development driven by private sector profit motives poses challenges to inclusive intergenerational collaboration


Explanation

Unexpected because while other speakers discuss technical and organizational aspects of AI integration, Bonilla Garcia raises fundamental concerns about profit-driven AI development that could undermine intergenerational collaboration goals. This systemic critique stands apart from other speakers’ more operational approaches.


Topics

Future of work | Digital business models


Overall assessment

Summary

The disagreements are primarily philosophical and strategic rather than technical, focusing on fundamental approaches to inclusion, threat prioritization, and technology integration. Most speakers share common goals around intergenerational collaboration but differ on methods and underlying frameworks.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement level with significant implications. While speakers agree on the importance of intergenerational collaboration, the philosophical differences about empowerment approaches, priority setting, and systemic concerns about profit-driven development could lead to fundamentally different policy recommendations and implementation strategies. These disagreements suggest deeper tensions between technical solutions and systemic reform approaches.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers view workplaces as fundamental environments that shape human well-being and social outcomes, extending beyond mere productivity to encompass health, social connection, and addressing societal challenges like aging and poverty.

Speakers

– Bettina Borisch
– Lichia Saner-Yiu

Arguments

Health is created in places where we live, work and love, making workplaces crucial for well-being


Work organizations can contribute to alleviating old age poverty through better governance structures and leveraging human capital from all age groups


Topics

Future of work | Human rights principles | Rights of persons with disabilities


Both speakers emphasize the urgency of addressing demographic transitions and skill mismatches, recognizing that traditional approaches to workforce development and generational transition are inadequate for current challenges.

Speakers

– Alejandro Bonilla Garcia
– Raymond Saner

Arguments

Demographic structure changes (30-40%) are more threatening than climate change and require urgent attention


Retiring workforce skills may not align with future needs, requiring better integration of young workers into learning environments


Topics

Future of work | Development | Capacity development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Demographic structural changes (30-40%) pose a greater threat than climate change and require urgent attention across all sectors including education, healthcare, and commerce


Mathematical evidence proves that multi-age diversity in workplaces produces superior results by combining youth excellence with generational experience


Modern workplaces now contain five generations simultaneously (from silent generation to Gen Z), requiring fundamentally different leadership approaches and corporate cultures


Health is created in workplaces through mental and social setup rather than just physical infrastructure, making intergenerational workplace design crucial for well-being


Digital transformation risks creating obsolescence of pre-digital knowledge and skills, necessitating new frameworks that merge online and offline work realities


Successful intergenerational collaboration is achievable as demonstrated by real-world mentoring programs, but requires moving beyond paternalistic ‘leaving no one behind’ approaches to empowering all generations


Work organizations can help alleviate old age poverty through better governance structures that leverage human capital from all age groups and encourage transparent dialogue about work life phases


Resolutions and action items

Put intergenerational collaboration and demographic changes prominently on policy agendas


Develop corporate cultures that capitalize on strengths of each generation in multigenerational workplaces


Create new conceptual frameworks that better merge online and offline work realities


Encourage transparent dialogue on work life phases to address isolation and connectivity challenges


Focus technology development on improving effectiveness rather than just efficiency through learning tools and workplace flexibility


Make presentations and examples available online for further reference and study


Unresolved issues

How to address the misalignment between retiring workforce skills and future needs for younger workers


How to counter the profit-driven AI development by private sector that may hinder inclusive intergenerational collaboration


How to better integrate young workers into learning environments where they can acquire future-relevant skills


How to create affordable and accessible technology interfaces that don’t become barriers


How to address the challenge of individuals without spouse or children facing old age poverty when traditional family support systems are unavailable


How to balance the need for digital transformation while preserving valuable pre-digital knowledge and experience


Suggested compromises

Adopt a balanced approach that recognizes both the innovation potential of youth and the experience value of older generations rather than viewing them as competing forces


Develop technology solutions that improve both efficiency and effectiveness rather than focusing solely on one aspect


Create workplace policies that accommodate the needs of all five generations simultaneously rather than favoring any single age group


Establish mentoring relationships that are bidirectional, acknowledging that both mentors and mentees have knowledge gaps (‘they don’t know what they don’t know, and I don’t know what I don’t know’)


Thought provoking comments

I wonder if I can have the presentation… I really don’t know if I’m an optimist really badly informed or a pessimist well informed. I see that everybody is extremely concerned and rightfully concerned about climate change, because climate change will change one or two degrees in the next years. But what if I told you that demographic structure, not only aging, demographic structure in many countries will change 30 to 40 percent? To me, that’s even more threatening and even much more important to take care of, because its people are the subjects of our interest.

Speaker

Alejandro Bonilla Garcia


Reason

This comment is profoundly thought-provoking because it reframes the entire discussion by comparing demographic change to climate change – two of the most pressing global issues. By quantifying the impact (30-40% demographic change vs 1-2 degree climate change), Alejandro challenges the audience’s priorities and suggests that demographic transformation may be an even more urgent crisis than climate change.


Impact

This comment fundamentally shifted the discussion’s urgency and scope. It moved the conversation from a technical discussion about aging and ICT to a broader societal crisis framework, establishing demographic change as an existential challenge that requires immediate attention. It set the tone for all subsequent speakers to address intergenerational issues as critical societal imperatives rather than nice-to-have improvements.


Of course, we have heard many, many times during these days, leaving no one behind. But frankly, I don’t like it that much, because I found it… it’s a little bit paternalistic. It’s like if someone had the initiative and I might take you or not take you or forget you or not forget you. I think that the important thing is giving everybody, every woman and men, the opportunity to walk up front by themselves, by themselves.

Speaker

Alejandro Bonilla Garcia


Reason

This is a brilliant critique of one of the UN’s most prominent slogans. Alejandro exposes the inherent paternalism in ‘leaving no one behind’ – suggesting it implies some groups have the power to include or exclude others. His alternative framing of empowerment (‘walk up front by themselves’) fundamentally challenges how we think about inclusion and agency.


Impact

This comment introduced a critical philosophical shift in how the panel approached solutions. Instead of discussing how to help older workers adapt to new technologies, the conversation pivoted toward how to create systems that empower all generations to lead and contribute actively. It challenged the underlying assumptions about who has agency in intergenerational collaboration.


There is a mathematical proof, it has been proven mathematically, that diversity improves the results… When tests have been done with a single cohort of age, you get X result. With another cohort of age, Y result. But if you mix them, you improve the results and you get a Z result that is much better than X and Y. Because you combine the knowledge, the excellence, and then possibly of the youth with the experience of the other generations.

Speaker

Alejandro Bonilla Garcia


Reason

This comment transforms the intergenerational workplace discussion from a moral or social justice issue into a business and efficiency imperative. By citing mathematical proof, Alejandro provides concrete evidence that multigenerational collaboration isn’t just ethically right – it’s strategically superior.


Impact

This shifted the entire panel’s approach from advocacy to evidence-based argumentation. Subsequent speakers, particularly Bettina Borisch, built upon this foundation by discussing how to practically implement multigenerational workplaces. It moved the conversation from ‘why we should’ to ‘how we can’ create intergenerational collaboration.


I think that the problem that we face now is a problem on the real side. Are we willing to do it? Now everything is fraction. Everything is me, my country, now. And that doesn’t really make sense… I think in the world right now is leaving no profit behind.

Speaker

Alejandro Bonilla Garcia


Reason

This comment cuts through the technical and academic discussion to identify the core barrier: political will and societal fragmentation. His wordplay on ‘leaving no profit behind’ versus ‘leaving no one behind’ brilliantly captures how economic interests may be undermining social cohesion and intergenerational solidarity.


Impact

This comment introduced a sobering reality check that influenced the entire panel’s tone. It acknowledged that despite having solutions and evidence, implementation faces fundamental political and economic obstacles. This led other speakers to address practical challenges more directly rather than focusing solely on idealistic solutions.


John Lennon has said once, life is what happens to you while you are busy doing other things. And we say health is what happens to you while you are busy doing other things. At public health, we know that health is created not in the hospital. There is where we take care of diseases. Health is created in the places where we live, work and love.

Speaker

Bettina Borisch


Reason

This comment brilliantly reframes workplace health by adapting a famous John Lennon quote. It shifts the discussion from treating workplace problems to preventing them by recognizing that health is fundamentally created through daily life experiences, particularly work environments.


Impact

This comment expanded the discussion beyond technical skills and productivity to encompass holistic well-being. It connected intergenerational workplace issues to broader public health outcomes, adding a new dimension to why multigenerational collaboration matters – not just for efficiency, but for societal health.


Old age poverty, it’s not only about money, but it’s also about, you know, sort of the social capital, the human connection… And digitality, I think it is very interesting because by definition, it is making everything before we go digital obsolete. Is that really the right way of thinking about it?

Speaker

Lichia Saner-Yiu


Reason

This comment challenges the fundamental assumption of digital transformation – that digitization necessarily makes previous methods obsolete. It also redefines poverty beyond economic terms to include social and relational dimensions, which is particularly relevant for aging populations.


Impact

This comment introduced critical nuance to the technology discussion, moving beyond simple digital adoption to questioning whether digital transformation should completely replace existing systems. It influenced the conclusion by emphasizing the need for technology that enhances rather than replaces human connections and existing valuable practices.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally transformed what could have been a routine discussion about aging and technology into a profound examination of societal priorities, power structures, and human values. Alejandro’s opening comparison between demographic and climate change established the discussion as addressing a civilizational challenge rather than a technical problem. His critique of ‘leaving no one behind’ introduced a philosophical depth that questioned fundamental assumptions about agency and empowerment. The mathematical proof of diversity’s benefits provided crucial evidence-based grounding that shifted the conversation from advocacy to strategic implementation. Bettina’s health-focused reframing expanded the scope to encompass holistic well-being, while Lichia’s questioning of digital obsolescence challenged core assumptions about technological progress. Together, these comments created a multi-layered discussion that addressed not just practical solutions, but the underlying values, power dynamics, and systemic changes needed to create truly inclusive intergenerational collaboration. The comments built upon each other to create a comprehensive critique of current approaches while pointing toward more empowering, evidence-based, and holistic alternatives.


Follow-up questions

What specific skills should young workers learn from retiring workforce, and which skills are becoming obsolete?

Speaker

Raymond Saner


Explanation

This addresses the critical challenge of knowledge transfer in rapidly changing work environments where traditional skills may no longer be relevant for future needs


How can we better integrate young workers into work environments where they can participate and learn future-relevant skills?

Speaker

Raymond Saner


Explanation

This highlights the gap in current workplace integration practices and the need for better onboarding and skill development systems for younger generations


How can we develop new conceptual frameworks that better merge online and offline work realities?

Speaker

Lichia Saner-Yiu


Explanation

This is crucial for addressing the challenge of digitalization making traditional work methods obsolete while maintaining valuable human connections


How can work organizations contribute to the alleviation of old age poverty and other vulnerabilities?

Speaker

Lichia Saner-Yiu


Explanation

This addresses the broader societal challenge of aging populations and the role of workplace policies in supporting older workers and retirees


How can we encourage more transparent dialogue on work life phases in organizations?

Speaker

Lichia Saner-Yiu


Explanation

This explores the need to break down barriers around discussing aging, career transitions, and life changes in professional settings


How can technology be made more accessible and affordable to prevent it from becoming an unbreachable barrier?

Speaker

Lichia Saner-Yiu


Explanation

This addresses the digital divide and ensures that technological advancement doesn’t exclude certain age groups or socioeconomic classes


How can leaders effectively manage and build corporate culture for five generations working simultaneously?

Speaker

Bettina Borisch


Explanation

This addresses the unprecedented challenge of managing the most age-diverse workforce in history and requires new leadership approaches


What are the specific mental and social workplace setup requirements for multigenerational health and wellbeing?

Speaker

Bettina Borisch


Explanation

This focuses on the shift from physical to psychological workplace design needs in the context of diverse age groups working together


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Partner2Connect High-Level Dialogue

Partner2Connect High-Level Dialogue

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on the Partner to Connect (P2C) Digital Coalition’s progress toward achieving universal connectivity and bridging the digital divide globally. ITU Secretary-General Doreen Bogdan-Martin announced that the coalition has reached $75 billion in pledges, representing a 34% increase from the beginning of the year, with a target of $100 billion by 2026. The session emphasized that despite 30 years of internet growth, one-third of humanity remains offline, making urgent action critical to achieve the 2030 goal of universal meaningful connectivity.


Several major organizations announced significant new commitments during the panel. Cisco revealed a $1 billion global AI investment fund to support entrepreneurs and expand digital skills training for 230,000 individuals over three years. China Unicom pledged $1.38 billion over five years for fiber network expansion and 5G access in rural areas, along with digital village construction. South African Minister Solly Malatsi highlighted his government’s efforts to connect 5.8 million residents through the South African Connect project and remove luxury taxes on smart devices to improve affordability.


Technology companies like ZTE, Amazon, Google, and others shared their infrastructure and capacity-building initiatives. Amazon’s Project Kuiper aims to provide satellite-based broadband to underserved communities, while Google announced investments in subsea cables and AI training programs reaching 100 million people globally. The Internet Society reported exceeding its original pledge to train 10,000 people in internet infrastructure maintenance and committed an additional $30 million over five years for community networks.


The discussion emphasized that partnerships across government, private sector, and civil society are essential for scaling digital transformation efforts. Speakers highlighted successful collaboration models, such as Haiti’s community network deployment and public-private partnerships in spectrum licensing with social obligations. The session concluded with announcements of upcoming P2C events and community meetings to continue mobilizing resources and partnerships toward achieving meaningful connectivity for all.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Partner to Connect Coalition Growth and Financial Milestones**: The coalition has achieved significant progress, growing from $54 billion to over $76 billion in pledges within a year, demonstrating strong momentum toward the $100 billion target by 2026.


– **Major Corporate AI and Infrastructure Investments**: Several major announcements were made, including Cisco’s $1 billion global AI investment fund, China Unicom’s $1.38 billion commitment for rural connectivity, and Google’s $120 million AI opportunity fund, all aimed at bridging digital divides.


– **Policy and Regulatory Barriers to Connectivity**: Discussion of practical obstacles like taxation of smart devices as luxury goods (highlighted by South Africa’s Minister) and the need for supportive regulatory frameworks, particularly for emerging technologies like LEO satellites.


– **Partnership-Driven Approach to Digital Inclusion**: Emphasis on multi-stakeholder collaboration between governments, private sector, civil society, and international organizations, with specific examples like Internet Society’s community networks in Haiti and various UN agency partnerships.


– **Addressing Both Connectivity and Skills Gaps**: Recognition that infrastructure alone is insufficient – there’s equal need for digital skills training, AI literacy, and capacity building, with multiple speakers announcing training programs reaching millions of people globally.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to showcase progress and mobilize additional commitments for the Partner to Connect Digital Coalition, which works to achieve universal and meaningful connectivity by 2030. The session served as both a progress report and a call to action, encouraging new pledges and partnerships while highlighting successful models for bridging the digital divide.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was consistently optimistic and collaborative throughout the discussion. It began with celebratory announcements of major financial commitments and maintained an encouraging, partnership-focused atmosphere. Speakers demonstrated urgency about the 2030 deadline while remaining positive about achievable solutions through cooperation. The moderator kept the energy high with interactive elements and clear calls to action, creating an atmosphere of shared commitment rather than criticism or concern.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Video**: No specific role or expertise mentioned (appears to be introductory content)


– **Alex Wong**: Executive Office, overseeing Partner to Connect initiative at ITU, session moderator


– **Doreen Bogdan-Martin**: Secretary General of the ITU (International Telecommunication Union)


– **Nicole Isaac**: Vice President of Global Public Policy at Cisco, expertise in digital inclusion and AI investment


– **Solly Malatsi**: His Excellency, Minister of Communications and Digital Technologies, South Africa, leadership in WSIS Plus 20 process and G20 South Africa presidency


– **Liqian Hao**: Senior Vice President at China Unicom, expertise in telecommunications infrastructure and connectivity


– **Summer Chen**: Vice President at ZTE, expertise in ICT infrastructure and AI deployment


– **Christopher Hemmerlein**: Senior Manager in Public Policy at Amazon, expertise in satellite connectivity and Project Kuiper


– **Melike Yetken Krilla**: Head of international organizations at Google, expertise in AI, digital infrastructure, and global connectivity


– **Sally Wentworth**: President and CEO of Internet Society (ISOC), expertise in Internet infrastructure and community networks


– **Yu Ping Chan**: Head of Digital Partnerships and Engagement in the Chief Digital Office at UNDP (United Nations Development Program)


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Partner to Connect Digital Coalition Progress and Universal Connectivity Initiatives


## Executive Summary


The Partner to Connect (P2C) Digital Coalition convened a high-level session during the WSIS+20 process and AI for Good summit to report on significant progress towards achieving universal connectivity and addressing the global digital divide. Moderated by Alex Wong from the ITU’s Executive Office, the discussion brought together senior representatives from international organisations, governments, and major technology companies to announce new commitments and assess progress towards the coalition’s ambitious targets.


Following an opening video that highlighted P2C’s mission to achieve universal meaningful connectivity through “hundreds of pledges worth billions of dollars submitted by entities from all around the world,” ITU Secretary-General Doreen Bogdan-Martin announced that the coalition had reached $75 billion in pledges from over 450 organisations. This represented a substantial increase from $54 billion at the beginning of the year. By the session’s conclusion, incorporating new pledges announced during the panel, Alex Wong updated this figure to $76.1 billion, demonstrating remarkable momentum towards the ultimate goal of $100 billion in commitments by 2026.


The urgency of this mission was underscored by the stark reality that approximately 2.6 billion people—one-third of humanity—remain offline despite three decades of internet growth. This digital divide represents not merely a technological challenge but a fundamental barrier to economic development, social inclusion, and human rights realisation globally.


## Major Financial Commitments and Corporate Investments


The session featured several transformative new financial commitments from P2C champions and other key partners. Cisco Vice President Nicole Isaac announced a $1 billion global AI investment fund designed to support entrepreneurs and expand digital skills training to 230,000 individuals over three years. This builds upon Cisco’s existing Networking Academy programme, which has trained over 20 million individuals globally, now expanding from cybersecurity to include AI competencies.


China Unicom Senior Vice President Hao Liqian (speaking in Chinese with English translation) pledged $1.38 billion over five years, with $1.14 billion allocated for fibre and 5G network expansion and $240 million for digital village construction. This commitment leverages China’s remarkable infrastructure achievements: 98% 4G coverage and 90% 5G coverage in villages, plus 66% fibre coverage. Through co-building partnerships with China Telecom across 4.5 million towers (with China Unicom building 700,000), the company has achieved $51.6 billion in cost savings, $6 billion in annual operating cost reductions, and 2 million tons in carbon emission reductions.


ZTE Vice President Summer Chen committed $400 million annually for ICT infrastructure deployment, complemented by training programmes reaching over 50,000 people in developing regions. ZTE’s innovative solar-powered base stations in remote areas like Liberia have connected over 800 previously offline individuals, demonstrating adaptive technological solutions.


Google’s Melike Yetken Krilla announced a $120 million AI opportunity fund and the goal of training 100 million people through Grow with Google programmes. Google also revealed “hot off the presses” a new partnership with UNICC for an AI hub announced just hours earlier, alongside collaboration with the World Meteorological Organization on flood prediction systems. Google’s tens of billions in subsea cable infrastructure investments carry 95% of global data traffic, providing critical backbone connectivity.


The Internet Society, through President and CEO Sally Wentworth, exceeded their original 10,000-person training pledge and announced an additional $30 million commitment over five years for community networks. Building on their Haiti success story of over 100 community networks connecting tens of thousands through local expertise and diaspora funding, they’ve established a co-fund with Meta as the first contributor.


## Government Policy Initiatives and Regulatory Frameworks


South African Minister Solly Malatsi provided compelling examples of policy-driven digital inclusion, particularly his government’s removal of luxury taxes on smart devices—a practical solution addressing fundamental affordability barriers. This initiative, developed in partnership with the Global Mobile Association, represents an immediately replicable model for other nations.


The South African Connect project aims to connect 5.8 million residents through government facilities and telecommunications partnerships, demonstrating effective public-private collaboration. Minister Malatsi also announced an upcoming July 18th roundtable as part of the G20 Digital Economy Working Group, extending P2C’s country-specific approach.


Amazon’s Christopher Hemmerlein, Senior Manager in Public Policy, emphasised that current regulatory frameworks inadequately address Low Earth Orbit (LEO) satellite technologies, necessitating collaborative government-private sector efforts to develop appropriate regulatory structures for emerging connectivity solutions.


## Infrastructure Solutions and Technological Innovation


The session showcased diverse technological approaches to connectivity challenges. Amazon’s Project Kuiper represents a satellite-based solution providing broadband access to 95% of the global population between 56 degrees latitude north and south. With terminals measuring 28 centimeters squared, offering speeds up to 400 Mbps at costs of hundreds of dollars, this initiative demonstrates satellite technology’s potential to complement terrestrial infrastructure.


Amazon’s collaborative approach—working with incumbent operators like Vodafone, Vodacom, and Verizon rather than competing—exemplifies how global technology companies can support existing ecosystems whilst expanding connectivity. This partnership model builds comprehensive digital ecosystems rather than creating parallel infrastructure.


The combination of ZTE’s solar-powered base stations addressing power and connectivity challenges simultaneously, Google’s massive subsea cable investments enabling all other connectivity initiatives, and China Unicom’s extensive terrestrial network deployment demonstrates the multi-layered infrastructure approach required for universal connectivity.


## Skills Development and Capacity Building Initiatives


Infrastructure alone proves insufficient for meaningful digital inclusion, with multiple speakers emphasising critical skills development requirements. Cisco’s Networking Academy expansion to include AI skills addresses emerging technological challenges, whilst Google’s provision of open-source AI models like GEMMA to 7 million researchers and academics democratises access to advanced technologies.


ZTE’s CORA alliance, targeting 1,000 global players to accelerate AI industry applications, demonstrates industry collaboration overcoming technical barriers. The Internet Society’s focus on training local technicians reflects their community-driven sustainability approach, recognising that long-term success requires local expertise rather than external dependency.


## Addressing the AI Divide and Future Technologies


A forward-looking discussion theme was preventing the digital divide from becoming an “AI divide.” Multiple organisations announced AI-focused initiatives recognising that emerging technologies could exacerbate existing inequalities unless deliberately addressed through proactive measures.


The UNDP’s Yu Ping Chan highlighted their support for over 90 countries on inclusive digital transformation and 69 policies related to digital ecosystems between 2022-2024. UNDP also launched the AI Hub for Sustainable Development in collaboration with Italy’s G7 presidency, demonstrating international coordination on AI accessibility.


## Partnership Models and Accountability Mechanisms


Throughout the session, speakers consistently emphasised that addressing the digital divide requires collaborative partnerships across sectors. Alex Wong established clear accountability by requiring that “if you’re committing to doing something and you haven’t entered it into the Partner2Connect platform as a pledge, we’re going to chase you on that.”


The discussion revealed remarkable consensus on fundamental principles: the critical importance of partnerships, substantial financial investment needs, essential skills development roles, and comprehensive infrastructure solutions addressing both urban and rural connectivity challenges.


## Future Directions and Upcoming Initiatives


The session concluded with announcements of upcoming P2C events designed to maintain momentum: sessions at the Landlocked Developing Countries Conference in Turkmenistan, the UN General Assembly, the World Telecom Development Conference in Azerbaijan, and an annual partnership meeting in December.


Planned community events for pledge sharing, matchmaking, and partnership development recognise that achieving ambitious goals requires ongoing facilitation beyond one-time commitments. Country roundtables following the Guatemala and upcoming South Africa models represent approaches addressing national-level challenges through global-local coordination.


## Conclusion


The Partner to Connect Digital Coalition session demonstrated significant progress from $54 billion to $76.1 billion in pledges whilst highlighting the scale and complexity of connecting 2.6 billion people by 2030. The strong consensus among diverse stakeholders, combined with concrete accountability mechanisms and forward-thinking approaches to emerging technologies like AI, provides a comprehensive framework for addressing current and future digital inclusion challenges.


The session’s emphasis on partnerships, substantial financial commitments, skills development, and policy reform, coupled with recognition that the digital divide could evolve into an AI divide, positions the coalition to address both immediate connectivity needs and emerging technological developments. The combination of large-scale infrastructure investments, community-driven approaches, and capacity building initiatives demonstrates mature understanding of digital inclusion’s multifaceted nature, providing reason for optimism about achieving universal meaningful connectivity by 2030.


Session transcript

Video: and many others who have contributed to the development of the Internet. Despite 30 years of steady growth, today, millions of people remain offline, and hundreds of millions more still lack the connectivity required to tap onto the transformative power of the Internet. The Partner to Connect Digital Coalition is set to change this paradigm by mobilizing resources, partnerships, and commitments to achieve universal and meaningful connectivity. To date, hundreds of pledges worth billions of dollars have been submitted through the P2C platform by entities from all around the world. But the Coalition’s work doesn’t stop here. In fact, it’s just getting started. Partner to Connect will scale pledges, track progress on implementation, and mobilize more resources and partnerships. P2C will also be working with partner countries to facilitate the implementation of the P2C pledges to accelerate digital transformation at the national level. Join Partner to Connect. Make a pledge for any of the focus areas of the Coalition. And help us come closer to our goal of a meaningfully connected planet. For more information, visit www.itu.int.com


Alex Wong: Okay, good afternoon everyone. If you could all take a seat if you’re planning to stay for the session. My name is Alex Wong in the Executive Office. I’m overseeing our Partner to Connect initiative. Welcome. Without further delay, I’m pleased and honoured to introduce as a Doreen Bogdan-Martin, the Secretary General of the ITU, Doreen.


Doreen Bogdan-Martin: Thank you so much, Alex. Excellencies, ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. It’s a pleasure to have the Partner2Connect community join us in marking the WSIS plus 20 process, let’s say. I think as you know and you heard this morning, the WSIS gave us a powerful vision of an inclusive, people-centered information society, and it helped us to build a shared understanding that digital development means leaving no one behind. The Partner2Connect Digital Coalition gives us a framework, a framework that helps us bring the WSIS vision to life. Launched just three years ago, the coalition has grown into one of the most dynamic platforms to match digital transformation needs with resources to meaningfully connect the underserved communities all over the world. A platform that mobilizes investments, forges bold partnerships, and delivers tangible results where it matters the most. At the beginning of this year, we had recorded $54 billion in pledges, and ladies and gentlemen, today I’m proud to share that we have crossed the $75 billion mark. So thank you for that. And that 34% increase is something that I think we can all be proud of. It’s progress, and it’s progress that demonstrates the collective will of this coalition, Thank you all for joining us today. I want to begin by acknowledging the collective will of my amazing panelists here with us today, made up of governments, of companies, of civil society, and international organizations to bridge the digital divide. It shows that like the WSIS community, Partner to Connect Digital Coalition is more than the sum of its parts. Because behind each pledge is a story of digital opportunity, is a story of access to more affordable devices and services, a story of new skills learned, a story of more skills, more skills, more communities, more schools meaningfully connected, and it’s a story of greater economic potential being unlocked. While we have come a long way in three years, I think it’s fair to say we still have a long way to go because, ladies and gentlemen, a third of humanity remains unconnected, offline. And the window to achieve our 2030 goal of universal, meaningful connectivity is closing fast. What we do next and how quickly we do it matters. This afternoon you’re going to hear from public and private sector leaders who are delivering results and impact on the ground. You’ll hear about new high-impact pledges that push us closer to our target to get to $100 billion U.S. in commitments by the end of 2026. And you’ll see what’s possible, what’s possible when we come together and we act together across sectors, across borders, and across regions. So thank you for… Thank you for being part of this Partner2Connect journey. Let’s keep going with purpose, with urgency and with the people we serve always at the center of our actions. Again, ladies and gentlemen, thank you so much for being here. And with that, I hand back to our moderator.


Alex Wong: Thank you. Thank you, Doreen. So, we are looking forward to a great discussion and as Doreen mentioned, we have the pleasure of a panel of excellent leaders here who will share a bit more of what they’ve done in terms of Partner2Connect. And there’s going to be one rule here in this session which applies to both our panel and to those in the audience because we’re going to have some time for you to maybe make an intervention. If you’re committing to doing something and you haven’t entered it into the Partner2Connect platform as a pledge, we’re going to chase you on that. So, you’re welcome to announce what you’re doing, but you’re going to have to put it in the Partner2Connect system. So, with that, I’m going to introduce each panelist as they speak so you’ll get to hear who they are. We’re going to kick off with actually an exciting first speaker who’s going to get us off on the right track because she’s going to announce something new that’s being done by Cisco. So, with that in mind, my first speaker is going to be, as I look through my notes, excuse me. Our first speaker is going to be Nicole Isik, who’s the Vice President of Global Public Policy at Cisco. Cisco has long led on digital inclusion and they’ve been doing a lot of things with ITU on digital inclusion topic. And for today’s, to kick us off on our discussion, I’m pleased to invite Nicole to announce a major AI investment. Nicole, over to you.


Nicole Isaac: Thank you so much, Alex. It’s great to be here and thank you, Secretary General Doreen Bogdan-Martin. We truly appreciate all of the work that we’ve done together and we look forward to the work that’s to come. Cisco’s mission is to power an inclusive future for all. And we’re not just talking about some, we’re talking about everyone around the world everywhere. And we do that each and every day through our people, places, devices, and all of the technology, tools, and hardware that we’re investing in infrastructure, databases, and security to adequately and effectively connect everyone. As part of this commitment, our CEO just announced a global AI investment hub that we’re working on. that was created and leveraged for $1 billion. And we are looking forward to utilizing that fund to invest in entrepreneurs globally and to expand access to digital skills, not only through our NetAcademy partnership, but also through our greater work with the AI Internet Coalition Technology Forum, a partnership with multiple companies at the table. And we’re committed to expanding this work globally. And so not only do we have an investment fund of a billion dollars, but we also announced a global AI hub in France, where we are committed to expanding digital skills for over 230,000 individuals in the next three years. I’m happy to speak more as time goes on, but I know there are other panelists and really excited for the work that we’ll do together. Thank you for this work.


Alex Wong: All right. Okay, so the idea of Partners Connect is now people can go to talk to Nicole afterwards, because they might be doing something on AI capacity building or something to contribute. And the idea is that if you’re pledging on Partners Connect, you’re also open to exploring partnerships. So that will go to all of the pledges that are in the Partners Connect system. So thank you, Nicole. Next, I’m going to turn to my right. I have the pleasure to introduce His Excellency, Mr. Solly Malatsi, the Minister of Communications and Digital Technologies, South Africa. He of course is playing a leadership role in the WSIS Plus 20 process. He’s also been playing a leadership role in the G20 South Africa presidency, where I too has been a pleasure and an honor to be the knowledge partner on the Digital Economy Working Group. And within South Africa, connectivity begins at home. And Minister, you made that one of your key priorities. Would you like to share how you’re planning to make this a reality?


Solly Malatsi: Thanks very much for that. And greetings to everyone, including the panelists. And I think Nicola has set the bar high with that succinct contribution. I know you said we had three minutes, but her interventions was very succinct and way. and Mr. David M. Nguyen. So I’m going to try and break that. So our focus is several years ago the South African government recognized the power of connectivity towards uplifting people towards economic prosperity and it took a decision to initiate the South African Connect project to connect people who weren’t connected. And this targeted not only Wi-Fi high sports but also to connect government facilities as those are the central hubs for a lot of people who are outside the metros and the metropolitan areas and major cities. And the aim was to connect 5.8 million residents. And as this project has unfolded, we’ve also taken note of the fact that in order to achieve that goal, it requires an inclusive approach, working together with private sector, telcos and also small and micro-medium enterprises. So one of the things that our regulator does in the issuance of licensing and also selling auctioning spectrum is that it attaches to the telcos what are called social obligations, which is their commitment towards connecting public facilities so that together and collectively we can try and make the impact and the difference that we are making. But we also acknowledge that connectivity on its own is insufficient, right? So you have to also look what are the other barriers that stand in the way of people making meaningful participation to drive economic outputs. One of those, and Doreen touched on it slightly, is around the affordability of smart devices. In our taxation dispensation, they are classified as luxury goods and that drives their high cost. So one of the key milestones that we’ve been able to achieve in a short space of time was to persuade our national treasury to look at the entry point of those smart devices to remove that luxury tax so that they can be much more affordable to a lot of low-income households who we know with their access to this can drive more e-learning, e-commerce and even e-services.


Alex Wong: Thank you, Your Excellency. So taxes, I hope you all heard that because that’s what we always talk about as one of the inhibitors is to look at how taxes of ICT equipment are. I would also add, if you’re okay, Your Excellency, that as part of the G20 South Africa Digital Economy Working Group, there will be a roundtable in South Africa on July 18th to look specifically at the connectivity situation and some of the challenges and opportunities. So thank you for your leadership, sir. Okay, so our next speaker, and I’m going to invite all of you to pick up your headsets or your translation devices and switch to Channel 1 because our next speaker, Mr. Hao Liqian, who’s the Senior Vice President at China Unicom, will be speaking in Chinese. So we do have Chinese-English translation. We don’t have all the other languages, but we do have Chinese-English, so I’m giving everyone a moment to get their headsets on. Mr. Hao is going to be announcing also an ambitious new pledge. So I have the pleasure to pass the floor over to you, sir. Thank you very much.


Liqian Hao: Thank you. I’m Hao Liqian from China Unicom. Thank you. I’m Mr. Hao Liqian from China Unicom. Everyone knows China has 9.6 million square kilometers and we have 1.4 billion population. What you do not know is that China’s distribution of population is dense in the southeast and less dense in the northwest. 6% of the west regions only have 6% of the population, and in the west region we only have less than 20 people per square kilometers. The network building and the operation cost is quite high, and therefore this electricity supply stability is also an issue. As a Chinese operator, we try to get rid of the digital divide, and we need to overcome this challenge. In the past few years, with our efforts, we have been able to achieve that. In China, we have sold more than half a million villages, so we can achieve that for 98% 4G coverage in these villages, and 90% of the villages with 5G coverage. And for our fiber villages, we can achieve about 66%. With these numbers, you can see that we have achievement, but there is still a gap. Therefore, ITVU has this strategy, and we are planning for the next five years, we will invest 1.38 billion U.S. dollars, and this 1.1 billion will be used on the fixed fiber network and the 5G access, and also 0.24 billion will be used on the digital villages construction, meaning the digital infrastructures and applications. We were also planning on this $14 million to be used on the globalization and also for the disabled seniors and the low-income people. We have these discounts for the service charges within our plan. The next phase, we will have $250 million to be used for these discounts. These initiatives have been put into practice in China. We hope to do better in the future. Thank you.


Alex Wong: Thank you, Mr. Hao. Again, as I mentioned, anyone interested or doing work in China, or I think you have some international component to the pledge, if I heard correctly, please see Mr. Hao. Our next three speakers, who are from ZTE, Amazon, and Google, are especially recognized as part of our Partner2Connect champions community. In addition to the three organizations I just mentioned, I should also add Microsoft and the Inter-American Development Bank. The five P2C champions have played as very strong advisors and supporters of Partner2Connect at the ITU, so we want to give a little bit of the extra recognition for the leadership they’ve played. With our next speaker, I’m pleased to call on Summer Chen, who is the vice president at ZTE, one of our P2C champions. She will share some of the most recent exciting opportunities that ZTE is exploring. Over to you, Summer.


Summer Chen: Thank you. It’s very exciting to come here and share some interesting progress ZTE has contributed to the whole industries. As you know, ZTE is a kind of infrastructure supplier. We developed IT and city infrastructure for all the worlds, especially for the… and Mr. Eric L. Liqian. So, what we have done is not just making the connection, we also overcome the AI divider now. So, I want to focus on three points. First, we’re making the connectivity, especially in some non-connected area for these recent years, as we are one of the champions for P2P, we have insisted every year we are making the deployment of ICT infrastructure for 400 million U.S. dollars. And we also making the AI infrastructure to handle the barrier of technical barriers, making it easier to deploy the AI applications and smart computing deployments. And the most important thing is empower human. We give the lectures, lessons for the people that learn technological courses. We do this kind of courses for over 50,000 years to some developing areas like South Africa, like Indonesia and Estonia. They give the power or ability for this kind of people to learn technical, to learn a skill or a capability for their facing in the future. So, what we have done is not just technical, we give this kind of solutions, this kind of infrastructures for all global people, not just for the modern city or we also gaming for the chance to their remote areas. For example, this year we have some use case in Liberia with an orange operator. For these people, we set up a base station with solar power to serve more than 800% of the people. They are offline, they are not connecting to the internet. So all these kinds of projects give them a chance to catch up to digital life. So what we have done is help them, and the technical folks and the people, that’s what we have done. Thank you.


Alex Wong: Thank you, Summer. So I think for those of you listening, you’re getting a sense that we have to address the demand side, the supply side, policy, and Partner Connect is that place where all these kinds of commitments can be announced so we can also see how they can support each other and what we call matchmaking. Next I have the pleasure to introduce Chris Hemmerlein, Christopher Hemmerlein from Amazon. He is Senior Manager in Public Policy. Chris and Amazon have also been long-standing supporters of Partner Connect, as I mentioned earlier. Chris, over to you to give a little more details on some plans that you have on achieving universal connectivity.


Christopher Hemmerlein: Thanks, Alex. It’s a real pleasure to be here today. As you know, we’ve been a long supporter of the P2C program. I’d really like to talk a little bit today about Project Kuiper, although we’re not making a specific pledge about Kuiper today. It really does aspire towards the same goals as that program. Project Kuiper is Amazon’s initiative to bring high-speed, low-latency, affordable broadband connectivity to communities that are currently unserved or underserved by that type of connectivity today. It’s based upon a satellite system that operates in low-Earth orbit. or Leo. And there are really three dimensions of the program that are really helping to bridge the digital divide, and those are affordability, ubiquitous coverage, and partnerships. When it comes to affordability, historically the biggest barrier to affordable satellite service has been the customer terminal. But at Amazon, we’ve engineered a customer terminal that is lighter and more compact than legacy systems. It’s going to be easier to manufacture and to ship and to install. And so our major terminal, our prime terminal, is going to be about 28 centimeters squared, about the size of a laptop, capable of downloading speeds up to 400 megabits per second. And we’re producing them in-house for a couple of hundred dollars, a price that we think we’re going to make even lower and lower, and of course pass that savings on to consumers. When it comes to coverage, we all know that the areas that have long lagged behind when it comes to access are communities that are in rural and remote areas, perhaps challenged by topography such as mountains or islands. And we are going to be able to deliver service to those types of communities because we’re less reliant upon terrestrial infrastructure. Our service footprint is going to be between 56 degrees latitude north and south, so that’s about 95 percent of the global population. So together, those two dimensions mean we can really bring tens of millions of new customers online with high-speed broadband connectivity. And finally, when it comes to partnerships, a partner-to-connect would be a great slogan for Kuiper. Unfortunately, I can’t use it, but otherwise…


Alex Wong: We’ll sell it to you.


Christopher Hemmerlein: We’ll sell it to me, okay. Because in a way, we understand at Amazon that the digital divide is too great a challenge for one company or one organization to overcome alone. So we’re working with partners who share our vision for bringing universal connectivity. A prime example is working with mobile network operators to expand the reach. The four G or five G networks by providing satellite backhaul to new extended reaches of the network and bring it back to the to the core network. What’s really important about that, I think is, you know, we’re working with incumbent local operators. And so we’re supporting local economies, we’re building the overall digital ecosystem. And then I’ll leave it at there, but I look forward to further discussion. Thank you.


Alex Wong: Thank you, Chris. So Matt, next I have Malika Yetken Krilla, who’s heading international organizations at Google. Malika, over to you to share the latest developments on Google and its pledges to partner and connect.


Melike Yetken Krilla: Thanks very much, Alex. And thanks to the ITU family for hosting such an important gathering for AI for Good and certainly partner to connect. Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and make it universally accessible and useful. We are tech optimists. We think tech is a place to go that can transform the world and do so in a very positive way, while realizing that we need to ensure that the digital divide does not become the AI divide. And when we have 2.6 billion people unconnected still, the mechanics of how we do that is in partnership, it’s being bold and responsible, is in our innovation. And so there’s three things I want to talk about today. The first is infrastructure. Google has spent tens of billions of dollars on data center and subsea cable development to connect people all over the world. Last year alone, we announced high frequency optic cables that will connect Latin America to Africa, Africa to APEC, remote areas in the Pacific Ocean to the Americas. 95% of the world’s data is now free flowing through subsea cable. So the connectivity and others. We are committed to open-source models, so if you look at things like our GEMMA AI model that we give to researchers for free to be able to create innovations, create them in their local language, think about local challenges they have, and build local solutions to global issues. We now have 7 million researchers and academics and scientists using these open models to build and create their own destiny. It’s a five-times increase from what we saw this time last year. Second, if we think about global skilling, particularly around our Grow with Google program, which is looking at AI essentials, training in data science, how to use new large-language models like GEMMA and I, we are training 100 million people globally on that program. Second to looking at a global AI opportunity fund that we announced, $120 million to help grant local organizations throughout the world to get the skills they need, the training they need, the capacity that they need. And third, Chris covered this and Nicole did as well, is partnerships. We like to think of ourselves as a bold and innovative company, but we want our innovations to be deployed responsibly, and part of that is in the partnerships we create and the relationships we do and the work we do with the UN. So when we’re talking about the transformational nature of AI with healthcare, with agriculture, with education, we want to partner with all of you to do that. Thanks very much.


Alex Wong: Thank you, Adhiya. And last but not least, of course, Partner Connect and WSIS is all about mobile. and Ms. Sally Wentworth, President and CEO of Internet Society. I think many of you are familiar with ISOC, who has been an organization making the forefront of making the Internet more open and accessible for years. And ISOC, your original pledge was to support 10,000 people to build and maintain Internet infrastructure and also supporting 100 complementary connectivity solutions. Kyrgyzstan, your chapter there, has been very active as well. So maybe over to you, Sally, to give an update and share anything else.


Sally Wentworth: Thank you, and it’s a real pleasure to be here and to be participating in the high-level event in Partnered Connect. It’s so important that we remain committed and steadfast in our work to ensure that the remaining unconnected are brought online. And that is part of the Internet Society’s mission and vision, is that the Internet is for everyone. As you said, Alex, we made a commitment in 2022 to train 10,000 people to maintain Internet infrastructure and to support 100 complementary connectivity solutions. And I’m happy to report that we have achieved those pledges and even exceeded them, as you point out, with the Kyrgyzstan chapter. And before I speak about where we want to go next, I want to tell a little bit of a story that affirms that we think we’re on the right path here. The Internet Society has chapters all over the world that are carrying out our mission at the local level, and we’re tremendously proud of the work that they do and we’re honored that they are a part of the global community. Back in 2019, the Internet Society chapter in Haiti participated in the national IGF that was focused on connectivity. Working out of that, the chapter decided that they wanted to take a more proactive role in connecting the unconnected in Haiti. They reached out to colleagues in India who had been successfully deploying community networks, and they went to India to learn how to do that. And they brought back lessons learned that they incorporated into their own plans. They did a national survey of where the connectivity gaps were, and they worked with the local regulators to ensure that they were complying with national law. They then found contributions from across the globe, particularly in the diaspora living overseas. And after five years, they have been able to implement over 100 community networks or points of presence across Haiti. They’ve done that with a sustainable business model that’s connecting tens of thousands of people and training local experts to both build and maintain that connectivity. So that’s the kind of model that we think is very successful in the hardest-to-reach communities. And on the basis of that, I’m happy to report that we made another Partner Connect pledge in April to scale this model across the world. We’re committed to training over 15,000 more people to build and maintain Internet infrastructure worldwide. And we’re committing, through a connectivity co-fund initiative, $30 million over the next five years to support locally scalable, sustainable networks that create jobs and foster entrepreneurship, scale these training solutions through train-the-trainer models, and expand local infrastructure and make it more reliable and more resilient going forward. So we are always happy to partner with organizations. We’re happy to report that Metta was our first contributor to the co-fund, and we’re delighted to have them as a partner. And we’re in conversations with others to continue to do that. to build out this fund. But this is our contribution to achieving the vision that we have, that the Internet truly is for everyone. Thank you.


Alex Wong: Thank you. Okay, so before I turn it to a second rapid round, and also open it up to the audience for any comments, I see our good colleague and friend Yu-Ping Chan in the front row here from the UNDP. The reason is, I want to mention is, Partner Connect has over 450 organizations now involved who have made pledges, and we’re really proud that 29 UN agencies have made pledges, because Partner Connect, we built it for the UN as well as the global world to also share commitments. We had many of the UN leaders. Your former Administrator, Akram Steiner, was one of our original leaders of the Partner Connect initiative. USG Rabab Fatima, the Undersecretary General of the OHRLLS, has been a steadfast presence. Let me invite Yu-Ping to share. I’ll give you my mic here, Yu-Ping. Yu-Ping is the Head of Digital Partnerships and Engagement in the Chief Digital Office. Maybe to share a bit of UNDP’s progress on the Partner Connect pledges.


Yu Ping Chan: Thank you so much, Alex. Indeed, UNDP has been proud to be a close partner of the ITU in this as well as many other initiatives, including, for instance, the work around SDG Digital and the convenings that we’ve done around the United Nations about the power of technology to really accelerate development and the achievement of sustainable development. On behalf of the United Nations Development Program, the UN’s development arm present in over 170 countries and territories around the world, I just wanted to reaffirm our full commitment to the P2C through our pledges on supporting development of local digital ecosystems built on inclusivity, sustainability, and human rights. As Doreen, the ITU Secretary General has said, we believe that the P2C coalition is a critical part of the WSIS framework and community. Indeed, our pledges speak directly to the WSIS Action Line’s own capacity building, enabling environment, and the international region of and our environment. We’ve make significant progress on our PTC pledges, for instance between 2022 and 2024, UNDP has supported over 90 countries on inclusive digital transformation and has supported 69 policies and strategies related to enabling digital ecosystem. This year we will further expand our work on capacity building, digital public infrastructure and artificial intelligence which will advance the objectives of PTC and data-wise outcomes. Just last month, UNDP, in collaboration with Italy’s G7 presidency, launched the AI Hub for Sustainable Development which involves many of the partners around the room, which focuses on accelerating local private sector innovation and partnerships, which was also highlighted and mentioned by many of the speakers on stage, for advancing AI for sustainable development in Africa. We’re doing much more, I would be happy to speak with any other colleagues in the room, but I don’t want to take up more time, but please do continue to count on UNDP as a committed partner in all of this.


Alex Wong: Thank you. All right, thank you Yuqing. So the question I’m going to turn to the panel, but you know, offer one or two or three or however many wish to to quickly respond and then open it up to the floor if you have a question or a commitment you’d like to make or a partnership you’d like to talk about, but the question is about partnerships. I mean that is the spirit of WSIS, the spirit of Partner Connect, and I’d like to just ask the panel if in implementing their pledges do they have an example of a partnership they’d like to highlight and maybe a lesson learned for those of you that might come to talk to you afterwards to see how they can work with you. So maybe an example if you have one and maybe a lesson learned that you’d like to share, but I’m just opening it up if anyone wishes to start and we can take a few minutes on the panel to speak. Summer, you have the mic. I have some information to share. Okay, over to you Summer.


Summer Chen: Okay, as all you know, ZTE is very ambitious in ecosystem cooperation and actually we have joined more than 200 ecosystem organizations to do our, to help the organization, to help the whole industry’s development. So this year, we just mentioned, we are upgrade our strategy, more focus on AI. So it’s not just connecting, it’s more helping to use AI. We are focused on AI for all, so AI accessible. So how to realize AI for all? In supporting this, we are set up a kind of organization, we call it CORA, it’s a cooperating, it’s a open cooperation, intelligent industry cooperation alliance. Some industry top player, they join this kind of alliance. What we are target is to making the AI more quick, and it’s accelerate the using AI to the industry applications. So our target is to involving more than 1,000 players in this alliance globally. So it’s quite important to collecting all the different forces to get together to accelerate this kind of development, making the technicals to overcome the financial, to overcome the technical, or overcome the equal resources challenges. And I’m happy to hear, to engage in all this, a deep discussion, so I want to hear more voices from different players to join us. Thank you.


Nicole Isaac: Sure, thank you Alex. I mentioned briefly the Cisco Networking Academy, which is our educational academy that’s been training on cyber security skills for the last 20. and others, and have trained over 20 million individuals globally. We’ve committed of course to expanding that offering to include AI skill sets and what are some of the more foundational digitization skills that need to be taught to really bring up those 2.6 billion individuals who are disconnected and ensure they have the requisite training to be connected to the internet and to have a deep understanding of the skills for tomorrow. I will say that to Alex’s question, what are the lessons that we’ve learned? And it actually goes back to what the minister outlined. It’s so important to have every partner that’s at the table be a committed partner that’s willing to not only leverage their respective expertise, but to help us get to scale. And that’s also the unique role of government. When government comes to the table and works with the private sector, works with civil society, we’re able to not only execute on our objectives, but get it to scale in a way that’s most impactful and that will drive outcomes for those who are most marginalized. So very grateful for that work. We recently announced a partnership with Humane AI in Saudi Arabia and a number of other companies. Really excited to what’s to come and just very grateful for all the work that’s happening across the board and all the work that’s happening in the room. Thank you.


Alex Wong: Okay, great. Thank you. I think Chris was going to go and then Malika. And did you want to close? Okay, Chris, over to you. Let’s try to keep them pretty quick responses so we have a chance.


Christopher Hemmerlein: You got it, Alex. Thank you. I just wanted to touch briefly in my previous intervention, I mentioned the type of partnerships that Kuiper is forming with mobile network operators. And so for a couple of examples, we have partnerships with Vodafone and Vodacom in Europe and Africa, and in the United States with Verizon. But because I’m a policy person, I’d be remiss just to note how valuable we see partnerships with governments. and Mr. David Borenstein. Governments have connectivity objectives, they have social and economic development objectives. And in many cases, because LEO satellites are still a new and evolving technology, regulatory frameworks don’t yet account for them. And so we’re working with governments really hand-in-hand at the ITU and at the national level in developing kind of the type of regulatory and policy frameworks that work both for ourselves and for the government and for local operators as well to really develop that win-win-win win-win-win. So I’ll be thrilled to talk about sort of our relationship with governments and what we can do more to further those relationships. Thank you.


Alex Wong: All right. Thank you. Melike.


Melike Yetken Krilla: Thanks very much. At Google, as I said, we really are excited about partnering with other people to address and identify solutions to some of these great challenges and how AI can be the primary tool. Two partnerships I want to highlight both with the UN. First, hot off the presses, just upstairs at 2 p.m., UNICC, the UN Shared Service Provider, announced they are creating an AI hub in order to deploy AI systems within the UN to transform daily ability to get your job done and to AI capacity building. Google is thrilled to be a partner with UNICC to be able to build solutions that UN officials throughout the world are able to deploy and use and make their life easier and make their life more efficient and reduce redundancies, et cetera. And we’re doing that as well with training through their AI academy with our apolitical relationship to be able to have virtual training. That’s first. Second is the World Meteorological Organization just endorsed our flood hub program, which is geospatial data and large language models use predictive analytics to predict floods in advance. The technology is so good, we’ve been able to identify floods seven days in advance.


Alex Wong: Thank you. I’m going to go to the Minister last. So, Sally, you can take the floor next, and then over to you to end. Go ahead, Sally.


Sally Wentworth: Thank you. I think it’s definitely true within the Internet technical community that the way the Internet is developed is through partnership. It’s through collaboration. It is fundamental to the Internet itself, and so we at the Internet Society have sort of emerged out of that tradition. For our work, especially on connectivity, a key dimension of our work is the need to have a strong local partner. We don’t want to be in the position of being in from the outside and claiming to understand what’s going to work best in any particular environment. So we really are looking for that local expertise that can help shape the connectivity approach that will work best in a particular market. I think the Haiti example is an example of, in this case, the local chapter of the Internet Society really having that kind of expertise. But then if you take that further, you see that they worked with the government. They worked with other local partners, international partners to make that possible, but they were the locus of that work. They understood what the community needed, what the environmental position was. They’re a small island, and so they faced unique challenges that they understand best, and we come in behind that as a supporting function. So local Digital partners is critical to our strategy.


Alex Wong: Thank you. Mr. Hao, did you want to add?


Liqian Hao: Yeah.


Alex Wong: Thank you, please.


Liqian Hao: For partners for getting rid of the digital divide, it’s very important. First, the network, this ubiquitous connectivity and the China Unicom and China Telecom, we have built together the largest, this co-built, co-shared, this 5G network. This is for getting rid of digital divide. It’s very helpful to carriers. We work together on the 4.5 million and these towers. And China Unicom built about 700,000 and these towers. It’s for the villages. It’s tried to get rid of the digital divide. We saved 51.6 billion and annually we can save 6 billion operating costs and we can reduce carbon emission and 2 million tons per year. And with these network access, what’s more important now is about the computing power and also the AI equality. And this is more of a conflict than the network access. We work with the government and the different civil societies together, especially on the agriculture production and the medical education, using our infrastructure, using our digital platforms. and others. We have to make sure that we continue to work with our partners and our applications to provide services and we expect to do more on these areas. Thanks.


Alex Wong: Thank you. Thanks very much.


Solly Malatsi: Two of the partnerships that are worth sharing in here is we are working together with the Global Mobile Association, particularly looking at the impact where in the removal of the luxury techs can make in making smart devices more affordable. We think it’s a very important instrument, as I shared earlier, in terms of expanding access to the smart devices and the impact that they can do in empowering citizens from being much more digitally active and connected. Secondly, it’s around the public services and young people with digital skills. We’ve got an ongoing partnership that will be finalized. It’s in the pipelines with the private sector, but it’s on assessment of our needs in the public service, looking in terms of the capacity of the digital skills of public servants, because as the drivers of digital transformation in the state, we’ve got to make sure that they are fully capacitated and empowered to be able to drive the digital transformation that we want. Thanks.


Alex Wong: Thank you, panel. I’m sorry I’m not going to have time to go to the audience. I will wrap up the session now, and then we can give a round of applause to our panel at the end. If we can just go to the next slide, I wanted to make sure our colleagues here and everyone in the room is aware that Partner Connect is not just a session, and what we have planned in the coming few months, if the slide can come up, it’s a bit of a busy slide on purpose because we think there’s a lot to be done, but we will be convening Partner to Connect sessions at the upcoming Landlocked Developing Countries Conference that will be taking place in Turkmenistan in August. If you want to be on the session and say a few words and share your pledge, please. come talk to us. We plan to be having a session to celebrate again progress and pledges that are during the UN General Assembly. We’re still finalizing the exact date but most likely September 22nd and we’ll also of course be present at our World Telecom Development Conference hosted in Azerbaijan. That’ll be taking place in November and then we have our partnership annual meeting. I will be in probably Geneva and perhaps also paired with New York during the WSIS plus 20 event in December. I guess I’ll just want to finish off on the calendar by sharing that also on the bottom line we are continuing to hold community events for the PDC community to share pledges, to share opportunities to match make and partner and we’re also convening country roundtables. We held one recently in Guatemala with the government which we’re very pleased together with Inter-American Development Bank and the private sector where we brought together the community to talk about the Guatemala challenges and opportunities. So please stay tuned on that. If you go to the next slide I think there’s a QR code for you to scan if you want to be added to the PDC emailing list. So I will finish by sharing an update on the number of pledges. Because of some of the new pledges announced in the panel, correcting my Secretary General which I never get to do, we’re now actually at 76.1 billion in pledges. So give a round of applause to yourselves and also to our panel. And with that I’d like to thank our panel. Thank all of you for listening. Again I’m sorry we hadn’t had a chance to hear from some of you on the floor but hopefully next time there’ll be plenty of occasions. Thank you again panelists and enjoy the rest of the WSIS. Thank you.


D

Doreen Bogdan-Martin

Speech speed

119 words per minute

Speech length

496 words

Speech time

248 seconds

Coalition has grown to over 450 organizations with pledges worth $76.1 billion, exceeding the $75 billion milestone with 34% increase this year

Explanation

The Partner2Connect Digital Coalition has experienced significant growth, reaching over 450 participating organizations and achieving $76.1 billion in pledges, which represents a 34% increase from the beginning of the year when it was at $54 billion. This demonstrates strong momentum and commitment from the global community.


Evidence

At the beginning of this year, we had recorded $54 billion in pledges, and today I’m proud to share that we have crossed the $75 billion mark with a 34% increase


Major discussion point

Partner2Connect Coalition Progress and Growth


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Nicole Isaac
– Liqian Hao
– Summer Chen
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth

Agreed on

Massive financial commitments are needed to bridge the digital divide


Goal is to reach $100 billion in commitments by end of 2026 to achieve universal meaningful connectivity by 2030

Explanation

The coalition has set an ambitious target of reaching $100 billion in total commitments by the end of 2026, which is part of the broader goal to achieve universal and meaningful connectivity by 2030. This timeline reflects the urgency needed to address the digital divide before the window closes.


Evidence

You’ll hear about new high-impact pledges that push us closer to our target to get to $100 billion U.S. in commitments by the end of 2026


Major discussion point

Partner2Connect Coalition Progress and Growth


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


A

Alex Wong

Speech speed

168 words per minute

Speech length

1995 words

Speech time

712 seconds

29 UN agencies have made pledges through the platform, demonstrating broad institutional commitment

Explanation

The Partner2Connect platform has successfully engaged the UN system, with 29 UN agencies making pledges through the platform. This demonstrates that the initiative was built not just for the global community but also for UN agencies to share their commitments and coordinate efforts.


Evidence

Partner Connect has over 450 organizations now involved who have made pledges, and we’re really proud that 29 UN agencies have made pledges, because Partner Connect, we built it for the UN as well as the global world


Major discussion point

Partner2Connect Coalition Progress and Growth


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Y

Yu Ping Chan

Speech speed

175 words per minute

Speech length

318 words

Speech time

108 seconds

UNDP has supported over 90 countries on inclusive digital transformation and 69 policies related to digital ecosystems between 2022-2024

Explanation

The United Nations Development Program has made significant progress on its Partner2Connect pledges by supporting digital transformation efforts across 90 countries and helping develop 69 policies and strategies related to enabling digital ecosystems. This demonstrates concrete implementation of commitments made through the platform.


Evidence

Between 2022 and 2024, UNDP has supported over 90 countries on inclusive digital transformation and has supported 69 policies and strategies related to enabling digital ecosystem


Major discussion point

Partner2Connect Coalition Progress and Growth


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


N

Nicole Isaac

Speech speed

157 words per minute

Speech length

515 words

Speech time

196 seconds

Cisco announced $1 billion global AI investment fund to invest in entrepreneurs and expand digital skills access to 230,000 individuals over three years

Explanation

Cisco has committed to a major $1 billion global AI investment fund that will focus on investing in entrepreneurs globally and expanding access to digital skills. The company plans to reach 230,000 individuals over the next three years through this initiative, including partnerships and their NetAcademy program.


Evidence

Our CEO just announced a global AI investment hub that was created and leveraged for $1 billion. We also announced a global AI hub in France, where we are committed to expanding digital skills for over 230,000 individuals in the next three years


Major discussion point

Corporate Investment Commitments and AI Infrastructure


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Liqian Hao
– Summer Chen
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth

Agreed on

Massive financial commitments are needed to bridge the digital divide


Cisco Networking Academy has trained over 20 million individuals globally on cybersecurity and is expanding to include AI skills

Explanation

Cisco’s educational platform, the Networking Academy, has successfully trained over 20 million individuals globally on cybersecurity skills over the past 20 years. The company is now expanding this program to include AI skill sets and foundational digitization skills to help connect the 2.6 billion disconnected individuals.


Evidence

The Cisco Networking Academy, which is our educational academy that’s been training on cyber security skills for the last 20 years and have trained over 20 million individuals globally. We’ve committed of course to expanding that offering to include AI skill sets


Major discussion point

Skills Development and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Summer Chen
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth
– Liqian Hao

Agreed on

Skills development and capacity building are critical components of digital inclusion


Government-private sector collaboration is crucial for achieving scale and impact in digital transformation initiatives

Explanation

Cisco emphasizes that successful digital transformation requires committed partnerships between government, private sector, and civil society. Government participation is particularly important because it enables initiatives to reach scale and have the most impactful outcomes for marginalized communities.


Evidence

It’s so important to have every partner that’s at the table be a committed partner that’s willing to not only leverage their respective expertise, but to help us get to scale. And that’s also the unique role of government


Major discussion point

Cross-Sector Partnerships and Collaboration


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth
– Solly Malatsi
– Liqian Hao

Agreed on

Partnerships are essential for achieving digital connectivity and transformation goals


L

Liqian Hao

Speech speed

95 words per minute

Speech length

510 words

Speech time

321 seconds

China Unicom pledged $1.38 billion over five years, with $1.14 billion for fiber and 5G networks and $240 million for digital village construction

Explanation

China Unicom has made a substantial financial commitment of $1.38 billion over the next five years to address digital connectivity challenges. The majority ($1.14 billion) will be invested in fixed fiber networks and 5G access, while $240 million will be dedicated to digital village construction including digital infrastructure and applications.


Evidence

We are planning for the next five years, we will invest 1.38 billion U.S. dollars, and this 1.1 billion will be used on the fixed fiber network and the 5G access, and also 0.24 billion will be used on the digital villages construction


Major discussion point

Corporate Investment Commitments and AI Infrastructure


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Nicole Isaac
– Summer Chen
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth

Agreed on

Massive financial commitments are needed to bridge the digital divide


China has achieved 98% 4G coverage and 90% 5G coverage in villages, with 66% fiber coverage despite geographic challenges

Explanation

Despite China’s challenging geography with dense population in the southeast and sparse population in the northwest (less than 20 people per square kilometer in western regions), China Unicom has achieved impressive connectivity coverage. They have successfully connected over half a million villages with high coverage rates across different technologies.


Evidence

In China, we have sold more than half a million villages, so we can achieve that for 98% 4G coverage in these villages, and 90% of the villages with 5G coverage. And for our fiber villages, we can achieve about 66%


Major discussion point

Connectivity Infrastructure and Technology Solutions


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Summer Chen
– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Solly Malatsi

Agreed on

Infrastructure investment must address both urban and rural connectivity challenges


Disagreed with

– Christopher Hemmerlein

Disagreed on

Infrastructure deployment strategy


China Unicom allocated $14 million for discounts to disabled, senior, and low-income users, with additional $250 million planned

Explanation

China Unicom has committed to addressing affordability barriers by providing service discounts to vulnerable populations including disabled individuals, seniors, and low-income people. They have allocated $14 million for this purpose and plan to expand this program with an additional $250 million for service charge discounts.


Evidence

We were also planning on this $14 million to be used on the globalization and also for the disabled seniors and the low-income people. We have these discounts for the service charges within our plan. The next phase, we will have $250 million to be used for these discounts


Major discussion point

Skills Development and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Nicole Isaac
– Summer Chen
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth

Agreed on

Skills development and capacity building are critical components of digital inclusion


China Unicom works with government and civil society on agriculture, medical, and education applications using digital platforms

Explanation

China Unicom emphasizes the importance of partnerships with government and civil society organizations to deploy digital solutions in critical sectors. They are focusing on agriculture production, medical services, and education by leveraging their infrastructure and digital platforms to provide comprehensive services.


Evidence

We work with the government and the different civil societies together, especially on the agriculture production and the medical education, using our infrastructure, using our digital platforms


Major discussion point

Government Policy and Regulatory Frameworks


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Nicole Isaac
– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth
– Solly Malatsi

Agreed on

Partnerships are essential for achieving digital connectivity and transformation goals


S

Summer Chen

Speech speed

105 words per minute

Speech length

545 words

Speech time

310 seconds

ZTE commits $400 million annually for ICT infrastructure deployment and has trained over 50,000 people in developing areas

Explanation

ZTE, as a Partner2Connect champion, has committed to investing $400 million annually in ICT infrastructure deployment globally. Beyond infrastructure, they focus on human empowerment by providing technological courses and training to over 50,000 people in developing areas including South Africa, Indonesia, and Estonia.


Evidence

As we are one of the champions for P2P, we have insisted every year we are making the deployment of ICT infrastructure for 400 million U.S. dollars. We do this kind of courses for over 50,000 years to some developing areas like South Africa, like Indonesia and Estonia


Major discussion point

Corporate Investment Commitments and AI Infrastructure


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Nicole Isaac
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth
– Liqian Hao

Agreed on

Skills development and capacity building are critical components of digital inclusion


ZTE deployed solar-powered base stations in remote areas like Liberia, connecting over 800 previously offline people

Explanation

ZTE has implemented innovative solutions for remote connectivity challenges by deploying solar-powered base stations in partnership with local operators. Their project in Liberia with an Orange operator successfully connected over 800 people who were previously offline, demonstrating practical solutions for underserved areas.


Evidence

This year we have some use case in Liberia with an orange operator. For these people, we set up a base station with solar power to serve more than 800% of the people. They are offline, they are not connecting to the internet


Major discussion point

Connectivity Infrastructure and Technology Solutions


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Liqian Hao
– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Solly Malatsi

Agreed on

Infrastructure investment must address both urban and rural connectivity challenges


ZTE established CORA alliance targeting 1,000 global players to accelerate AI industry applications and overcome technical barriers

Explanation

ZTE has created the CORA (Cooperating Open Cooperation Intelligent Industry Cooperation Alliance) to focus on making AI more accessible and accelerating AI adoption in industry applications. The alliance aims to involve more than 1,000 players globally to collectively overcome financial, technical, and resource challenges.


Evidence

We are set up a kind of organization, we call it CORA, it’s a cooperating, it’s a open cooperation, intelligent industry cooperation alliance. Our target is to involving more than 1,000 players in this alliance globally


Major discussion point

Skills Development and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Economic


Disagreed with

– Melike Yetken Krilla

Disagreed on

Approach to AI accessibility and deployment


C

Christopher Hemmerlein

Speech speed

167 words per minute

Speech length

674 words

Speech time

241 seconds

Amazon’s Project Kuiper will provide satellite broadband to 95% of global population with terminals costing hundreds of dollars and speeds up to 400 Mbps

Explanation

Amazon’s Project Kuiper is a low-Earth orbit satellite system designed to bring affordable, high-speed broadband to underserved communities. The system will cover 95% of the global population with customer terminals that are compact (laptop-sized), cost only a few hundred dollars, and provide download speeds up to 400 Mbps.


Evidence

Our service footprint is going to be between 56 degrees latitude north and south, so that’s about 95 percent of the global population. Our prime terminal, is going to be about 28 centimeters squared, about the size of a laptop, capable of downloading speeds up to 400 megabits per second. And we’re producing them in-house for a couple of hundred dollars


Major discussion point

Connectivity Infrastructure and Technology Solutions


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Liqian Hao
– Summer Chen
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Solly Malatsi

Agreed on

Infrastructure investment must address both urban and rural connectivity challenges


Disagreed with

– Liqian Hao

Disagreed on

Infrastructure deployment strategy


Private sector partnerships with mobile network operators are essential for extending 4G/5G networks through satellite backhaul

Explanation

Amazon recognizes that addressing the digital divide requires partnerships with existing mobile network operators rather than competing with them. Project Kuiper works with operators like Vodafone, Vodacom, and Verizon to provide satellite backhaul that extends the reach of 4G and 5G networks, supporting local economies and building the overall digital ecosystem.


Evidence

We have partnerships with Vodafone and Vodacom in Europe and Africa, and in the United States with Verizon. We’re working with incumbent local operators. And so we’re supporting local economies, we’re building the overall digital ecosystem


Major discussion point

Cross-Sector Partnerships and Collaboration


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic


Agreed with

– Nicole Isaac
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth
– Solly Malatsi
– Liqian Hao

Agreed on

Partnerships are essential for achieving digital connectivity and transformation goals


Regulatory frameworks need updating to accommodate new LEO satellite technologies through government-private sector collaboration

Explanation

Amazon emphasizes the importance of working with governments to develop appropriate regulatory and policy frameworks for low-Earth orbit satellite technologies. Since LEO satellites are still new and evolving, existing regulatory frameworks don’t adequately account for them, requiring collaborative development of win-win solutions.


Evidence

Because LEO satellites are still a new and evolving technology, regulatory frameworks don’t yet account for them. And so we’re working with governments really hand-in-hand at the ITU and at the national level in developing kind of the type of regulatory and policy frameworks


Major discussion point

Government Policy and Regulatory Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


M

Melike Yetken Krilla

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

644 words

Speech time

266 seconds

Google has invested tens of billions in subsea cables connecting regions globally, with 95% of world’s data flowing through subsea infrastructure

Explanation

Google has made massive infrastructure investments in subsea cable development to connect people worldwide. They announced high-frequency optic cables connecting Latin America to Africa, Africa to APEC, and remote Pacific areas to the Americas, with 95% of global data now flowing through subsea cable infrastructure.


Evidence

Google has spent tens of billions of dollars on data center and subsea cable development to connect people all over the world. Last year alone, we announced high frequency optic cables that will connect Latin America to Africa, Africa to APEC, remote areas in the Pacific Ocean to the Americas. 95% of the world’s data is now free flowing through subsea cable


Major discussion point

Connectivity Infrastructure and Technology Solutions


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Liqian Hao
– Summer Chen
– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Solly Malatsi

Agreed on

Infrastructure investment must address both urban and rural connectivity challenges


Google provides open-source AI models like GEMMA to 7 million researchers and academics for local innovation

Explanation

Google is committed to open-source AI models, providing free access to researchers, academics, and scientists to create innovations in their local languages and address local challenges. Their GEMMA AI model is now used by 7 million researchers globally, representing a five-fold increase from the previous year.


Evidence

We are committed to open-source models, so if you look at things like our GEMMA AI model that we give to researchers for free to be able to create innovations, create them in their local language, think about local challenges they have, and build local solutions to global issues. We now have 7 million researchers and academics and scientists using these open models


Major discussion point

Corporate Investment Commitments and AI Infrastructure


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Disagreed with

– Summer Chen

Disagreed on

Approach to AI accessibility and deployment


Google announced $120 million AI opportunity fund and is training 100 million people globally through Grow with Google program

Explanation

Google has launched a comprehensive global skills development initiative with a $120 million AI opportunity fund to help local organizations worldwide build AI capacity. Additionally, their Grow with Google program focuses on AI essentials, data science training, and large-language model usage, targeting 100 million people globally.


Evidence

If we think about global skilling, particularly around our Grow with Google program, which is looking at AI essentials, training in data science, how to use new large-language models like GEMMA and I, we are training 100 million people globally on that program. Second to looking at a global AI opportunity fund that we announced, $120 million


Major discussion point

Corporate Investment Commitments and AI Infrastructure


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Nicole Isaac
– Summer Chen
– Sally Wentworth
– Liqian Hao

Agreed on

Skills development and capacity building are critical components of digital inclusion


UNICC partnership with Google creates AI hub for UN system deployment and capacity building

Explanation

Google has partnered with UNICC (the UN Shared Service Provider) to create an AI hub that will deploy AI systems within the UN to transform daily operations and build AI capacity. This partnership includes virtual training through an AI academy to make UN officials’ work more efficient and reduce redundancies.


Evidence

UNICC, the UN Shared Service Provider, announced they are creating an AI hub in order to deploy AI systems within the UN to transform daily ability to get your job done and to AI capacity building. Google is thrilled to be a partner with UNICC to be able to build solutions that UN officials throughout the world are able to deploy


Major discussion point

Cross-Sector Partnerships and Collaboration


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Nicole Isaac
– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Sally Wentworth
– Solly Malatsi
– Liqian Hao

Agreed on

Partnerships are essential for achieving digital connectivity and transformation goals


S

Sally Wentworth

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

743 words

Speech time

312 seconds

Internet Society’s Haiti chapter implemented over 100 community networks connecting tens of thousands through local expertise and diaspora funding

Explanation

The Internet Society’s Haiti chapter successfully implemented over 100 community networks after learning from colleagues in India and conducting a national connectivity survey. They secured funding from the global diaspora and worked with local regulators, creating a sustainable business model that connects tens of thousands of people while training local experts.


Evidence

After five years, they have been able to implement over 100 community networks or points of presence across Haiti. They’ve done that with a sustainable business model that’s connecting tens of thousands of people and training local experts to both build and maintain that connectivity


Major discussion point

Community-Based and Local Partnership Models


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Internet Society pledged to train 15,000 more people and committed $30 million over five years for locally scalable, sustainable networks

Explanation

Building on their successful community network model, the Internet Society has made a new Partner2Connect pledge to scale their approach globally. They committed to training over 15,000 more people to build and maintain Internet infrastructure and established a $30 million connectivity co-fund over five years to support locally scalable, sustainable networks.


Evidence

I’m happy to report that we made another Partner Connect pledge in April to scale this model across the world. We’re committed to training over 15,000 more people to build and maintain Internet infrastructure worldwide. And we’re committing, through a connectivity co-fund initiative, $30 million over the next five years


Major discussion point

Community-Based and Local Partnership Models


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Nicole Isaac
– Summer Chen
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Liqian Hao

Agreed on

Skills development and capacity building are critical components of digital inclusion


Local partnerships are critical for understanding community needs and environmental challenges in connectivity projects

Explanation

The Internet Society emphasizes that successful connectivity projects require strong local partners who understand what will work best in their specific environment. They avoid imposing solutions from outside and instead support local expertise that can shape connectivity approaches based on community needs, market conditions, and unique challenges.


Evidence

For our work, especially on connectivity, a key dimension of our work is the need to have a strong local partner. We don’t want to be in the position of being in from the outside and claiming to understand what’s going to work best in any particular environment. They understood what the community needed, what the environmental position was


Major discussion point

Community-Based and Local Partnership Models


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Nicole Isaac
– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Solly Malatsi
– Liqian Hao

Agreed on

Partnerships are essential for achieving digital connectivity and transformation goals


S

Solly Malatsi

Speech speed

157 words per minute

Speech length

539 words

Speech time

205 seconds

South Africa removed luxury taxes on smart devices to make them more affordable for low-income households

Explanation

The South African government recognized that smart devices were classified as luxury goods in their taxation system, which drove up costs and created barriers for low-income households. They successfully persuaded the national treasury to remove luxury taxes on entry-level smart devices to make them more affordable and enable greater digital participation.


Evidence

One of those, and Doreen touched on it slightly, is around the affordability of smart devices. In our taxation dispensation, they are classified as luxury goods and that drives their high cost. So one of the key milestones that we’ve been able to achieve in a short space of time was to persuade our national treasury to look at the entry point of those smart devices to remove that luxury tax


Major discussion point

Government Policy and Regulatory Frameworks


Topics

Economic | Development


South African Connect project aims to connect 5.8 million residents through government facilities and partnerships with telcos

Explanation

The South African government launched the South African Connect project to address connectivity gaps by targeting 5.8 million residents who weren’t connected. The project focuses on connecting government facilities as central hubs for people outside metropolitan areas and requires an inclusive approach working with private sector, telcos, and small enterprises.


Evidence

The South African government recognized the power of connectivity towards uplifting people towards economic prosperity and it took a decision to initiate the South African Connect project to connect people who weren’t connected. And the aim was to connect 5.8 million residents


Major discussion point

Government Policy and Regulatory Frameworks


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Liqian Hao
– Summer Chen
– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla

Agreed on

Infrastructure investment must address both urban and rural connectivity challenges


South Africa partners with Global Mobile Association on smart device affordability and with private sector on public service digital skills assessment

Explanation

South Africa has established strategic partnerships to address different aspects of digital transformation. They work with the Global Mobile Association to study the impact of removing luxury taxes on smart devices, and they’re developing a partnership with the private sector to assess and improve digital skills capacity among public servants who drive digital transformation.


Evidence

We are working together with the Global Mobile Association, particularly looking at the impact where in the removal of the luxury techs can make in making smart devices more affordable. We’ve got an ongoing partnership that will be finalized with the private sector, but it’s on assessment of our needs in the public service, looking in terms of the capacity of the digital skills of public servants


Major discussion point

Cross-Sector Partnerships and Collaboration


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Nicole Isaac
– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth
– Liqian Hao

Agreed on

Partnerships are essential for achieving digital connectivity and transformation goals


V

Video

Speech speed

102 words per minute

Speech length

177 words

Speech time

104 seconds

Partner to Connect Digital Coalition mobilizes resources and partnerships to achieve universal meaningful connectivity despite millions remaining offline

Explanation

The Partner to Connect Digital Coalition was created to address the persistent digital divide where millions of people remain offline and hundreds of millions lack adequate connectivity. The coalition works by mobilizing resources, partnerships, and commitments from entities worldwide to achieve universal and meaningful connectivity.


Evidence

Despite 30 years of steady growth, today, millions of people remain offline, and hundreds of millions more still lack the connectivity required to tap onto the transformative power of the Internet. To date, hundreds of pledges worth billions of dollars have been submitted through the P2C platform by entities from all around the world.


Major discussion point

Partner2Connect Coalition Progress and Growth


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


The Coalition will scale pledges, track implementation progress, and work with partner countries to facilitate national-level digital transformation

Explanation

Beyond collecting pledges, the Partner to Connect Coalition has committed to actively scaling these commitments, monitoring their implementation, and mobilizing additional resources. The coalition also works directly with partner countries to facilitate the implementation of pledges and accelerate digital transformation at the national level.


Evidence

Partner to Connect will scale pledges, track progress on implementation, and mobilize more resources and partnerships. P2C will also be working with partner countries to facilitate the implementation of the P2C pledges to accelerate digital transformation at the national level.


Major discussion point

Partner2Connect Coalition Progress and Growth


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

Partnerships are essential for achieving digital connectivity and transformation goals

Speakers

– Nicole Isaac
– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth
– Solly Malatsi
– Liqian Hao

Arguments

Government-private sector collaboration is crucial for achieving scale and impact in digital transformation initiatives


Private sector partnerships with mobile network operators are essential for extending 4G/5G networks through satellite backhaul


UNICC partnership with Google creates AI hub for UN system deployment and capacity building


Local partnerships are critical for understanding community needs and environmental challenges in connectivity projects


South Africa partners with Global Mobile Association on smart device affordability and with private sector on public service digital skills assessment


China Unicom works with government and civil society on agriculture, medical, and education applications using digital platforms


Summary

All speakers emphasized that addressing the digital divide requires collaborative partnerships across sectors, with government, private sector, civil society, and international organizations working together to leverage their respective expertise and achieve scale.


Topics

Development | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Massive financial commitments are needed to bridge the digital divide

Speakers

– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Nicole Isaac
– Liqian Hao
– Summer Chen
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth

Arguments

Coalition has grown to over 450 organizations with pledges worth $76.1 billion, exceeding the $75 billion milestone with 34% increase this year


Cisco announced $1 billion global AI investment fund to invest in entrepreneurs and expand digital skills access to 230,000 individuals over three years


China Unicom pledged $1.38 billion over five years, with $1.14 billion for fiber and 5G networks and $240 million for digital village construction


ZTE commits $400 million annually for ICT infrastructure deployment and has trained over 50,000 people in developing areas


Google announced $120 million AI opportunity fund and is training 100 million people globally through Grow with Google program


Internet Society pledged to train 15,000 more people and committed $30 million over five years for locally scalable, sustainable networks


Summary

All speakers demonstrated commitment through substantial financial pledges, ranging from millions to billions of dollars, showing consensus that significant investment is required to achieve universal connectivity goals.


Topics

Development | Economic | Infrastructure


Skills development and capacity building are critical components of digital inclusion

Speakers

– Nicole Isaac
– Summer Chen
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Sally Wentworth
– Liqian Hao

Arguments

Cisco Networking Academy has trained over 20 million individuals globally on cybersecurity and is expanding to include AI skills


ZTE commits $400 million annually for ICT infrastructure deployment and has trained over 50,000 people in developing areas


Google announced $120 million AI opportunity fund and is training 100 million people globally through Grow with Google program


Internet Society pledged to train 15,000 more people and committed $30 million over five years for locally scalable, sustainable networks


China Unicom allocated $14 million for discounts to disabled, senior, and low-income users, with additional $250 million planned


Summary

Speakers agreed that providing digital skills training and capacity building is essential for meaningful connectivity, with commitments to train millions of people globally in various technical and digital literacy skills.


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Infrastructure investment must address both urban and rural connectivity challenges

Speakers

– Liqian Hao
– Summer Chen
– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Solly Malatsi

Arguments

China has achieved 98% 4G coverage and 90% 5G coverage in villages, with 66% fiber coverage despite geographic challenges


ZTE deployed solar-powered base stations in remote areas like Liberia, connecting over 800 previously offline people


Amazon’s Project Kuiper will provide satellite broadband to 95% of global population with terminals costing hundreds of dollars and speeds up to 400 Mbps


Google has invested tens of billions in subsea cables connecting regions globally, with 95% of world’s data flowing through subsea infrastructure


South African Connect project aims to connect 5.8 million residents through government facilities and partnerships with telcos


Summary

All speakers recognized the need for comprehensive infrastructure solutions that can reach both urban and remote areas, using various technologies including terrestrial networks, satellite systems, and innovative power solutions.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Similar viewpoints

These speakers share a focus on AI as a transformative technology that requires significant investment, open collaboration, and global partnerships to ensure equitable access and prevent the digital divide from becoming an AI divide.

Speakers

– Nicole Isaac
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Summer Chen

Arguments

Cisco announced $1 billion global AI investment fund to invest in entrepreneurs and expand digital skills access to 230,000 individuals over three years


Google provides open-source AI models like GEMMA to 7 million researchers and academics for local innovation


ZTE established CORA alliance targeting 1,000 global players to accelerate AI industry applications and overcome technical barriers


Topics

Development | Economic | Sociocultural


These speakers emphasize community-based and locally-driven approaches to connectivity, recognizing that successful digital inclusion requires understanding local needs, leveraging local expertise, and creating sustainable solutions tailored to specific communities.

Speakers

– Sally Wentworth
– Summer Chen
– Solly Malatsi

Arguments

Internet Society’s Haiti chapter implemented over 100 community networks connecting tens of thousands through local expertise and diaspora funding


ZTE deployed solar-powered base stations in remote areas like Liberia, connecting over 800 previously offline people


South African Connect project aims to connect 5.8 million residents through government facilities and partnerships with telcos


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Sociocultural


Both speakers recognize that emerging technologies require updated regulatory frameworks and institutional partnerships to ensure proper deployment and governance, emphasizing the need for collaborative approaches between technology companies and regulatory bodies.

Speakers

– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla

Arguments

Regulatory frameworks need updating to accommodate new LEO satellite technologies through government-private sector collaboration


UNICC partnership with Google creates AI hub for UN system deployment and capacity building


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Unexpected consensus

Tax policy as a tool for digital inclusion

Speakers

– Solly Malatsi
– Alex Wong

Arguments

South Africa removed luxury taxes on smart devices to make them more affordable for low-income households


So taxes, I hope you all heard that because that’s what we always talk about as one of the inhibitors is to look at how taxes of ICT equipment are


Explanation

The consensus on tax policy reform as a critical tool for digital inclusion was unexpected in a discussion primarily focused on infrastructure and partnerships. This represents a sophisticated understanding that policy barriers, not just technical or financial ones, significantly impact digital access.


Topics

Economic | Development | Legal and regulatory


Open-source approaches to AI and technology development

Speakers

– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Summer Chen

Arguments

Google provides open-source AI models like GEMMA to 7 million researchers and academics for local innovation


ZTE established CORA alliance targeting 1,000 global players to accelerate AI industry applications and overcome technical barriers


Explanation

The consensus on open-source and collaborative approaches to AI development was unexpected given that these are competing technology companies. This suggests a shared recognition that the scale of the digital divide challenge requires collaborative rather than competitive approaches.


Topics

Development | Economic | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed strong consensus across all speakers on the need for partnerships, substantial financial investment, skills development, and comprehensive infrastructure solutions to address the digital divide. There was also unexpected agreement on policy reforms and open-source approaches.


Consensus level

Very high level of consensus with no significant disagreements identified. This strong alignment suggests that the Partner2Connect initiative has successfully created a shared understanding of challenges and solutions among diverse stakeholders, which bodes well for coordinated implementation of digital inclusion efforts globally.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to AI accessibility and deployment

Speakers

– Summer Chen
– Melike Yetken Krilla

Arguments

ZTE established CORA alliance targeting 1,000 global players to accelerate AI industry applications and overcome technical barriers


Google provides open-source AI models like GEMMA to 7 million researchers and academics for local innovation


Summary

ZTE focuses on creating a closed alliance of industry players to accelerate AI applications, while Google emphasizes open-source models for broader accessibility to researchers and academics


Topics

Development | Economic


Infrastructure deployment strategy

Speakers

– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Liqian Hao

Arguments

Amazon’s Project Kuiper will provide satellite broadband to 95% of global population with terminals costing hundreds of dollars and speeds up to 400 Mbps


China has achieved 98% 4G coverage and 90% 5G coverage in villages, with 66% fiber coverage despite geographic challenges


Summary

Amazon focuses on satellite-based solutions for global coverage, while China Unicom emphasizes terrestrial infrastructure (4G/5G/fiber) for comprehensive coverage


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Unexpected differences

Role of taxation in digital access

Speakers

– Solly Malatsi

Arguments

South Africa removed luxury taxes on smart devices to make them more affordable for low-income households


Explanation

While other speakers focused on investment and infrastructure, only South Africa addressed taxation policy as a barrier to digital access. This represents an unexpected policy dimension that other speakers did not consider or mention in their approaches


Topics

Economic | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkably high consensus among speakers, with most disagreements being tactical rather than strategic. All speakers agreed on the fundamental goals of universal connectivity and digital inclusion, but differed in their preferred methods and emphasis areas.


Disagreement level

Low level of disagreement with high collaborative potential. The differences represent complementary approaches rather than conflicting philosophies, suggesting strong potential for partnership and coordination among the various initiatives. The main implication is that the Partner2Connect platform successfully brings together diverse stakeholders who share common goals while contributing different expertise and resources.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

These speakers share a focus on AI as a transformative technology that requires significant investment, open collaboration, and global partnerships to ensure equitable access and prevent the digital divide from becoming an AI divide.

Speakers

– Nicole Isaac
– Melike Yetken Krilla
– Summer Chen

Arguments

Cisco announced $1 billion global AI investment fund to invest in entrepreneurs and expand digital skills access to 230,000 individuals over three years


Google provides open-source AI models like GEMMA to 7 million researchers and academics for local innovation


ZTE established CORA alliance targeting 1,000 global players to accelerate AI industry applications and overcome technical barriers


Topics

Development | Economic | Sociocultural


These speakers emphasize community-based and locally-driven approaches to connectivity, recognizing that successful digital inclusion requires understanding local needs, leveraging local expertise, and creating sustainable solutions tailored to specific communities.

Speakers

– Sally Wentworth
– Summer Chen
– Solly Malatsi

Arguments

Internet Society’s Haiti chapter implemented over 100 community networks connecting tens of thousands through local expertise and diaspora funding


ZTE deployed solar-powered base stations in remote areas like Liberia, connecting over 800 previously offline people


South African Connect project aims to connect 5.8 million residents through government facilities and partnerships with telcos


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Sociocultural


Both speakers recognize that emerging technologies require updated regulatory frameworks and institutional partnerships to ensure proper deployment and governance, emphasizing the need for collaborative approaches between technology companies and regulatory bodies.

Speakers

– Christopher Hemmerlein
– Melike Yetken Krilla

Arguments

Regulatory frameworks need updating to accommodate new LEO satellite technologies through government-private sector collaboration


UNICC partnership with Google creates AI hub for UN system deployment and capacity building


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

The Partner2Connect Coalition has achieved significant growth, reaching $76.1 billion in pledges from over 450 organizations, demonstrating strong global commitment to digital connectivity


Universal meaningful connectivity by 2030 requires urgent action as one-third of humanity (2.6 billion people) remains unconnected, with the window for achieving goals closing rapidly


Multi-stakeholder partnerships across government, private sector, and civil society are essential for bridging the digital divide at scale


Major technology companies are making substantial investments in AI infrastructure, connectivity solutions, and skills development programs


Policy reforms such as removing luxury taxes on smart devices and updating regulatory frameworks are critical enablers for digital inclusion


Local expertise and community-based approaches are fundamental to successful connectivity projects, as demonstrated by successful models in Haiti and other regions


The digital divide risks becoming an AI divide, requiring proactive measures to ensure equitable access to emerging technologies


Capacity building and skills development must accompany infrastructure investments to achieve meaningful connectivity


Resolutions and action items

Participants making commitments during the session must enter their pledges into the Partner2Connect platform system


Continue scaling pledges and tracking implementation progress toward the $100 billion commitment goal by end of 2026


Convene Partner2Connect sessions at upcoming conferences: Landlocked Developing Countries Conference in Turkmenistan (August), UN General Assembly (likely September 22nd), World Telecom Development Conference in Azerbaijan (November), and annual partnership meeting in December


Hold community events for pledge sharing, matchmaking, and partnership development


Conduct country roundtables following the Guatemala model to address national-level challenges and opportunities


Facilitate implementation of P2C pledges to accelerate digital transformation at national levels


Expand the Partner2Connect emailing list for broader community engagement


Unresolved issues

Specific mechanisms for coordinating the numerous pledges and ensuring effective implementation across different organizations and regions


How to address the affordability challenge for the remaining 2.6 billion unconnected people, particularly in the most remote and economically disadvantaged areas


Standardization and interoperability issues across different connectivity technologies and platforms being deployed by various organizations


Measurement and evaluation frameworks for tracking the actual impact of pledges on meaningful connectivity outcomes


Regulatory harmonization across different countries to facilitate cross-border connectivity initiatives


Sustainability models for community-based connectivity projects beyond initial funding periods


Suggested compromises

Public-private partnerships that combine government policy support with private sector technical expertise and funding


Shared infrastructure models like China Unicom’s co-building approach with other carriers to reduce costs and environmental impact


Flexible pricing models and subsidies for underserved populations while maintaining commercial viability


Open-source technology sharing (like Google’s GEMMA AI model) balanced with proprietary innovation incentives


Gradual regulatory framework updates that accommodate new technologies while ensuring security and competition


Thought provoking comments

In our taxation dispensation, they [smart devices] are classified as luxury goods and that drives their high cost. So one of the key milestones that we’ve been able to achieve in a short space of time was to persuade our national treasury to look at the entry point of those smart devices to remove that luxury tax so that they can be much more affordable to a lot of low-income households.

Speaker

Solly Malatsi (Minister of Communications and Digital Technologies, South Africa)


Reason

This comment was particularly insightful because it identified a concrete, actionable policy barrier that governments can immediately address. Rather than focusing solely on infrastructure or technology solutions, it highlighted how tax policy directly impacts digital inclusion. This represents a practical, replicable solution that other governments could implement.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from purely technological and infrastructure-focused solutions to include policy and regulatory approaches. Alex Wong immediately reinforced its importance, stating ‘taxes, I hope you all heard that because that’s what we always talk about as one of the inhibitors.’ This validation elevated tax policy as a key theme and likely influenced other participants to consider policy barriers alongside technical ones.


We understand at Amazon that the digital divide is too great a challenge for one company or one organization to overcome alone. So we’re working with partners who share our vision for bringing universal connectivity… we’re working with incumbent local operators. And so we’re supporting local economies, we’re building the overall digital ecosystem.

Speaker

Christopher Hemmerlein (Amazon)


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it explicitly acknowledged the limitations of individual corporate efforts and emphasized the importance of working with existing local infrastructure rather than replacing it. This represents a more sustainable and collaborative approach to addressing connectivity challenges.


Impact

This comment reinforced the partnership theme that became central to the discussion. It influenced the moderator’s follow-up questions about partnerships and lessons learned, leading to a dedicated segment where all panelists shared their partnership experiences and strategies.


We want to ensure that the digital divide does not become the AI divide. And when we have 2.6 billion people unconnected still, the mechanics of how we do that is in partnership, it’s being bold and responsible, is in our innovation.

Speaker

Melike Yetken Krilla (Google)


Reason

This comment was particularly insightful because it introduced the concept of an ‘AI divide’ as a new dimension of digital inequality. It connected the current connectivity challenges to emerging AI technologies, suggesting that without addressing basic connectivity, the gap could widen further with AI advancement.


Impact

This comment expanded the scope of the discussion beyond traditional connectivity to include AI accessibility. It influenced Summer Chen from ZTE to elaborate on their ‘AI for all’ strategy and contributed to the session’s evolution toward discussing not just connection, but meaningful participation in the digital economy including AI technologies.


We don’t want to be in the position of being in from the outside and claiming to understand what’s going to work best in any particular environment. So we really are looking for that local expertise that can help shape the connectivity approach that will work best in a particular market.

Speaker

Sally Wentworth (Internet Society)


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it challenged the traditional top-down approach to development aid and technology deployment. It emphasized the importance of local knowledge and community-driven solutions, which is often overlooked in technology-focused discussions.


Impact

This comment provided a counterbalance to the corporate presentations by emphasizing grassroots, community-driven approaches. It influenced the discussion by highlighting the Haiti success story as an example of local empowerment, and reinforced the importance of sustainable, locally-owned solutions rather than externally imposed ones.


If you’re committing to doing something and you haven’t entered it into the Partner2Connect platform as a pledge, we’re going to chase you on that. So, you’re welcome to announce what you’re doing, but you’re going to have to put it in the Partner2Connect system.

Speaker

Alex Wong (Moderator)


Reason

This comment was significant because it established accountability and transparency as core principles of the session. It moved beyond rhetoric to demand concrete, trackable commitments, which is often missing in international development discussions.


Impact

This comment set the tone for the entire session, creating an expectation of concrete deliverables rather than just aspirational statements. It influenced all subsequent presentations to include specific, measurable pledges and encouraged a more results-oriented discussion throughout the session.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively shaped the discussion by expanding it beyond traditional infrastructure-focused approaches to digital connectivity. They introduced multiple dimensions including policy reform (tax policy), partnership strategies, emerging challenges (AI divide), community-driven solutions, and accountability mechanisms. The comments created a more holistic framework for addressing digital inclusion that encompasses technology, policy, partnerships, and local empowerment. Most importantly, they shifted the conversation from theoretical discussions to practical, actionable solutions with built-in accountability measures. The emphasis on partnerships and local ownership became a recurring theme that influenced how subsequent speakers framed their contributions, creating a more collaborative and sustainable approach to addressing the digital divide.


Follow-up questions

How can partnerships be effectively structured and scaled to maximize impact in bridging the digital divide?

Speaker

Alex Wong


Explanation

This was a key question posed to the panel about partnership examples and lessons learned, as partnerships are fundamental to the WSIS and Partner2Connect initiatives


What are the most effective regulatory and policy frameworks for emerging LEO satellite technologies?

Speaker

Christopher Hemmerlein


Explanation

He noted that regulatory frameworks don’t yet account for LEO satellites and emphasized the need to work with governments to develop appropriate frameworks


How can the luxury tax removal model for smart devices be replicated in other countries?

Speaker

Solly Malatsi


Explanation

The Minister mentioned their success in removing luxury taxes on smart devices and indicated they are working with the Global Mobile Association to study this impact, suggesting broader applicability


What are the specific digital skills capacity needs in public services across different countries?

Speaker

Solly Malatsi


Explanation

He mentioned an ongoing partnership to assess digital skills needs of public servants, indicating this is an area requiring further research and development


How can AI flood prediction technology be scaled and implemented globally?

Speaker

Melike Yetken Krilla


Explanation

She mentioned Google’s flood hub program that can predict floods seven days in advance, suggesting potential for broader implementation and research into scaling this technology


What are the most effective models for sustainable community networks in hard-to-reach areas?

Speaker

Sally Wentworth


Explanation

She highlighted the Haiti community network model as successful and mentioned plans to scale this approach globally, indicating need for further research on replication strategies


How can the digital divide be prevented from becoming an AI divide?

Speaker

Melike Yetken Krilla


Explanation

She specifically mentioned the concern that the digital divide should not become an AI divide, suggesting this is an important area for ongoing research and intervention


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Towards a Resilient Information Ecosystem: Balancing Platform Governance and Technology

Towards a Resilient Information Ecosystem: Balancing Platform Governance and Technology

Session at a glance

Summary

This UNESCO session focused on building resilient information ecosystems through balanced platform governance and technology, examining challenges and solutions in the digital media landscape. Assistant Director General Tawfik Jelassi opened by explaining UNESCO’s constitutional mission to build peace through education and culture, noting how digital platforms have become sources of misinformation, hate speech, and harmful content that undermine this goal. He highlighted UNESCO’s “For an Internet of Trust” initiative, which developed guidelines for digital platform governance through extensive global consultations involving over 10,000 inputs from 134 countries.


Professor Ingrid Volkmer emphasized that current crises require shifting from focusing solely on information and disinformation to understanding communication more broadly as an ecosystem. She pointed to examples from Ukraine and the Democratic Republic of Congo, where vital connectivity, cloud storage, and AI platforms create complex communication networks dominated by global corporate monopolies that remain largely unregulated during crisis periods. Frédéric Bokobza from France’s ARCAM discussed regulatory challenges, particularly the need to reduce information asymmetry with platforms and implement transparency requirements under the Digital Services Act, while emphasizing the importance of direct cooperation channels with platforms, especially during elections.


Google’s Nadja Blagojevic outlined the company’s approach to user empowerment through provenance technologies like SynthID watermarking, context tools such as “About This Image,” and media literacy programs like “Be Internet Awesome.” Maria Paz Canales from Global Partners Digital highlighted positive uses of AI by civil society, including protecting protesters’ identities, real-time crisis reporting, and preserving collective memory. The discussion concluded with calls for enhanced global cooperation among regulatory authorities and recognition of information as a public good requiring multi-stakeholder solutions.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Expanding Crisis Communication Beyond Disinformation**: The discussion emphasized moving from a narrow focus on disinformation to a broader communication ecosystem perspective, particularly during crises. This includes vital connectivity infrastructure (like Starlink), cloud storage, AI platforms, and various communication technologies that create a holistic crisis communication environment.


– **Platform Governance and Regulatory Challenges**: Regulatory authorities face significant challenges in governing digital platforms, particularly around transparency, accountability, and reducing information asymmetry with platforms. The discussion highlighted the importance of multi-stakeholder approaches and international cooperation among regulatory networks.


– **User Empowerment and Media Literacy**: The conversation addressed the dual responsibility of platforms to provide transparency tools and users to develop critical thinking skills. This includes technical solutions like digital watermarking (SynthID), context tools, and comprehensive media literacy programs for both children and adults.


– **Civil Society’s Role in Leveraging Technology**: The discussion explored how civil society organizations use AI and digital platforms positively to amplify marginalized voices, support freedom of expression, organize during crises, preserve collective memory, and enhance advocacy efforts despite funding constraints.


– **Building Resilient Information Ecosystems Through Global Cooperation**: The conversation emphasized the need for international collaboration among regulatory authorities, the importance of treating information as a public good, and the challenges of supporting public interest media in a market-driven digital environment.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to assess progress on media-related aspects of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) and identify key challenges and actions needed to maintain a resilient information ecosystem. The session was designed to gather multi-stakeholder input for the WSIS revision process, focusing on balancing platform governance with technological advancement.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a professional, collaborative tone throughout, characterized by constructive problem-solving rather than confrontational debate. Speakers acknowledged both the challenges and opportunities presented by digital platforms and AI, with a balanced approach that recognized the complexity of the issues. The tone remained consistently forward-looking and solution-oriented, emphasizing the need for cooperation among different stakeholder groups rather than adversarial relationships.


Speakers

– **Ana Cristina Ruelas** – UNESCO’s Freedom of Expression, Safety of Journalist sections within the communication and information sector


– **Tawfik Jelassi** – Assistant Director General (ADG) at UNESCO


– **Ingrid Volkmer** – Professor of Media and Communication at the University of Melbourne, member of the i14 Global Knowledge Network


– **Frederic Bokobza** – Deputy Director General at the French Authority for Regulation of Audiovisual and Digital Communication (ARCAM), part of the Francophone Network of Regulatory Authorities (REFRAM)


– **Maria Paz Canales** – Head of Policy and Advocacy at Global Partners Digital


– **Nadja Blagojevic** – Global Go-to-Market Lead and Knowledge and Information Trust Manager at Google


– **Audience** – Various participants asking questions during the session


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Building Resilient Information Ecosystems: UNESCO WSIS Review Session on Platform Governance


## Executive Summary


This UNESCO session, part of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) review process, examined critical challenges facing global information ecosystems. Moderated by Ana Cristina Ruelas, the discussion brought together regulatory authorities, academia, civil society, and technology sector representatives to assess progress on media-related aspects of WSIS and identify actions needed to maintain resilient information ecosystems. The session explored how digital platforms have transformed the information landscape, creating both opportunities for democratic participation and threats to social cohesion.


## Opening Framework: Information as a Public Good


Assistant Director General Tawfik Jelassi opened by establishing UNESCO’s constitutional mission to build peace through education, science, and culture. He quoted 2021 Nobel Peace Prize laureate Maria Ressa, stating: “without facts, there is no truth. And without truth, there is no trust. And without trust, there is no shared reality upon which we can act.”


Jelassi highlighted UNESCO’s 33-year history with the World Press Freedom Conference and 27-year World Press Freedom Prize, emphasizing that digital platforms, while offering potential for knowledge sharing, have become sources of misinformation and hate speech. He cited an MIT study showing that “lies online travel ten times faster than the truth.”


The Assistant Director General outlined UNESCO’s “For an Internet of Trust” initiative, which developed guidelines for digital platform governance through global consultations involving inputs from 134 countries. He emphasized treating information as a public good rather than a commercial commodity, noting that misinformation and online violence “do not contribute to peace building” but rather “contribute to more hatred, more divisive communities, and sometimes to genocides and to conflicts and wars.”


## Paradigm Shift: From Information to Communication Ecosystems


Professor Ingrid Volkmer from the University of Melbourne argued for expanding focus beyond information and disinformation to understanding communication as an interconnected ecosystem. She stated: “it is not just information or disinformation that is central to crisis, but communication more broadly… we need to shift from this information paradigm into a broader communication paradigm, which is relevant for regulation of crisis communication.”


Volkmer provided concrete examples from Ukraine, where crisis communication involves complex networks including Starlink satellite connectivity, cloud storage platforms, open source software, and Magtag systems for trauma treatment. She highlighted concerns about data sovereignty, noting that crucial national information stored in commercial cloud systems raises questions about access and control during crises.


Her analysis revealed how global corporate monopolies dominate critical communication infrastructure during crisis periods, often remaining largely unregulated despite their essential role in maintaining social cohesion and democratic processes.


## Regulatory Approaches and International Cooperation


Frédéric Bokobza, Deputy Director General at France’s ARCAM and representative of the Francophone Network of Regulatory Authorities (REFRAM), discussed practical regulatory challenges. He emphasized the need to reduce information asymmetry between regulators and platforms while implementing effective transparency requirements.


Bokobza highlighted the Digital Services Act’s significance in establishing transparency obligations for platforms regarding content moderation and algorithmic decision-making. He stressed the importance of direct communication channels with platforms, particularly during critical periods like elections.


He announced that REFRAM and ACRON held a meeting in Abidjan with four major platforms (Meta, X, TikTok, and Google), securing commitments on moderation practices, transparency measures, and local language support. This represents a shift from confrontational approaches toward collaborative frameworks that maintain accountability while recognizing practical complexities of platform governance.


## Technology Solutions and User Empowerment


Nadja Blagojevic, Google’s Global Go-to-Market Lead and Knowledge and Information Trust Manager, outlined technology sector approaches to information ecosystem challenges through user empowerment and technical innovation.


Blagojevic detailed Google’s implementation of provenance technologies, including the SynthID watermarking system for identifying AI-generated content and the Coalition for Content Provenance and Authenticity (C2PA) standards. She described context tools like “About This Image” that provide users with information about image sources and verification status.


She emphasized Google’s media literacy programs, including “Be Internet Awesome,” which builds critical thinking skills across multiple countries. Blagojevic acknowledged the complexity of serving diverse global audiences, noting that “what works in one country or culture may not work in another” and recognizing “differing needs and sometimes divergent interests” in global platform governance.


Google announced plans to open-source the SynthID watermarking technology for text, demonstrating commitment to technical transparency and collaborative solutions.


## Civil Society Perspectives and Technology Applications


Maria Paz Canales from Global Partners Digital highlighted both positive AI applications and challenges facing civil society organizations. She outlined how civil society uses AI for protecting protesters’ identities, enabling crisis reporting, amplifying marginalized voices, and preserving collective memory through digital archiving.


Canales noted funding constraints that limit civil society’s ability to compete with well-resourced commercial and state actors, while demonstrating how technology enables more effective advocacy and broader audience reach.


She introduced important nuance regarding media support, stating: “I am very careful coming from Latin America about drawing the line between traditional media and public interest media because they are not the same, at least from the region that I come from.” This highlighted how media ownership and political contexts vary dramatically across regions.


## Key Challenges and Audience Concerns


Audience interventions raised critical concerns about the economic sustainability of public interest media, noting that 75% of advertising revenues now flow to digital platforms. This has created a funding crisis for traditional media organizations that requires public sector intervention to maintain diverse media ecosystems.


Questions were raised about supporting media organizations that serve the public interest while addressing the financial challenges created by platform competition for advertising revenue.


## Future Directions and Next Steps


UNESCO announced plans to move forward with pilot implementations of their platform governance guidelines. The Global Forum of Networks established a 2024-2026 roadmap focusing on developing network capacities, knowledge sharing, and action on generative AI and synthetic content.


REFRAM committed to continued technical forum meetings with major platforms to monitor commitments on moderation, transparency, and local language support. The emphasis was on maintaining collaborative approaches while ensuring accountability.


## Conclusion


The session demonstrated evolving approaches to digital governance that emphasize collaboration between stakeholders while addressing fundamental challenges in information ecosystem resilience. Key themes included treating information as a public good, the need for multi-stakeholder cooperation, and balancing platform accountability with recognition of cultural diversity and varying population needs.


Significant challenges remain, including the economic sustainability of public interest media, data sovereignty concerns during crises, and governance of global infrastructure monopolies. The discussion highlighted the need for continued dialogue, practical experimentation with governance mechanisms, and commitment to serving democratic objectives rather than purely commercial interests.


The path forward requires sustained multi-stakeholder cooperation, innovation in both technical solutions and regulatory approaches, and recognition that effective governance must balance global coordination with respect for cultural diversity and national sovereignty.


Session transcript

Ana Cristina Ruelas: Mrs. Maria Paz Canales, Ms. Ingrid Volkmer, Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Mrs. Maria Paz Canales, Ms. Ingrid Volkmer, Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Mrs. Maria Paz Canales, Ms. Ingrid Volkmer, Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Thank you, everyone, for being here. I am Ana Cristina Ruelas, and I am part of UNESCO’s Freedom of Expression, Safety of Journalist sections within the communication and information sector. And this session is to talk about how we’re doing in the media line on WSIS. Considering that we are in the process of revising this important actions. We have here our Assistant Director General to give us a first thought, a food for thought, as everyone says, to start discussing this issue. And then I will introduce you to all of our speakers. ATG, Tofiq Jalassi, please.


Tawfik Jelassi: Thank you very much, Ana Cristina. Good morning to all of you and thank you for being here on time on this Tuesday morning for this important session on Towards a Resilient Information Ecosystem, Balancing Platform Governance and Technology. As Ana Cristina said about her affiliation, UNESCO has been for more than three decades in charge of freedom of expression, media freedom, safety of journalists, access to information. We have been the designated agency within the United Nations system on these topics. And actually, we also have the UN Observatory for the Killings of Journalists. And for more than 33 years now, we have been organizing every year the World Press Freedom Conference, which is a major event of UNESCO. And for 27 years running, every year UNESCO awards its World Press Freedom Prize. In 2021, 2022 and 2023, the laureate of the UNESCO Prize received six months later the Nobel Peace Prize. And we do this conference always on May 3rd, which is, as you know, the World Press Freedom Day. So this is the context, because why is UNESCO working on digital platforms? Where does that come from? Is that part of the UNESCO mandate? We hear these questions all the time. People think that UNESCO is about culture, education and sciences. Not about digital platforms, not about press freedom, not about media freedom. And here, I said it in my opening remarks yesterday morning at this event, our focus on this topic for the last several years comes from our constitutional mission at UNESCO, which was defined 80 years ago, in 1945, when UNESCO was set up. And at the time, our founding fathers said the mission of UNESCO is to build peace in the minds of men and women. Some people say, well, this is maybe an overblown mission. How can you build peace, UNESCO? Well, we can, through education, through culture, through the sciences, in the minds of men and women. All starts with the mindset of the people from a very young age, like education, but also through culture, which is a very important lever for social cohesion, for solidarity, for intercultural dialogue. So starting with that mission from 1945, if you look at what has been happening through digital platforms over the last several years, we have been seeing an exponential increase of misinformation, hate speech, cyber bullying, online violence, and other forms of harmful online content. This does not contribute to peace building. This contributes to more hatred, more divisive communities, and sometimes to genocides and to conflicts and wars. And we have the evidence. I can show some examples of recent cases where disinformation through platforms have led to genocide and to communities fighting each other. Because once that disinformation is believed by some members of society, once they rush to using arms, that’s it. You cannot take it back. You cannot say, by the way, that was fake information. Let me give you the fact-checked information. Too late. We want information to be a common public good. We don’t want information to be a common hazard, risk, nor a common harm. That’s our starting point. And that’s why, three years ago, we launched a major global initiative called For an Internet of Trust. We want trustworthy information. We want fact-checked information. And a recent study from MIT shows that lies online travel ten times faster than the truth. People say, do you have evidence? Well, here is one study. You can look it up at MIT. So, is it about fact or fake? Is it about truth or lies? And let me quote the 2021 Nobel Peace Prize laureate, Maria Ressa, the journalist from the Philippines, who once said, without facts, there is no truth. And without truth, there is no trust. And without trust, there is no shared reality upon which we can act. And that’s why we called it For an Internet of Trust. And we developed, through open global consultations, three of them, which we run. And we used an inclusive, multi-stakeholder approach. We received over 10,000 inputs from our 194 member states, civil society organizations, academia, research, technical community, the media. 10,000 inputs coming from 134 countries. And we summarized them in this booklet, which we published in November 2023. And now we are about to start pilot implementation. implementations of the UNESCO guidelines for the governance of digital platforms. Nobody can stop digital platforms from becoming even more of a mainstream media, more of the number one source of information for hundreds of millions of people, especially the youth worldwide. All what we can hope for is a more effective governance of these platforms through a set of principles. Transparency, accountability, independent oversight bodies, user empowerment, content curation, content moderation. All these principles are detailed in this booklet and the outcome here resulted also from the involvement, the engagement of the tech companies and the platform operators. So again, balancing platform governance and technology, the topic of this session, I wanted to give you one example of a contribution, a humble contribution by UNESCO to try to move the needle and if all the key stakeholders from regulators to the platform companies, to social media influencers, to digital content creators, if they all adhere to these principles, hopefully we’ll have a safer, more trustworthy cyberspace. And I’m sure that my colleague Ana Cristina will tell you some of the steps we have done recently, in particular with these key stakeholders, the regulators, but also the social media influencers and digital content creators, to say we need all of you, those who supply information online, but also working with those who consume information online, supply and demand, and we have a major program called Media and Information Literacy in the digital era. because we need to educate the users. We need to develop a critical mindset, helping them hopefully to distinguish between falsehood and fact-checked information, or to systematically check the source of information before they like and they share, and they become themselves amplifiers of this information. So, this is meant, my remarks are meant to set the stage. I hope I did so, Ana Cristina, but keep in mind it’s nine o’clock and they didn’t have a good coffee yet. Thank you.


Ana Cristina Ruelas: Thank you very much, ADG, for this opening. So, one of the key elements that UNESCO wanted to highlight in this acknowledgement of the Media Line is that, yes, it is true that we have advanced a lot over the last 20 years when it comes to cold information as a public good, and I can say that one of the key achievements is to broaden the participation of different stakeholder groups in these discussions. Right now, we are sitting here between different stakeholder groups that represent the private sector, the social sector, the public sector, which is very, very important for this discussion because when it comes to the digital space, it doesn’t, it’s not anymore a thing that relates only to governments and the, let’s say, the regulated entities which are the platforms or the companies. It comes with a lot of other members of society that have something to say and that have something to do. So, in order to take stock of what we have gained, what we wanted here in this session is to try to acknowledge what is that that still remains as a challenge and what is that that we see now as a challenge given the specific context that we’re living in, but also what are the key elements, the key actions to maintain a resilient information ecosystem in order to be able to input this new revision in a way that can help us. identify what are the actions that we can do from the different perspectives and from the different roles in this multi-stakeholder manner. So for this we invited great, great speakers and I’m going to introduce you to Ingrid Volkmer. She’s Professor of Media and Communication at the University of Melbourne and she’s part and member of the i14 Global Knowledge Network which is a network that helps us at UNESCO to observe how the guidelines are being implemented. We also welcome Frédéric Bokobza who is the Deputy Director General at the French Authority for Regulation of Audiovisual and Digital Communication, ARCAM, and who’s also part of the Francophone Network of Regulatory Authorities. He’s joining us online. We have Maria Paz Canales who is the Head of Policy and Advocacy at Global Partners Digital and we have Nadja Blagojevic, I’m sorry, Global Go-to-Market Lead and Knowledge and Information Trust Manager at Google. So thank you very much and thank you to all of you that are here. I’m going to start with you, Ingrid, because I think that we need to acknowledge that we are in an ongoing global crisis in between many different conflicts. What new or exacerbated threats do information ecosystems face and what strategies are needed to safeguard and be resilient?


Ingrid Volkmer: Big questions. I will try to answer these big questions in three minutes and I have notes to discipline myself and really stay within the three minutes. Normally I speak freely but I feel I just need to go along my bullet points here. So I wanted to start with reminding ourselves that over the past few years, as I think we all agree that crisis scenarios are increasing, or we feel they are increasing, across world regions, from the pandemic to humanitarian crisis, environmental crisis, displacements to armed conflicts. Decades ago, as you might agree as well, the regulation of information during a national crisis had a focus on national linear media. Governments tried to create a national narrative, convincing national linear media to join and to promote that narrative. Today, as we just heard, social media platforms and specifically disinformation are seen as central for crisis information and are in focus of regulatory initiatives. Actually, across the world, we are doing a study and we clearly see that the governments have a focus on disinformation, propaganda, those kinds of things, fake news, and feel that’s central. So they shift this paradigm from information of linear media, then to disinformation on social media platforms. However, when you look at current crisis, for example, in the Ukraine, in DRC, the Democratic Republic of Congo, and other countries, it becomes clear that it is not just information or disinformation that is central to crisis, but communication more broadly. And that is really important to understand that we need to shift from this information paradigm into a broader communication paradigm, which is relevant, I feel, for regulation of crisis communication. To just use some examples from the Ukrainian case, as you well know, vital connectivity is provided by LEO satellite system, Starlink, which is a global monopoly, and has invented that new low earth orbit space for connectivity. Crucial national information is stored on clouds. Open source software used for military and civilian communications. Technology such as Magtag is developed to treat trauma. AI platforms are used by military personnel and civilians in addition good old social platforms are too embedded in this whole communication space and they provide spaces for crisis bloggers, influencers and people engaging with their own communities. If we are looking at that, I think it becomes clear that most services, of course, are provided by major global corporate monopolies with commercial interests, starting owned by SpaceX, to Amazon Web Services, to JetGBT OpenAI, and they are widely regulated in context of crisis communication. These different dimensions need to be seen, in my view, as a holistic perspective, as they are creating a communication ecosystem of crisis communication, which will also be significant, not just in Ukraine in the future, but in other world regions. And as I said, we do study in Democratic Republic of Congo, we see that they are signing up to Starlink as well, and this sort of broader holistic perspective is coming into place there as well. And we have to have a focus on this in terms of regulation, that is my view. So it’s across the global north and south and not just in the global north anymore, because these services are provided by globalized platform. This ecosystem is no longer national, but situated between transnational networks, actors, Starlink, Elon Musk, and national interests. As most digital regulation is drafted for periods of peace, it is important to plan for crisis, do risk assessments of crisis communication, to consider crisis period as an own regulation.


Ana Cristina Ruelas: Thank you very much, Ingrid. So you have broadened the scope, you know, going beyond only, let’s say, the last layer, the one that we deal with as users every single day, when it comes to this information disruptions, in order to try to think broader, and how the information is storage, how the information comes, you know, how can we access to information, and how things are shifting to a more concentrated space. Frédéric, thank you very much for being here. I don’t see you in the screen, but I hope that I can see you. So, Ingrid has highlighted the different risks that today’s information ecosystem faces in crisis-driven environments. From REFRAM, as part of this network of francophone regulatory authorities, but also as lead of the Arkham Regulatory Authority, what are the paramount challenges that regulatory authority faces to effectively govern this digital space, particularly digital platforms?


Frederic Bokobza: Yes. Good morning, Ana Cristina. Good morning, all. I hope you can hear me well, even if you can’t see me. Yes, we can. Oh, great. So, first of all, thanks a lot for the invitation. I’m really sorry I couldn’t be with you physically today. Very few quick words on Arkham’s role. Arkham is the French independent public authority regulating audiovisual and now digital communication. And regarding online platforms, what we do is basically we ensure that they fulfill their obligations. to moderate content on their services in a transparent accountable and balanced manner and this covers the measures that they deploy to combat dissemination of illegal and harmful content including disinformation of course and that’s under the Digital Services Act but also things like terrorist content or copyright infringing content. So to come to your question what are the major challenges in governing digital platforms? Well I would say I would start with the challenge to reduce the huge information asymmetry with the platforms internal information so that we can actually make them accountable and go beyond you know the usual official soothing talk saying that everything is going well. So on this one significant step is that they have started in Europe to publish from last year onwards their first transparency reports as well as for the very large online platforms and search engines their reports on systemic risks detection and mitigation measures they took and that’s in application of the Digital Services Act and that’s for us a really very important first step in establishing this new balance of power with the platforms. Obviously there’s still a lot to do lots of challenges ahead which also are lots of opportunities and to take two examples well some of the tools provided for by the GSA have not yet been fully implemented and I think especially about researchers access to data for very large online platforms which will be instrumental and also the involvement more broadly of a civil society such as trusted flaggers and that’s really is a whole environment that we need to succeed so in other words a multi-stakeholder such as approach such as the one promoted by UNESCO is particularly important here if we want to to succeed and maybe a last remark if I may because I wouldn’t like our approach to be viewed as a mere Confrontation with or even leeds against digital platforms we obviously need to have direct communications and cooperation channels with them. On this i ll take one example that of elections. Obviously election Periods is crucial. It happens that in France we had three major election, last year, 2024, what we did, we organised bilateral and multilateral meetings with main online platforms and search engines in France. Also with candidates and campaign teams. and other national authorities responsible for organizing elections and combating disinformation more broadly. So there the platforms could, well, present the resources they had deployed to comply with our recommendations, the difficulties they were facing, the doubts they may have had, and really having this direct communication channel with all these players helped raising awareness, raising trust, and was very useful for early detection and coordinated mitigation of any worrying trend in this context of election. So, well, there would be much more to be said, but I’ll stop here for the moment to respect the three minutes. Thanks a lot.


Ana Cristina Ruelas: Thank you, Frédéric. That gives me the leads directly to talk to Nadja, because I think that one of the key elements is just the responsibility for platforms to be able to respond and to be transparent and accountable. But on the other side, there’s a lot of responsibility on the users to have control and to be able to engage safely with their different services where they are participating. But it is also a lot of good practice when it comes with platforms, giving the opportunity and the tools to these users to be able to engage. And in alignment with the UNESCO MI election plan, Google has a lot of actions that aim to try to create user empowerment. Can you tell us a little bit about those?


Nadja Blagojevic: Yes, very happy to. And thank you so much for having Google here. We’re very happy to be speaking with you all today. When we think about the information ecosystem, I mean, this has been central to Google since our founding. 25 years ago, our mission has always been to help organize the world’s information and make it universally accessible and useful. And so from day one, we really thought about how to help people connect to the information that will matter to them. We have a lot of deep thinking around information quality. So for example, we have search quality radar guidelines. These are 100-page documents that outline how we think about expertise, experience, authoritativeness, trustworthiness, when we are deciding how to elevate and rank information on Google search. Because we believe that it is an important responsibility for platforms to be able to surface information, the right information to people when they need it. But we also, as Ana Cristina was alluding to, want to really make sure that we are providing people, our users, with tools and also skills to help them evaluate the information that they see. And when we think about what it means to have signals of trustworthiness in an AI era, we think about it in three different ways. We believe that first, there need to be strong signals of provenance. When content is created, it’s very important that there are technical mechanisms that allow people to understand whether that content was generated with AI or not. We have a number of different strategies that we use to do this at Google. And one of them is called SynthID, which is a digital watermarking technology, which basically embeds in the pixels of audio, imagery, video, and text, a watermark that identifies that content as being created by AI. This watermark is very difficult to remove, even if an image is cropped or has a filter applied. And this watermark can be a signal for people to understand whether or not that piece of content was created by AI or not. But whether or not something is created by AI doesn’t necessarily mean it’s trustworthy or not. You know, AI is often used for artistic expression, as you can see from the great exhibits lining the halls today. We also know, though, that AI can be used for actors who have abusive intents in mind. And that’s why we think this provenance technology is so important, and also why we have open-sourced SynthID for text, and also work with the coalition for content provenance at Google. and Authenticity, C2PA. I see a few nods in recognition around the room. This is an organization that is devoted to promoting technical standards and brings together a wide variety of stakeholders from technology companies to hardware manufacturers to camera companies like Nikon and Sony to have a unified approach to this issue. And while provenance is important, it’s by no means the sort of solution here. We also think it’s very important for people to understand the broader context of a piece of content that they have discovered or that they’re encountering online. Maybe it’s something that someone has sent them, maybe it’s something that they’ve seen on social media, maybe it’s something that they’re reading and they want to know a little bit more about it. So we have a number of tools to help people understand the context of what they see, whether it’s an ad, a webpage, or an image. And these tools, for example, called About This Image, allow people to understand for a given image, when was that image first crawled by our search engines? How often does it appear online? Here’s this, for example, a picture of a conflict from five years ago, and it’s in a news article purporting to be from last week. We really think that these kinds of context clues are very important for people to help them understand and sort of think critically about the information that they’re encountering online. And to help them build the skills to be able to do that. We’ve also invested deeply in media literacy programs and initiatives. We have a flagship program called Be Internet Awesome, which helps children understand how to think critically, how to determine fact from fake, and how to practice basic online safety skills. We run this program in more than 20 countries with more than 60 governmental and civil society partners to help build these skills in the next generation of information consumers. And we also run programs that are aimed at adults to help them build their critical thinking, media literacy, and sort of lateral reading skills. We think it’s very important for people to be able to help develop the capabilities and also the mindset to, you know, think about the content that they are encountering online in these ways. And all of these programs and initiatives are very much aimed at both leveraging the expertise and technical capabilities of Google while also working with third parties, civil society, governmental organizations, because this really will take a whole of society approach. Thank you.


Ana Cristina Ruelas: Thank you, Nadja. Maria Paz, Nadja already said that it is true that that AI normally is perceived as a threat, but it’s also true that civil society, the ones that we are dealing all the time and trying to create advocacy, has also used AI to strengthen their actions and to make sure there’s more engagement and to uphold freedom of expression. So, could you share some compelling stories of how civil society can use AI to be resilient and to make the information ecosystem more resilient?


Maria Paz Canales: Ana Cristina, thank you for the invitation to be here today. Yeah, I think that we have been hearing in the introduction and in some of the intervention more of the kind of downside of the evolution of the technology and the threats of the use of AI. I think that it’s a good reminder also that during the WSIS implementation in these 20 years also, technology has supported the exercise of human rights and has opened the possibility of exercising freedom of expression in a way that was not possible before the spreading of this type of technology. So, one very relevant use that civil society has done of different platforms online and technologies at large has been actually elevating the voices of those traditionally marginalized, those that were not featured by the traditional media, those that were not accessing to being able to challenge the current powers in many places around the world. So, we don’t forget the positive side and the things that technology has brought in terms of opening the space and being able to increase participation in that space, which in no way undermine the challenges that now we are seeing in terms of the use of the technology and that we believe as Global Partners Digital that need to be confronted with governance, with enabling environment, with a digital skill, all the things that also previous speakers have mentioned. But to come to the specific question that you were posing to me, Ana Cristina, we have seen use of artificial intelligence and other technologies, as I said, for supporting the exercise of freedom of assembly, freedom of expression, enhancing the privacy of people that is engaging in public manifestation in many cases. For example, through enabling the report of what is going on in real time in an effective manner but obscuring the identities of the participants of the protest in order to protect them from any harmful consequences later on. Other cases that we have seen of the use of technology, even like use of the platform in a very innovative way during a crisis moment, things that also were referred by previous speakers, is that we can use the platform as civil society for reporting real time what is going on and organizing in a more effective manner the action of the platform around the content moderation when these situations are happening and many information needs to be verified and there we see all the work that has been done consistently by Trusted Flagger but also by traditional human rights organizations that have come to a space and support in this collective action. Other type of more like creative and innovative uses that we have seen of the technology from the civil society side, for example, using the power of artificial intelligence to recreate memories and to have a specific account of stories that have been lost in the time because the people that was part of them didn’t have a chance to record at the moment, they were like too young for the moment, so part of the collective memory of the humanity also have been supported in its reconstruction and support, hopefully that we don’t commit the same errors in the future. More largely, for example, civil society also have leveraged the power of AI technology and other technologies for being more effective in their own action, in their own advocacy, in being able to reproduce content and disseminate content in a more effective manner with less resources because currently we are living in a world in which the support for civil society action is confronting. a funding crisis, so being more efficient and leveraging some of these tools in order to be more effective for condensing information, accessing information and enabling that we can reach the audience with the necessary information could be also some positive use that we are seeing in this technology from civil society. I’ll stop there.


Ana Cristina Ruelas: Thank you very much. For the sake of time, I’m going to reduce the second part of the, because I really want to hear the public and the questions that they have for you. But I want first to go to Frédéric, because he is the one that is not here in presence. So Frédéric, can you just tell us how can global cooperation, particularly bringing together the Global Forum of Network of Regulatory Authorities, can help to reduce the regulatory fragmentation and build a global trustworthy digital space?


Frederic Bokobza: Yes, thanks Ana Cristina. So now I remove my Arcom hat and put on my REFRAM hat. REFRAM is the regulatory, the network for regulatory authorities in the francophone world, and it gathers around 30 authorities on three continents, Europe, America, Africa, but in majority in Africa. So obviously legal frameworks in these countries differ pretty much, but we all face the same challenges, right? We all want to achieve a safe online space free from incitement to hatred and violence, free from malicious disinformation, interference, harm for minor, etc. And so in this context, we are convinced that global cooperation frameworks that enable regulators to share experience, expertise, share evidence, really do pave the way for a more coherent international approach to online safety regulation, and that it’s really crucial. So we are committed to helping build such a global trustworthy Digital space true cooperation and we do so, well first at the EU level as we cooperation very concretely on day to day basis with our counterparts in the other EU members states as well with EU commission. And we are also committed to doing so at the international level true different networks of regulators, and there well, the guidelines for the governments of digital platforms and global forum of networks UNESCO initiated we actually took part are a major step forward. We actually took part in the drafting of the guidelines and the launch of the forum a year ago in Dubrovnik as chair of REFRAN at that time. So the members of the forum are pretty diverse because we’re talking there about a number of regulators and networks of regulators, to quote a few of them, a network from Africa, ACRAN, two networks mostly based in Europe, the Media Board and EPRA, a global network, GOZERN, network centered on the Mediterranean area, as well as the Ibero-American Audiovisual Regulators, PRAE, and of course the francophone network REFRAN. So the objective of the forum is to provide a space for collaboration and discussion between the various international regulatory authorities and networks and enabling them to exchange good practices on the latest developments in the governance of digital platforms. And all this with a human-based rights approach, human rights-based approach, sorry, and I really want to strongly insist on this. We also have a roadmap for action spanning from 2024 to 2026, which was adopted in consultation with members, and UNESCO has announced three priorities for the network this year, developing network capacities, second, knowledge sharing between between members. And third, interestingly, action on generative AI, as was mentioned, and synthetic content. And maybe a last word quickly to try and illustrate achievements through cooperation. That’s an action that we took within REFRAM, together with ACRON, the African network. We convened in Abidjan last year with representatives of four major platforms, Meta, X, TikTok, and Google. And they voluntarily took concrete commitments on moderation, transparency, use of French language and other local languages, which is so important, as well as cooperation with civil society and a few other items. And we have set up an annual forum to implement and continue this dialogue with the big platforms, and of course monitor how they do improve on the commitments they took. And we will actually hold the first technical forum meeting on Thursday this week in Paris, and our high-level meeting before the end of the year. So again, that’s only an illustration of what cooperation can achieve, but there are many others. And to conclude, we really are convinced that cooperation among regulators and networks of regulators has a lot of value, and that UNESCO’s initiative, in particular with the Global Forum of Networks, is an excellent example of such valuable initiatives. Thanks.


Ana Cristina Ruelas: Thank you very much, Frédéric. So I’m going to give the floor to you, in case you have any questions.


Frederic Bokobza: I’d be happy to hear the other…


Ana Cristina Ruelas: Go ahead.


Audience: Thank you for the excellent interventions. I think this is such a critical topic, and I really wanted to lead off of Ingrid’s challenge to look at communication as a public good, because I think we need to see this as a comprehensive, market-driven ecosystem. And the issue of supporting trusted flaggers, and where information is a trusted source, and where information Is trusted source, with a public interest media, from a conversation yesterday, a session yesterday we heard about of the many challenges trusted media face to provide trusted information. One of those being the rising cost of technical platforms, cloud computing, package services. So how does this kind of creating and information as a public good and looking at regulation how do we manage the cost factors when the tech companies are just increasing their profit, and we have, yes this monopoly, how do we promote open source, and other creators entering into the field. What kind of international landscape can we provide?


Ingrid Volkmer: Another big question, a big question. I think these are the questions we have to ask, this same applies to Starlink, as well this same applies to this whole spectrum of different layers that engage in crisis communication and I highlight crisis communication because as I said in the beginning they will increase. Concerning clouds, what we see in Ukraine, everything has shifted to cloud. And the question is how about data privacy, how about access to that crucial national data from the cloud later on. And what sort of regulatory approaches are required in crisis times to ensure that once the content has been moved to the cloud, how can it be moved back. What are the circumstances that can be moved? These are crucial question.


Audience: Public interest media of information, let’s go to nobel prize winner Josef Stiglis, who said if the information is public good then the public sector has to step in. because we cannot wait forever for tech companies or private sector to support the financial viability of traditional media. The traditional media has been suffering, as you know 75% of advertising revenues go online with two companies mainly benefiting from that, Google and Meta. So again, how can traditional media thrive in this digital era? So the issue of financial viability of media is at the core of all of this. And you talk about public interest, I don’t see any other solution than the public sector to step in.


Ana Cristina Ruelas: Maria Paz?


Maria Paz Canales: I’m not sure I can add too much to what I already have been saying. I think that for me, there is a relevant point to make, also connected with my previous intervention, in the sense of understanding this as a challenge for public interest media. I am very careful coming from Latin America about drawing the line between traditional media and public interest media because they are not the same, at least from the region that I come from. So I think that it’s very important to foster a regulation that supports the public interest media, that supports models of dissemination of information that are not exclusively market-driven, as a platform like Wikimedia and others of the same type. I think that that’s very relevant and we need to be acknowledging the way in which we address regulation. I think that that was very much discussed during the drafting of the UNESCO guidelines on platform governance and it’s something that we continue to work with when we work with partners across different jurisdictions in implementing those guidelines in the regulatory discussions at the national level. I think that it’s very important to make those differences and to really focus in in the relevance of information as a public good and the public interest compared to exclusively driven market solution. Driven market solution can be aligned also with public interest in many cases. And that’s another thing that we have learned in working with partners at the local level, at the national level. We need to be smart in finding the convergence point that we can address together and use also the possibilities of creating something for the platform to go in the direction of supporting the information as a public good. I will stop there.


Ana Cristina Ruelas: Nadja, I don’t want to leave without asking you something because I think that everyone has that question. Sometimes we hear a lot, for instance, from regulatory authorities or from civil society actors that it’s difficult to engage with industry in different ways. But what for you are the most significant barriers preventing effective collaboration and meaningful inclusion between the different stakeholders? And what concrete strategies would you think to target these barriers?


Nadja Blagojevic: Yes, thank you very much for that question. I think from our perspective at Google, we truly believe that these types of issues are something that no one entity, no matter how big they are, can solve alone. So we very much agree with the idea that we really need to all be working in concert to be addressing these issues. I think as we have heard from a few different people on the panel, these are global issues. And what works in one country or culture may not work in another. We are very much invested in trying to work collaboratively to help understand and develop solutions and be part of coalitions that can truly help address some of these issues in the broadest possible ways. But we will always need to be mindful of the fact that what works for one sector of the population may not work for another, that there are differing needs and sometimes divergent interests, even within a set of stakeholders who may be trying to address the same problem.


Ana Cristina Ruelas: Well, the sessions are 45 minutes, and we’re done. Thank you very much to all of you for your insights. And I’m sorry that we didn’t go through all of the different questions, but thank you very much to you all for being here. Thank you and see you in the next four days. www.globalonenessproject.org


I

Ingrid Volkmer

Speech speed

162 words per minute

Speech length

721 words

Speech time

266 seconds

Crisis scenarios are increasing globally, requiring a shift from focusing on national linear media to broader communication ecosystems that include satellite systems, cloud storage, and AI platforms

Explanation

Volkmer argues that traditional crisis communication regulation focused on national linear media is outdated. Modern crises require understanding communication as a holistic ecosystem that includes satellite connectivity, cloud storage, AI platforms, and social media working together.


Evidence

Examples from Ukraine where vital connectivity is provided by Starlink (LEO satellite system), national information is stored on clouds, open source software is used for military and civilian communications, and AI platforms like ChatGPT are used by military personnel and civilians. Similar patterns observed in Democratic Republic of Congo signing up to Starlink.


Major discussion point

Information Ecosystem Threats and Resilience


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Frederic Bokobza

Disagreed on

Scope of regulatory focus – information vs. communication paradigm


T

Tawfik Jelassi

Speech speed

129 words per minute

Speech length

1048 words

Speech time

487 seconds

Misinformation, hate speech, and harmful online content contribute to conflicts and genocides rather than peace-building, requiring trustworthy information as a public good

Explanation

Jelassi contends that the exponential increase of misinformation and hate speech on digital platforms undermines UNESCO’s constitutional mission to build peace. He emphasizes the need for trustworthy, fact-checked information as a common public good rather than a hazard.


Evidence

MIT study showing lies online travel ten times faster than truth; recent cases where disinformation through platforms led to genocide and communities fighting each other; quote from 2021 Nobel Peace Prize laureate Maria Ressa about the connection between facts, truth, trust, and shared reality.


Major discussion point

Information Ecosystem Threats and Resilience


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Maria Paz Canales
– Audience

Agreed on

Information should be treated as a public good rather than a commercial commodity


UNESCO developed guidelines for digital platform governance through multi-stakeholder consultations involving 10,000 inputs from 134 countries

Explanation

Jelassi describes UNESCO’s comprehensive approach to developing platform governance guidelines through inclusive consultations. The guidelines focus on principles like transparency, accountability, independent oversight, user empowerment, and content moderation.


Evidence

Three open global consultations receiving over 10,000 inputs from 194 member states, civil society organizations, academia, research, technical community, and media from 134 countries; guidelines published in November 2023 booklet; involvement of tech companies and platform operators in the process.


Major discussion point

Platform Governance and Regulation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Frederic Bokobza
– Nadja Blagojevic
– Ana Cristina Ruelas

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential for addressing digital platform governance challenges


M

Maria Paz Canales

Speech speed

152 words per minute

Speech length

957 words

Speech time

376 seconds

Civil society uses AI and technology to elevate marginalized voices, support freedom of expression, and enhance privacy protection during protests and crises

Explanation

Canales highlights the positive applications of AI and technology by civil society organizations. These tools enable traditionally marginalized groups to participate in public discourse and allow for safer participation in protests and demonstrations through identity protection.


Evidence

Examples include real-time reporting during protests while obscuring participant identities for protection; use of platforms for organizing content moderation during crises; AI used to recreate lost collective memories; civil society leveraging AI for more effective advocacy and content dissemination with fewer resources.


Major discussion point

Information Ecosystem Threats and Resilience


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural | Development


Agreed with

– Nadja Blagojevic

Agreed on

Technology can be used positively to support human rights and democratic participation


Technology enables civil society to be more effective in advocacy and content dissemination while facing funding constraints

Explanation

Canales argues that AI and other technologies help civil society organizations overcome resource limitations by making their advocacy work more efficient. This is particularly important given the current funding crisis facing civil society organizations globally.


Evidence

Civil society organizations using AI for condensing information, accessing information, and reaching audiences more effectively with less resources during a time of funding crisis for civil society action.


Major discussion point

Technology Solutions and User Empowerment


Topics

Development | Economic | Sociocultural


Important distinction between traditional media and public interest media, especially in regions like Latin America, with need for regulation supporting non-market-driven information models

Explanation

Canales emphasizes that traditional media and public interest media are not synonymous, particularly in Latin America. She advocates for regulation that supports public interest media and non-market-driven information dissemination models like Wikimedia.


Evidence

Reference to platforms like Wikimedia as examples of non-market-driven information models; experience working with partners across different jurisdictions in implementing UNESCO guidelines at national level; finding convergence points between market solutions and public interest.


Major discussion point

Public Interest Media and Information as Public Good


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Audience

Agreed on

Information should be treated as a public good rather than a commercial commodity


Disagreed with

– Audience

Disagreed on

Definition and support of media – traditional vs. public interest media


F

Frederic Bokobza

Speech speed

161 words per minute

Speech length

1200 words

Speech time

446 seconds

Major challenge is reducing information asymmetry with platforms through transparency reports and accountability measures under frameworks like the Digital Services Act

Explanation

Bokobza identifies the huge information gap between regulators and platforms as a primary challenge. He sees transparency reports and systemic risk assessments required by the Digital Services Act as important first steps in establishing a new balance of power.


Evidence

Digital Services Act requirements for transparency reports and systemic risk detection/mitigation reports from very large online platforms and search engines; mention of tools like researchers’ access to data and trusted flaggers that need full implementation.


Major discussion point

Platform Governance and Regulation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Cybersecurity


Disagreed with

– Ingrid Volkmer

Disagreed on

Scope of regulatory focus – information vs. communication paradigm


Effective regulation requires direct communication channels with platforms, especially during critical periods like elections

Explanation

Bokobza argues that successful platform governance goes beyond confrontation and requires cooperative communication channels. He emphasizes the importance of coordinated approaches during sensitive periods like elections.


Evidence

France’s experience with three major elections in 2024, organizing bilateral and multilateral meetings with platforms, search engines, candidates, campaign teams, and national authorities; platforms presenting resources deployed, difficulties faced, and doubts, leading to early detection and coordinated mitigation of concerning trends.


Major discussion point

Platform Governance and Regulation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Sociocultural


International regulatory networks like REFRAM facilitate experience sharing and coordinated approaches to online safety across different legal frameworks

Explanation

Bokobza describes how REFRAM, the francophone regulatory network, enables cooperation among 30 authorities across three continents despite different legal frameworks. This cooperation helps achieve common goals of online safety and combating harmful content.


Evidence

REFRAM gathering around 30 authorities on three continents (Europe, America, Africa), mostly in Africa; cooperation at EU level with counterparts and EU commission; participation in UNESCO’s guidelines drafting and Global Forum of Networks launch in Dubrovnik.


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Development


UNESCO’s Global Forum of Networks provides collaboration space for regulatory authorities with human rights-based approaches

Explanation

Bokobza highlights the Global Forum of Networks as a valuable initiative that brings together diverse regulatory networks to exchange good practices and collaborate on digital platform governance with a human rights foundation.


Evidence

Forum includes networks like ACRAN (Africa), Media Board and EPRA (Europe), GOZERN (global), Mediterranean-centered network, PRAE (Ibero-American), and REFRAM (francophone); roadmap for action 2024-2026 with priorities including network capacity development, knowledge sharing, and action on generative AI; concrete example of REFRAM-ACRON collaboration in Abidjan with Meta, X, TikTok, and Google resulting in voluntary commitments.


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Development


N

Nadja Blagojevic

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

1036 words

Speech time

466 seconds

Google implements provenance technologies like SynthID watermarking and context tools like “About This Image” to help users identify AI-generated content and understand information sources

Explanation

Blagojevic explains Google’s technical approach to information trustworthiness through provenance signals and contextual tools. SynthID embeds watermarks in AI-generated content, while context tools help users understand the history and authenticity of images and information.


Evidence

SynthID digital watermarking technology that embeds watermarks in pixels of audio, imagery, video, and text; watermarks difficult to remove even when content is modified; “About This Image” tool showing when images were first crawled, how often they appear online; open-sourcing SynthID for text; collaboration with Coalition for Content Provenance and Authenticity (C2PA).


Major discussion point

Technology Solutions and User Empowerment


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Media literacy programs like “Be Internet Awesome” help build critical thinking skills in children and adults across multiple countries

Explanation

Blagojevic describes Google’s investment in media literacy education to help users develop skills to evaluate information critically. These programs focus on helping people distinguish between fact and fake information and practice online safety.


Evidence

“Be Internet Awesome” program running in more than 20 countries with more than 60 governmental and civil society partners; programs for both children and adults focusing on critical thinking, determining fact from fake, lateral reading skills, and basic online safety; search quality radar guidelines (100-page documents) outlining expertise, experience, authoritativeness, and trustworthiness criteria.


Major discussion point

Technology Solutions and User Empowerment


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights | Development


Global issues require collaborative solutions as no single entity can address these challenges alone, while recognizing different needs across cultures and populations

Explanation

Blagojevic emphasizes that information ecosystem challenges are too complex for any single organization to solve independently. She acknowledges that solutions must account for cultural differences and varying needs across different populations and stakeholder groups.


Evidence

Google’s 25-year mission to organize world’s information and make it universally accessible; recognition that what works in one country or culture may not work in another; acknowledgment of differing needs and sometimes divergent interests within stakeholder groups trying to address the same problem.


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Sociocultural | Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Frederic Bokobza
– Ana Cristina Ruelas

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential for addressing digital platform governance challenges


A

Ana Cristina Ruelas

Speech speed

130 words per minute

Speech length

1199 words

Speech time

549 seconds

Broadened participation of different stakeholder groups in digital governance discussions is a key achievement over the past 20 years

Explanation

Ruelas highlights that one of the major accomplishments in the WSIS process has been expanding participation beyond just governments and regulated entities to include private sector, civil society, and other members of society in digital governance discussions.


Evidence

Current session bringing together different stakeholder groups representing private sector, social sector, and public sector; recognition that digital space issues now involve many members of society beyond just governments and platforms.


Major discussion point

Global Cooperation and Multi-stakeholder Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Development


Agreed with

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Frederic Bokobza
– Nadja Blagojevic

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential for addressing digital platform governance challenges


A

Audience

Speech speed

281 words per minute

Speech length

284 words

Speech time

60 seconds

Traditional media faces financial challenges with 75% of advertising revenues going to digital platforms, requiring public sector intervention to support public interest media

Explanation

An audience member argues that traditional media cannot survive financially as most advertising revenue flows to digital platforms, particularly Google and Meta. They reference Nobel Prize winner Joseph Stiglitz’s view that if information is a public good, public sector intervention is necessary.


Evidence

75% of advertising revenues going online with Google and Meta as main beneficiaries; reference to Nobel Prize winner Joseph Stiglitz stating that if information is a public good, the public sector must step in; rising costs of technical platforms, cloud computing, and package services for trusted media.


Major discussion point

Public Interest Media and Information as Public Good


Topics

Economic | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Maria Paz Canales

Agreed on

Information should be treated as a public good rather than a commercial commodity


Disagreed with

– Maria Paz Canales

Disagreed on

Definition and support of media – traditional vs. public interest media


Agreements

Agreement points

Multi-stakeholder approach is essential for addressing digital platform governance challenges

Speakers

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Frederic Bokobza
– Nadja Blagojevic
– Ana Cristina Ruelas

Arguments

UNESCO developed guidelines for digital platform governance through multi-stakeholder consultations involving 10,000 inputs from 134 countries


Multi-stakeholder such as approach such as the one promoted by UNESCO is particularly important here if we want to to succeed


Global issues require collaborative solutions as no single entity can address these challenges alone, while recognizing different needs across cultures and populations


Broadened participation of different stakeholder groups in digital governance discussions is a key achievement over the past 20 years


Summary

All speakers agree that effective digital platform governance requires inclusive participation from governments, civil society, private sector, academia, and other stakeholders. They emphasize that no single entity can solve these complex challenges alone.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Development


Information should be treated as a public good rather than a commercial commodity

Speakers

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Maria Paz Canales
– Audience

Arguments

Misinformation, hate speech, and harmful online content contribute to conflicts and genocides rather than peace-building, requiring trustworthy information as a public good


Important distinction between traditional media and public interest media, especially in regions like Latin America, with need for regulation supporting non-market-driven information models


Traditional media faces financial challenges with 75% of advertising revenues going to digital platforms, requiring public sector intervention to support public interest media


Summary

Speakers converge on the view that information serves the public interest and should not be solely driven by market forces. They advocate for regulatory frameworks that support public interest media and treat information as a common good.


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Technology can be used positively to support human rights and democratic participation

Speakers

– Maria Paz Canales
– Nadja Blagojevic

Arguments

Civil society uses AI and technology to elevate marginalized voices, support freedom of expression, and enhance privacy protection during protests and crises


Google implements provenance technologies like SynthID watermarking and context tools like ‘About This Image’ to help users identify AI-generated content and understand information sources


Summary

Both speakers acknowledge that while technology poses challenges, it also offers significant opportunities to enhance human rights, democratic participation, and information transparency when properly implemented.


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural | Cybersecurity


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the importance of cooperative rather than confrontational approaches between regulators and platforms, advocating for direct communication channels and collaborative problem-solving.

Speakers

– Frederic Bokobza
– Nadja Blagojevic

Arguments

Effective regulation requires direct communication channels with platforms, especially during critical periods like elections


Global issues require collaborative solutions as no single entity can address these challenges alone, while recognizing different needs across cultures and populations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Sociocultural


Both speakers recognize that traditional approaches to information governance are inadequate for current challenges, requiring comprehensive understanding of how information systems impact peace and security.

Speakers

– Ingrid Volkmer
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

Crisis scenarios are increasing globally, requiring a shift from focusing on national linear media to broader communication ecosystems that include satellite systems, cloud storage, and AI platforms


Misinformation, hate speech, and harmful online content contribute to conflicts and genocides rather than peace-building, requiring trustworthy information as a public good


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure | Human rights


Both speakers see technology as an empowerment tool that can help users and civil society organizations become more effective and informed participants in the digital information ecosystem.

Speakers

– Maria Paz Canales
– Nadja Blagojevic

Arguments

Technology enables civil society to be more effective in advocacy and content dissemination while facing funding constraints


Media literacy programs like ‘Be Internet Awesome’ help build critical thinking skills in children and adults across multiple countries


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Unexpected consensus

Need for transparency and accountability from platforms

Speakers

– Frederic Bokobza
– Nadja Blagojevic

Arguments

Major challenge is reducing information asymmetry with platforms through transparency reports and accountability measures under frameworks like the Digital Services Act


Google implements provenance technologies like SynthID watermarking and context tools like ‘About This Image’ to help users identify AI-generated content and understand information sources


Explanation

It’s notable that both the regulator and the platform representative agree on the importance of transparency measures. The regulator calls for transparency reports and accountability, while the Google representative describes specific technical implementations that provide transparency to users.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity | Human rights


Crisis communication requires holistic regulatory approaches

Speakers

– Ingrid Volkmer
– Frederic Bokobza

Arguments

Crisis scenarios are increasing globally, requiring a shift from focusing on national linear media to broader communication ecosystems that include satellite systems, cloud storage, and AI platforms


Effective regulation requires direct communication channels with platforms, especially during critical periods like elections


Explanation

The academic researcher and the regulatory authority representative both recognize that crisis periods require special regulatory consideration and coordinated approaches, suggesting convergence between theoretical analysis and practical regulatory experience.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrate strong consensus on the need for multi-stakeholder approaches, treating information as a public good, and recognizing both the positive potential and risks of technology. There is agreement on the importance of transparency, accountability, and cooperative rather than confrontational approaches to platform governance.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with complementary perspectives rather than fundamental disagreements. The implications suggest a mature understanding of digital governance challenges that transcends traditional adversarial relationships between different stakeholder groups, pointing toward collaborative solutions that balance innovation with public interest protection.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Scope of regulatory focus – information vs. communication paradigm

Speakers

– Ingrid Volkmer
– Frederic Bokobza

Arguments

Crisis scenarios are increasing globally, requiring a shift from focusing on national linear media to broader communication ecosystems that include satellite systems, cloud storage, and AI platforms


Major challenge is reducing information asymmetry with platforms through transparency reports and accountability measures under frameworks like the Digital Services Act


Summary

Volkmer argues for a paradigm shift from information regulation to broader communication ecosystem regulation that includes infrastructure like satellites and cloud storage, while Bokobza focuses on traditional platform governance through transparency and accountability measures within existing regulatory frameworks.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Definition and support of media – traditional vs. public interest media

Speakers

– Maria Paz Canales
– Audience

Arguments

Important distinction between traditional media and public interest media, especially in regions like Latin America, with need for regulation supporting non-market-driven information models


Traditional media faces financial challenges with 75% of advertising revenues going to digital platforms, requiring public sector intervention to support public interest media


Summary

Canales emphasizes the distinction between traditional and public interest media, advocating for support of non-market-driven models, while the audience member focuses on supporting traditional media through public sector intervention due to financial challenges from platform competition.


Topics

Human rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Crisis communication regulation scope

Speakers

– Ingrid Volkmer
– Frederic Bokobza

Arguments

Crisis scenarios are increasing globally, requiring a shift from focusing on national linear media to broader communication ecosystems that include satellite systems, cloud storage, and AI platforms


International regulatory networks like REFRAM facilitate experience sharing and coordinated approaches to online safety across different legal frameworks


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are addressing crisis communication and regulation, but Volkmer calls for a fundamental paradigm shift to regulate entire communication ecosystems including infrastructure, while Bokobza focuses on coordinating existing regulatory approaches across jurisdictions. The disagreement reveals a fundamental tension between revolutionary vs. evolutionary approaches to digital governance.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement center on regulatory scope (information vs. communication paradigm), media support approaches (traditional vs. public interest media), and implementation methods for multi-stakeholder governance. While speakers generally agree on goals like trustworthy information ecosystems and collaborative approaches, they differ significantly on methods and scope.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement level with significant implications. The disagreements reflect fundamental tensions in digital governance between comprehensive vs. targeted regulation, revolutionary vs. evolutionary approaches, and different regional perspectives on media support. These disagreements could impact the effectiveness of global coordination efforts and the development of coherent regulatory frameworks, particularly in crisis situations where rapid, coordinated responses are needed.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the importance of cooperative rather than confrontational approaches between regulators and platforms, advocating for direct communication channels and collaborative problem-solving.

Speakers

– Frederic Bokobza
– Nadja Blagojevic

Arguments

Effective regulation requires direct communication channels with platforms, especially during critical periods like elections


Global issues require collaborative solutions as no single entity can address these challenges alone, while recognizing different needs across cultures and populations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Sociocultural


Both speakers recognize that traditional approaches to information governance are inadequate for current challenges, requiring comprehensive understanding of how information systems impact peace and security.

Speakers

– Ingrid Volkmer
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

Crisis scenarios are increasing globally, requiring a shift from focusing on national linear media to broader communication ecosystems that include satellite systems, cloud storage, and AI platforms


Misinformation, hate speech, and harmful online content contribute to conflicts and genocides rather than peace-building, requiring trustworthy information as a public good


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure | Human rights


Both speakers see technology as an empowerment tool that can help users and civil society organizations become more effective and informed participants in the digital information ecosystem.

Speakers

– Maria Paz Canales
– Nadja Blagojevic

Arguments

Technology enables civil society to be more effective in advocacy and content dissemination while facing funding constraints


Media literacy programs like ‘Be Internet Awesome’ help build critical thinking skills in children and adults across multiple countries


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Information ecosystems face unprecedented threats from misinformation, hate speech, and harmful content that contribute to conflicts and genocides, requiring a shift toward viewing information as a public good rather than a hazard


Crisis communication now involves a holistic ecosystem including satellite systems (like Starlink), cloud storage, AI platforms, and social media – not just traditional linear media – requiring broader regulatory approaches


Multi-stakeholder collaboration has significantly expanded over 20 years, bringing together government, private sector, civil society, and technical communities in digital governance discussions


Technology and AI serve dual purposes – while posing threats through deepfakes and disinformation, they also empower civil society to elevate marginalized voices, enhance privacy protection, and improve advocacy effectiveness


Effective platform governance requires transparency, accountability, independent oversight, user empowerment, and direct communication channels between regulators and platforms, especially during critical periods like elections


Global cooperation through regulatory networks and frameworks like UNESCO’s guidelines helps address regulatory fragmentation while respecting different legal and cultural contexts


User empowerment through media literacy programs and technical tools for content verification is essential alongside regulatory approaches


Resolutions and action items

UNESCO is moving forward with pilot implementations of their guidelines for digital platform governance developed through global consultations


REFRAM will hold a technical forum meeting with major platforms (Meta, X, TikTok, Google) in Paris to monitor commitments on moderation, transparency, and local language use


UNESCO’s Global Forum of Networks has established a 2024-2026 roadmap focusing on developing network capacities, knowledge sharing, and action on generative AI and synthetic content


Google has open-sourced SynthID watermarking technology for text and continues expanding media literacy programs like ‘Be Internet Awesome’ across multiple countries


Unresolved issues

How to ensure financial viability of public interest media when 75% of advertising revenues go to digital platforms, with calls for public sector intervention remaining unaddressed


How to manage rising costs of technical platforms and cloud computing services for trusted media organizations


How to address data privacy and access concerns when crucial national information is stored on commercial clouds during crises


How to effectively distinguish between traditional media and public interest media in regulatory frameworks, particularly in regions like Latin America


How to balance different stakeholder needs and sometimes divergent interests when developing collaborative solutions


How to ensure effective governance of global monopolies providing critical infrastructure (like Starlink) during crisis situations


Suggested compromises

Finding convergence points where market-driven platform solutions can align with public interest goals rather than viewing them as mutually exclusive


Developing regulatory approaches that support non-market-driven information models while still engaging constructively with commercial platforms


Creating direct communication channels and cooperative frameworks with platforms rather than purely confrontational regulatory approaches


Implementing human rights-based approaches in international regulatory cooperation that can accommodate different legal frameworks while maintaining common principles


Balancing platform accountability measures with recognition that solutions must be adapted to different cultural contexts and population needs


Thought provoking comments

We want information to be a common public good. We don’t want information to be a common hazard, risk, nor a common harm… without facts, there is no truth. And without truth, there is no trust. And without trust, there is no shared reality upon which we can act.

Speaker

Tawfik Jelassi


Reason

This comment reframes the entire discussion by establishing information as a fundamental public good rather than a commodity, and creates a logical chain linking facts to shared reality. It’s philosophically profound because it connects epistemology (how we know truth) to social cohesion and collective action.


Impact

This foundational statement set the tone for the entire discussion, establishing the moral and practical framework that all subsequent speakers referenced. It shifted the conversation from technical platform governance to fundamental questions about truth, trust, and social cohesion in democratic societies.


It is not just information or disinformation that is central to crisis, but communication more broadly… we need to shift from this information paradigm into a broader communication paradigm, which is relevant for regulation of crisis communication.

Speaker

Ingrid Volkmer


Reason

This insight challenges the prevailing focus on content moderation and disinformation by arguing for a holistic view of communication infrastructure. It’s thought-provoking because it expands the scope beyond what people see on their feeds to include connectivity, data storage, and the entire technological stack.


Impact

This comment fundamentally broadened the discussion scope, moving participants away from narrow platform content issues to consider infrastructure monopolies, data sovereignty, and crisis communication as interconnected systems. It influenced subsequent speakers to think more systemically about governance challenges.


I am very careful coming from Latin America about drawing the line between traditional media and public interest media because they are not the same, at least from the region that I come from.

Speaker

Maria Paz Canales


Reason

This comment introduces crucial nuance by challenging the assumption that traditional media automatically serves the public interest. It brings a Global South perspective that recognizes how media ownership and political contexts vary dramatically across regions.


Impact

This intervention prevented the discussion from falling into Western-centric assumptions about media systems. It added complexity to the conversation about supporting ‘trusted’ media by highlighting that trust and public interest are contextual and that regulatory approaches must account for different media landscapes globally.


We have been seeing an exponential increase of misinformation, hate speech, cyber bullying, online violence… This does not contribute to peace building. This contributes to more hatred, more divisive communities, and sometimes to genocides and to conflicts and wars.

Speaker

Tawfik Jelassi


Reason

This comment is particularly powerful because it connects digital platform governance directly to UNESCO’s core mission of peace-building, and explicitly links online harms to real-world violence including genocide. It elevates the stakes of the discussion beyond technical concerns to matters of life and death.


Impact

This stark framing gave moral urgency to the entire discussion and justified UNESCO’s involvement in digital governance. It influenced other speakers to consider the real-world consequences of their work and helped establish why multi-stakeholder cooperation is essential rather than optional.


What works in one country or culture may not work in another. We are very much invested in trying to work collaboratively… but we will always need to be mindful of the fact that what works for one sector of the population may not work for another, that there are differing needs and sometimes divergent interests.

Speaker

Nadja Blagojevic


Reason

This comment acknowledges the fundamental tension in global platform governance – the need for both consistency and cultural sensitivity. It’s insightful because it honestly addresses the complexity of serving diverse global audiences while maintaining coherent policies.


Impact

This comment introduced important nuance to discussions about global cooperation and standardization. It helped ground the conversation in practical realities of implementation and influenced the discussion toward more flexible, adaptive approaches to governance rather than one-size-fits-all solutions.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a technical discussion about platform regulation into a profound examination of information as a foundation for democratic society and peace. Jelassi’s opening established the moral framework, Volkmer expanded the analytical scope beyond content to infrastructure, Canales introduced crucial Global South perspectives that challenged Western assumptions, and Blagojevic acknowledged the practical complexities of implementation. Together, these interventions created a multi-layered discussion that moved from philosophical foundations through systemic analysis to practical implementation challenges, demonstrating why effective digital governance requires both moral clarity and cultural sensitivity.


Follow-up questions

How can crucial national data be moved back from cloud storage during crisis situations and under what circumstances?

Speaker

Ingrid Volkmer


Explanation

This addresses critical concerns about data sovereignty and access to national information stored in cloud systems during crises, particularly regarding regulatory approaches needed to ensure data can be retrieved when needed.


What regulatory approaches are required in crisis times to ensure data privacy and access to crucial national data from cloud storage?

Speaker

Ingrid Volkmer


Explanation

This explores the intersection of data privacy, national security, and crisis management in the context of cloud-based information storage systems.


How can traditional media achieve financial viability in the digital era when 75% of advertising revenues go to Google and Meta?

Speaker

Audience member


Explanation

This addresses the fundamental economic challenge facing traditional media and the need for sustainable funding models in the digital information ecosystem.


How can international cooperation manage cost factors and promote open source alternatives when tech companies are increasing profits and creating monopolies?

Speaker

Audience member


Explanation

This examines the economic barriers to creating a diverse and competitive information ecosystem and the role of international regulatory frameworks.


What role should the public sector play in supporting public interest media as a public good?

Speaker

Audience member


Explanation

This explores the potential for government intervention to support media that serves the public interest, drawing on economic theory about public goods.


How can regulation effectively distinguish between traditional media and public interest media, particularly in different regional contexts?

Speaker

Maria Paz Canales


Explanation

This addresses the need for nuanced regulatory approaches that recognize different types of media organizations and their varying contributions to public discourse.


What are the most significant barriers preventing effective collaboration between different stakeholders in platform governance?

Speaker

Ana Cristina Ruelas


Explanation

This seeks to identify and address obstacles to multi-stakeholder cooperation in governing digital platforms and information ecosystems.


How can crisis communication regulation be developed as a separate category from peacetime digital regulation?

Speaker

Ingrid Volkmer


Explanation

This suggests the need for specialized regulatory frameworks that account for the unique challenges and requirements of information governance during crisis situations.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Human Rights-Centered Global Governance of Quantum Technologies: Implications for AI, Digital Rights, and the Digital Divide

Human Rights-Centered Global Governance of Quantum Technologies: Implications for AI, Digital Rights, and the Digital Divide

Session at a glance

Summary

This UNESCO session at the WSIS Forum focused on the global governance of quantum technology from a human rights perspective, based on an issue brief jointly developed by UNESCO’s Information for All Program, Sciences Po, and the European University Institute. The discussion was moderated by Xianhong Hu and featured presentations from lead author Shamira Ahmed and several expert panelists.


Ahmed outlined three main challenges identified in the issue brief: dual-use risks where quantum technologies present both opportunities and threats for encryption and security, an emerging quantum divide that could exacerbate global inequalities, and significant gender inequity in the quantum field where 79% of quantum companies have no female senior leaders. The brief proposes human rights as a key enabler for responsible quantum governance, with recommendations focusing on infrastructure investments, policy action and awareness, capacity building, and leveraging public-private partnerships.


UNESCO Director Guilherme Canela emphasized that innovation and human rights protection are not opposing forces but complementary elements, arguing that the international human rights system actually enabled the conditions for technological innovation. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse from Sciences Po highlighted the need for institutionalizing multi-stakeholder participation in governance processes and developing agile, forward-looking frameworks that can adapt as quantum technology evolves.


Professor Pieter Vermaas from Delft University stressed the importance of moving beyond dialogue to actual collaborative action, suggesting the creation of international quantum research centers. Journalist Elodie Vialle warned about the surveillance implications for press freedom and the need for proactive rather than reactive governance approaches. The discussion emphasized that quantum governance should build upon existing internet governance principles while addressing the unique challenges posed by quantum technologies, particularly their potential impact on encryption, privacy, and global digital divides.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Three Key Challenges of Quantum Technology**: The discussion identified dual-use risks (opportunities and threats for encryption/security), an emerging quantum divide based on existing digital inequalities, and significant gender inequity in quantum fields (79% of quantum companies have no female senior leaders, only 1 in 54 job applicants are women).


– **Human Rights-Centered Governance Framework**: Speakers emphasized the need for proactive, human rights-driven governance of quantum technologies rather than reactive approaches, drawing lessons from AI governance to avoid repeating past mistakes where technological transitions led to exploitation and discrimination.


– **Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Inclusivity**: The conversation stressed the importance of institutionalizing multi-stakeholder participation in quantum governance, including academia, private sector, civil society, and international organizations, while ensuring developing countries aren’t left behind in quantum development.


– **Quantum-AI Convergence and Security Implications**: Discussion covered the intersection of quantum computing with AI, particularly concerning surveillance capabilities, encryption vulnerabilities, and threats to press freedom and digital safety, with emphasis on protecting journalists and human rights defenders.


– **International Cooperation and Standards**: Speakers highlighted the need for global collaboration in quantum development, shared technical standards for interoperability, and the role of organizations like UNESCO in facilitating responsible quantum governance through science diplomacy.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to present findings from a UNESCO policy brief on quantum technology governance, focusing on human rights implications and the need for inclusive, proactive global governance frameworks. The session sought to gather stakeholder input on recommendations for ensuring quantum technologies serve as digital public goods rather than exacerbating existing inequalities.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and constructive tone throughout, with speakers demonstrating expertise while remaining accessible to non-technical audiences. The tone was forward-looking and solution-oriented, emphasizing urgency without being alarmist. There was a consistent emphasis on learning from past technological transitions (particularly AI governance) to avoid repeating mistakes, and the conversation remained focused on practical recommendations and actionable next steps for international cooperation.


Speakers

– **Xianhong Hu**: Session moderator, UNESCO


– **Shamira Ahmed**: Lead author of the issue brief on quantum technology and human rights


– **Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi**: UNESCO Director for Digital Inclusion, Policy and Transformation; Secretary of IFAP


– **Constance Bommelaer de Leusse**: Executive Director of the Tech and Global Affairs at Sciences Po; Co-author of the issue brief


– **Pieter Vermaas**: Professor and Dr. from Delft University of Technology and Quantum Delta Netherlands; Ethics lead of the Dutch quantum ecosystem; Head of the Delft University Quantum Governance and Values Lab; Professor of Philosophy and Ethics


– **Elodie Vialle**: Journalist; Digital safety trainer; Press freedom defender; Works on surveillance of journalists and human rights defenders


– **Wolfgang Kleinwachter**: Retired professor from the University of Aarhus


– **Chris Buckridge**:


– **Jandhyala Prabhakar Rao**: Prof. from Hyderabad, India; Chair of Information for Development Working Group


**Additional speakers:**


– **Yicheng**: UNESCO colleague supporting online moderation


– **Zhao Wei**: From China, mentioned as IFAP working group member and expert


– **Maxime Brionov**: Author of the book “Global Digital Human Rights in the Implementation of the Global Digital Compact” (participated via chat)


Full session report

# UNESCO Session on Global Governance of Quantum Technology: A Human Rights Perspective


## Executive Summary


This UNESCO session at the WSIS Forum examined the intersection of quantum technology development and human rights governance, presenting findings from an issue brief published in April 2024 and jointly developed by UNESCO’s Information for All Programme, Sciences Po, and the European University Institute. The brief was based on a March 2024 discussion paper and a May 2023 WSIS consultative workshop. Moderated by Xianhong Hu from UNESCO, the hybrid session brought together experts to discuss the need for inclusive governance frameworks for quantum technologies.


UNESCO Director Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi provided welcome remarks, emphasizing that “there is no innovation without human rights” and rejecting what he called the “false dichotomy” between innovation and human rights protection.


## Key Findings from the Issue Brief


Lead author Shamira Ahmed presented three fundamental challenges identified in the UNESCO issue brief:


### Three Primary Challenges


**Dual-Use Risks**: Quantum technologies present both opportunities and threats, particularly regarding encryption and security. While quantum cryptography could provide enhanced security, quantum computing simultaneously threatens current encryption methods.


**The Emerging Quantum Divide**: Building upon existing digital inequalities, quantum technologies risk creating new forms of global stratification. Ahmed emphasized that “technological transitions do not happen in a vacuum” and that decisions made today within existing inequitable science, technology, and innovation ecosystems will shape tomorrow’s technology landscape.


**Gender Inequity**: The quantum field demonstrates severe gender imbalances, with 79% of quantum companies having no female senior leaders and only 1 in 54 job applicants being women.


### Four Key Recommendation Areas


Ahmed outlined four areas for action identified in the brief:


1. **Infrastructure Investments**: Strengthening digital infrastructure fundamentals and leveraging public-private partnerships


2. **Policy Action and Awareness**: Raising awareness beyond national security discussions to include equity and human rights issues


3. **Capacity Building**: Developing systematic approaches to keep policymakers updated on emerging technologies


4. **UNESCO’s International Year of Quantum**: Utilizing the UN-declared International Year of Quantum to advance governance discussions


## Expert Perspectives


### Multi-Stakeholder Governance Approaches


Constance Bommelaer de Leusse from Sciences Po emphasized the need for “institutionalizing multi-stakeholder participation in multilateral processes,” arguing that experts, private sector representatives, and academia should help define governance agendas rather than merely being consulted. She highlighted the importance of developing “agile and forward-looking frameworks that adjust as technology evolves” and noted that quantum technologies impact the geopolitical order by creating what she described as a “quantum arms race.”


### Collaborative Technology Development


Professor Pieter Vermaas from Delft University advocated for moving “beyond dialogue to actual collaborative technology development.” He argued that quantum technology should “move out of the sphere of developing countries and be developed globally,” suggesting the creation of international quantum research centers as a governance mechanism.


### Press Freedom and Surveillance Concerns


Journalist and digital safety trainer Elodie Vialle highlighted how quantum technologies intersect with existing surveillance threats to press freedom. She warned that “unchecked surveillance already targets journalists and creates chilling effects on free speech” and that stored conversations could be broken in the future when quantum capabilities mature. Vialle emphasized the need to “close the cultural gap between quantum science field and human rights communities.”


## Discussion Points and Questions


### Relationship to Existing Frameworks


The discussion addressed how quantum governance relates to existing internet governance structures. Ahmed explained that “quantum governance relates to internet governance through quantum information and communications technologies,” while Bommelaer de Leusse argued that “fundamental principles from Tunis agenda should apply to quantum technologies governance.”


Wolfgang Kleinwächter raised concerns about definitional clarity, questioning how quantum governance relates to existing internet and AI governance frameworks and warning about “growing confusion” with various governance concepts.


### Technology Sharing and International Cooperation


Chris Buckridge raised practical questions about “how to convince countries with technology to share with those without,” highlighting tensions between openness and national interests in quantum development.


### Cultural Considerations


Professor Jandhyala Prabhakar Rao from Hyderabad introduced questions about the “role of culture in AI-quantum convergence context” and emphasized the importance of building “local AI to solve local problems effectively.”


## Key Themes and Recommendations


### Proactive Governance


Multiple speakers emphasized the urgency of developing governance frameworks now rather than waiting for quantum technologies to mature. Vialle stated that “we cannot afford to be reactive in governance conversations – must act now.”


### Human Rights as Foundation


The session positioned human rights as fundamental to quantum governance rather than as constraints on innovation. Speakers argued for embedding human rights principles into technology development processes from the earliest stages.


### Integration with Existing Processes


Participants discussed integrating quantum governance discussions into existing frameworks like the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) process and connecting to the WSIS+20 review process.


## Challenges and Next Steps


The discussion identified several ongoing challenges:


– Developing specific mechanisms for technology sharing between countries with different quantum capabilities


– Creating effective multi-stakeholder participation in multilateral governance processes


– Addressing the severe gender imbalance in quantum technology fields


– Bridging knowledge gaps between technical and human rights communities


– Developing coordinated technical standards for quantum technology interoperability


## Conclusion


The session established quantum governance as requiring immediate attention and proactive approaches that integrate human rights principles with technology development. While participants agreed on the importance of inclusive, multi-stakeholder governance and the complementary relationship between innovation and human rights, significant work remains in developing specific mechanisms and institutional frameworks to address the challenges posed by emerging quantum technologies.


The discussion highlighted the need to learn from experiences with AI governance while developing quantum-specific approaches, and emphasized that quantum governance cannot be separated from broader questions of digital equity, press freedom, and inclusive innovation.


Session transcript

Xianhong Hu: We are going to tackle the important issues related to quantum technology, a focus on the human rights center, the global governance of the quantum technology. It’s based on the issue brief UNESCO information for all program jointly developed with our dear partner, who is also present today, with St. Paul, the technology and global affairs center, with the European University Institute, our lead author is here. So, quantum technology is going to be the new frontier technology, which is going to have the potential to transform the entire digital ecosystem and the AI development, as we are hotly debating in this WSIS Forum. They are having complex implications for human rights, for digital inclusion, etc. So, I would like to firstly give the floor to our lead author, Ms. Shamira Ahmed, to unpack the key findings and also the recommendations from the issue brief. So, Shamira, you may start your presentation. You have 10 minutes, and I will signal to you when there are one minute left, so we can have the speakers follow you continue the conversation. Each of the speakers, we have three, each of you have five minutes, and then I hope we can have 10 minutes for the interaction and discussion with the audiences. Also, send my warm greetings to the participants online, so in the room, please prepare your questions, comments while the meeting goes on. And for the online participants, my colleague Yicheng will support the online moderation. Please do not hesitate to post your comments, your questions online, so we can really have a very interactive, hybrid discussion. So, without delaying further, Shamira, please start your presentation.


Shamira Ahmed: Thank you, Xianhong. Good morning, everyone. Thank you for joining us in this session. As Xianhong mentioned, I’m one of the key authors of the issue brief, and I’d just like to give you a background of how we developed the issue brief. It’s based on the extension of the discussion paper that was published in March 2024 on quantum technologies and their global impact. And we also had a consultative workshop at last year’s WSIS in May, and it was called Pioneering Responsible Global Governance of Quantum Technologies. And as a result, we gathered different input from key stakeholders, and we published the issue brief in April earlier this year. So the main challenges we identified in the issue brief after gathering various information is that there are three main challenges that we associated with quantum technologies. Okay, sorry. It’s dual use risks. There’s a quantum divide, and there’s a gender inequity. Sorry, I don’t know what’s happening to the clicker and technology. Yeah, that’s okay, Shamira. You are on the slide on the… Maybe you can help me with the slides instead of me clicking. Yeah, the third slide. Yes, the one before. Yes, perfect. No. Yes, perfect. So, sorry about that, but as I mentioned, there are three main challenges we identified after gathering all the information. It’s dual-use risks, there’s a quantum divide that’s emerging, and there are gender inequity issues. So, in terms of dual-use risks, we found out that quantum technologies paradoxically have opportunities and risks, especially for encryption, privacy, and security. And there’s an emerging quantum divide that’s based on the existing entrenched digital divide, and it could increase multidimensional global inequalities. And as with other STEM subjects, there is gender inequity in the science, technology, engineering, and mathematical pipeline for quantum computing jobs. On other quantum technologies, for example, 79% of quantum companies have no female senior leaders, and one in 54 quantum job applicants are women. And these are some of the highlights that we’ve highlighted and indicated in our issue brief. Next slide. As a result, we consolidated all the information, and we focused on human rights as the key enabler for responsible global quantum governance. And we did a preliminary search and found that human rights could facilitate a few of the sustainable development goals when we align them with protecting fundamental freedoms, like the right to privacy and freedom of expression, addressing global inequalities, as per the quantum divide I mentioned, and gender inequity, for example. Ethical use of digital technologies, having a human rights focus, can facilitate ethical use. and Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. And lastly, anticipating future risks could be mitigated through a human rights lens given the quantum AI convergence and potential environmental risks. In terms of the key recommendations we had four focus areas infrastructure investments, policy, action and awareness, capacity building, and we also focused on UNESCO’s international year of quantum. So the key recommendations in terms of infrastructure was leveraging public-private partnerships, also going back to fundamentals on digital infrastructure, especially if we’re talking about global digital infrastructure and how it would relate to an envisioned quantum internet and quantum communications network. Policy and awareness action, we also identified that raising awareness on global debates on quantum technologies beyond the discussion about national security, sovereignty, and strategic autonomy, it was important to also highlight how existing entrenched systems of inequity could be perpetuated by the inactivity in the global, in predicting global governance for quantum technologies. Next slide. And you can have, we went into further detail in the issue brief, so you can have a look at them for further details. Next slide. So the three key takeaways I’d like us to think about, and you can also raise them in the discussion portion later, is that despite the hype around the positive aspects of quantum technologies, we also have to have meaningful discussions about in ways that they can exacerbate harm, privacy, and freedom, and not only for countries or organizations that have quantum computing capabilities. We should also be cognizant of the fact that technological transitions do not happen in a vacuum. The decisions that are made today are developed in the context of existing and equitable science, technology, and innovation ecosystems and institutions. And without concerted efforts, then they will continue to shape tomorrow’s technology landscape. And lastly, lessons from history show that without concerted efforts, the status quo of technological transitions from the Third Industrial Revolution show that these transitions often lead to exploitation, discrimination, and or suppression of human rights. So we need to be cognizant of the fact that nothing happens in a vacuum, and we need to have active interventions to create a future where everyone can benefit from quantum technologies. Thank you.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you. Thank you, Shamira, for your excellent presentation. Actually, we also posted the link to download. this issue brief and it’s a really easy reading of 20 pages and you can just read more once downloaded from UNESCO website. And I wonder if Shamira, can you stop here? I don’t know the technical support, could you stop the PowerPoint because I couldn’t see my speakers from the Zoom somehow. Oh yes, that’s better. Thank you so much. Wow, we have so many online participants. I couldn’t see very clear in the room, but I’d really like to thank all of you for participating in this interesting session on the quantum. I’d like to also recognize our IFAP working group members and experts, Prof. Rao from India, the Chair of Information for Development Working Group, Ms. Zhao Wei from China, and also we have our partners around the world attending us really good morning, evening, and thank you for your interest in this session. So now I’d like to move to our panelists. The first one I’d like to introduce is Ms.


Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi: Constance Bommeler-DeLuzo. I think I will need to open another session, maybe you can just


Xianhong Hu: very quickly, one minute. Oh yeah, hi Guilherme and welcome on board because sorry I’m online, I couldn’t see the situation in the room. Thank you for sticking to me. So now I’m very honored to introduce actually Mr. Guilherme Canela, the UNESCO Director for Digital Inclusion, Policy and Transformation, as well as the Secretary of IFAP to address some of his welcome remarks. You know, it’s never too late to address the welcome remarks and also share your visions given your extensive expertise and experience in digital governance. So, Constance, if you don’t mind, I’m now giving the floor to Guilherme to address some remarks and then we’ll continue with our panelists. So, Guilherme, please take the floor. Thank you.


Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi: Thank you, everyone. I won’t take too much of your time. The very bright algorithm of WSIS organization put three sessions I need to speak at this very same moment, so I’m trying my best to do it. So, actually, basically, the paper already underlines the key recommendations that are also recommendations from the Information for All program. I won’t repeat that. But my presence here is more to reinforce how much UNESCO is committed to this conversation in different ways. As you know, this year is the quantum year established by the UN General Assembly. UNESCO is the agency in charge of organizing this conversation and this discussion. And this paper was very timely to contribute to this conversation from the perspective of human rights-driven approach to this conversation. Obviously, the science approach is very much important. The economic approach is very much important. But we can’t forget the central element of having a human rights-driven approach to this. So, of course, we need to discuss opportunities and risks in this conversation. It’s not one thing or the other. It’s one thing and the other. I was just in a session when I was saying that I’m listening in a very worried manner, more and more about a false dichotomy that we would need to choose between innovation and protecting human rights. I think this is wrong and we need to stop this. We need to show that there is no dichotomy here. Those things actually exist. They are interlinked. There is no innovation without human rights. And we need to make that point absolutely clear, but with evidence. The innovation that we are facing today, everything these companies were able to do, it’s precisely because the UN system created the universal system of human rights eight years ago that allowed an international rule of law system. An international rule of law system that allowed the circulation of scientists, the circulation of ideas. So without these, there were no innovation. So we need to be very clear on that point. So I think this paper or this policy brief tried to go into that direction, not only talking about risks, but also about opportunities, but showing that those things should go hand in hand. So sorry to interrupt the conversation, but I just wanted to make clear that from the perspective of the UNESCO Secretariat, we are very much engaged with you in this conversation. We want to be part of it. We want to listen to you. And I’m very happy that this session is taking place with this concrete issue brief that was launched earlier this year. Back to you, Xiangkong. Thanks.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you, Guillermo. I also take this opportunity to actually thank you for your editorial guidance of the entire issue brief. Without your support, we won’t be able to launch this issue brief in such a comprehensive manner. And thanks again for your remarks, Guillermo. Now I’d like to move to continue with our speaker, another co-author of the issue brief, Constance Bolleman. You are the executive director of the Tech and Global Affairs at Sciences Po as well. And actually, it was you who had also initiated with UNESCO to develop this quantum issue brief. Also, you are the co-author. and you have been at the forefront of science diplomacy and governance in emerging technology for so many years. Given your extensive experience and drawing lessons from the current AI governance, what do you think should be the most effective approach to ensure the inclusive multi-stakeholder governance of quantum so that it will be a technology as to be harnessed as a digital public good and to ensure our approach, our policy to be really proactive, inclusive instead of just being reactive. So Constance, the floor is yours.


Constance Bommelaer de Leusse: Thank you very much Xianhong and good morning everyone. I’m sorry to not be there in Geneva with you. Good afternoon perhaps for those who are joining remotely from other places around the world. First of all I’d like to thank UNESCO for its leadership throughout this exercise. We decided to work on quantum governance at a time where everyone is getting excited about AI. So it was a bit of an interesting exercise in that context and also thank our colleagues from DELF and also Shamira Ahmed who’s been a leading force in developing this paper. Before I propose perhaps a few ideas on the new approaches to ensure we have inclusive multilateral processes to harness governance issues that derive from quantum technologies, I’d like to create a clear link with what Shamira explained in her very good introduction and presentation. The technology of quantum comes along with new governance challenges. You can go back, revert back to the slides that she shared previously, perhaps after this conversation, but just in a nutshell. It’s important to realize, to assess the importance of how this technology is impacting, first of all, geopolitical order. We’re seeing, for instance, that there’s, I would say, a quantum arm race going on in terms of which regional or national force is going to be investing the more in this technology and utilizing it to support its economic, social growth, and perhaps even a defense aspect. There’s also the very important question of the dual nature of this technology that, of course, can be used for good, but also there are some harmful potential impacts of this technology that need to be assessed. Another important, I think, governance issue that hasn’t perhaps been mentioned is the lack of technical standards that are coordinated and that are going to allow interoperability when it comes to quantum governance. Of course, there’s also the divide, the gender, but also geographical divide between those who have and those who have not, the potential to grow in the field of this technology. So, these are some of the governance challenges that are emerging along with this technology. I think given these dynamics along, I would say, some of the reflections and adaptions that have supported the development of other very dynamic technologies, just like artificial intelligence, I think a new approach, a new dynamic is needed when we think about the multilateral frameworks, governance frameworks, that are going to allow us to navigate this technology for the benefit of all. One aspect that is very important from my perspective is almost institutionalizing multi-stakeholder participation in multilateral processes. We’ve seen the importance on artificial intelligence, technical, digital technical topics in general, but also in other fields when you think about environmental technologies, for instance. These are very technical topics and you need experts around the table. You need the private sector, you need academia. Academia is self-organizing, I would say, at the moment, a little bit like civil society 20 years ago, professionalizing its participation in these global policy discussions. And it’s important that multilateral processes institutionalize how these different stakeholders are going to be not just consulted, but also are going to help define the agenda of multilateral organizations and their meetings. Another, perhaps, aspect that could be explored in how we develop these governance frameworks around quantum technologies is how do we design agile and forward-looking frameworks that are going to be able to adjust as the technology adjusts. Here, I know in the academic environment, we’ve been running a lot of foresight exercises, scenario planning exercises. And I think these technologies and these new governance challenges that come along with it are perfect materials to be utilized for such types of governance approaches. And then finally, and I would conclude with that, I think this notion of science diplomacy, science diplomacy is becoming mainstream. certainly in Geneva and hopefully more and more in other global capitals. This notion that academics, scientists, experts, civil society, individuals actively participate in setting the agenda, but also help leaders of multilateral organizations organize their governance frameworks. And I think this is very important. It’s a notion that is growing, that is becoming mainstream, and that clearly when it comes to quantum governance is a shared responsibility from my perspective. And so with that, I’ll hand it back to you, Xianhong, and happy to pursue the conversation.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you so much for highlighting so many important issues, particularly institutionalizing the most stakeholder governance. It’s so inspiring also for the organization like UNESCO. Thank you. Now I’d like to introduce our second speaker, Prof. and Dr. Pieter Vermaas from the Delft University of Technology and also Quantum Delta Netherlands. Hi Pieter, you are there. As the ethics lead of the Dutch quantum ecosystem and the head of the Delft University Quantum Governance and Values Lab, you would be the best positioned to tell us what needs to be emphasized to navigate the potential global impacts of the quantum technology. Pieter, the floor is yours.


Pieter Vermaas: Okay, thank you, Xianhong. And thank you for all being here. Great to speak here and to have this dialogue, to be part of this dialogue. If I want to emphasize something in this wonderful brief is that I think it should go beyond dialogue. What I really like of the brief is that there’s a plea for dialogue. Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Professor of Philosophy and Ethics, University of London University of London are trying to address the issues and decide what we want to do. So I’m really as an ethicist in favour of this brief and we should do more on ethics so yes, as a stakeholder yes but I think we should also go beyond that and just do technology together. Thank you.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you, Professor. What you have suggested from your side, UNESCO certainly is a leading organisation to foster international collaboration for innovation but also I think what you said about creating centres, international collaboration can also be so valid to be considered by the OASIS plus 20 review process. Imagine what we should do more in the post 2025. We really need such a kind of action. I hope that we can really include what you have said in the session in the conference. I hope that OASIS can also be another important vehicle we can foster quantum collaboration. Thank you very much. So now I’d like to introduce our last speaker Elodie Vialle. In the spirit of multi-stakeholder we are very appreciative of your participation. You are the journalist you are the digital safety trainer as you heard from Shamira from our Professor Peter that quantum is going to impact the safety of communication, encryption, surveillance and decomposing risks and also some opportunities as well to the digital safety free expression, privacy etc. So what lessons do you think we can learn from your work on press freedom and the right privacy particularly I know you are expert on gender and women and gender divide was also mentioned by Constance by Shamira in the issue brief. Could you please give us your opinion?


Elodie Vialle: Thank you so much, Xianhong, and thanks to the brilliant previous presentation. I think if there’s one lesson that we can learn from a previous conversation on AI and surveillance, and particularly surveillance of journalists and human rights defenders, which is the topic I work on, is that we cannot afford to be reactive in this conversation. The question of governance is not a question for the future, it’s a question for right now. And what I can say as a journalist and as a press freedom defender is that unchecked surveillance is already being used to target, intimidate and silence journalists all over the world. And the problem for democracies is that when people feel they are being watched, they no longer feel free to speak. So there’s a chilling effect of this surveillance and the knowledge that encryption can be broken. So all these journalists I work with all around the globe, and particularly since the scandals and around Pegasus, they feel that they’re afraid to use their phone, unsure if the conversations are safe, uncertain whether they’re putting their sources at risk. And yet governments continue to propose backdoors into encrypted systems, while they should actually ensure in domestic laws the inviolability of journalist communication. So now with quantum technologies, for us as a civil society organisation, it’s a powerful new frontier and new threats, potentially. First because when paired with AI, quantum could be used to… surveillance and breaking encryption and not only for tomorrow but also to some point today because what we fear and in terms of maybe a potential risk assessment is that the conversation of today, the encrypted messages today could be stored and maybe break in the future when these quantum technologies are more available. So that’s why we need to prepare now and of course the global rush we’ve observed in terms of AI governance and the race to set up the AI standards can offer us a critical policy roadmap on how to govern quantum responsibly. So as you mentioned Xianhong, I was earlier this year the reporter also of a group of experts, international expert group working on women and media for UNESCO, the head of the 30th anniversary of the Beijing Declaration and Platforms for Action which is a key international text on women’s rights and basically the main concern of this international expert group is today the tech-facilitated gender-based violence targeting women journalists. I mean intimidation, online threats, gender-based disinformation campaigns. For us this is the most severe and urgent threats for women journalists which is used to discredit their work and to silence them and of course with the quantum technology and as it has been mentioned in the policy brief and the UNESCO report as well, these threats could potentially grow with the possibility to also to create and disseminate at scale false documents. and Mr. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter and over the last few years. And what I’ve learned from that is we don’t always speak the same language as well. So there’s a need to, I would say, close the cultural gap between the quantum science field and the human rights communities also to be able to have this conversation, because we have also to acknowledge this, I would say, knowledge imbalance between civil society organisation and the quantum science field and all stakeholders. And yes, I think that UNESCO can also, as you’ve said in your paper, can be a driver of responsible innovation. And I want to add a plus one, if we can say to what Guilherme said previously, because I also think that it’s a huge mistake to oppose innovation and human rights. We are the one in civil society organisation who’ve pushed a lot over the last few years for innovation in terms of safety by design. Last year, I was at the Trust Consummate in San Francisco. and Ms. Constance Bommelaer.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you. And thank you, Elodie, for making so many very strong recommendations and share so much excellent work on ground you have done. And now I’d like to thank again my wonderful speakers. You have done a great job in such a short time. You made important points. Now I’d like to open the floor to everyone in the room and also online. I’m inviting our colleague Yichen to moderate online to receive your questions, comments and signals to me. And also I’d like to invite Shamira, please give floor to the participants in the room to raise any questions, comments as well. I’d like to say that this can be broader. You can either react to our issue brief on quantum technology. You can either raise questions to any of our speakers. You can also talk broadly what kind of future directions and actions, not only quantum, but any other frontier technologies, our policymaker sphere, the civil society. I mean, all those policymaker leaders here, we should pay attention to because we need to be more forward looking than ever. Thank you very much.


Wolfgang Kleinwachter: Thank you very much. My name is Wolfgang Kleinwächter. I’m a retired professor from the University of Aarhus. I’m not an expert in quantum, but I was interested in the relative new concept which was introduced by the brief on quantum governance. So I think the term governance emerged in the WSIS context related to internet, and the Tunis agenda includes a definition of internet governance. Since then we have seen a growing confusion about governance. We have ICT governance, digital governance, cyber governance, IoT governance. Recently the UN is organising a new global dialogue on AI governance, and my question is how your proposed concept of quantum governance is related to the governance of the internet. That means, is it based on the definition of the Tunis agenda, and how it’s related to the new global dialogue on AI governance? Thank you.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you for the question. I think, Shamira, I’d like to collect a round of questions, and then I will come back to our speakers altogether before we end the session, okay? Sure. Any other questions, or remarks, or comments? Yes, go ahead.


Chris Buckridge: Sorry. Hi, I’m Chris Buckridge, also not an expert in quantum by any means. Two things briefly. One I wanted to highlight, we had a really good session in the Internet Governance Forum a couple of weeks ago about emerging technologies. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Elodie Vialle, Mr. Guilherme Canela de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed Mr. Guilherme Canela de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed where people who can’t afford the technology may share with country that have the technology, but how we convince them to participate and share?


Shamira Ahmed: Thank you for the questions. I will try and attempt all of them or give some feedback, and then my panelists can also jump in, Constance as well. So the first question was on the governance aspects of quantum technologies and how it relates to the WSIS process, basically internet governance as a whole. So in terms of the most funding or investments in infrastructure for quantum technologies is what I’d like to think of as quantum information and communications technologies, which is sensing, networking, communications, and also there’s a lot of investments going to developing a quantum internet. So that’s how it directly links to the internet governance processes. And I think at IGF there was a presentation, the Eurodig, on how quantum technologies can be used for sensing, for example. So those are some use cases. There’s also a lot of hype, but in terms of encryption and cybersecurity, like Chris mentioned, those are how it directly relates to the broad internet governance issues. So I think of the emerging applications of quantum technologies are going to be based on ICTs in a broad definition as an enabler for scale. So that’s how they relate to governance issues, the broad internet governance issues. And then your question was on how we, sorry, what is your question? Perhaps it wasn’t much of a question, but it was more how do we ensure parts of our global society are not left behind as we prepare for the impact quantum might have? Yeah, I think… All the panelists mentioned that it depends on cooperation, and UNESCO might be the platform for that. So yeah, I’ll leave it there. And if anyone wants to take the floor, and…


Xianhong Hu: Thank you, Shamira. May I just interrupt? Because I think we have an online speaker who wants to take the floor. So please go ahead quickly. Sure, I’m happy. For the questions or for the responses? Sorry for the questions, because I saw a question about Winnie Nations. Are you going to talk? Hello? It’s okay. Somehow he cannot hear me. Okay, Constance, please go ahead to respond


Constance Bommelaer de Leusse: to the questions. Thank you. I’ll be quick. As I know, we don’t have a lot of time. So thank you for the questions. So Wolfgang’s excellent question about basically quantum governance in relation to traditional internet governance. From my perspective, these are slightly two things, different things. So the internet is one defined technology, quantum governance, quantum, sorry, technology is a separate object for sure. However, I would agree with Shamira. I think some of the fundamental principles that we’ve negotiated and around which we have strong consensus now, the fact that there’s technical community, business, governments, intergovernmental organizations that have to work together on emerging technologies that were agreed in the Tunis agenda. For me, naturally, this consensus should apply to quantum technologies, if we want to have an effective, anticipatory, agile governance system for quantum technology. The second question about IGF, I think maybe what we could propose, Chris, is… Welcome everyone to the IGF Framework Summit. I’m so glad you joined us, and I’m so pleased to be here. I think it’s been a while since we’ve been at a summit, and I’m really looking forward to it. I think the first step is throwing this policy brief into the IGF process and seeing if there’s appetite to build on it as perhaps a basis to maybe could be a policy network, maybe it could be a best practices. I don’t know, but certainly the IGF Framework seems to be emerging technologies. And then in relation to the last question, I think it’s absolutely critical, and I’m sorry I didn’t catch your name, the gentleman basically that pointed to the concerns that can come along with the fact that governance frameworks for quantum technologies today are largely developed behind closed doors, whether of defense entities or institutions. And I think this also comes from the fact that there’s so much focus today on artificial intelligence that topics like quantum seem to not get enough attention. So I think that’s a really important comment. Back to you, Xianghong. Thank you.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you, Constance, for tackling so many questions. Actually, before I give the floor to our next speaker, I think I’ll quickly go to a question on the chat. I think Maxime Brionov, the author of the book Global Digital Human Rights in the Implementation of the Global Digital Compact, he asked a question, also how much do you think we need a declaration of global digital human rights? Where to start creating it for human-oriented global governance taking into account quantum technology? So Constance, if you want to add anything on that question, let me know.


Constance Bommelaer de Leusse: I think that this is a really good question, and it’s a question that pops up on a regular basis. I have found that UNESCO has harnessed actually this question pretty well in developing a number of policy frameworks, guidelines. And for me, the Rome Principles that were developed at UNESCO, so rights-based, open, accessible, multi-stakeholder governance, actually is a proposal from the UN to inject human rights at the center of how internet or digital technologies must be governed. So it’s not literally a new human rights digital declaration, but for me, it does the job of addressing how do you ensure that human rights are specifically thought of, respected in developing governance frameworks for emerging technologies. Thank you.


Xianhong Hu: Can I give floor to our speaker, Prof. Zhao, you have quick points to make. Please take the floor.


Jandhyala Prabhakar Rao: Yeah, thank you very much. This is Prof. J. Prabhakar Rao from Hyderabad, India. Just, I want to know, we are now talking about quantum convergence from ethical aspect and we are also, we have all now, all of us are convinced that there is a need to build a local AI to effectively solve local problems. So how do you see, where is the role of culture, especially in the context of


Xianhong Hu: AI quantum convergence? Thank you. Thank you for the good question on the culture and also on the convergence thing. So I’d like to ask our speaker, Prof. Peter Wekmas, and also LOD Vaila, to please tackle the question you’d like to speak about, maybe quickly in two minutes. Everybody, thank you.


Pieter Vermaas: Okay, thank you. Coming back to the question of why should countries share their tech? and Prof. Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi, Ms. Constance Bommelaer de Leusse, Prof. Pieter Vermaas, Ms. Shamira Ahmed For any technology, also quantum, that’s great. And that’s why I think this technology should move out of just the sphere of the countries which develop them. And we should start developing it elsewhere, see what comes out. Yes so good point, I subscribe to that and I would say it’s another argument to ship the technology globally.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you, and also Elodie?


Elodie Vialle: Yes I will just add that it’s very important to bring, as it has been said, diverse voices around the table. And to make sure that what we build is made for those who are mostly impacted by these technologies.


Xianhong Hu: Thank you, thank you for being so brief. We really had a fascinating discussion today. Any other final comments from the room or online? Before I conclude, we are already running late, but if anybody still wants to talk, still have maybe one minute. Otherwise I would like to say that for UNESCO, we also perceive the gap. I mean, ranging, I mean, taking lessons from the internet governance or AI governance. We don’t need to create the new wheels. All those existing United Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights, they are still valid. They continue to be able to be applied to frame the ethical principles. We are going to apply to all the new. to enhance the past of the governments and also public civil servants on their digital competence and on their knowledge and the policymaking regarding technology. I think that should be expanded to the future frontier technology. We should keep our governments’ policymakers updated on the new knowledge about whether it’s about AI or it’s about quantum or even about neuroscience, even more emerging technology. We don’t even know the name yet. We should have a really systematic approach to get the policy not so lagged behind but to be really proactive to tackle the human rights and to tackle about the diversity issues we really care about. I think that’s the entire spirit of this WISD plus 20 review. Thank you again and for your participation, please follow us. We will also have a session this afternoon to talk broadly about the harnessing digital public good. Thank you and let’s give a round of applause to all of us for the speakers, for all the participants in the room. Thank you. Thank you. Bye.


S

Shamira Ahmed

Speech speed

109 words per minute

Speech length

1098 words

Speech time

604 seconds

Three main challenges: dual-use risks, quantum divide, and gender inequity

Explanation

Ahmed identified three primary challenges associated with quantum technologies after gathering information from various stakeholders. These challenges represent the core issues that need to be addressed in quantum governance.


Major discussion point

Quantum Technology Challenges and Risks


Topics

Human rights | Development | Economic


Quantum technologies create paradoxical opportunities and risks for encryption, privacy, and security

Explanation

Ahmed explained that quantum technologies have dual-use nature, meaning they can both enhance and threaten encryption, privacy, and security systems. This paradox creates complex governance challenges.


Major discussion point

Quantum Technology Challenges and Risks


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights


Quantum divide emerges from existing digital divide and could increase global inequalities

Explanation

Ahmed argued that quantum technologies will create new forms of inequality based on existing digital divides. This quantum divide could exacerbate multidimensional global inequalities between those who have access to quantum technologies and those who don’t.


Major discussion point

Quantum Technology Challenges and Risks


Topics

Development | Economic | Human rights


Agreed with

– Pieter Vermaas
– Chris Buckridge

Agreed on

Global cooperation and technology sharing is needed


Gender inequity exists with 79% of quantum companies having no female senior leaders

Explanation

Ahmed highlighted significant gender disparities in the quantum technology sector, particularly in leadership positions and job applications. This reflects broader STEM gender inequity issues.


Evidence

79% of quantum companies have no female senior leaders, and one in 54 quantum job applicants are women


Major discussion point

Quantum Technology Challenges and Risks


Topics

Human rights | Development


Human rights should be the key enabler for responsible global quantum governance

Explanation

Ahmed argued that human rights frameworks can facilitate sustainable development goals by protecting fundamental freedoms, addressing inequalities, and ensuring ethical use of quantum technologies. This approach can help anticipate and mitigate future risks.


Evidence

Human rights can protect fundamental freedoms like right to privacy and freedom of expression, address global inequalities and gender inequity, facilitate ethical use of digital technologies, and anticipate future risks from quantum AI convergence


Major discussion point

Human Rights-Centered Governance Approach


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Constance Bommelaer de Leusse
– Elodie Vialle

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder governance is essential for quantum technologies


Disagreed with

– Constance Bommelaer de Leusse
– Pieter Vermaas

Disagreed on

Approach to quantum governance – dialogue versus action


Four focus areas: infrastructure investments, policy action and awareness, capacity building, and UNESCO’s international year of quantum

Explanation

Ahmed outlined the key recommendation areas from the issue brief, emphasizing the need for comprehensive approach covering infrastructure, policy, capacity building, and leveraging UNESCO’s quantum year initiative.


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Actions


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory | Development


Need to leverage public-private partnerships and focus on digital infrastructure fundamentals

Explanation

Ahmed recommended using public-private partnerships for infrastructure development and emphasized the importance of foundational digital infrastructure, especially for envisioned quantum internet and communications networks.


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Actions


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic


Must raise awareness beyond national security discussions to include equity issues

Explanation

Ahmed argued that quantum technology discussions should expand beyond traditional national security, sovereignty, and strategic autonomy concerns to address how existing inequitable systems could be perpetuated by inaction in quantum governance.


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Actions


Topics

Human rights | Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Elodie Vialle
– Xianhong Hu

Agreed on

Proactive rather than reactive governance approach is necessary


Quantum governance relates to internet governance through quantum information and communications technologies

Explanation

Ahmed explained that quantum technologies directly connect to internet governance through applications in sensing, networking, communications, and quantum internet development. Most funding and investments focus on quantum information and communications technologies.


Evidence

Applications include sensing, networking, communications, and quantum internet development; presentation at Eurodig showed quantum technologies used for sensing


Major discussion point

Governance Framework Development


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


C

Constance Bommelaer de Leusse

Speech speed

125 words per minute

Speech length

1197 words

Speech time

573 seconds

Quantum technologies impact geopolitical order creating a quantum arms race

Explanation

Bommelaer de Leusse identified that quantum technology is creating geopolitical tensions as regional and national powers compete to invest more in this technology. This competition spans economic, social growth, and defense applications.


Major discussion point

Quantum Technology Challenges and Risks


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Lack of coordinated technical standards prevents interoperability in quantum governance

Explanation

Bommelaer de Leusse highlighted that the absence of coordinated technical standards creates governance challenges by preventing interoperability between different quantum systems and implementations.


Major discussion point

Quantum Technology Challenges and Risks


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Need to institutionalize multi-stakeholder participation in multilateral processes

Explanation

Bommelaer de Leusse argued that technical topics like quantum require experts, private sector, and academia around the table. She emphasized that multilateral processes should institutionalize how different stakeholders participate in defining agendas, not just being consulted.


Evidence

Importance seen in AI and environmental technologies; academia is professionalizing its participation in global policy discussions like civil society did 20 years ago


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder and International Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Shamira Ahmed
– Elodie Vialle

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder governance is essential for quantum technologies


Disagreed with

– Shamira Ahmed
– Pieter Vermaas

Disagreed on

Approach to quantum governance – dialogue versus action


Science diplomacy should become mainstream with active participation of experts and civil society

Explanation

Bommelaer de Leusse advocated for science diplomacy to become mainstream, particularly in Geneva and other global capitals. This involves academics, scientists, experts, and civil society actively participating in agenda-setting and helping leaders organize governance frameworks.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder and International Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Need agile and forward-looking frameworks that adjust as technology evolves

Explanation

Bommelaer de Leusse proposed designing governance frameworks that can adapt as quantum technology develops. She suggested using foresight exercises and scenario planning as governance approaches for these new challenges.


Evidence

Academic environment has been running foresight exercises and scenario planning exercises


Major discussion point

Governance Framework Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Fundamental principles from Tunis agenda should apply to quantum technologies governance

Explanation

Bommelaer de Leusse argued that while quantum governance differs from internet governance, the consensus principles from the Tunis agenda about multi-stakeholder cooperation should naturally apply to quantum technologies for effective governance.


Evidence

Technical community, business, governments, and intergovernmental organizations working together on emerging technologies was agreed in Tunis agenda


Major discussion point

Governance Framework Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory


G

Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

460 words

Speech time

192 seconds

False dichotomy between innovation and human rights protection must be rejected

Explanation

Canela argued against the increasingly common false dichotomy that suggests choosing between innovation and protecting human rights. He emphasized that these elements are interlinked and both are necessary.


Major discussion point

Human Rights-Centered Governance Approach


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Elodie Vialle

Agreed on

Human rights and innovation are complementary, not opposing forces


Innovation exists because of human rights framework that enabled international rule of law

Explanation

Canela explained that current innovation, including what technology companies have achieved, exists precisely because the UN system created the universal human rights system. This system enabled international rule of law, circulation of scientists, and circulation of ideas.


Evidence

UN system created universal system of human rights that allowed international rule of law system, enabling circulation of scientists and ideas


Major discussion point

Human Rights-Centered Governance Approach


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


E

Elodie Vialle

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

703 words

Speech time

327 seconds

Unchecked surveillance already targets journalists and creates chilling effects on free speech

Explanation

Vialle explained that unchecked surveillance is currently being used to target, intimidate, and silence journalists worldwide. When people feel watched, they no longer feel free to speak, creating a chilling effect on democracy and free expression.


Evidence

Journalists feel afraid to use phones, unsure if conversations are safe, uncertain about putting sources at risk, particularly since Pegasus scandals


Major discussion point

Quantum Technology Challenges and Risks


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity


Cannot afford to be reactive in governance conversations – must act now

Explanation

Vialle emphasized that lessons from AI and surveillance conversations show that governance is not a future question but a current necessity. She stressed the importance of being proactive rather than reactive in quantum governance.


Major discussion point

Human Rights-Centered Governance Approach


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreed with

– Shamira Ahmed
– Xianhong Hu

Agreed on

Proactive rather than reactive governance approach is necessary


Need to close cultural gap between quantum science field and human rights communities

Explanation

Vialle identified a communication barrier between quantum scientists and human rights advocates, noting they don’t always speak the same language. She acknowledged a knowledge imbalance between civil society organizations and the quantum science field.


Major discussion point

Human Rights-Centered Governance Approach


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


Governments should ensure inviolability of journalist communications in domestic laws

Explanation

Vialle argued that while governments continue to propose backdoors into encrypted systems, they should instead ensure the inviolability of journalist communications through domestic legal protections.


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Actions


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Important to bring diverse voices to the table for those most impacted by technologies

Explanation

Vialle emphasized the importance of including diverse perspectives in technology governance discussions, particularly ensuring that those most affected by these technologies have a voice in their development and governance.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder and International Cooperation


Topics

Human rights | Development


Agreed with

– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi

Agreed on

Human rights and innovation are complementary, not opposing forces


P

Pieter Vermaas

Speech speed

115 words per minute

Speech length

401 words

Speech time

207 seconds

Should go beyond dialogue to actual collaborative technology development

Explanation

Vermaas appreciated the brief’s call for dialogue but argued that stakeholders should move beyond just talking to actually developing quantum technology together collaboratively. He emphasized the need for concrete action rather than just discussion.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder and International Cooperation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Shamira Ahmed
– Constance Bommelaer de Leusse

Disagreed on

Approach to quantum governance – dialogue versus action


Technology should move out of sphere of developing countries and be developed globally

Explanation

Vermaas argued that quantum technology should not remain confined to the countries that initially develop it but should be shared globally to see what innovations emerge from different contexts and perspectives.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder and International Cooperation


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Chris Buckridge
– Shamira Ahmed

Agreed on

Global cooperation and technology sharing is needed


Disagreed with

– Chris Buckridge

Disagreed on

Technology sharing versus security concerns


W

Wolfgang Kleinwachter

Speech speed

99 words per minute

Speech length

143 words

Speech time

86 seconds

Need clarification on how quantum governance relates to existing internet and AI governance frameworks

Explanation

Kleinwachter questioned how the proposed concept of quantum governance relates to existing governance frameworks, particularly internet governance as defined in the Tunis agenda and the new global dialogue on AI governance. He noted growing confusion about various governance concepts.


Evidence

Growing confusion with ICT governance, digital governance, cyber governance, IoT governance, and AI governance concepts


Major discussion point

Governance Framework Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory


J

Jandhyala Prabhakar Rao

Speech speed

149 words per minute

Speech length

73 words

Speech time

29 seconds

Need to understand role of culture in AI-quantum convergence context

Explanation

Rao questioned how cultural factors should be considered in the context of AI-quantum convergence, particularly given the ethical aspects being discussed and the need for local solutions to local problems.


Major discussion point

Cultural and Local Considerations


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


Important to build local AI to solve local problems effectively

Explanation

Rao emphasized the importance of developing local AI solutions that can effectively address local problems, suggesting that technology development should be contextually relevant and culturally appropriate.


Major discussion point

Cultural and Local Considerations


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


C

Chris Buckridge

Speech speed

103 words per minute

Speech length

130 words

Speech time

75 seconds

Question of how to convince countries with technology to share with those without

Explanation

Buckridge raised the practical challenge of how to convince countries that have developed quantum technologies to share them with countries that cannot afford or access these technologies, highlighting the global equity dimension of quantum governance.


Major discussion point

Cultural and Local Considerations


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Pieter Vermaas
– Shamira Ahmed

Agreed on

Global cooperation and technology sharing is needed


Disagreed with

– Pieter Vermaas

Disagreed on

Technology sharing versus security concerns


X

Xianhong Hu

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

1857 words

Speech time

805 seconds

Need systematic approach to keep policymakers updated on emerging technologies

Explanation

Hu argued for expanding government and public servant digital competence training to include emerging technologies like quantum and neuroscience. She emphasized the need for proactive rather than reactive policymaking that doesn’t lag behind technological developments.


Major discussion point

Policy Recommendations and Actions


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Shamira Ahmed
– Elodie Vialle

Agreed on

Proactive rather than reactive governance approach is necessary


Agreements

Agreement points

Multi-stakeholder governance is essential for quantum technologies

Speakers

– Shamira Ahmed
– Constance Bommelaer de Leusse
– Elodie Vialle

Arguments

Human rights should be the key enabler for responsible global quantum governance


Need to institutionalize multi-stakeholder participation in multilateral processes


Important to bring diverse voices to the table for those most impacted by technologies


Summary

All speakers agreed that effective quantum governance requires inclusive participation from multiple stakeholders including experts, private sector, academia, civil society, and those most affected by the technology


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Development


Proactive rather than reactive governance approach is necessary

Speakers

– Shamira Ahmed
– Elodie Vialle
– Xianhong Hu

Arguments

Must raise awareness beyond national security discussions to include equity issues


Cannot afford to be reactive in governance conversations – must act now


Need systematic approach to keep policymakers updated on emerging technologies


Summary

Speakers emphasized the critical importance of being proactive in quantum governance rather than waiting to react to problems after they emerge


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Human rights and innovation are complementary, not opposing forces

Speakers

– Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi
– Elodie Vialle

Arguments

False dichotomy between innovation and human rights protection must be rejected


Important to bring diverse voices to the table for those most impacted by technologies


Summary

Both speakers rejected the notion that innovation and human rights protection are in conflict, arguing instead that they are mutually reinforcing


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Global cooperation and technology sharing is needed

Speakers

– Pieter Vermaas
– Chris Buckridge
– Shamira Ahmed

Arguments

Technology should move out of sphere of developing countries and be developed globally


Question of how to convince countries with technology to share with those without


Quantum divide emerges from existing digital divide and could increase global inequalities


Summary

Speakers agreed on the importance of global cooperation and sharing of quantum technologies to prevent further inequalities


Topics

Development | Economic


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers recognized the dual-use nature of quantum technologies and their complex implications for security and geopolitics

Speakers

– Shamira Ahmed
– Constance Bommelaer de Leusse

Arguments

Quantum technologies create paradoxical opportunities and risks for encryption, privacy, and security


Quantum technologies impact geopolitical order creating a quantum arms race


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasized the importance of connecting quantum governance to existing internet governance frameworks and principles

Speakers

– Constance Bommelaer de Leusse
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter

Arguments

Fundamental principles from Tunis agenda should apply to quantum technologies governance


Need clarification on how quantum governance relates to existing internet and AI governance frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Both speakers highlighted the importance of addressing gaps and inequities in quantum technology development, whether cultural or gender-based

Speakers

– Elodie Vialle
– Shamira Ahmed

Arguments

Need to close cultural gap between quantum science field and human rights communities


Gender inequity exists with 79% of quantum companies having no female senior leaders


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Unexpected consensus

Moving beyond dialogue to concrete collaborative action

Speakers

– Pieter Vermaas
– Shamira Ahmed
– Constance Bommelaer de Leusse

Arguments

Should go beyond dialogue to actual collaborative technology development


Four focus areas: infrastructure investments, policy action and awareness, capacity building, and UNESCO’s international year of quantum


Science diplomacy should become mainstream with active participation of experts and civil society


Explanation

Unexpectedly, there was strong consensus that the quantum governance discussion should move beyond theoretical frameworks to practical, collaborative technology development and concrete policy actions


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Cultural and local considerations in quantum governance

Speakers

– Jandhyala Prabhakar Rao
– Elodie Vialle
– Shamira Ahmed

Arguments

Need to understand role of culture in AI-quantum convergence context


Need to close cultural gap between quantum science field and human rights communities


Must raise awareness beyond national security discussions to include equity issues


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus on the importance of cultural considerations and local contexts in quantum governance, which is often overlooked in technical discussions


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged around the need for proactive, multi-stakeholder governance of quantum technologies with human rights at the center, global cooperation to prevent digital divides, and moving beyond theoretical discussions to concrete collaborative action


Consensus level

High level of consensus with no major disagreements identified. The implications suggest a clear path forward for quantum governance that emphasizes inclusivity, proactive policy-making, and international cooperation while maintaining human rights as a foundational principle


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to quantum governance – dialogue versus action

Speakers

– Shamira Ahmed
– Constance Bommelaer de Leusse
– Pieter Vermaas

Arguments

Human rights should be the key enabler for responsible global quantum governance


Need to institutionalize multi-stakeholder participation in multilateral processes


Should go beyond dialogue to actual collaborative technology development


Summary

While Ahmed and Bommelaer de Leusse focus on establishing governance frameworks and dialogue mechanisms, Vermaas argues for moving beyond dialogue to actual collaborative technology development, suggesting the governance-focused approach may be insufficient


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Technology sharing versus security concerns

Speakers

– Pieter Vermaas
– Chris Buckridge

Arguments

Technology should move out of sphere of developing countries and be developed globally


Question of how to convince countries with technology to share with those without


Summary

Vermaas advocates for global technology sharing and development, while Buckridge raises practical concerns about convincing countries to share their quantum technologies, highlighting the tension between openness and national interests


Topics

Development | Economic


Unexpected differences

Scope and definition of quantum governance

Speakers

– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Shamira Ahmed

Arguments

Need clarification on how quantum governance relates to existing internet and AI governance frameworks


Quantum governance relates to internet governance through quantum information and communications technologies


Explanation

This disagreement was unexpected because it reveals fundamental confusion about what quantum governance actually encompasses and how it fits within existing governance frameworks. Kleinwachter’s concern about ‘growing confusion’ with various governance concepts suggests the field lacks definitional clarity that Ahmed assumes exists


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed relatively low levels of direct disagreement, with most conflicts being subtle differences in emphasis and approach rather than fundamental opposition. Main areas of disagreement centered on governance mechanisms (dialogue vs. action), technology sharing approaches, and definitional clarity of quantum governance itself.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The implications are significant because the lack of sharp disagreements may mask underlying conceptual confusion about quantum governance scope and mechanisms. The subtle differences in approach could lead to fragmented implementation if not addressed through continued dialogue and clarification of terms and objectives.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers recognized the dual-use nature of quantum technologies and their complex implications for security and geopolitics

Speakers

– Shamira Ahmed
– Constance Bommelaer de Leusse

Arguments

Quantum technologies create paradoxical opportunities and risks for encryption, privacy, and security


Quantum technologies impact geopolitical order creating a quantum arms race


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasized the importance of connecting quantum governance to existing internet governance frameworks and principles

Speakers

– Constance Bommelaer de Leusse
– Wolfgang Kleinwachter

Arguments

Fundamental principles from Tunis agenda should apply to quantum technologies governance


Need clarification on how quantum governance relates to existing internet and AI governance frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Both speakers highlighted the importance of addressing gaps and inequities in quantum technology development, whether cultural or gender-based

Speakers

– Elodie Vialle
– Shamira Ahmed

Arguments

Need to close cultural gap between quantum science field and human rights communities


Gender inequity exists with 79% of quantum companies having no female senior leaders


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Quantum technologies present three main governance challenges: dual-use risks, emerging quantum divide, and gender inequity in the field


Human rights should serve as the central framework for responsible quantum governance, rejecting the false dichotomy between innovation and human rights protection


Multi-stakeholder participation must be institutionalized in quantum governance processes, including private sector, academia, civil society, and governments


Quantum governance is interconnected with existing internet governance frameworks through quantum information and communications technologies


Proactive rather than reactive governance approaches are essential, as current surveillance technologies already threaten journalists and human rights defenders


International cooperation and technology sharing are crucial to prevent quantum technologies from being developed only behind closed doors by defense entities


Science diplomacy should become mainstream with active participation of experts, academics, and civil society in setting governance agendas


Cultural considerations and local contexts must be incorporated into AI-quantum convergence discussions


Resolutions and action items

UNESCO to continue leadership in quantum governance discussions as part of the UN-declared International Year of Quantum


Integrate quantum governance discussions into existing frameworks like the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) process


Develop agile and forward-looking governance frameworks that can adapt as quantum technology evolves


Focus on four key areas: infrastructure investments, policy action and awareness, capacity building, and UNESCO’s international quantum initiatives


Leverage public-private partnerships and strengthen digital infrastructure fundamentals


Raise awareness about quantum governance beyond national security discussions to include equity and human rights issues


Close the cultural gap between quantum science communities and human rights advocates through enhanced dialogue


Ensure governments protect journalist communications in domestic laws as quantum surveillance capabilities develop


Unresolved issues

How to convince countries with advanced quantum capabilities to share technology with those without access


Specific mechanisms for institutionalizing multi-stakeholder participation in quantum governance processes


Detailed relationship between quantum governance and existing internet governance definitions from the Tunis Agenda


Role of culture in AI-quantum convergence and how to build locally relevant solutions


How to develop coordinated technical standards for quantum technology interoperability


Specific strategies to address the gender divide in quantum technology fields


Whether a new global digital human rights declaration is needed or if existing frameworks are sufficient


Suggested compromises

Use existing human rights frameworks (like UNESCO’s Rome Principles) rather than creating entirely new digital rights declarations


Apply fundamental principles from the Tunis Agenda on internet governance to quantum technologies while recognizing quantum as a separate technology domain


Move quantum technology development beyond defense-focused closed-door processes while maintaining necessary security considerations


Balance innovation promotion with human rights protection by demonstrating their interdependence rather than treating them as competing priorities


Integrate quantum governance discussions into existing forums like IGF rather than creating entirely separate governance structures


Thought provoking comments

I’m listening in a very worried manner, more and more about a false dichotomy that we would need to choose between innovation and protecting human rights. I think this is wrong and we need to stop this. We need to show that there is no dichotomy here. Those things actually exist. They are interlinked. There is no innovation without human rights.

Speaker

Guilherme Canela de Souza Godoi


Reason

This comment challenges a fundamental assumption that often underlies technology governance debates – that innovation and human rights protection are competing priorities. By reframing this as a false dichotomy and arguing that human rights actually enable innovation, Guilherme provides a powerful conceptual foundation for the entire discussion.


Impact

This comment established a key philosophical framework for the session, moving the discussion away from viewing quantum governance as a trade-off between progress and protection toward seeing human rights as essential for sustainable innovation. It influenced subsequent speakers to build on this integrated approach rather than treating ethics as a constraint on development.


The question of governance is not a question for the future, it’s a question for right now… what we fear and in terms of maybe a potential risk assessment is that the conversation of today, the encrypted messages today could be stored and maybe break in the future when these quantum technologies are more available.

Speaker

Elodie Vialle


Reason

This comment introduces the critical concept of ‘harvest now, decrypt later’ attacks, highlighting how quantum threats are not just future concerns but present realities affecting current behavior and security. It brings urgency to what might otherwise be seen as a theoretical discussion.


Impact

This shifted the conversation from abstract future planning to immediate action needs. It demonstrated how quantum technologies create retroactive vulnerabilities, making the governance discussion more concrete and urgent. This perspective influenced the overall tone to emphasize proactive rather than reactive approaches.


I think we should also go beyond that and just do technology together… What I really like of the brief is that there’s a plea for dialogue… but I think we should also go beyond that and just do technology together.

Speaker

Pieter Vermaas


Reason

This comment challenges the sufficiency of dialogue and governance frameworks alone, advocating for collaborative technology development as a governance mechanism itself. It suggests that inclusive development processes are more effective than post-hoc regulation.


Impact

This comment pushed the discussion beyond traditional governance approaches toward more participatory and collaborative models of technology development. It influenced thinking about how governance can be embedded in the development process rather than applied externally, leading to considerations of international research collaboration as a governance tool.


Technological transitions do not happen in a vacuum. The decisions that are made today are developed in the context of existing and equitable science, technology, and innovation ecosystems and institutions. And without concerted efforts, then they will continue to shape tomorrow’s technology landscape.

Speaker

Shamira Ahmed


Reason

This comment provides crucial historical and systemic context, emphasizing how current inequalities will be perpetuated or amplified by quantum technologies unless actively addressed. It moves beyond technical considerations to structural analysis.


Impact

This framing influenced the entire discussion by establishing that quantum governance must address existing systemic inequalities rather than starting from a neutral baseline. It connected quantum governance to broader questions of global digital equity and influenced subsequent discussions about the quantum divide and gender inequity.


I think a new approach, a new dynamic is needed when we think about the multilateral frameworks, governance frameworks… institutionalizing multi-stakeholder participation in multilateral processes… You need experts around the table. You need the private sector, you need academia.

Speaker

Constance Bommelaer de Leusse


Reason

This comment identifies a fundamental gap in current governance approaches and proposes concrete structural reforms. It moves beyond calling for inclusion to suggesting how to institutionalize it within existing multilateral systems.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion toward practical implementation questions and influenced thinking about how to reform existing governance structures rather than creating entirely new ones. It connected quantum governance to broader questions about the evolution of multilateral institutions in the digital age.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a technical discussion about quantum policy into a sophisticated examination of governance innovation itself. Guilherme’s reframing of the innovation-rights relationship provided the philosophical foundation, while Elodie’s urgency argument and Shamira’s systemic analysis grounded the discussion in present realities and historical context. Pieter’s call for collaborative development and Constance’s institutional reform proposals offered concrete pathways forward. Together, these interventions elevated the conversation from reactive policy-making to proactive governance design, emphasizing that quantum governance requires not just new policies but new approaches to how we develop and govern emerging technologies. The comments created a coherent narrative arc from philosophical foundations through current challenges to future institutional innovations.


Follow-up questions

How is the proposed concept of quantum governance related to the governance of the internet, particularly based on the Tunis agenda definition, and how does it relate to the new global dialogue on AI governance?

Speaker

Wolfgang Kleinwächter


Explanation

This question addresses the need to clarify the relationship between quantum governance and existing governance frameworks, which is important for avoiding confusion and ensuring coherent policy development across emerging technologies.


How can we ensure that parts of global society are not left behind as we prepare for the impact quantum might have, particularly regarding technology sharing between countries that have quantum capabilities and those that don’t?

Speaker

Chris Buckridge


Explanation

This question highlights the critical issue of the quantum divide and the need for mechanisms to ensure equitable access to quantum technologies globally.


How much do we need a declaration of global digital human rights, and where should we start creating it for human-oriented global governance taking into account quantum technology?

Speaker

Maxime Brionov (online participant)


Explanation

This question explores whether new human rights frameworks are needed specifically for digital technologies including quantum, or if existing frameworks can be adapted.


What is the role of culture, especially in the context of AI-quantum convergence, given the need to build local AI to effectively solve local problems?

Speaker

Prof. J. Prabhakar Rao


Explanation

This question addresses the intersection of cultural considerations with emerging technology convergence, which is important for ensuring culturally appropriate and locally relevant technology development.


How can we close the cultural gap between the quantum science field and the human rights communities to enable better dialogue and collaboration?

Speaker

Elodie Vialle


Explanation

This addresses the knowledge imbalance and communication barriers between technical and human rights communities, which is crucial for effective governance of quantum technologies.


How can we develop agile and forward-looking governance frameworks that can adjust as quantum technology evolves, potentially using foresight exercises and scenario planning?

Speaker

Constance Bommelaer de Leusse


Explanation

This explores the need for adaptive governance mechanisms that can keep pace with rapidly evolving quantum technologies.


How can we institutionalize multi-stakeholder participation in multilateral processes for quantum governance, ensuring experts, private sector, and academia help define agendas rather than just being consulted?

Speaker

Constance Bommelaer de Leusse


Explanation

This addresses the structural changes needed in governance processes to ensure meaningful participation from all relevant stakeholders in quantum technology governance.


How can we develop systematic approaches to keep government policymakers updated on new knowledge about emerging technologies like quantum, AI, and neuroscience to ensure proactive rather than reactive policy responses?

Speaker

Xianhong Hu


Explanation

This highlights the need for capacity building mechanisms to ensure policymakers can effectively govern emerging technologies as they develop.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WSIS+20 High-Level Dialogue: WSIS Legacy in Motion: Honoring the Past, Shaping the Future

WSIS+20 High-Level Dialogue: WSIS Legacy in Motion: Honoring the Past, Shaping the Future

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion was a panel session titled “WSSIS Legacy in Motion, Honoring the Past and Shaping the Future” that brought together key figures who participated in the original World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) process from 2003-2005. The panel was moderated by Anriette Esterhuysen from APC and included Thailand’s Deputy Prime Minister, Latvia’s Ambassador Janis Karklins who facilitated the Tunis phase, IEEE’s President Kathleen Kramer, AFNIC’s CEO Pierre Bonis, and Maria Fernanda Garza from the International Chamber of Commerce.


The discussion focused on lessons learned from the 20-year WSIS journey and how to apply them to future digital cooperation challenges. Panelists highlighted the remarkable progress achieved, noting that internet users grew from less than one billion to 5.6 billion, with 94% of the world’s population now having connectivity access. They emphasized that the multi-stakeholder model bringing together governments, private sector, and civil society has been a key success factor that should be preserved and strengthened.


However, participants also acknowledged significant remaining challenges, including the 2.5 billion people still unconnected and growing concerns about digital sovereignty replacing the original vision of a global information society. Ambassador Karklins noted that while the early WSIS dream of global cooperation wasn’t naive, society’s understanding of technology’s complexities lagged behind technological evolution. The panel stressed the importance of high-quality STEM education, robust technical standards, and addressing climate change through technology.


Looking forward, panelists urged avoiding duplication between the WSIS process and the new Global Digital Compact, instead advocating for integration and complementary approaches. They concluded that collaborative, merit-based multi-stakeholder leadership remains essential for building inclusive digital societies that serve all of humanity.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Evolution and achievements of WSIS over 20 years**: Panelists reflected on remarkable progress since 2003, including growth from less than 1 billion to 5.6 billion internet users, advancement from dial-up to broadband connectivity, and successful implementation of multi-stakeholder cooperation models across governments, private sector, and civil society.


– **Challenges in maintaining global cooperation vs. digital sovereignty**: Discussion highlighted the tension between the original WSIS vision of a “global information society” and current trends toward “digital sovereignty” and national borders in digital governance, with concerns about fragmentation of the internet’s global nature.


– **Integration of new technologies and avoiding process duplication**: Panelists emphasized the need to incorporate emerging technologies like AI and quantum computing into existing WSIS frameworks rather than creating parallel processes, particularly regarding the integration of the Global Digital Compact with WSIS structures.


– **Importance of education, standards, and multi-stakeholder governance**: Strong emphasis on the critical need for high-quality STEM education globally, robust technical standardization processes, and continued commitment to multi-stakeholder approaches that include all sectors rather than purely intergovernmental models.


– **Addressing remaining digital divides and future priorities**: Recognition that despite progress, 2.5 billion people remain unconnected, and discussion of priorities for the WSIS+20 review process, including climate change integration and ensuring the Internet Governance Forum becomes a permanent, sustainably funded entity.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to reflect on 20 years of progress since the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), extract key lessons learned, and provide guidance for the WSIS+20 review process and future digital cooperation initiatives. The session sought to honor past achievements while identifying priorities and approaches for the next phase of global digital development.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a predominantly positive and constructive tone throughout, celebrating significant achievements while acknowledging remaining challenges. Panelists demonstrated mutual respect and collaborative spirit, with moments of nostalgia balanced by pragmatic forward-looking perspectives. The tone remained diplomatic and solution-oriented, emphasizing cooperation over conflict, though there were underlying concerns about increasing geopolitical tensions and the risk of fragmenting digital governance processes.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Introduction**: Session opener/announcer


– Role: Session introduction and speaker presentation


– **Anriette Esterhuysen**: Moderator and panelist


– Role: Session moderator, member of civil society, Association for Progressive Communications (APC)


– Title: Member of official South African delegation


– **Prasert Jantararuangtong**: Government official


– Title: Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Digital Economy from Thailand


– Role: His Excellency


– **Janis Karklins**: Diplomat and former WSIS facilitator


– Title: Ambassador at Large on United Nations and Global Agenda Matters from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs from Latvia


– Role: His Excellency, facilitated the WSIS Tunis phase


– **Kathleen A. Kramer**: Technology leader


– Title: President and CEO of the IEEE (Institute for Electrical and Electronics Engineers)


– Role: Professor, representing IEEE’s 500,000+ members from 190 countries


– **Pierre Bonis**: Internet infrastructure executive


– Title: Chief Executive Officer of AFNIC


– Role: Manages .fr (France country code top-level domain)


– **Maria Fernanda Garza**: International business and governance expert


– Title: Member of the IGF Leadership Panel, Honorary Chair of the International Chamber of Commerce


– Role: Represents ICC’s 45+ million companies in 170+ countries


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# WSIS Legacy in Motion: Honoring the Past and Shaping the Future – Discussion Report


## Executive Summary


This panel session brought together distinguished figures who played pivotal roles in the original World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) process from 2003-2005 to reflect on two decades of progress and discuss future directions for digital cooperation. Moderated by Anriette Esterhuysen from the Association for Progressive Communications, the discussion featured Thailand’s Deputy Prime Minister Prasert Jantararuangtong, Latvia’s Ambassador Janis Karklins who facilitated the Tunis phase, IEEE President Kathleen Kramer, AFNIC CEO Pierre Bonis, and International Chamber of Commerce representative Maria Fernanda Garza.


The session celebrated remarkable achievements over the past 20 years while addressing emerging challenges, particularly the tension between global cooperation and digital sovereignty trends. Speakers demonstrated strong consensus on the value of multi-stakeholder governance models while acknowledging the need for continued adaptation to new technologies and changing geopolitical realities.


## Opening Context and Community Evolution


Moderator Anriette Esterhuysen opened the session by noting that few hands were raised when she asked who had attended the original WSIS events in 2003 and 2005. Rather than viewing this as concerning, she interpreted it positively as demonstrating the growth and evolution of the digital governance community. She reflected on her own journey from attending as a civil society representative in 2003/2005 to now being part of South Africa’s official delegation, illustrating how roles and perspectives have evolved over two decades.


The session also celebrated having a woman Secretary General of ITU as one of the achievements since the original WSIS process, highlighting progress in gender representation in digital governance leadership.


## Key Achievements Over 20 Years


Speakers unanimously acknowledged extraordinary progress across multiple dimensions. Ambassador Karklins provided compelling statistics, noting that internet users had grown from less than one billion to 5.6 billion, while connectivity had evolved dramatically from dial-up to broadband access. He recalled the early days when dial-up internet was the norm and broadband was just emerging.


Pierre Bonis, speaking in French, offered a striking perspective that the internet had become “mainstream infrastructure like running water,” fulfilling promises envisioned two decades earlier. This transformation demonstrated the successful realization of WSIS aspirations to make digital technologies integral to daily life.


Maria Fernanda Garza emphasized that connectivity had reached 94% of the world’s population alongside the deployment of innovative digital solutions across various sectors. However, she noted that 2.5 billion people remain unconnected, making the digital divide more severe for those left behind.


Deputy Prime Minister Prasert Jantararuangtong highlighted Thailand’s progress, mentioning their AOC center that uses AI to fight online fraud, demonstrating practical applications of digital technologies in governance.


## Multi-Stakeholder Governance Evolution


A significant focus was placed on the evolution and success of multi-stakeholder governance models. Ambassador Karklins provided historical context, sharing an anecdote about early tensions when civil society representatives were asked to leave a meeting room, and he told them to “sit on the floor in the gallery” rather than leave entirely. This illustrated how multi-stakeholder participation evolved from initial resistance to broad acceptance.


Pierre Bonis emphasized the stability of the multi-stakeholder approach, noting that the system allowing the internet to function had evolved without being fundamentally challenged. However, Maria Fernanda Garza acknowledged that “the multi-stakeholder model is not embraced by all,” indicating ongoing challenges in achieving universal acceptance.


Kathleen Kramer highlighted the importance of “collaborative leadership based on merit with multi-stakeholder input,” suggesting that effectiveness rather than institutional hierarchy should guide decision-making processes.


## Emerging Challenges and Concerns


Despite celebrating achievements, speakers identified concerning trends. Ambassador Karklins raised perhaps the most significant concern, noting a shift from the global information society vision toward digital sovereignty and border-setting. He questioned whether current developments aligned with foundational WSIS principles, asking if “everything that we have decided and implementing now has been leading us towards idea of global information society, or something was not overly right and we missed some turns.”


Karklins also observed that understanding about the complexities associated with technology use was “seriously lagging behind technological evolution.” He noted that educational systems continued to apply principles developed in the 19th century to digital society challenges.


Moderator Esterhuysen observed that international cooperation had become more challenging than it was in 2003, though Pierre Bonis countered that international cooperation had been possible even during crisis situations like the 2003 Iraq War, suggesting historical precedent for cooperation during difficult periods.


## Integration of New Technologies


The discussion addressed incorporating emerging technologies like artificial intelligence into existing governance frameworks. Speakers demonstrated consensus on avoiding duplication while ensuring comprehensive coverage.


Ambassador Karklins emphasized that WSIS and Global Digital Compact processes should be complementary and merge rather than compete. Pierre Bonis reinforced this view, advocating the need to include new topics like AI within current frameworks without creating separate governance structures.


Maria Fernanda Garza provided specific recommendations, suggesting initiatives should avoid creating parallel duplicative processes and leverage existing WSIS structures. She specifically advocated for making the Internet Governance Forum “a permanent entity with sustainable funding.”


## Education and Technical Standards


Kathleen Kramer highlighted the need for robust STEM education and a strong standardization ecosystem to support technological advancement. However, Esterhuysen noted significant inequality in access to high-end technical education globally, highlighting a fundamental challenge in building inclusive digital societies.


The speakers recognized that addressing educational challenges required comprehensive approaches supported by appropriate regulatory environments and international cooperation in developing technical standards.


## Climate and Holistic Approaches


Climate change emerged as a consideration for future digital governance. Maria Fernanda Garza briefly mentioned that climate change must be integrated as part of a holistic approach going forward, while Deputy Prime Minister Prasert identified it as an important topic for future cooperation.


Garza emphasized the need for comprehensive approaches addressing economic, technical, socio-cultural, and governance factors, reflecting lessons learned about the interconnected nature of digital development challenges.


## Future Priorities and Recommendations


In the final round, speakers shared key priorities. The discussion emphasized establishing more interconnected and inclusive frameworks for digital governance by integrating Global Digital Compact commitments with existing WSIS structures.


Pierre Bonis specifically warned against recreating “the battle that we saw 20 years ago between a so-called multi-stakeholder model and the so-called intergovernmental model,” noting that significant work had been done to bring these approaches together.


Key unresolved challenges identified included connecting the remaining 2.5 billion unconnected people, balancing digital sovereignty with global cooperation, ensuring equitable access to quality STEM education, and governing emerging technologies when understanding lagged behind technological evolution.


## Conclusion


The discussion demonstrated strong consensus on core principles while revealing the complexity of implementation. Speakers showed agreement on the value of multi-stakeholder approaches, the need to avoid process duplication, and the importance of addressing persistent digital divides.


The session affirmed that the WSIS legacy remained relevant while acknowledging the need for continued evolution. The speakers’ commitment to collaborative, merit-based leadership and integration rather than duplication provided a constructive foundation for addressing future challenges while building on the achievements of the past two decades.


Session transcript

Introduction: WSSIS Legacy in Motion, Honoring the Past and Shaping the Future I’d like to invite Ms. Anriette from APC to please lead this session. She’s going to be the moderator and will lead you through the session. Anriette, the floor is yours.


Anriette Esterhuysen: It’s good that I have a backup. Good morning, everyone, and thank you very much for being here. This is our first interactive session of this morning. And I am privileged to be here as somebody who was here in 2003 and in Tunis in 2005. This panel is very unique because we’re going to have the opportunity to listen to people, countries and institutions from who were here during the WSSIS process. So I’m going to welcome the panel on stage. First, His Excellency, the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Digital Economy from Thailand, Minister Prasit Jarangtong. Please come and take a seat. The one just to my right here. And give him a big hand of applause. And next we have His Excellency Ambassador Karklins, Janis Karklins, Ambassador at Large on United Nations and Global Agenda Matters from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs from Latvia. And Janis had a very special role during WSSIS, but you’ll hear more about that. And next we have Professor Kathleen Kramer. She is the current President and CEO of the IEEE, the Institute for Electrical and Electronics Engineers. And then we have Mr. Pierre Bonny, who is the Chief Executive Officer of AFNIC, who manages .fr, the France country code top-level domain. And then we have Maria Fernanda Garza, member of the IGF Leadership Panel. Special welcome to Maria Fernanda. And she is the current Honorary Chair of the International Chamber of Commerce. And I think that is it. We have a full panel. So just before I ask the panel the first questions, I just want to reflect on the fact that, you know, earlier when people were asked who were here during 2003 and who were here in 2005, we saw very few hands. But I actually think that’s an achievement. We should celebrate that. It’s a demonstration of the fact that the WSSIS process has continued to evolve, that it continues to be relevant. And I think it’s also a testimony of the fact that groups like the WSSIS Forum organizers and the Internet Governance Forum as well have really succeeded in bringing new people, more people, and younger people into the WSSIS process. They’ve grown the ecosystem and they’ve grown the people that are part of it. But now we really do need to look ahead. What are the challenges that lie ahead? And this panel is going to look at how we can draw on the lessons of the WSSIS process, what worked and what did not work so well, in taking that road forward. So I’ll ask the first question, and he can answer from his chair, then I’ll take a seat as well. Your Excellency, Minister Jantarang Tong, from your perspective and looking back at the early days of the WSSIS, what lessons do you think we’ve learned around global digital cooperation that can guide us at the moment in approaching future digital development? But I also think doing that in the context of a world that is very different, and I think where international cooperation has become so much more challenging than it was in 2003. Yes.


Prasert Jantararuangtong: Yes, very good question. Thank you. Excellency, distinguished guests, ladies and gentlemen. First of all, I would like to thank the Secretary-General of the ITU for inviting me to the World Summit on Information Society this year and to this high-level dialogue. One important lesson is the power of working together. From the beginning, WSSIS brought together government, private sector, civil society, and the private sector. Thank you. Thank you very much. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Welcome to AOC. It is a one-stop service. A center that uses AI and cross-sector collaboration to fight against online fraud. So far, AOC has blocked thousands of scammed accounts and prevented significant financial losses. This reflects our commitment to putting safety at the heart of digital development in Thailand. We now have high-speed internet in most of the villages. But beyond connectivity, we also focus on digital skills enhancement to reduce the digital divide in our community so that everyone, including women, youth, elders, and people in remote areas can truly benefit from the digital economy. In closing, we are proud to be part of the VC journey. Thailand will continue working with the ITU and our partners to shape a digital future that is open, far, and safe for everyone. Thank you so much.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thank you very much, Your Excellency. Is the mic live? Yes. Yanis, you facilitated the difficult phase of the WSIS, the second phase, the TUNIS, where some of those issues which were not resolved in 2003 were having to be dealt with, such as financial mechanisms and internet governance. And I think you sometimes even had to expel civil society from the room when they were unruly, which maybe that’s just an urban myth among civil society. But you are known for having been somebody that really succeeded in dealing with these very complex issues. So based on that experience, what reflections do you have? What lessons do you think that you’ve learned and that we should all have learned that can guide us as we go into this post-WSIS plus 20 process, particularly as we now also try to integrate a new process, the global digital compact?


Janis Karklins: Yes, thank you, Andrea. Actually, there was a pressure to expel civil society representatives or non-governmental representatives from the room. And I was kind of, because of my duties, I had to do it. But while doing it, I told them that you can go to the gallery of the room in Palais des Nations, but don’t sit on the chairs because then you will be seen, but sit on the floor. And this is how civil society followed the discussions at the time when multi-stakeholder participation was not yet fully accepted in the WSIS process. But jokes aside, looking back to 2005 preparations, I think that one strategic decision which was made to separate discussions on funding issues and the Internet governance issues proved to be right. In the second PrepCon, we finally… H.E. Mr. Sofiène Hemissi, H.E. Mr. Prasert Jantararuangtong, Mr. Pierre BONIS, Ms. Maria Fernanda Garza, Ms. Anriette Esterhuysen H.E. Mr. Prasert Jantararuangtong, Mr. Pierre BONIS, Ms. Maria Fernanda Garza, Mr. Pierre BONIS, Ms. Anriette Esterhuysen H.E. Mr. Prasert Jantararuangtong, Mr. Pierre BONIS, Ms. Maria Fernanda Garza, Mr. Pierre BONIS, Ms. Anriette Esterhuysen And the progress in past 20 years has been remarkable. Less than a billion Internet users that time, 5.6 today. The quality has improved since it is custom seems to ask, raise hands. We were talking about dial-up Internet. How many in this room remember what dial-up Internet is? Yeah, not that many actually. Because today we’re talking about broadband Internet. And broadband was not used as a term in 2005. So I think also looking backwards we can see that the multi-stakeholder cooperation has brought a benefit for all. To governments but also to the other stakeholders. And finally, I would maybe put a little bit of negative spin to reflection. Because at that time we were talking and dreaming about global information society, putting emphasis on global. Global digital village also was used at that time. Increasingly today we are hearing that we need to go to digital sovereignty. Which means putting borders on the global idea. And probably we need to reflect whether everything that we have decided and implementing now has been leading us towards idea of global information society. Or something was not overly right and we missed some turns in order to preserve that dream we had in 2005. Thank you.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks, Yanis. I just want to ask you a quick follow-up question on that. Do you think that we were naive in having that dream and that focus? Or do you think we’ve just become more preoccupied with risks and harms and less focused on possibilities and opportunities? And is that perhaps why it’s harder to cooperate? Or do you think it was naivety?


Janis Karklins: No, it was not naivety. I think our understanding about complexities associated with use of technology was seriously lagging behind of technological evolution. And that was one of the reasons. And I think that today is even more that with the development of new technologies like artificial intelligence and quantum soon coming. So we have no idea where that is going and what we will do. Especially when we’re using in our education system principles that have been developed in 19th century. And we’re applying our knowledge of analog society to this new digital society. And there is a physical difference in both.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks, Yanis. Kathleen, let’s move on to you. And actually stay on that same challenge that I think Yanis has just led us into. Which is how do we shape? What do we need to do to shape the future of digital technology for development? And particularly I would say in a way that retains that focus on the WSIS vision of people-centered development and inclusive information society.


Kathleen A. Kramer: Well, thank you for the question. So I’m honored to be here today. Secretary General, excellencies, ladies and gentlemen. I’m here on behalf of IEEE. And looking back at the 20 years, which I confess to not being here at that time. But certainly I was not even I wish I could say I was just starting my technical journey. But that’s not even true. IEEE is a community of over 500,000 members from 190 countries. And all of us, including many of you that are not here as part of my delegation, we’re dedicated to advancing technology for the benefit of humanity. And it’s through our communities of dedicated and expert members that we’re working to develop global standards and to provide excellence in education to build and sustain the future. And we stand at a remarkable juncture in human history characterized by unprecedented technological advancement. AI, quantum computing, sustainable energy solutions, advanced robotics. The pace of innovation can be breathtaking and seems potentially limitless. But to harness the potential of such advancements to address the grand challenges and to ensure these technologies really serve humanity, the two critical pillars to answer your question a roundabout way are robust education with strength from and for STEM that are sufficient to support that future of innovation. And a strong standardization ecosystem supporting needed and timely development of standards. To consider the qualities of education that is necessary to support this future of innovation and contributing as an engineer or to the future of computing builds fundamentally upon the quality of your studies in science, technology, engineering, and math. Not just being enthusiastic, not just being inspired, not just being happy to be part of it. But to have really high quality education. These are the essential gateways to our fields to allow you to contribute to the future of technology, designing, building, and even just maintaining our complex systems. But even the most brilliant of individuals and our work in our IEEE fields has from the very beginning focused on education and we’re an unsung leader worldwide in education in our fields of interest. But even these most brilliant of individuals need a common language and a set of agreed upon guides and benchmarks to collaborate in design and to enable the practical development of technology to ensure interoperability, promote safety, guarantee quality, and that means the standard development. And IEEE standards do this because they are developed through transparent, bottom up, collaborative efforts, bringing together experts worldwide from across sectors. And as technologies like AI, advanced manufacturing, biotechnology, quantum computing, as they’ve evolved, the timely development of these standards is the fundamental necessity to enable these technologies to scale, to be adapted, and for society as a whole to respond. So in essence, education in our fields provides the fuel for innovation and standards provide that ability to go further. And together, these are the critical links that form an unbreakable chain, enabling and empowering us not only to meet, but to truly master the challenges and realize the opportunities presented. And WSWIS 20 is the opportunity to reflect, renew, and reimagine this process. And we are very much a champion of the multi-stakeholder process that WSOWIS has come to represent and empower worldwide. Thank you very much.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks very much for that, Kathleen. And that touches on the challenge of ensuring that there’s equitable access to that level of high-end education that you’re talking about all over the world, which currently is simply not the case. There’s so much inequality at that level. And I think similarly, we need to… So that is a really important challenge for us to look at. And I think, Janis, just to come back to what you said, yes, we have made enormous progress in connecting people, but there are still billions that are not connected. And many that are connected are not able to be connected meaningfully. So yes. And Kathleen, also thank you for reminding us that technical standards and technical cooperation remains as important as the social and economic development cooperation that we work on. Very much so. Pierre, going to you. You manage an entity that runs a critical internet resource, the country code top-level domain for France, .fr, and you were involved in the WSIS process. What are your takeaways? What have you learned? And what do you think we should all still draw on from that early WSIS process, where we were much more focused on potential and opportunity and the good of the internet, as Janis reminded us?


Pierre Bonis: Thank you, Henriette. I am going to speak in French. So, I am going to speak in French, so you are going to have to put on your headsets, which is going to bring us back to the good old days of WSIS, where we were speaking five languages. Maybe this has kind of gotten, this habit got lost since Geneva 2005. So, what I remember mainly of what happened at the WSIS is that internet is still there. It’s become mainstream. It’s just like the running water when you turn on the tap. It shouldn’t be an issue. There shouldn’t be any issues with it. When 20 years ago, when we met civil society, private sector, governments, authorities, the community, we all insisted on that. Internet was full of promises. Today, internet is a reality, almost obvious. And of course, it can be bearing threats, but let’s be mindful of this. Internet has grown in the last 20 years. The multi-stakeholder system that allows us to allow it to function has not been really challenged. It has evolved. And I don’t want to be naive, but as Henriette was saying, I think you need to recognize that that’s good news. You need to remember maybe also that 20 years ago, when the WSIS met, more than 20 years ago, in 2003, in Geneva, we were already in an international crisis situation. Today, we can talk about tensions, very strong tensions between the countries. I just want to remind you that the beginning of the Iraqi war is March 2003. It’s not new that we are talking about internet, about international cooperation, of flows of ideas in a context of tensions, of accusation between North and South, East and West, and East and West. How have we managed 20 years ago to get along and to agree on the promises of the internet? Because we had this mix in the room, even though we were in an intergovernmental summit, this mix of expertise and of expectations that were not just represented by governments, but a number of other stakeholders for an entity that manages part of the critical infrastructure of the internet, only a very small party, part of it, the .fr domain, top-level domain. This world summit for us, and its results particularly, represent a guarantee of stability of the underlying infrastructure of the internet. It was recognized as being a carrier of innovation, and like every infrastructure, it needs to remain stable, not changing according to new trends or conflicts or disputes among the states. It should always allow for each part of the world to remain connected. From this point of view, you can say that it was a success, even though we still have – I was reminded numerous times here – even if the number of netizens have grown from 60% to 70% today, it’s precisely the remaining 2.5 billion world citizens are even still more victims of the digital divide than there were the 80%. The less you are connected, of course, and the more people are connected, the more the fact of not being connected is weighing hard on your shoulders, and this challenge has not been resolved.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks very much, Pierre, and thanks for reminding us of that. Maria Fernanda, to go to you and to talk not just about the substantive challenges in achieving the WSIS vision, but also as we are entering deeper, I think we have not that many months left of the WSIS plus 20 review process. What do you think? What are the lessons we’ve learned? What are the priorities that we should be taking into account as we continue and complete this WSIS review process?


Maria Fernanda Garza: Sorry. Thank you, Anriette Esterhuysen. Well, good morning to everybody. Just let me begin by saying that ICC is the institutional representative of more than 45 million companies in over 170 countries, and through a unique mix of advocacy, solutions, and standard setting, we promote international trade, responsible business conduct, and a global approach to regulation. And our members include not only the major leading companies, millions of SMEs and mid-sized companies, business associations, and chambers of commerce. And ICC has been the focal point for the WSIS process since it began here in Geneva over 20 years ago. So that’s why we established the business action to support the Information Society initiative to engage with the WSIS follow-up work streams. So ICC bases have been convening here at the WSIS Forum every year to take stock of the implementation of the WSIS action lines and chart a path forward together with partners from all stakeholders. With this as a background, I know that the substantial progress has been made in implementing the WSIS vision. And three key advancements include expanding connectivity to covering 94% of the world’s population, deploying innovative digital solutions, and an increased application of the multi-stakeholder model across various levels of digital governance. Business innovation tied with the collective contributions of the multi-stakeholder community is the designated vehicle to drive the WSIS vision into the future. But despite that there has been significant progress, recent developments continue to show that the multi-stakeholder model is not embraced or considered by all, indicating that continued challenges in extending the benefits for the next billions, and this must be addressed. The multi-stakeholder model is how to leverage all stakeholder collective expertise to realize a better future. The WSIS Plus 20 review should aim to continue to strengthen, spread, and enable this model. Furthermore, to fully achieve the WSIS vision, ICTs must be accessible, affordable, and ready are relevant to the needs of everyone, everywhere. And this requires policy frameworks that are built on stable legal and regulatory grounds, on impinged global data flows that are built on trust, and policy frameworks that take a holistic approach across economic, technical, socio-cultural and overarching governance factors. Finally, we urge that the WSIS Plus 20 outcomes establish a more interconnected and inclusive framework for digital governance by integrating the commitments of the Global Digital Compact. We should avoid creating parallel duplicative processes and instead leverage the strength of the existing structures within the WSIS architecture, especially the IGF, which should become a permanent entity with sustainable funding. ICC stands ready to continue to contribute to the views of the global private sector as we take forward the WSIS process in the coming decade. Thank you.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks very much, Maria Fernanda. And just a quick, that holistic approach, which I think the WSIS vision does direct towards that, do you feel that something like climate change should be part of that approach as we go into the next phase of WSIS? Absolutely. Everything has to be part of this, because we need technology to address the challenges of climate change as we need it to address other many challenges. Thanks very much. So now we have just a few minutes left because we started late. I want to ask each of the panels, and we can start from Pierre going up to Maria Fernanda, keeping this in mind, this holistic approach, this non-duplication that Maria Fernanda talked about and everything else that you’ve all reflected on, the achievements as well as the remaining challenges. What is the one thing you most want to see as we review 20 years of WSIS and hopefully plan for the next 20 years? And if you want to add in your one minute something you don’t want to see, you can add that as well. One thing you want to see, and optionally, one thing you do not want to see. Pierre.


Pierre Bonis: Thank you. So I’m going to switch to English because not everyone had the ears.


Anriette Esterhuysen: But we can follow the transcript, so please feel free to speak in French.


Pierre Bonis: Something I really want to see is the inclusion of the new topics, just like AI, for instance, and ICU is having a great even on AI for good, but others within the current framework without creating different frameworks to deal with different or new technologies. So what I want to see is the inclusion of the modernity within the current framework. And what I would not like to see is to see again the battle that we saw 20 years ago between a so-called multi-stakeholder model and the so-called intergovernmental model. I think a lot of intelligence has been put in place since 20 years to bring these two approaches together, and the splits that we could see again would be a disaster for the future of the Internet governance.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks Pierre. Yanis.


Janis Karklins: Probably I would like to see us not being dogmatic and camping on ideas that we cherish ourselves. Where I’m going to is we have WSIS process, which is 20 years now old, but we are also approaching the discussions about implementation of global digital compact. And as Maria Fernanda very explicitly said, we should avoid duplications. So if we would camp on our sort of belief that WSIS is unique and it should stay as is without looking what’s happening in the world, and those who will negotiate implementation of global compact would say, no, no, no, we do not want to see anything else but just this one. We will end up with the two parallel processes, which would be very bad from a rational point of view, but also from a substantive point of view. These processes are complementary. They should merge at one point under which title doesn’t really matter. What matters is that we’re building inclusive digital society where everyone can benefit from it.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks very much Yanis. Your Excellency.


Prasert Jantararuangtong: Thank you so much. I think one thing that I want to say is one important lesson is the power of working together. And that you talked before, one thing that’s important in the next topic is the climate change. I think it’s so important too. Thank you.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks, Your Excellency. Kathleen.


Kathleen A. Kramer: So in the end, the most important thing is collaborative leadership, and that’s not whoever can win the most votes, but it needs to be based on merit, and that means multi-stakeholder input. So that’s the most important thing.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks, Kathleen. Maria Fernand.


Maria Fernanda Garza: The biologist E.O. Wilson said that the problem with humanity is that we have paleolithic emotions, medieval institutions, and godlike technologies. So we do not just need to govern the technologies. We need to learn how to govern transformation itself, and that means building multi-stakeholder institutions that are not just rules-based, but also change-ready.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks very much, and thanks to the panel. I do think we have achieved a lot, even if not enough. I can just, on a personal note, I was here in 2003 and in 2005 as a member of civil society, the Association for Progressive Communications, a large civil society network. Today I’m here as APC, but I’m also here as a member of civil society of the official South African delegation, so that is also an achievement. I think you’ve all actually summed it up. I think, Yanis, you are telling us to be pragmatic. We do not need to duplicate initiatives, but we also need to recognize the evolution, the change in scope, and the additional topics that we need to address. But let’s address them in a way that actually still provides common platforms for collaboration, and I think for public participation, and I think that’s the power of the WSIS Forum and the power of the Internet Governance Forum. They’ve become the public participation facilities, dimensions, of this process, which is, as Pierre said, both multi-stakeholder and intergovernmental. I think we have the São Paulo guidelines from earlier this year that really gives us ways of integrating those processes, recognizing that they also operate separately sometimes, but both can be more inclusive and more accountable. So thanks very much to this panel. I hope that you inspire all the new people that are here, and I urge everyone to have a very productive, empowering WSIS high-level event, and to keep in mind that the power of the WSIS vision is immense. I mean, I’m speaking now, I don’t care how many people were here in 2003. I care that we keep this vision of a people-centered, inclusive information society at the heart. And just another little final achievement. We have a woman as the Secretary General of the International Telecommunications Union. I think that was really hard to imagine. And I think as a woman in this space, to see how it’s been transformed and how much more prominent gender as a concern and how much more prominent women are in this space is also something we should celebrate. So thanks very much. And please give the panel a huge round of applause.


J

Janis Karklins

Speech speed

115 words per minute

Speech length

665 words

Speech time

345 seconds

Multi-stakeholder cooperation has brought benefits to all stakeholders and enabled remarkable progress

Explanation

Karklins argues that the multi-stakeholder approach established during WSIS has proven successful over the past 20 years. He emphasizes that this cooperation model has delivered tangible benefits not just to governments but to all participating stakeholders.


Evidence

Internet users grew from less than 1 billion to 5.6 billion users today, with quality improvements from dial-up to broadband internet


Major discussion point

WSIS Legacy and Achievements Over 20 Years


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Pierre Bonis
– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Prasert Jantararuangtong
– Kathleen A. Kramer

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach has been successful and should be preserved


Internet users grew from less than 1 billion to 5.6 billion, with quality improvements from dial-up to broadband

Explanation

Karklins highlights the dramatic expansion of internet connectivity and infrastructure improvements over the past 20 years. He notes that broadband was not even a commonly used term in 2005, demonstrating the technological advancement achieved.


Evidence

Asked audience how many remember dial-up internet, with few hands raised, showing the generational shift in technology


Major discussion point

WSIS Legacy and Achievements Over 20 Years


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Pierre Bonis
– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Agreed on

Significant progress achieved in connectivity and digital development


Strategic decision to separate funding and internet governance discussions proved successful

Explanation

Karklins reflects on a key procedural decision made during the WSIS process to handle funding mechanisms and internet governance as separate issues. This approach helped navigate complex negotiations and achieve progress on both fronts.


Evidence

Reference to the second PrepCon where this separation strategy was implemented


Major discussion point

Lessons Learned from WSIS Process


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Multi-stakeholder participation evolved from initial resistance to acceptance in the process

Explanation

Karklins describes how civil society participation faced initial resistance, with pressure to exclude non-governmental representatives from discussions. However, he found ways to include them, and this participation model eventually became accepted.


Evidence

Anecdote about telling civil society representatives to sit on the floor in the gallery of Palais des Nations when they couldn’t sit in chairs


Major discussion point

Lessons Learned from WSIS Process


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Shift from global information society vision toward digital sovereignty and border-setting

Explanation

Karklins expresses concern about the movement away from the original WSIS vision of a global information society toward concepts of digital sovereignty that emphasize national borders and control. He questions whether current developments are leading away from the original global vision.


Evidence

Contrast between the 2005 dream of a ‘global digital village’ and today’s emphasis on ‘digital sovereignty’


Major discussion point

Current Challenges and Concerns


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Disagreed with

– Pierre Bonis

Disagreed on

Approach to digital sovereignty vs. global information society vision


Understanding of technology complexities lagged behind technological evolution, especially with AI and quantum computing

Explanation

Karklins argues that society’s comprehension of technology’s implications has not kept pace with rapid technological development. He emphasizes this challenge is even more pronounced today with emerging technologies like AI and quantum computing.


Evidence

Observation that education systems still use 19th century principles while applying analog society knowledge to digital society challenges


Major discussion point

Current Challenges and Concerns


Topics

Sociocultural | Infrastructure


WSIS and Global Digital Compact processes are complementary and should merge rather than compete

Explanation

Karklins advocates for integration rather than competition between the WSIS process and the Global Digital Compact. He warns against creating parallel processes and emphasizes that both aim to build an inclusive digital society.


Evidence

Warns against camping on beliefs about WSIS uniqueness while ignoring global developments, and against those negotiating GDC ignoring existing processes


Major discussion point

Integration of WSIS+20 and Global Digital Compact


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Pierre Bonis
– Maria Fernanda Garza

Agreed on

Need to avoid duplication and integrate WSIS+20 with Global Digital Compact


P

Pierre Bonis

Speech speed

120 words per minute

Speech length

681 words

Speech time

339 seconds

Multi-stakeholder system allowing internet to function has evolved without being fundamentally challenged

Explanation

Bonis argues that the internet’s governance system, based on multi-stakeholder principles, has proven resilient and adaptable over 20 years. Despite various challenges and threats, the fundamental architecture has remained stable while evolving to meet new needs.


Evidence

Internet has become mainstream like running water, functioning reliably despite growth and changes


Major discussion point

WSIS Legacy and Achievements Over 20 Years


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Janis Karklins
– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Prasert Jantararuangtong
– Kathleen A. Kramer

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach has been successful and should be preserved


Disagreed with

– Janis Karklins

Disagreed on

Approach to digital sovereignty vs. global information society vision


Internet has become mainstream infrastructure like running water, fulfilling the promises envisioned 20 years ago

Explanation

Bonis emphasizes that the internet has achieved the vision of becoming essential infrastructure that people take for granted. He notes that what was once full of promises 20 years ago is now a reliable reality, though it can carry threats as well as benefits.


Evidence

Comparison to turning on a tap for running water – it should just work without issues


Major discussion point

WSIS Legacy and Achievements Over 20 Years


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Janis Karklins
– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Agreed on

Significant progress achieved in connectivity and digital development


International cooperation was possible even during crisis situations like the 2003 Iraq War

Explanation

Bonis reminds the audience that WSIS achieved international cooperation on internet governance during a period of significant global tension. He argues that current international tensions are not unprecedented and should not prevent cooperation.


Evidence

The Iraq War began in March 2003, coinciding with the Geneva WSIS meeting, yet cooperation was still achieved


Major discussion point

Lessons Learned from WSIS Process


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


2.5 billion people remain unconnected, making digital divide more severe for those left behind

Explanation

Bonis acknowledges that while connectivity has expanded significantly, the remaining unconnected population faces an even greater disadvantage. As more people become connected, those without access are increasingly marginalized.


Evidence

Notes that 60-70% of the world is now connected, but the remaining 2.5 billion face greater challenges than the 80% who were unconnected 20 years ago


Major discussion point

Current Challenges and Concerns


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Anriette Esterhuysen

Agreed on

Digital divide remains a significant challenge despite progress


Need to include new topics like AI within current framework without creating separate governance structures

Explanation

Bonis advocates for incorporating emerging technologies like artificial intelligence into existing WSIS governance frameworks rather than creating new parallel structures. He sees this as essential for maintaining coherent and effective governance.


Evidence

References ITU’s AI for Good initiative as an example of including new topics within existing frameworks


Major discussion point

Integration of WSIS+20 and Global Digital Compact


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Janis Karklins
– Maria Fernanda Garza

Agreed on

Need to avoid duplication and integrate WSIS+20 with Global Digital Compact


Should avoid battles between multi-stakeholder and intergovernmental models

Explanation

Bonis warns against recreating the conflicts that occurred 20 years ago between different governance approaches. He argues that significant intelligence and effort have been invested in bringing these models together, and renewed splits would be disastrous.


Evidence

References the battles that occurred 20 years ago and the work done since then to reconcile different approaches


Major discussion point

Governance and Collaboration Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


M

Maria Fernanda Garza

Speech speed

108 words per minute

Speech length

507 words

Speech time

281 seconds

Significant progress made in expanding connectivity to 94% of world’s population and deploying innovative digital solutions

Explanation

Garza highlights the substantial achievements in global connectivity and digital innovation since WSIS began. She emphasizes that these advances demonstrate the effectiveness of the WSIS vision and multi-stakeholder approach.


Evidence

94% connectivity coverage globally and increased application of multi-stakeholder model across various levels of digital governance


Major discussion point

WSIS Legacy and Achievements Over 20 Years


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Agreed on

Significant progress achieved in connectivity and digital development


Multi-stakeholder model is not embraced by all, creating continued challenges

Explanation

Garza acknowledges that despite progress, the multi-stakeholder approach faces resistance from some actors. This creates ongoing obstacles to extending digital benefits to the next billion users and achieving full WSIS implementation.


Evidence

Recent developments showing that not all stakeholders embrace or consider the multi-stakeholder model


Major discussion point

Current Challenges and Concerns


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


ICTs must be accessible, affordable, and relevant to everyone’s needs everywhere

Explanation

Garza outlines the fundamental requirements for achieving the WSIS vision of universal digital inclusion. She emphasizes that technology must not only be available but also meaningful and useful to diverse populations worldwide.


Evidence

Represents ICC’s 45 million companies in 170+ countries, including SMEs and business associations


Major discussion point

Future Requirements and Priorities


Topics

Development | Human rights


Policy frameworks should be built on stable legal grounds with trusted global data flows

Explanation

Garza advocates for comprehensive policy approaches that ensure legal certainty and enable trusted international data exchange. She emphasizes the need for holistic frameworks that address economic, technical, socio-cultural and governance factors.


Evidence

ICC’s role in promoting international trade, responsible business conduct, and global regulatory approaches


Major discussion point

Future Requirements and Priorities


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Disagreed with

– Kathleen A. Kramer

Disagreed on

Emphasis on technical vs. holistic approaches to digital development


Climate change must be integrated as part of the holistic approach going forward

Explanation

Garza confirms that environmental challenges like climate change should be incorporated into digital governance frameworks. She argues that technology is needed to address climate challenges and should be part of comprehensive policy approaches.


Major discussion point

Future Requirements and Priorities


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Should avoid creating parallel duplicative processes and leverage existing WSIS structures

Explanation

Garza strongly advocates for integrating the Global Digital Compact commitments within existing WSIS architecture rather than creating competing processes. She emphasizes the importance of building on established structures and avoiding duplication of effort.


Evidence

Specific mention of strengthening IGF as existing structure within WSIS architecture


Major discussion point

Integration of WSIS+20 and Global Digital Compact


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis

Agreed on

Need to avoid duplication and integrate WSIS+20 with Global Digital Compact


IGF should become a permanent entity with sustainable funding

Explanation

Garza calls for institutionalizing the Internet Governance Forum with stable, long-term funding mechanisms. She sees IGF as a crucial component of the WSIS architecture that should be strengthened rather than replaced.


Evidence

IGF identified as key existing structure within WSIS architecture that should be leveraged


Major discussion point

Integration of WSIS+20 and Global Digital Compact


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Need to build multi-stakeholder institutions that are both rules-based and change-ready

Explanation

Garza argues that governance institutions must be designed to handle both stability and adaptation. She quotes biologist E.O. Wilson about humanity having ‘paleolithic emotions, medieval institutions, and godlike technologies’ to emphasize the need for institutional evolution.


Evidence

Quote from biologist E.O. Wilson about the mismatch between human evolution and technological advancement


Major discussion point

Governance and Collaboration Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


P

Prasert Jantararuangtong

Speech speed

92 words per minute

Speech length

264 words

Speech time

171 seconds

The power of working together across government, private sector, and civil society was demonstrated

Explanation

The Thai Deputy Prime Minister emphasizes that WSIS demonstrated the effectiveness of multi-stakeholder collaboration from its beginning. He highlights this as a key lesson that should guide future digital cooperation efforts.


Evidence

Thailand’s Anti-Online Crime Center (AOC) using AI and cross-sector collaboration to fight online fraud, blocking thousands of scammed accounts and preventing financial losses


Major discussion point

Lessons Learned from WSIS Process


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis
– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Kathleen A. Kramer

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach has been successful and should be preserved


K

Kathleen A. Kramer

Speech speed

125 words per minute

Speech length

588 words

Speech time

281 seconds

Need for robust STEM education and strong standardization ecosystem to support technological advancement

Explanation

Kramer argues that two critical pillars are essential for harnessing technological advancement: high-quality STEM education and timely development of technical standards. She emphasizes that both individual brilliance and collaborative standards are necessary for technology to serve humanity effectively.


Evidence

IEEE’s 500,000 members from 190 countries working on global standards; emphasis on transparent, bottom-up collaborative standards development for AI, quantum computing, and other emerging technologies


Major discussion point

Future Requirements and Priorities


Topics

Sociocultural | Infrastructure


Disagreed with

– Maria Fernanda Garza

Disagreed on

Emphasis on technical vs. holistic approaches to digital development


Most important thing is collaborative leadership based on merit with multi-stakeholder input

Explanation

Kramer emphasizes that effective governance requires leadership based on expertise and merit rather than political power or vote-counting. She advocates for decision-making processes that incorporate multi-stakeholder perspectives and technical expertise.


Evidence

IEEE’s approach to standards development through transparent, collaborative efforts bringing together experts worldwide from across sectors


Major discussion point

Governance and Collaboration Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis
– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Prasert Jantararuangtong

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder approach has been successful and should be preserved


A

Anriette Esterhuysen

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

1712 words

Speech time

710 seconds

WSIS process has successfully evolved and grown the ecosystem by bringing in new, more, and younger people

Explanation

Esterhuysen argues that the fact that few hands were raised when asking who attended WSIS in 2003 and 2005 should be celebrated as an achievement. This demonstrates that the WSIS process has continued to evolve, remain relevant, and successfully expand participation beyond the original attendees.


Evidence

Very few hands raised when asking who attended WSIS in 2003 and 2005, showing new participation; WSIS Forum organizers and IGF have succeeded in bringing new people, more people, and younger people into the process


Major discussion point

WSIS Legacy and Achievements Over 20 Years


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis
– Maria Fernanda Garza

Agreed on

Significant progress achieved in connectivity and digital development


International cooperation has become more challenging than it was in 2003

Explanation

Esterhuysen acknowledges that the current global context presents greater challenges for international cooperation compared to the early WSIS period. She frames this as an important consideration when looking at how to apply WSIS lessons to future digital development in a more complex geopolitical environment.


Evidence

Reference to the world being very different now with international cooperation being much more challenging than in 2003


Major discussion point

Current Challenges and Concerns


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


There is significant inequality in access to high-end technical education globally

Explanation

Esterhuysen highlights the challenge of ensuring equitable access to the level of advanced STEM education that Kathleen Kramer described as necessary for technological advancement. She emphasizes that this inequality in educational access is a critical barrier that needs to be addressed.


Evidence

Response to Kathleen’s emphasis on high-quality STEM education, noting that such education is ‘simply not the case’ globally and there’s ‘so much inequality at that level’


Major discussion point

Current Challenges and Concerns


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Billions remain unconnected and many connected users lack meaningful connectivity

Explanation

Esterhuysen acknowledges that despite enormous progress in connecting people over the past 20 years, significant gaps remain. She emphasizes that the digital divide persists both in terms of basic access and quality of connection that enables meaningful participation.


Evidence

Reference to billions still not connected and many that are connected not being able to be meaningfully connected


Major discussion point

Current Challenges and Concerns


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Pierre Bonis

Agreed on

Digital divide remains a significant challenge despite progress


Technical standards and technical cooperation remain as important as social and economic development cooperation

Explanation

Esterhuysen emphasizes that the technical aspects of digital development, including standards development and technical cooperation, should not be overlooked in favor of only social and economic considerations. She argues for maintaining focus on both dimensions of digital development work.


Evidence

Response to Kathleen Kramer’s presentation on IEEE’s work on technical standards and education


Major discussion point

Future Requirements and Priorities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


WSIS Forum and IGF have become the public participation facilities of the digital governance process

Explanation

Esterhuysen argues that these forums have evolved into essential platforms that enable public participation in digital governance processes. She sees them as providing the participatory dimension that makes the overall process both multi-stakeholder and intergovernmental.


Evidence

Description of WSIS Forum and IGF as ‘public participation facilities, dimensions, of this process’ that operate as both multi-stakeholder and intergovernmental


Major discussion point

Governance and Collaboration Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


The people-centered, inclusive information society vision should remain at the heart of WSIS

Explanation

Esterhuysen emphasizes that regardless of how many people were present at the original WSIS meetings, the core vision of creating a people-centered, inclusive information society must continue to guide the process. She argues this vision has immense power and should not be lost amid other considerations.


Evidence

Statement that ‘the power of the WSIS vision is immense’ and emphasis on keeping ‘this vision of a people-centered, inclusive information society at the heart’


Major discussion point

Future Requirements and Priorities


Topics

Development | Human rights


Significant progress has been made in gender representation and women’s prominence in digital governance

Explanation

Esterhuysen celebrates the transformation in gender representation within the digital governance space, noting both increased prominence of women and greater attention to gender issues. She sees this as an important achievement that should be recognized alongside other WSIS accomplishments.


Evidence

Having a woman as Secretary General of ITU was ‘really hard to imagine’ before; transformation in how prominent gender concerns and women are in this space


Major discussion point

WSIS Legacy and Achievements Over 20 Years


Topics

Human rights | Development


I

Introduction

Speech speed

148 words per minute

Speech length

42 words

Speech time

17 seconds

WSSIS Legacy in Motion session aims to honor the past and shape the future through interactive dialogue

Explanation

The introduction establishes the session’s dual purpose of reflecting on WSIS achievements over the past 20 years while also focusing on future directions. The session is designed to be interactive and bring together diverse perspectives from those who participated in the original WSIS process.


Evidence

Panel includes representatives from countries and institutions who were present during the original WSIS process in 2003 and 2005


Major discussion point

WSIS Legacy and Achievements Over 20 Years


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


The panel represents unique opportunity to hear from original WSIS participants across different stakeholder groups

Explanation

The introduction emphasizes the special nature of having panelists who were directly involved in the 2003 Geneva and 2005 Tunis WSIS meetings. This provides authentic historical perspective and firsthand experience of the challenges and achievements of the original process.


Evidence

Panel includes Deputy Prime Minister from Thailand, Ambassador from Latvia who facilitated WSIS Phase 2, IEEE President, AFNIC CEO, and ICC Honorary Chair


Major discussion point

Lessons Learned from WSIS Process


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreements

Agreement points

Multi-stakeholder approach has been successful and should be preserved

Speakers

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis
– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Prasert Jantararuangtong
– Kathleen A. Kramer

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder cooperation has brought benefits to all stakeholders and enabled remarkable progress


Multi-stakeholder system allowing internet to function has evolved without being fundamentally challenged


Significant progress made in expanding connectivity to 94% of world’s population and deploying innovative digital solutions


The power of working together across government, private sector, and civil society was demonstrated


Most important thing is collaborative leadership based on merit with multi-stakeholder input


Summary

All speakers strongly endorsed the multi-stakeholder model as a proven successful approach that has delivered tangible benefits over 20 years and should continue to guide future digital governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Human rights


Need to avoid duplication and integrate WSIS+20 with Global Digital Compact

Speakers

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis
– Maria Fernanda Garza

Arguments

WSIS and Global Digital Compact processes are complementary and should merge rather than compete


Need to include new topics like AI within current framework without creating separate governance structures


Should avoid creating parallel duplicative processes and leverage existing WSIS structures


Summary

Strong consensus on avoiding parallel processes and instead integrating new initiatives like the Global Digital Compact within existing WSIS frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Significant progress achieved in connectivity and digital development

Speakers

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis
– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Arguments

Internet users grew from less than 1 billion to 5.6 billion, with quality improvements from dial-up to broadband


Internet has become mainstream infrastructure like running water, fulfilling the promises envisioned 20 years ago


Significant progress made in expanding connectivity to 94% of world’s population and deploying innovative digital solutions


WSIS process has successfully evolved and grown the ecosystem by bringing in new, more, and younger people


Summary

Universal acknowledgment of substantial achievements in expanding internet access and digital infrastructure over the past 20 years


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Digital divide remains a significant challenge despite progress

Speakers

– Pierre Bonis
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Arguments

2.5 billion people remain unconnected, making digital divide more severe for those left behind


Billions remain unconnected and many connected users lack meaningful connectivity


Summary

Recognition that while connectivity has expanded dramatically, the remaining unconnected population faces increasingly severe disadvantages


Topics

Development | Human rights


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the importance of avoiding governance model conflicts and instead finding ways to integrate different approaches constructively

Speakers

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis

Arguments

Should avoid battles between multi-stakeholder and intergovernmental models


WSIS and Global Digital Compact processes are complementary and should merge rather than compete


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Both emphasize the need for governance institutions that combine stability with adaptability and are based on expertise rather than political power

Speakers

– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Kathleen A. Kramer

Arguments

Need to build multi-stakeholder institutions that are both rules-based and change-ready


Most important thing is collaborative leadership based on merit with multi-stakeholder input


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Both recognize the critical importance of high-quality technical education while acknowledging the global inequality in access to such education

Speakers

– Kathleen A. Kramer
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Arguments

Need for robust STEM education and strong standardization ecosystem to support technological advancement


There is significant inequality in access to high-end technical education globally


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


Unexpected consensus

Climate change integration into digital governance

Speakers

– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Prasert Jantararuangtong

Arguments

Climate change must be integrated as part of the holistic approach going forward


One important lesson is the power of working together. And that you talked before, one thing that’s important in the next topic is the climate change


Explanation

Unexpected consensus emerged on integrating climate change considerations into digital governance frameworks, showing recognition that environmental challenges must be part of comprehensive digital policy approaches


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


International cooperation was possible during crisis periods

Speakers

– Pierre Bonis
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Arguments

International cooperation was possible even during crisis situations like the 2003 Iraq War


International cooperation has become more challenging than it was in 2003


Explanation

Unexpected consensus on the historical context of international cooperation challenges, with recognition that WSIS succeeded during previous crisis periods, providing hope for current cooperation despite increased difficulties


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus on multi-stakeholder approach success, need to avoid process duplication, significant progress achieved in connectivity, and remaining digital divide challenges


Consensus level

High level of consensus among speakers with remarkable alignment on core principles and future directions. The consensus suggests strong foundation for continued WSIS implementation and integration with new initiatives like the Global Digital Compact. Implications include potential for unified approach to digital governance that builds on proven multi-stakeholder model while addressing emerging challenges like AI governance and climate change integration.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to digital sovereignty vs. global information society vision

Speakers

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis

Arguments

Shift from global information society vision toward digital sovereignty and border-setting


Multi-stakeholder system allowing internet to function has evolved without being fundamentally challenged


Summary

Karklins expresses concern about the movement away from the original global vision toward digital sovereignty that emphasizes borders, while Bonis emphasizes the stability and success of the existing multi-stakeholder system without expressing the same concern about sovereignty trends


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Emphasis on technical vs. holistic approaches to digital development

Speakers

– Kathleen A. Kramer
– Maria Fernanda Garza

Arguments

Need for robust STEM education and strong standardization ecosystem to support technological advancement


Policy frameworks should be built on stable legal grounds with trusted global data flows


Summary

Kramer focuses primarily on technical education and standards as the critical pillars, while Garza emphasizes broader policy frameworks that address economic, technical, socio-cultural and governance factors holistically


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Unexpected differences

Assessment of current international cooperation challenges

Speakers

– Pierre Bonis
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Arguments

International cooperation was possible even during crisis situations like the 2003 Iraq War


International cooperation has become more challenging than it was in 2003


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are reflecting on the same historical period and current context, yet they reach opposite conclusions about whether international cooperation has become more or less challenging over time


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers showed remarkable consensus on most major issues, with disagreements being primarily about emphasis and approach rather than fundamental goals. The main areas of disagreement centered on the balance between global openness vs. digital sovereignty, technical vs. holistic approaches to development, and assessments of current cooperation challenges.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers largely agreed on core principles like multi-stakeholder governance, avoiding process duplication, and addressing the digital divide. Their disagreements were more about strategic emphasis and interpretation of trends rather than fundamental opposition to each other’s positions. This suggests a mature policy community with shared values but different perspectives on implementation approaches.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the importance of avoiding governance model conflicts and instead finding ways to integrate different approaches constructively

Speakers

– Janis Karklins
– Pierre Bonis

Arguments

Should avoid battles between multi-stakeholder and intergovernmental models


WSIS and Global Digital Compact processes are complementary and should merge rather than compete


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Both emphasize the need for governance institutions that combine stability with adaptability and are based on expertise rather than political power

Speakers

– Maria Fernanda Garza
– Kathleen A. Kramer

Arguments

Need to build multi-stakeholder institutions that are both rules-based and change-ready


Most important thing is collaborative leadership based on merit with multi-stakeholder input


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Both recognize the critical importance of high-quality technical education while acknowledging the global inequality in access to such education

Speakers

– Kathleen A. Kramer
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Arguments

Need for robust STEM education and strong standardization ecosystem to support technological advancement


There is significant inequality in access to high-end technical education globally


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

The WSIS process has achieved remarkable success over 20 years, with internet users growing from less than 1 billion to 5.6 billion and connectivity reaching 94% of the world’s population


Multi-stakeholder cooperation has proven effective and brought benefits to all stakeholders, with the governance model evolving without fundamental challenges


There has been a concerning shift from the original vision of a global information society toward digital sovereignty and border-setting approaches


Understanding of technology complexities has lagged behind technological evolution, particularly with emerging technologies like AI and quantum computing


The digital divide remains severe for the 2.5 billion people still unconnected, making their exclusion more impactful as connectivity becomes mainstream


Future success requires robust STEM education, strong standardization ecosystems, and policy frameworks built on stable legal grounds with trusted global data flows


Climate change must be integrated as part of a holistic approach to digital governance going forward


The power of working together across government, private sector, and civil society remains the most important lesson from the WSIS process


Resolutions and action items

WSIS+20 outcomes should establish a more interconnected and inclusive framework for digital governance by integrating Global Digital Compact commitments


IGF should become a permanent entity with sustainable funding


New topics like AI should be included within the current WSIS framework rather than creating separate governance structures


Policy frameworks should take a holistic approach across economic, technical, socio-cultural and governance factors


Need to build multi-stakeholder institutions that are both rules-based and change-ready


Unresolved issues

How to effectively connect and meaningfully serve the remaining 2.5 billion unconnected people


How to balance the shift toward digital sovereignty with the original vision of a global information society


How to ensure equitable access to high-quality STEM education globally to support technological advancement


How to govern emerging technologies like AI and quantum computing when understanding lags behind technological evolution


How to ensure the multi-stakeholder model is embraced by all stakeholders globally


Specific mechanisms for integrating climate change considerations into digital governance frameworks


Suggested compromises

Merge WSIS and Global Digital Compact processes rather than maintaining parallel duplicative structures, recognizing they are complementary


Avoid battles between multi-stakeholder and intergovernmental models by bringing these approaches together as has been done over the past 20 years


Avoid being dogmatic about existing frameworks while remaining open to evolution and new global developments


Include new technologies and topics within existing governance frameworks rather than creating entirely separate structures


Leverage existing WSIS structures, especially the IGF, as the foundation for expanded digital governance rather than building new institutions


Thought provoking comments

Increasingly today we are hearing that we need to go to digital sovereignty. Which means putting borders on the global idea. And probably we need to reflect whether everything that we have decided and implementing now has been leading us towards idea of global information society. Or something was not overly right and we missed some turns in order to preserve that dream we had in 2005.

Speaker

Janis Karklins


Reason

This comment is deeply insightful because it identifies a fundamental tension between the original WSIS vision of a borderless, global digital society and current trends toward digital sovereignty and fragmentation. It challenges participants to critically examine whether the current trajectory aligns with the foundational goals and suggests that the community may have ‘missed some turns’ along the way.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from celebrating achievements to critically examining whether the direction of digital development has strayed from core principles. It prompted Anriette to ask a follow-up question about whether the original vision was naive, leading to deeper reflection on the evolution of digital governance and the balance between global cooperation and national sovereignty.


I think our understanding about complexities associated with use of technology was seriously lagging behind of technological evolution… we’re using in our education system principles that have been developed in 19th century. And we’re applying our knowledge of analog society to this new digital society. And there is a physical difference in both.

Speaker

Janis Karklins


Reason

This observation is particularly thought-provoking because it identifies a fundamental mismatch between the pace of technological advancement and human institutional adaptation. It suggests that governance failures aren’t due to naivety but to a structural inability to keep pace with technological change, highlighting the need for new frameworks of understanding.


Impact

This comment deepened the analytical level of the discussion by moving beyond surface-level policy discussions to examine fundamental epistemological challenges. It influenced subsequent speakers to focus on education and standards as critical infrastructure for managing technological change.


The biologist E.O. Wilson said that the problem with humanity is that we have paleolithic emotions, medieval institutions, and godlike technologies. So we do not just need to govern the technologies. We need to learn how to govern transformation itself, and that means building multi-stakeholder institutions that are not just rules-based, but also change-ready.

Speaker

Maria Fernanda Garza


Reason

This comment is exceptionally insightful because it reframes the entire governance challenge from managing specific technologies to managing continuous transformation. The E.O. Wilson quote elegantly captures the temporal mismatch between human evolution and technological development, while the concept of ‘change-ready’ institutions introduces a new paradigm for institutional design.


Impact

This comment served as a powerful synthesis that elevated the discussion to a philosophical level, connecting the technical and policy discussions to fundamental questions about human adaptation and institutional evolution. It provided a conceptual framework that tied together many of the earlier themes about education, standards, and governance.


What I would not like to see is to see again the battle that we saw 20 years ago between a so-called multi-stakeholder model and the so-called intergovernmental model. I think a lot of intelligence has been put in place since 20 years to bring these two approaches together, and the splits that we could see again would be a disaster for the future of the Internet governance.

Speaker

Pierre Bonis


Reason

This comment is insightful because it identifies a critical risk of regression in governance models and emphasizes the hard-won progress in bridging different approaches. It shows institutional memory and warns against recreating past conflicts that could undermine future cooperation.


Impact

This comment influenced the discussion’s focus on avoiding duplication and maintaining unity between different governance processes. It reinforced Janis Karklins’ later point about not being dogmatic and the need to merge complementary processes rather than create parallel ones.


These processes are complementary. They should merge at one point under which title doesn’t really matter. What matters is that we’re building inclusive digital society where everyone can benefit from it.

Speaker

Janis Karklins


Reason

This comment demonstrates pragmatic wisdom by prioritizing substance over institutional pride. It challenges participants to focus on outcomes rather than process ownership, which is particularly important when dealing with overlapping initiatives like WSIS and the Global Digital Compact.


Impact

This comment provided a practical framework for thinking about institutional coordination and helped establish consensus around the need for integration rather than competition between different digital governance processes. It influenced the moderator’s final synthesis about the importance of common platforms for collaboration.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by introducing critical tensions and deeper analytical frameworks that moved the conversation beyond celebratory retrospection to serious examination of systemic challenges. Karklins’ observations about digital sovereignty and institutional lag created a more nuanced understanding of why global digital cooperation has become more difficult. Garza’s synthesis using the E.O. Wilson quote provided a philosophical framework that connected technical, institutional, and human evolutionary challenges. The comments about avoiding governance model conflicts and prioritizing integration over institutional competition established practical principles for moving forward. Together, these interventions transformed what could have been a routine anniversary discussion into a substantive examination of fundamental challenges in digital governance, creating space for both critical reflection and constructive path-finding for the future.


Follow-up questions

How can we ensure equitable access to high-quality STEM education globally to support future technological innovation?

Speaker

Anriette Esterhuysen


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of inequality in access to advanced technical education needed for digital development, which is crucial for achieving inclusive technological progress


How do we effectively integrate climate change considerations into the WSIS framework and digital governance processes?

Speaker

Anriette Esterhuysen and Maria Fernanda Garza


Explanation

Both speakers emphasized the need for a holistic approach that includes climate change as part of digital governance, requiring further exploration of how technology can address climate challenges


How can we merge the WSIS process with the Global Digital Compact implementation to avoid duplication while maintaining the strengths of both?

Speaker

Janis Karklins and Maria Fernanda Garza


Explanation

This is critical for avoiding parallel processes and ensuring efficient use of resources while maintaining comprehensive digital governance frameworks


How do we address the challenge that our understanding of technology complexities lags behind technological evolution, particularly with AI and quantum computing?

Speaker

Janis Karklins


Explanation

This highlights a fundamental gap between technological advancement and our ability to govern and understand these technologies effectively


How can we build multi-stakeholder institutions that are not just rules-based but also change-ready to govern technological transformation?

Speaker

Maria Fernanda Garza


Explanation

This addresses the need for adaptive governance structures that can evolve with rapidly changing technology while maintaining stability and inclusivity


How do we ensure meaningful connectivity for those who are connected but cannot use the internet effectively?

Speaker

Anriette Esterhuysen


Explanation

This goes beyond basic connectivity to address digital literacy and meaningful access, which is essential for truly inclusive digital development


How can we integrate new technologies like AI into existing WSIS frameworks without creating separate governance structures?

Speaker

Pierre Bonis


Explanation

This is important for maintaining coherent governance while adapting to technological evolution and avoiding fragmented approaches to different technologies


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Bridging Visions: Aligning the Global Digital Compact (GDC) and WSIS+20 Overall Review by the UN GA

Bridging Visions: Aligning the Global Digital Compact (GDC) and WSIS+20 Overall Review by the UN GA

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on aligning the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review process with the implementation of the Global Digital Compact (GDC) to ensure coherence and prevent duplication in digital governance mechanisms. The session was moderated by Thomas Schneider and featured co-facilitators from Kenya and Albania, along with representatives from various UN agencies and organizations. The primary concern addressed was how to meaningfully integrate these two processes while maintaining the WSIS vision of an inclusive, people-centered information society.


Multiple speakers emphasized the critical need to avoid creating parallel or fragmented digital governance mechanisms, particularly given UN efficiency requirements and resource constraints. Angel González Sanz from the CSTD highlighted that consensus emerged around leveraging existing WSIS mechanisms and building on established institutional strengths rather than creating new frameworks. The discussion revealed four key priorities for alignment: closing the digital divide, fostering safe digital transformation, supporting sustainable development goals, and strengthening international cooperation.


Amandeep Singh Gill noted that the GDC already endorses WSIS principles and emphasizes relying on existing mechanisms like the Internet Governance Forum and WSIS Forum. The European Union proposed developing roadmaps for WSIS action lines as a practical instrument to embed GDC principles while maintaining multi-stakeholder consultation processes. Several speakers stressed the importance of preserving the multi-stakeholder approach that has been WSIS’s hallmark, while others advocated for hybrid governance models combining intergovernmental legitimacy with multi-stakeholder inclusivity.


The discussion concluded with broad agreement on the need for complementarity rather than competition between the processes, emphasizing that both should ultimately deliver concrete solutions that impact communities and individuals’ lives rather than merely creating additional bureaucratic frameworks.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Integration and Alignment of WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact (GDC)**: The central focus was on how to meaningfully integrate these two processes to ensure coherence and prevent duplication, with speakers emphasizing the need to leverage existing WSIS mechanisms rather than creating parallel frameworks.


– **Avoiding Fragmentation in Digital Governance**: Multiple speakers stressed the importance of not creating overlapping institutional mechanisms or duplicating efforts, particularly given UN efficiency mandates and resource constraints. The emphasis was on consolidating rather than fragmenting global digital governance.


– **Multi-stakeholder Approach and Inclusive Governance**: Discussion of how to maintain and strengthen the multi-stakeholder model that has been central to WSIS success, while addressing the challenge that digital governance issues cannot be solved by governments alone and require broad participation from civil society, private sector, and technical communities.


– **Practical Implementation Mechanisms**: Speakers proposed concrete solutions including roadmaps for WSIS action lines, leveraging existing forums like the WSIS Forum and Internet Governance Forum, and using established reporting mechanisms rather than creating new ones.


– **Focus on Outcomes and Real-World Impact**: Emphasis on ensuring that governance discussions translate into tangible results for communities, with references to successful digital solutions reaching remote areas and the importance of substance over process.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore pathways for coherent integration between the WSIS Plus 20 review process and the Global Digital Compact implementation, ensuring alignment while maintaining the WSIS vision of an inclusive, people-centered information society and avoiding duplication of efforts.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was consistently collaborative and constructive throughout the discussion. Speakers demonstrated strong consensus on the need for alignment and integration, with no apparent disagreements on fundamental principles. The atmosphere was professional yet passionate, particularly evident in the closing remarks that emphasized the real-world impact of digital solutions. There was a sense of urgency about getting the integration right, but also confidence in the existing WSIS infrastructure and achievements over the past 20 years.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Thomas Schneider** – Moderator of the session


– **Ekitela Lokaale** – Co-facilitator of the WSIS plus 20 process, Permanent Representative of Kenya to the UN


– **Suela Janina** – Co-facilitator, Representative of Albania to the UN


– **Angel Gonzalez Sanz** – CSDD Secretary


– **Amandeep Singh Gill** – Under-Secretary General and Special Envoy for Digital and Emerging Technology


– **Thibaut Kleiner** – Director of the European Commission at the DG Connect (participated online)


– **Cynthia Lesufi** – Chair of the ITU Council Working Group on WSIS and SDGs


– **Tawfik Jelassi** – Assistant Director for Communications and Information at UNESCO


– **Tomas Lamanauskas** – Deputy Secretary General from the ITU


**Additional speakers:**


– **Thomas Lamanouskas** – Mentioned at the beginning but appears to be the same person as Tomas Lamanauskas with a slight name variation


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Aligning WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact Implementation


## Executive Summary


This 44-minute session, moderated by Thomas Schneider, brought together key stakeholders to address the critical challenge of aligning the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Plus 20 review process with the implementation of the Global Digital Compact (GDC). The discussion featured co-facilitators from Kenya and Albania, alongside representatives from various UN agencies and organisations, all focused on ensuring coherence whilst preventing duplication in digital governance mechanisms.


Thomas Schneider opened the session with three specific guiding questions:


1. How can we meaningfully integrate the WSIS plus 20 review process and the GDC to ensure coherence and prevent duplication?


2. How can the WSIS framework serve as the foundation for embedding the GDC’s principles and avoiding the creation of parallel or fragmented digital governance mechanisms?


3. What is a pragmatic way forward for the co-facilitators to align both processes and advance shared objectives in multi-stakeholder digital cooperation?


The discussion revealed strong alignment amongst speakers on fundamental principles, with participants emphasising the need to leverage existing WSIS infrastructure rather than creating parallel frameworks, maintain the multi-stakeholder approach, and focus on practical implementation that delivers tangible results.


## Key Participants and Their Perspectives


### Co-facilitators’ Vision


**Ekitela Lokaale**, representing Kenya as co-facilitator of the WSIS Plus 20 process, emphasised the importance of alignment with the GDC whilst avoiding duplication, particularly given UN efficiency requirements. She highlighted the process’s strong legacy of multi-stakeholder engagement, welcoming views from all stakeholders rather than limiting participation to member states alone.


**Suela Janina**, Albania’s representative and co-facilitator, experienced significant technical difficulties during her remarks, making much of her contribution unclear in the transcript. What was audible reinforced the commitment to hearing from stakeholders throughout the consultation process about concrete implementation approaches.


### UN Agency Perspectives


**Amandeep Singh Gill**, Under-Secretary General and Special Envoy for Digital and Emerging Technology, provided crucial context by noting that the GDC already endorses WSIS principles from the outset and emphasises relying on existing mechanisms rather than creating new ones. He stressed the importance of maintaining progressive language from the GDC without negotiation down, whilst advocating for substance and outcomes over processes. Referencing the moderator’s earlier comment about avoiding too many processes, he emphasised the need for practical implementation.


**Tawfik Jelassi**, Assistant Director for Communications and Information at UNESCO, introduced a thought-provoking dimension by questioning whether consensus exists on the vision for the digital future before diving into implementation details. He proposed a hybrid governance approach that combines the normative legitimacy of states with the inclusivity and diversity of multi-stakeholder processes, drawing from UNESCO’s practical experience in managing six WSIS action lines.


**Tomas Lamanauskas**, ITU’s Deputy Secretary General, grounded the discussion in concrete achievements, noting WSIS’s progress from 12% to 12.5% internet penetration in 2005 to two-thirds of the world connected today. He made a humorous reference to how civil society used to sit on the floor during early WSIS meetings in 2003, contrasting it with ambassadors now sitting on the floor due to crowded rooms. His closing remarks emphasised that success should be measured by game-changing solutions that directly impact communities.


### Regional and Organisational Contributions


**Thibaut Kleiner** from the European Commission presented a concrete operational proposal, suggesting the development of roadmaps for WSIS action lines as practical instruments to embed GDC principles. His proposal, which he noted was warmly received at IGF, included forward-looking instruments developed through inclusive consultations whilst maintaining facilitator ownership, with the WSIS Forum serving as a venue for presentation and discussion. He also suggested enhancing the Internet Governance Forum’s position within this “galaxy of activities.”


**Angel Gonzalez Sanz** from the CSTD Secretariat reported strong consensus from consultations on the need for alignment. He referenced six specific paragraphs (125-135) of a resolution dealing with GDC-WSIS alignment and noted that CSTD has launched a working group on “fundamental principles of data governance at all levels as relevant for development.” He proposed that UNGIS develop a joint implementation roadmap for presentation to the CSTD session.


**Cynthia Lesufi**, chairing the ITU Council Working Group on WSIS and SDGs, positioned WSIS as uniquely positioned to support digital development due to its comprehensive implementation ecosystem developed over two decades. She highlighted the upcoming WSIS Plus 20 High-Level Event 2025 as a key opportunity to “evaluate progress, identify gaps, and define a shape” for future work, offering ITU’s support as a coordination leader.


## Areas of Consensus


### Preventing Duplication and Leveraging Existing Infrastructure


The strongest consensus emerged around avoiding duplication and building upon existing WSIS infrastructure. All speakers acknowledged member state concerns about UN system inefficiencies and the imperative to consolidate rather than fragment global digital governance. This included recognition of the comprehensive ecosystem developed over 20 years, encompassing the WSIS Forum, Internet Governance Forum, UNGIS coordination mechanisms, and stocktaking processes.


### Multi-stakeholder Governance Commitment


Participants emphasised the critical importance of maintaining and strengthening multi-stakeholder governance as a core strength of the WSIS process. This commitment extended beyond diplomatic rhetoric to practical recognition that digital governance challenges cannot be addressed by governments alone.


### Focus on Practical Implementation


There was clear agreement on moving beyond process discussions to focus on practical implementation approaches and measurable outcomes. Speakers consistently emphasised the need for substance over process, with particular attention to solutions that deliver real impact to communities.


## Constructive Differences and Varied Approaches


### Governance Philosophy


Whilst all speakers supported multi-stakeholder approaches, there were nuanced differences in emphasis. Tawfik Jelassi advocated for a hybrid governance model combining intergovernmental and multi-stakeholder approaches, arguing that neither approach alone is sufficient. He also emphasised the need for consensus on digital future vision before proceeding with detailed implementation planning.


### Implementation Mechanisms


Speakers proposed different complementary approaches: the EU suggested action line roadmaps developed by facilitators, the CSTD proposed UNGIS-developed joint roadmaps, and ITU focused on the 2025 High-Level Event as the key opportunity for evaluation and planning.


## Concrete Proposals and Next Steps


### Roadmap Development


The EU’s proposal for developing roadmaps for WSIS action lines received support through similar suggestions from other speakers. These roadmaps would serve as practical instruments to embed GDC principles whilst combining them with existing WSIS frameworks.


### UNGIS Coordination


Angel Gonzalez Sanz proposed that UNGIS develop a joint implementation roadmap for GDC-WSIS alignment, leveraging the existing coordination mechanism that brings together UN agencies.


### Forum Enhancement


Rather than creating new mechanisms, speakers agreed on strengthening existing forums such as the WSIS Forum and Internet Governance Forum, with suggestions for enhancing their positioning and capacity.


## Outstanding Challenges


### Operational Details


Whilst there was consensus on principles, specific modalities for operationalising the alignment between WSIS Plus 20 and GDC remain to be developed, including detailed coordination mechanisms, resource allocation frameworks, and implementation timelines.


### Governance Model Implementation


The practical implementation of hybrid governance approaches requires further development and stakeholder consultation.


### Measurement and Accountability


Speakers acknowledged the need for measurement and reporting on integrated implementation without creating additional reporting burdens.


## Conclusion


This session demonstrated strong consensus on the fundamental need to align WSIS Plus 20 and GDC processes whilst avoiding duplication. The agreement on leveraging existing WSIS infrastructure, maintaining multi-stakeholder governance, and focusing on practical implementation provides a solid foundation for moving forward.


The different approaches proposed for implementation mechanisms reflect complementary rather than competing visions, suggesting multiple pathways for achieving shared objectives. The concrete proposals for roadmap development, UNGIS coordination, and forum strengthening provide actionable next steps.


As the session concluded with limited time remaining, the emphasis on real-world impact and community-level outcomes ensures that institutional coordination serves the broader purposes of digital inclusion and development. The path forward requires continued multi-stakeholder consultation, careful attention to governance model development, and sustained focus on practical implementation that delivers tangible benefits to communities worldwide.


Session transcript

Thomas Schneider: Thomas Lamanouskas, Inter Alia, so let’s give us one more minute. Okay, so I think, let’s start, given that we only have 44 minutes for this short but important session. The purpose of this is to discuss synthesis, identify gaps and explore pathways towards coherent integration, emphasizing the continued relevance of the WSIS vision for inclusive people-centered information society, and of course, trying to see how we can align the implementation work of the Global Digital Compact and WSIS plus 20. I’ve been given a few guiding questions that our speakers are supposed to help us find answers to. The first one is how can we meaningfully integrate the WSIS plus 20 review process and the GDC to ensure coherence and prevent duplication? Very important question. The second one is how can the WSIS framework serve as the foundation for embedding the GDC’s principles and avoiding the creation of parallel or fragmented digital governance mechanisms? And the third one is what is a pragmatic way forward for the co-facilitators to align both processes and advance shared objectives in multi-stakeholder digital cooperation? The co-facilitators, of course, I’m happy to again see you after Oslo at the IGF. Mr. Ekitela Lokale, co-facilitator of the WSIS plus 20 process, permanent representative of Kenya to the UN, and Ms. Suella Yanina. facilitator representative of Albania to the UN. Let me give you the floor to say a few words.


Ekitela Lokaale: Thank you very much and good afternoon. I’m very happy to be here as one of the co-facilitators and to see quite a good number of you that we met at the IGF. I think for us as co-facilitators the purpose of coming here is to listen to the views that you’re going to share, the presenters as well as the different stakeholders, bearing in mind that this is a process in which in a very strong and rich legacy of multi-stakeholder engagement. So we are very much looking forward to receiving the views not just of member states but also of all the other stakeholders. The second thing we are mindful, just as I’m sure all of us are, that the WSIS plus 20 review is happening hot on the heels of adoption of the GDC. So I think it’s incumbent upon us as a community to just see how best to undertake the review in a manner that’s cognizant of the GDC but that’s also keen to make sure that we don’t perhaps have any duplication and all this, you know, happening as it is at a time when at the UN they talk of UNAT and they need to improve efficiencies and remove duplication and so on. So very much looking forward to hearing from all of you. Thank you.


Suela Janina: Thank you, Tomas. Also from my side, good afternoon, President. In fact, I was just thinking it’s turning to a good health. H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Amandeep Singh Gill, Mr. Angel González Sanz, Dr. David Souter H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Amandeep Singh Gill, Mr. Angel González Sanz, Dr. David Souter H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Amandeep Singh Gill, Mr. Angel González Sanz, Dr. David Souter H.E. Mr. Egitela Lokaale, Amandeep Singh Gill, Mr. Angel González Sanz, Dr. David Souter H.E. Mr. Ekitela Lokaale, Amandeep Singh Gill, Mr. Angel González Sanz, Dr. David Souter H.E. Mr. Egitela Lokaale, Amandeep Singh Gill, Mr. Angel González Sanz, Dr. David Souter , Dr. Angel González Sanz, Dr. David Souter, Dr. Angel González Sanz, Dr. David Souter, So, these are a few elements that will be on our attention but we want to hear from you during this event, this discussion, but also through the entire week. So, let us hear from you, what will be the concrete ways, the principle of putting synergies together? What kind of bridges can you propose that GDC and WSIS serve to the same purpose, to the same objectives that they are creating? To secure a people-centered, inclusive and development-oriented digital and information society. Thank you.


Thomas Schneider: Thank you very much, Agittela and Azuela. We will now move on to a technical update from the CSDD Secretary. The CSDD is responsible since 2005 for the UN system-wide follow-up and implementation. So, Mr. Angel González Sanz. Thank you.


Angel Gonzalez Sanz: Thank you, Moderator, and thank you to the organizers for inviting the CSDD Secretary to give you this technical update, which is a rather cryptic theme. I am not quite sure what technical information I can convey to this group of stakeholders. But anyway, I am trying to convey to you basically the elements of the work that has taken place already within the formal structures of the UN. As most of you know, the CSTD is a functional commission of the ECOSOC and includes in its mandate a role of being the focal point for the system-wide follow-up to the implementation of the WSIS outcomes. And as part of that role, the ECOSOC in 2023 mandated the commission to undertake a wide process of multi-stakeholder consultations leading to the elaboration of a substantive contribution to the WSIS Plus 20 review by the General Assembly. So that substantive contribution is reflected in the WSIS resolution that is expected to be adopted by the ECOSOC at the end of this month. And that resolution, together with a summary of the discussions on WSIS Plus 20 and a report by the Secretariat that documents these two years of multi-stakeholder consultation will be transmitted by the ECOSOC to the General Assembly as an input to the deliberations of the Assembly on WSIS Plus 20. Of course, one of the main messages that emerged from all this process of consultation and discussions among member states and stakeholders is the crucial need for alignment between the GDES and the WSIS process that came across very, very clearly throughout the process. Looking into the future, the discussions by member states at the annual session, but also during the two years of consultation, identified four priorities, substantive priorities for this alignment to take place. One is the absolute need to close the digital divide along all its dimensions. The second, to foster a safe, secure, and trustworthy digital transformation. The third, to ensure that that digital transformation supports the implementation of the Global Sustainable Development Goals. Global Sustainable Development Goals, and fourth, strengthening international cooperation, particularly in the sense of empowering the participation of developing countries in global digital decision-making. During the discussions itself last April, the discussion reaffirmed the vision of WSIS and a submission that is useful to address the challenges that speak both to the WSIS outcomes, but also to those priorities that were identified in the GDC. And in fact, the resolution that I referred to a moment ago includes six paragraphs specifically dealing with the question of how to align the GDC and WSIS. Those are six out of the ten paragraphs between paragraph 125 and 135 of the resolution. Again, one of the clearest messages that one can see coming from that is that there is a clear consensus to recommend that the commitments of the GDC should leverage WSIS mechanisms and build on the institutional strengths that have been developed. A concrete proposal that is included in the resolution is that the outcome of WSIS plus 20 should ask ANGIS, the UN group on the information society, to develop a joint implementation roadmap and to present that roadmap to the 2020 session of the CSTD. This proposal aims to integrate the GDC principles into the WSIS follow-up processes and to ensure that there is a coordinated system-wide implementation. Similarly, during the CSTD, all stakeholders agreed that leveraging and strengthening existing forums, such as the WSIS forum and the Internet Governance Forum, rather than creating parallel mechanisms, is essential for ensuring a source-efficient and impactful implementation. The question of insubordination is only one of the issues that need to be addressed. The CSTD participants also stress the need for inclusive governance. The challenges that lie ahead of us cannot be addressed by governments alone. We need multi-stakeholder involvement, and they cannot be addressed in a fragmented way. A clear example of this is the question of data governance that, as you know, is one important objective identified in the GDC. The CSTD has already launched a working group, a multi-stakeholder working group, that is in fundamental principles of data governance at all levels as relevant for development. And that’s both a contribution to the mandates coming from the GDC and to the long-term objectives of WSIS. With this, I will stop, and I will reiterate that the CSTD provides multi-stakeholder platform for consensus building around these themes. Thank you very much.


Thomas Schneider: Thank you very much, Angel. Now we have a number of speakers that are quite experienced in what we are looking very much forward to, their ideas on how to align the 550,000 trillion processes that we have linked to WSIS-related issues. Let me start with Amandeep Singh Gill. You all know him, Under-Secretary General and Special Envoy for Digital and Emerging Technology. Thank you.


Amandeep Singh Gill: Thank you very much, Thomas. Standing room only, so I’m sorry for those who are up against the wall and those who are uncomfortable sitting down there. Just the importance of the subject today. Thank you to DESA for bringing us together for this discussion, and thank you to the co-facilitators, ambassadors, for leading this important work. Thomas, you said it, you know, a trillion processes. I think while we should worry about processes and try and make negotiations, they strived very hard to ensure that we move forward with complementarity. We don’t duplicate. So for example, right at the outset of the GDC, you have a strong endorsement of the WSIS principles, the WSIS approach, multi-stakeholder, people-centric, development-oriented. So even if these principles are laid out, 13 principles, we start with that, that we are not reinventing the wheel. And then again, if you go further down, this reliance on existing mechanisms, that was part of, you know, the previous remarks, there again, the specific language that says we should rely on existing mechanisms, there’s very progressive language on the IGF, for example, but other forums as well, the WSIS forum. And then in terms of reporting, again, you know, thank you to UNCTAD, CSTD, for what’s been presented, the result of the consultations. There’s a strong emphasis on not creating additional tracks of reporting. Member states and other stakeholders are obviously tied of, you know, multiple reporting channels, so how can we use the existing channels of reporting to move forward on the GDC? So that said, as part of the overall implementation architecture, in the sense of, like, you know, how do we keep ourselves accountable? How do we… Hello everyone. The secretary general created a steering committee, which he himself chairs, the Pact steering committee. Part of it you have groups, there’s a working group on digital technologies that I have the honor to co-chair with Doreen, the secretary general of ITU, so that we bring the Geneva ecosystem, the New York ecosystem, different parts of the system together. And this is a time-limited mechanism. And Thomas is here, you know, we worked on it to make sure that this is not, this doesn’t become, you know, a self-perpetuating mechanism. So for a while, you give the push to the implementation of different aspects of chapter three, and then you wrap up, you know. And then there is the critical, I think this is what I really want to emphasize today. So in the GDC, there are intergovernmental processes that have been set in motion. For example, on the AI governance modalities, there is, of course, a new mechanism on data governance, which is being dealt with for the first time in the UN. So these are kind of necessary additionalities. And they, in a sense, they, in a sense, you know, still uphold the vision. As you remember, though some of you are old timers, I see Yanis over there, over there. So, you know, there was this debate at that time on enhanced cooperation, but we moved on and we have taken forward this idea of digital cooperation, where, you know, in certain areas where we have complex challenges that cut across different aspects of the UN’s mandate, peace and security, human rights development, you need stronger engagement of governments. So you have created those additional avenues for governments to engage on some of these issues while upholding the multistakeholder of this domain. I think Going forward, we, as you know, the ambassadors mentioned, you know, there is progressive language. I think one of, I don’t want to say concern, but I think certainly desire is that the progressive language be upheld and not be negotiated down at a time when, you know, there are these political and other challenges on human rights, on the digital economy, on internet governance. Many at GDC kind of broke new ground, took up the language to the next level. So I think the safest way is to uphold that language and also to try and see if there is something, if we have the bandwidth for, let’s say, reinforcing complementarity, try and see how we can bring more dynamism into the action lines. Because as I said, substance should lead, outcomes should matter. And then try and see if the system itself, where, you know, you have players, new mandates, the Office for Digital and Emerging Technologies with a clear mandate from the General Assembly for strengthening system-wide coordination. So how we can improve our system-wide response, again, something that links strongly back to the UNAT agenda of the Secretary General. So those are areas for improvement. And then at the end of the day, we have to ensure that one of the biggest achievements of those summits, which is the IGF, this epitome of multi-stakeholder collaboration, is taken forward, is strengthened. There is going on for its core foundational mandate. There are new challenges coming up in terms of infrastructure, energy use, some of the problems we see in digital spaces. So how can we succeed? celebrate in December a continuation of these great achievements of the WSIS agenda. Thank you, Thomas, back to you.


Thomas Schneider: Thank you very much, Amandeep. Our next speaker is, I hope it works, connected online. It is Mr. Thibault Kleiner. He is the director of the European Commission at the DG Connect. Yes, hello.


Thibaut Kleiner: I hope you can hear me indeed, dear Ambassador Thomas Schneider, Excellencies, distinguished delegates and esteemed colleagues. Indeed, I’ll be joining you tomorrow evening, but today I still had to be in Brussels. And thanks for accommodating my online participation today. As we know, this is a great opportunity this year with the WSIS Plus 20 review and the implementation of the Global Digital Compact to really forge a united path between these two initiatives. And as some of the previous speakers said, it’s an opportunity to focus on results, on delivery, but also to ensure coherence and strategic alignment between the WSIS action lines and the way we are implementing the Global Digital Compact. And really, we should avoid duplication and fragmentation in the global digital governance. I think that this should be our starting point because the tasks ahead at the moment are very significant. And I think also we’ve had quite a lot of discussions in the context of the EC and consensus was built. And I think we can build on this also now for the WSIS Plus 20 review. But also we should look at the future in terms of how we can implement in an effective manner whatever we discuss and agree upon. So, to that extent, I think that the discussions in the GDC, they have triggered comprehensive dialogues, for instance, around artificial intelligence, around data governance. But what we see from the EU’s perspective is that there are also other UN processes on these, also other processes on cyber security and cyber crime. So, what I think we believe is that we must be efficient. We should avoid to replicate in different fora what is effectively being discussed in one place. And it is very much imperative that the YSYS plus 20 does not establish overlapping frameworks, or even worse, overlapping institutional mechanisms, because this would introduce redundancy implementation at a time where we need to stick together, and also we need to avoid that conversations get diluted, which would only complicate our digital governance landscape. So, from the EU, we have made a proposal to that extent. We think that we can actually meaningfully combine the YSYS plus 20 and the digital compact, but for that we need structured coordination and transparency. So, basically, our proposal is to develop roadmaps for the YSYS action line. This could be something that is taken in the hands of the factors, and we believe that these roadmaps could be a practical instrument to embed the global digital compact’s principles explicitly, and to combine them with existing YSYS frameworks so that we have one conversation where we directly align also this with the sustainable development goal. So, Basically, it’s a practical proposal, and we’ve already tried to test this concept at the IGF a few weeks ago, and I was happy to meet a number of people also in Oslo. Basically, when we presented the idea, it was quite a warm reception. We had many stakeholders embracing this concept, and also recognizing that in the past, maybe we’ve had attempts to look at this, but without an integration effort. So, in a way, with the roadmaps, we can have a forward-looking instrument where we actually try to deliver, which I think is exactly the right message, and where also the facilitators would maintain full ownership of these roadmaps, but also making sure that they are developed through inclusive multi-stakeholder consultations, and where they can reflect the priorities that we all share around digital inclusion, respect for human rights, and equitable participation. So, with this, we believe that we have a process, an instrument, and actually that this could be also something that the WISIS Forum could take also as one of the tasks. The WISIS Forum could be the venue where we present, where we discuss these roadmaps, and where the co-facilitators with the other stakeholders leverage such an instrument for transparency, for coherence, and for support. And in that context, we also believe that the Internet Governance Forum would be enhanced, because it could also get positioned in terms of this galaxy of activities that we would describe. So, essentially, from the side of the European Union, we, as you know, remain very committed to advancing the We are ready to present some non-paper in the coming weeks to illustrate how such roadmaps could be effective. But we need to work together, that’s also today my message, to consolidate, not to fragment, to align, and not to duplicate. And this, I think, this coherence, this consistency at this moment is very much needed, because I think that what we are talking about, this global digital governance, these challenges are really what our populations need for prosperity, for unity, and for inclusion. Thank you.


Thomas Schneider: Thank you. But let’s move on from north to south to my dear friend Cynthia Lesufi. She is a very known person here in Geneva, in particular at the ITU, because not only, but also is she the chair of the ITU Council Working Group on WSIS and SDGs. Thank you.


Cynthia Lesufi: Thank you, Ambassador Schneider, and good afternoon to all. And I also want to thank the co-facilitators to join us in this session, and I really want to congratulate you in all the great work that you’re doing. But I also want to congratulate all my panelists, my fellow panelists for doing a great job in all your areas that you’re focusing on with regard to this important process that we are talking about today. So for me, I really want to address the questions that are being, the guiding questions that are being asked in terms of this session. I will start with the first question on how can we meaningfully integrate WSIS with GDC. For us, you know, as South Africa, as the chair of the Council Working Group of the ITU Council, we believe that over the past 20 decades, WSIS has, I mean, two decades So WSIS has developed a comprehensive implementation ecosystem, which includes Action Lines, the WSIS Forum, UNGIS Coordination, and the WSIS Stock Taking process. And for us, this remains a uniquely positioned to support digital development and cooperation. And therefore, by aligning the GDC priorities with the WSIS Action Lines and leveraging the existing multi-stakeholder architecture, the international community can translate high-level digital governance principles into coherent and measurable actions. But also, this approach will not only reinforce synergy between both processes, but it will also enhance accountability, continuity, and inclusiveness in the evolving digital cooperation landscape. So moving on to the second question on how can WSIS framework serve to avoid fragmented governance? Again, WSIS has established itself as an effective multi-stakeholder mechanism and effectively bringing together a diverse array of stakeholders, including national governments, international organizations, the private sector entities, the civil society organizations, as well as academic institutions. And this comprehensive collaboration fosters an environment where various interests and perspectives can be represented and addressed. With its extensive global reach and commitment to inclusivity, WSIS serves as an optimal platform for embedding priorities of the global digital compact. And by leveraging the collaborative nature of WSIS, the GDC can engage wider audiences and are met without the need to create separate, potentially conflicting frameworks. This integration not only streamline the efforts, but also enhances the collective of all participating stakeholders on the digital landscape. Now moving on to the third question, which is the last question, what is a pragmatic path forward for alignment? Our view as a council chair of the ITU is that strengthening collaboration between GDC and WSIS. ITU, as a leader in WSIS coordination, stands ready to support the co-facilitators, the UN agencies, in fostering alignment. And for us, again, WSIS Plus 20 High-Level Event 2025 is providing an opportunity to evaluate progress, identify gaps, and define a shape. Thank you very much.


Thomas Schneider: Next is your neighbor, Dr. Tawfik Jelassi, Assistant Director for Communications and Information at UNESCO.


Tawfik Jelassi: Thank you very much, Thomas. Being the number seven speaker, I don’t want to repeat what has been already said, but I want to give you a perspective from UNESCO. UNESCO has been the lead implementer of six action lines of WSIS-11. These six action lines are access to information, e-learning, e-science, cultural diversity and multilingualism, media, and the ethics of information. So that’s where we come from, having been the lead implementer of six action lines out of 11 of the WSIS. I fully agree with Amandeep when he said substance, content, and outcomes matter because it’s an issue of impact. Yes. I would put above that vision and governance. Before we talk about outcomes and substance and processes, what is our vision for the digital future? Do we have a consensus on that? How do we see the world evolving? The world is changing. Have we changed enough in the face of these disruptive changes? Digital is the name of the game, not today, for years to come. What is our vision for the future? and to governmental authorities. These are societal issues that impact every one of us, every community, every society. So we cannot let the governments decide through an intergovernmental process what is good for society at large. And then we can go to the other approach of governance, which is the multi-stakeholder. Of course, it has pluses, inclusivity, diversity by involving civil society, academia, research institutions, the technical community, the sectors concerned. Yes, diversity and inclusivity, but they don’t have the power nor obviously the legitimacy of setting up normative standards. It is the states that have the legitimacy of defining normative instruments and standards. So we see the pluses and we see the minuses of each governance approach. So where do we go from here? What’s the solution? I think we should take the best of each. We should leverage the normative legitimacy of states, but also leverage the inclusivity and the diversity of the multi-stakeholder. We have done this at UNESCO recently. Although our 2021 UNESCO recommendation on the ethics of AI followed a purely intergovernmental process through intergovernmental negotiations. And at the end, the vote by a hundred ninety-three member states for that recommendation. Our more recent 20-23 UNESCO Guidelines for the Governance of Digital Platforms, for stakeholder approach that brought from day one to the fold the platform companies and the tech players. From day one, the Facebook, the Meta, the TikTok, the Instagram, and so on and so forth. From day one, alongside governments, civil society, academia, technical community, etc. And then subsequently, they were endorsed by member states. So I think a hybrid governance approach maybe is one model to consider going forward. The good hands of the two co-facilitators, the esteemed ambassadors of Albania and Kenya. We know all the launch consultations, the process still continuing. We know that next month, by the middle of August, we’ll have draft zero, I believe. So there is a process launch, etc., through a multi-stakeholder, open, global consultations. But I just want to give you a view from some experiences we had. And so the question is, yes, no duplication. I agree. I think we heard it from many previous speakers. No overlapping. I agree when resources are becoming more and more scarce. And I know that member states, at least I heard that UNESCO say, you guys within the UN, get your acts together. WSIS was initiated by the UN, IGF is the largest UN forum so far, GDC initiated by the UN Secretary-General. So these are all UN processes. Member states said, you know, we don’t like duplication. We don’t want to see overlap. Get your act together. We need to get our act together. I mean, this is again, my dear friend, Mandeep, he knows my views, we talked. We need to find a way to create this complementarity, to create this synergy, while of course using effectively the scarce resources that we have nowadays. Thank you, Thomas.


Thomas Schneider: Thank you, Tafik. Last but not least, you came in last, so you can also speak last, of course, Tomas Lamanauskas, Deputy Secretary General from the IT.


Tomas Lamanauskas: Thank you very much, Thomas, and I really apologize for that, you know, we had to open an intergenerational dialogue. That’s a good excuse. So I think hopefully we’re seeing active discussion there, and I think here, for now, we seem to all agree, you know, so hopefully we’ll also find some ways to find some issues where we not always agree but can progress very well forward. But I think I’m back when I was preparing this panel, and I was thinking about what I wanted to say, I was like, I went back to my thoughts this morning, to the winners and champions awards. I was sitting in this front row and seeing people very happily coming on the stage, and this video is playing, you know, of video playing how digital ID is reaching remote communities, video playing how health services are reaching remote communities, video playing how we can deal with scams online. And this came, these winners, I think a total of 19 of them, with another 92 champions, came with a real solution. So I think for me, that was envisioning what this is all about, you know, this is about those solutions changing the world and their communities directly. And I think it’s so tempting for us to talk about modalities of reviews, and they are very important, and a big thanks for Ambassadors McAuley and Yenina being here today with us, you know, these are really important. We think they’re only important when they deliver these results, you know, if they deliver those game-changing solutions straight in their communities to change everyone’s lives. So they don’t end up by being, you know, modalities, discussion between GDC and WSIS, but end up being discussion how this specific digital solution, specific community will impact everyone. I have to be proud that WSIS has done quite a bit, since we gathered here in these halls. I mean, I wasn’t here, I have to admit, I was in 2005, but since the community has gathered here, we did a bit. From very high-level numbers, so 12% to 12.5% of internet penetration in 2005, to two-thirds of the world connected now. These are our own achievements. If you look at the community we gathered, so our WSIS stocktaking has today around 15,000 entries that represent all these different projects around the world, with more than 2 million subscribers that are engaged in that. 50,000 people have passed through the WSIS forums. And it’s actually today, so it’s not only overflowing today, it’s also always overflowing in the morning. We need to remember where we’re coming from. I’ll put on the spot here, Oslav, from our team, he was there when it all started with this forum. That’s probably where, in a couple of dozen, we now have thousands, the CA, with the Eye for Good, more than 10,000 people in these halls, creating these solutions together. And again, not only discussing here, but then going back and delivering that result back, and then feeding this back in. This is, for me, the achievements. Now, the achievements was also in the process. And I think, first of all, it’s really focused on multistakeholder, which is now we’re taking as granted. I think Yanis this morning said that when you went in 2003, civil society had to sit on the floor. Now, apologies, Ambassador, now you are sitting on the floor. So I think it also shows a bit of a dynamics, but I see UNDP colleagues next to you, and other UN colleagues, so hopefully you’re not insulted with that. Exactly, very comfortable in this way. And that took time. The first time I worked for IT was 10 years ago. And I went to some civil society meetings, and the people were not friendly to me, I have to say. In the beginning, people were not friendly to me, because people didn’t understand each other. Now, I think we have a lot of civil society in these halls and I think it’s really productive work, and people understand each other. People know how to work. They understand they do not always think the same thing, and they shouldn’t be, but they’re coming to the same objective. Focus on inclusion. I already mentioned how much we achieved in terms of the digital divide, but also broad approach. And I think also sometimes missing our digital discussions, what we haven’t discussed is that digital is not about digital. Digital about education, health, disaster management, agriculture. All these areas that we impact there. And again, the Swiss’s approach, we bring the UN community, around 50 UN agencies together, we bring different ministries. And today, again, if you see on the stage, it’s not only telecoms ministry, which they’ve come to pick up the prizes, you know, they’re from various… If that’s really broad approach, it really matters. So now, when we move forward, you know, how we can leverage that and not lose it. Because sometimes it’s easy to say, well, just do military colder, don’t worry. You know, but opening up the floor for a few minutes for civil society, you know, it doesn’t mean we’ll just stay colder. You know, it really needs a lot of work. So I think, how do we really making it work? How we bring the governments also with the meaningful voices to our table is a lot. And I think we have a lot of leverage. We have a lot of work. And 20 years, we’re building that here. So really, so my call would be to really look at those things we already have. This infrastructure that we developed, I already mentioned some of that. But also, of course, Swiss’s Forum here, IGF, which next year will celebrate 20 years of its existence. You know, UNGIS with the 50 UN agents is coming together. This is a community that can deliver. And, you know, I really welcome the words of the… I really welcome the provisions in GDC that will encourage joining up the forces and leveraging further. Of course, GDC pushes… …for us that we were not going that far before, like either in artificial intelligence, on data governance. Of course, we need to push those areas. But at the same time, we shouldn’t forget of all this impact in every single area there. We can reuse the frameworks. We can use this convening. We can use reporting. We’re also building up with our partnership for measuring ICTs, the data hub to allow not only with this reporting, but the global digital compact reporting that allow us to better targeting, setting the better targets. We can use this better for reporting. So really, let’s work together to make sure that those integrated frameworks are not just, you know, not just slide down in the modalities resolutions, which are, again, very important, but also impact everyone’s life every day. Thank you very much.


Thomas Schneider: Thank you, Thomas, for these passionate words in the end. I have seven seconds or something like this left to wrap up. So I’m going to try. I think what we heard is very clear. Everybody is willing to align, to unite forces, to work together. The how, of course, is probably more tricky, but I think what we’ve heard is it’s not an either or. It’s about complementarity and using synergies. today but the week has still only begun. So enjoy the week and talk to each other, listen to each other. Thank you very much. Thank you. Thank you.


T

Thomas Schneider

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

568 words

Speech time

264 seconds

Need to prevent duplication and ensure coherence between WSIS Plus 20 review and GDC implementation

Explanation

Thomas Schneider emphasized the importance of meaningfully integrating the WSIS Plus 20 review process and the Global Digital Compact to ensure coherence and prevent duplication. He highlighted this as a very important question for the discussion and stressed the need to align both processes to advance shared objectives in multi-stakeholder digital cooperation.


Evidence

He posed three guiding questions for the session focusing on integration, coherence, and pragmatic alignment between the processes


Major discussion point

Integration and Alignment of WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact (GDC)


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Tawfik Jelassi

Agreed on

Need to prevent duplication and ensure coherence between WSIS Plus 20 and GDC


E

Ekitela Lokaale

Speech speed

151 words per minute

Speech length

223 words

Speech time

88 seconds

WSIS Plus 20 review must be cognizant of GDC adoption while avoiding duplication, especially given UN efficiency requirements

Explanation

Ekitela Lokaale noted that the WSIS Plus 20 review is happening immediately after the adoption of the Global Digital Compact, making it incumbent upon the community to conduct the review in a manner that acknowledges the GDC while avoiding duplication. He emphasized this is particularly important given the UN’s focus on improving efficiencies and removing duplication.


Evidence

Referenced the UN’s UNAT initiative and need to improve efficiencies and remove duplication


Major discussion point

Integration and Alignment of WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact (GDC)


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thomas Schneider
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Tawfik Jelassi

Agreed on

Need to prevent duplication and ensure coherence between WSIS Plus 20 and GDC


Process has strong legacy of multi-stakeholder engagement and welcomes views from all stakeholders, not just member states

Explanation

Ekitela Lokaale emphasized that the WSIS process has a very strong and rich legacy of multi-stakeholder engagement. As co-facilitators, they are looking forward to receiving views not just from member states but from all other stakeholders as well.


Evidence

Referenced the rich legacy of multi-stakeholder engagement in the WSIS process


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Governance and Inclusive Participation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tawfik Jelassi
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Importance of multi-stakeholder governance and inclusive participation


A

Angel Gonzalez Sanz

Speech speed

137 words per minute

Speech length

740 words

Speech time

322 seconds

Strong consensus emerged from consultations on the crucial need for alignment between GDC and WSIS processes

Explanation

Angel Gonzalez Sanz reported that one of the main messages emerging from the two-year process of multi-stakeholder consultations and discussions among member states was the crucial need for alignment between the GDC and the WSIS process. This message came across very clearly throughout the entire consultation process.


Evidence

Referenced two years of multi-stakeholder consultations and discussions that consistently highlighted this need


Major discussion point

Integration and Alignment of WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact (GDC)


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thomas Schneider
– Ekitela Lokaale
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Tawfik Jelassi

Agreed on

Need to prevent duplication and ensure coherence between WSIS Plus 20 and GDC


Recommendation that GDC commitments should leverage WSIS mechanisms and build on institutional strengths already developed

Explanation

Angel Gonzalez Sanz explained that there is clear consensus to recommend that the commitments of the GDC should leverage existing WSIS mechanisms and build upon the institutional strengths that have been developed over the years. This approach would utilize the established infrastructure rather than creating new parallel systems.


Evidence

Referenced the resolution that includes six paragraphs (125-135) specifically dealing with GDC-WSIS alignment


Major discussion point

Leveraging Existing WSIS Infrastructure and Mechanisms


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Leverage existing WSIS infrastructure and mechanisms rather than creating new ones


Proposal for UNGIS to develop joint implementation roadmap to be presented to 2020 CSTD session

Explanation

Angel Gonzalez Sanz presented a concrete proposal included in the resolution that the outcome of WSIS Plus 20 should ask UNGIS (UN Group on Information Society) to develop a joint implementation roadmap. This roadmap would then be presented to the 2020 session of the CSTD to integrate GDC principles into WSIS follow-up processes and ensure coordinated system-wide implementation.


Evidence

Specific reference to the resolution’s concrete proposal for UNGIS involvement


Major discussion point

Leveraging Existing WSIS Infrastructure and Mechanisms


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreement on leveraging existing forums like WSIS Forum and IGF rather than creating parallel mechanisms

Explanation

Angel Gonzalez Sanz reported that during the CSTD, all stakeholders agreed that leveraging and strengthening existing forums such as the WSIS Forum and the Internet Governance Forum is essential. This approach is preferred over creating parallel mechanisms to ensure resource-efficient and impactful implementation.


Evidence

Referenced stakeholder agreement during CSTD discussions


Major discussion point

Leveraging Existing WSIS Infrastructure and Mechanisms


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Leverage existing WSIS infrastructure and mechanisms rather than creating new ones


Challenges cannot be addressed by governments alone and require multi-stakeholder involvement without fragmentation

Explanation

Angel Gonzalez Sanz emphasized that the challenges ahead cannot be addressed by governments alone and require multi-stakeholder involvement. He stressed that these challenges also cannot be addressed in a fragmented way, highlighting the need for coordinated approaches across different stakeholder groups.


Evidence

Used data governance as a clear example of this principle, noting CSTD’s launch of a multi-stakeholder working group


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Governance and Inclusive Participation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tawfik Jelassi
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Importance of multi-stakeholder governance and inclusive participation


Four substantive priorities identified: closing digital divide, fostering safe digital transformation, supporting SDG implementation, and strengthening international cooperation

Explanation

Angel Gonzalez Sanz outlined four substantive priorities that emerged from member state discussions for alignment between GDC and WSIS. These priorities focus on closing the digital divide in all dimensions, fostering safe and trustworthy digital transformation, ensuring digital transformation supports SDG implementation, and strengthening international cooperation particularly for developing countries.


Evidence

These priorities were identified through discussions at the annual session and two years of consultations


Major discussion point

Addressing Specific Digital Governance Challenges


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


CSTD launched multi-stakeholder working group on data governance principles as contribution to both GDC and WSIS objectives

Explanation

Angel Gonzalez Sanz highlighted that the CSTD has already launched a multi-stakeholder working group focused on fundamental principles of data governance at all levels as relevant for development. This working group serves as both a contribution to the mandates coming from the GDC and to the long-term objectives of WSIS.


Evidence

Cited data governance as a clear example of coordinated approach, noting it’s an important objective identified in the GDC


Major discussion point

Addressing Specific Digital Governance Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


A

Amandeep Singh Gill

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

869 words

Speech time

376 seconds

GDC endorses WSIS principles from the outset and emphasizes reliance on existing mechanisms rather than creating new ones

Explanation

Amandeep Singh Gill explained that the Global Digital Compact starts with a strong endorsement of WSIS principles and approach, including multi-stakeholder, people-centric, and development-oriented principles. The GDC emphasizes relying on existing mechanisms rather than reinventing the wheel, with specific progressive language on forums like the IGF and WSIS Forum.


Evidence

Referenced the 13 principles laid out in GDC and specific language about relying on existing mechanisms and reporting channels


Major discussion point

Integration and Alignment of WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact (GDC)


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Leverage existing WSIS infrastructure and mechanisms rather than creating new ones


Progressive language in GDC on multi-stakeholder approach should be upheld and not negotiated down

Explanation

Amandeep Singh Gill expressed concern that the progressive language in the GDC should be upheld and not be negotiated down, especially given current political and other challenges on human rights, digital economy, and internet governance. He emphasized that the GDC broke new ground and took language to the next level, so the safest approach is to uphold that language.


Evidence

Referenced current challenges on human rights, digital economy, and internet governance issues


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Governance and Inclusive Participation


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tawfik Jelassi
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Importance of multi-stakeholder governance and inclusive participation


Disagreed with

– Tawfik Jelassi

Disagreed on

Governance approach for digital issues


GDC creates necessary intergovernmental processes for AI governance and data governance while upholding multi-stakeholder vision

Explanation

Amandeep Singh Gill explained that the GDC establishes intergovernmental processes for areas like AI governance modalities and data governance, which are being dealt with for the first time in the UN. These represent necessary additions that still uphold the multi-stakeholder vision while providing stronger government engagement on complex challenges that cut across different UN mandates.


Evidence

Referenced the concept of ‘enhanced cooperation’ debate and evolution to ‘digital cooperation’ approach


Major discussion point

Addressing Specific Digital Governance Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Focus should be on substance, outcomes, and results rather than just processes

Explanation

Amandeep Singh Gill emphasized that while processes and negotiations are important for ensuring complementarity and avoiding duplication, the ultimate focus should be on substance, outcomes, and results that matter. He stressed that substance should lead and outcomes should be the priority.


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thibaut Kleiner
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Focus on practical implementation and concrete outcomes


Need to bring more dynamism into action lines and improve system-wide response

Explanation

Amandeep Singh Gill suggested that there are areas for improvement, including bringing more dynamism into the action lines and improving the system-wide response. He noted that the Office for Digital and Emerging Technologies has a clear mandate from the General Assembly for strengthening system-wide coordination, which links to the Secretary General’s UNAT agenda.


Evidence

Referenced the Office for Digital and Emerging Technologies’ mandate and the Secretary General’s UNAT agenda


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory


T

Thibaut Kleiner

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

799 words

Speech time

374 seconds

Must avoid establishing overlapping frameworks or institutional mechanisms that would introduce redundancy

Explanation

Thibaut Kleiner emphasized that the WSIS Plus 20 must not establish overlapping frameworks or institutional mechanisms because this would introduce redundancy at a time when unity is needed. He warned that overlapping mechanisms would complicate the digital governance landscape and dilute conversations.


Evidence

Referenced other UN processes on AI, data governance, cybersecurity and cybercrime that already exist


Major discussion point

Integration and Alignment of WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact (GDC)


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thomas Schneider
– Ekitela Lokaale
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Tawfik Jelassi

Agreed on

Need to prevent duplication and ensure coherence between WSIS Plus 20 and GDC


EU proposal to develop roadmaps for WSIS action lines as practical instrument to embed GDC principles

Explanation

Thibaut Kleiner presented the EU’s proposal to develop roadmaps for the WSIS action lines as a practical instrument to explicitly embed the Global Digital Compact’s principles. These roadmaps would combine GDC principles with existing WSIS frameworks and align them with sustainable development goals in one unified conversation.


Evidence

Referenced testing this concept at the IGF with warm reception from stakeholders


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Focus on practical implementation and concrete outcomes


Roadmaps would be forward-looking instruments developed through inclusive consultations while maintaining facilitator ownership

Explanation

Thibaut Kleiner explained that the proposed roadmaps would be forward-looking instruments where facilitators maintain full ownership but develop them through inclusive multi-stakeholder consultations. The roadmaps would reflect shared priorities around digital inclusion, respect for human rights, and equitable participation.


Evidence

Mentioned that many stakeholders embraced this concept and recognized past attempts lacked integration effort


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Approaches


Topics

Human rights | Development


WSIS Forum could serve as venue to present and discuss roadmaps for transparency and coherence

Explanation

Thibaut Kleiner proposed that the WSIS Forum could take on the task of serving as the venue where roadmaps are presented and discussed. This would provide a platform for co-facilitators and other stakeholders to leverage the roadmaps as instruments for transparency, coherence, and support, while also positioning the Internet Governance Forum within this galaxy of activities.


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory


C

Cynthia Lesufi

Speech speed

115 words per minute

Speech length

468 words

Speech time

243 seconds

WSIS has developed comprehensive implementation ecosystem over two decades, uniquely positioned to support digital development

Explanation

Cynthia Lesufi argued that over the past two decades, WSIS has developed a comprehensive implementation ecosystem that includes Action Lines, the WSIS Forum, UNGIS Coordination, and the WSIS Stock Taking process. This established ecosystem makes WSIS uniquely positioned to support digital development and cooperation.


Evidence

Referenced the specific components: Action Lines, WSIS Forum, UNGIS Coordination, and WSIS Stock Taking process


Major discussion point

Integration and Alignment of WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact (GDC)


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Leverage existing WSIS infrastructure and mechanisms rather than creating new ones


WSIS serves as optimal platform for embedding GDC priorities due to its multi-stakeholder nature and global reach

Explanation

Cynthia Lesufi emphasized that WSIS has established itself as an effective multi-stakeholder mechanism that brings together diverse stakeholders including governments, international organizations, private sector, civil society, and academic institutions. This comprehensive collaboration and global reach makes it the optimal platform for embedding Global Digital Compact priorities.


Evidence

Listed the specific stakeholder groups: national governments, international organizations, private sector entities, civil society organizations, and academic institutions


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Governance and Inclusive Participation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Tawfik Jelassi
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Importance of multi-stakeholder governance and inclusive participation


ITU stands ready to support co-facilitators and UN agencies in fostering alignment as leader in WSIS coordination

Explanation

Cynthia Lesufi, speaking as chair of the ITU Council Working Group on WSIS and SDGs, stated that ITU as a leader in WSIS coordination stands ready to support the co-facilitators and UN agencies in fostering alignment between GDC and WSIS. She positioned ITU as ready to facilitate this coordination effort.


Major discussion point

Leveraging Existing WSIS Infrastructure and Mechanisms


Topics

Legal and regulatory


WSIS Plus 20 High-Level Event 2025 provides opportunity to evaluate progress and identify gaps

Explanation

Cynthia Lesufi highlighted that the WSIS Plus 20 High-Level Event in 2025 provides an important opportunity to evaluate progress, identify gaps, and define the shape of future digital cooperation efforts. This event represents a key milestone for assessment and planning.


Major discussion point

Practical Implementation Approaches


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Focus on practical implementation and concrete outcomes


T

Tawfik Jelassi

Speech speed

129 words per minute

Speech length

671 words

Speech time

311 seconds

Need to get UN acts together as member states don’t want duplication between UN-initiated processes

Explanation

Tawfik Jelassi emphasized that member states have told UNESCO and other UN agencies to get their acts together because they don’t like duplication and don’t want to see overlap. Since WSIS, IGF, and GDC are all UN-initiated processes, the UN system needs to create complementarity and synergy while using scarce resources effectively.


Evidence

Referenced member states directly telling UNESCO about their concerns with duplication


Major discussion point

Integration and Alignment of WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact (GDC)


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thomas Schneider
– Ekitela Lokaale
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Thibaut Kleiner

Agreed on

Need to prevent duplication and ensure coherence between WSIS Plus 20 and GDC


Hybrid governance approach combining normative legitimacy of states with inclusivity of multi-stakeholder model

Explanation

Tawfik Jelassi proposed a hybrid governance approach that takes the best of both intergovernmental and multi-stakeholder approaches. This would leverage the normative legitimacy of states while also leveraging the inclusivity and diversity of the multi-stakeholder approach, as neither approach alone is sufficient for addressing societal digital issues.


Evidence

Cited UNESCO’s experience with AI ethics recommendation (intergovernmental) and digital platform guidelines (multi-stakeholder from day one)


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Governance and Inclusive Participation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Importance of multi-stakeholder governance and inclusive participation


Disagreed with

– Amandeep Singh Gill

Disagreed on

Governance approach for digital issues


UNESCO leads implementation of six WSIS action lines covering access to information, e-learning, e-science, cultural diversity, media, and ethics

Explanation

Tawfik Jelassi explained UNESCO’s role as the lead implementer of six out of eleven WSIS action lines, specifically covering access to information, e-learning, e-science, cultural diversity and multilingualism, media, and the ethics of information. This gives UNESCO significant experience and perspective in WSIS implementation.


Evidence

Listed the specific six action lines: access to information, e-learning, e-science, cultural diversity and multilingualism, media, and ethics of information


Major discussion point

Addressing Specific Digital Governance Challenges


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


Need consensus on vision for digital future and how governance should evolve to address societal impacts

Explanation

Tawfik Jelassi argued that before discussing outcomes, substance, and processes, there needs to be consensus on the vision for the digital future and how the world should evolve. He emphasized that digital issues are societal issues that impact everyone and every community, so governance approaches must evolve accordingly.


Evidence

Emphasized that digital has been the name of the game for years and will continue to be


Major discussion point

Achievements and Future Vision


Topics

Legal and regulatory


T

Tomas Lamanauskas

Speech speed

192 words per minute

Speech length

1162 words

Speech time

362 seconds

Existing infrastructure includes WSIS Forum, IGF, UNGIS coordination, and stocktaking process that can deliver results

Explanation

Tomas Lamanauskas emphasized the importance of leveraging the existing infrastructure that has been built over 20 years, including the WSIS Forum, IGF (which will celebrate 20 years next year), and UNGIS with 50 UN agencies coming together. He stressed that this is a community that can deliver real results.


Evidence

Referenced the partnership for measuring ICTs and data hub for better reporting and targeting


Major discussion point

Leveraging Existing WSIS Infrastructure and Mechanisms


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi

Agreed on

Leverage existing WSIS infrastructure and mechanisms rather than creating new ones


Multi-stakeholder approach took time to develop but now enables productive work despite different perspectives

Explanation

Tomas Lamanauskas reflected on how the multi-stakeholder approach evolved over time, noting that when he first worked for ITU 10 years ago, civil society members were not friendly because stakeholders didn’t understand each other. Now there is productive work in the halls with people understanding each other despite not always thinking the same way, united by common objectives.


Evidence

Personal anecdote about civil society relations 10 years ago versus now, and reference to civil society having to sit on the floor in 2003


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Governance and Inclusive Participation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tawfik Jelassi
– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Importance of multi-stakeholder governance and inclusive participation


WSIS has achieved significant progress from 12% internet penetration in 2005 to two-thirds of world connected today

Explanation

Tomas Lamanauskas highlighted the concrete achievements of WSIS since the community first gathered, noting the dramatic increase in internet penetration from 12-12.5% in 2005 to two-thirds of the world being connected today. He emphasized these are collective achievements of the WSIS community.


Evidence

Specific statistics on internet penetration growth from 2005 to present


Major discussion point

Achievements and Future Vision


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


WSIS stocktaking has 15,000 entries with 2+ million subscribers, and 50,000 people have participated in WSIS forums

Explanation

Tomas Lamanauskas provided concrete numbers demonstrating WSIS’s impact and reach, including around 15,000 entries in the WSIS stocktaking database representing projects worldwide, more than 2 million subscribers engaged in the process, and 50,000 people who have participated in WSIS forums over the years.


Evidence

Specific numbers: 15,000 stocktaking entries, 2+ million subscribers, 50,000 forum participants, and reference to AI for Good having 10,000+ people


Major discussion point

Achievements and Future Vision


Topics

Development


Digital is not just about digital but impacts education, health, disaster management, agriculture across broad sectors

Explanation

Tomas Lamanauskas emphasized that digital technology is not just about digital itself, but about its impact across various sectors including education, health, disaster management, and agriculture. He noted that WSIS’s broad approach brings together around 50 UN agencies and different ministries, not just telecommunications ministries.


Evidence

Referenced winners coming from various sectors, not just telecoms ministries, and the involvement of 50 UN agencies


Major discussion point

Achievements and Future Vision


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Success should be measured by game-changing solutions that directly impact communities and change lives

Explanation

Tomas Lamanauskas argued that the focus should be on real solutions that change communities and lives directly, referencing the winners and champions awards where he saw videos of digital ID reaching remote communities, health services reaching remote communities, and solutions dealing with online scams. He emphasized that discussions about modalities are only important when they deliver these tangible results.


Evidence

Referenced 19 winners and 92 champions with specific examples of digital ID, health services, and scam prevention solutions


Major discussion point

Achievements and Future Vision


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Cynthia Lesufi

Agreed on

Focus on practical implementation and concrete outcomes


S

Suela Janina

Speech speed

113 words per minute

Speech length

206 words

Speech time

108 seconds

Need to create synergies and bridges between GDC and WSIS to serve the same purpose of creating people-centered, inclusive digital society

Explanation

Suela Janina emphasized the importance of finding concrete ways to put synergies together and create bridges between the Global Digital Compact and WSIS. She stressed that both processes should serve the same objectives of creating a people-centered, inclusive and development-oriented digital and information society.


Evidence

Referenced the shared objectives of both processes in creating secure, people-centered, inclusive and development-oriented digital and information society


Major discussion point

Integration and Alignment of WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact (GDC)


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Co-facilitators want to hear from stakeholders during the entire week about concrete implementation approaches

Explanation

Suela Janina expressed that the co-facilitators are actively seeking input from all stakeholders not just during the specific discussion session, but throughout the entire week. She emphasized their desire to receive concrete proposals and ideas from the community on how to effectively align and implement both processes.


Evidence

Specifically mentioned wanting to hear from stakeholders during the event, the discussion, and through the entire week


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Governance and Inclusive Participation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tawfik Jelassi
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Importance of multi-stakeholder governance and inclusive participation


Agreements

Agreement points

Need to prevent duplication and ensure coherence between WSIS Plus 20 and GDC

Speakers

– Thomas Schneider
– Ekitela Lokaale
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

Need to prevent duplication and ensure coherence between WSIS Plus 20 review and GDC implementation


WSIS Plus 20 review must be cognizant of GDC adoption while avoiding duplication, especially given UN efficiency requirements


Strong consensus emerged from consultations on the crucial need for alignment between GDC and WSIS processes


GDC endorses WSIS principles from the outset and emphasizes reliance on existing mechanisms rather than creating new ones


Must avoid establishing overlapping frameworks or institutional mechanisms that would introduce redundancy


Need to get UN acts together as member states don’t want duplication between UN-initiated processes


Summary

All speakers strongly agreed on the fundamental need to align WSIS Plus 20 and GDC processes while avoiding duplication, with particular emphasis on UN efficiency requirements and member state concerns about overlapping mechanisms.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Leverage existing WSIS infrastructure and mechanisms rather than creating new ones

Speakers

– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Arguments

Recommendation that GDC commitments should leverage WSIS mechanisms and build on institutional strengths already developed


Agreement on leveraging existing forums like WSIS Forum and IGF rather than creating parallel mechanisms


GDC endorses WSIS principles from the outset and emphasizes reliance on existing mechanisms rather than creating new ones


WSIS has developed comprehensive implementation ecosystem over two decades, uniquely positioned to support digital development


Existing infrastructure includes WSIS Forum, IGF, UNGIS coordination, and stocktaking process that can deliver results


Summary

Speakers unanimously supported building upon the existing WSIS infrastructure, including forums, coordination mechanisms, and processes that have been developed over 20 years, rather than creating parallel systems.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Importance of multi-stakeholder governance and inclusive participation

Speakers

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tawfik Jelassi
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Suela Janina

Arguments

Process has strong legacy of multi-stakeholder engagement and welcomes views from all stakeholders, not just member states


Challenges cannot be addressed by governments alone and require multi-stakeholder involvement without fragmentation


Progressive language in GDC on multi-stakeholder approach should be upheld and not negotiated down


WSIS serves as optimal platform for embedding GDC priorities due to its multi-stakeholder nature and global reach


Hybrid governance approach combining normative legitimacy of states with inclusivity of multi-stakeholder model


Multi-stakeholder approach took time to develop but now enables productive work despite different perspectives


Co-facilitators want to hear from stakeholders during the entire week about concrete implementation approaches


Summary

All speakers emphasized the critical importance of maintaining and strengthening multi-stakeholder governance, recognizing it as a core strength of the WSIS process that should be preserved and enhanced in alignment with GDC.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Focus on practical implementation and concrete outcomes

Speakers

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Arguments

Focus should be on substance, outcomes, and results rather than just processes


EU proposal to develop roadmaps for WSIS action lines as practical instrument to embed GDC principles


WSIS Plus 20 High-Level Event 2025 provides opportunity to evaluate progress and identify gaps


Success should be measured by game-changing solutions that directly impact communities and change lives


Summary

Speakers agreed on the need to move beyond process discussions to focus on practical implementation approaches and measurable outcomes that deliver real impact to communities.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers specifically highlighted UNGIS (UN Group on Information Society) as a key coordination mechanism, with Angel proposing it develop joint implementation roadmaps and Tomas emphasizing its role in bringing 50 UN agencies together.

Speakers

– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Arguments

Proposal for UNGIS to develop joint implementation roadmap to be presented to 2020 CSTD session


Existing infrastructure includes WSIS Forum, IGF, UNGIS coordination, and stocktaking process that can deliver results


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasized the importance of supporting co-facilitators in their coordination role, with Kleiner proposing roadmaps that maintain facilitator ownership and Lesufi offering ITU’s support as a coordination leader.

Speakers

– Thibaut Kleiner
– Cynthia Lesufi

Arguments

Roadmaps would be forward-looking instruments developed through inclusive consultations while maintaining facilitator ownership


ITU stands ready to support co-facilitators and UN agencies in fostering alignment as leader in WSIS coordination


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Both speakers recognized the need to balance intergovernmental processes with multi-stakeholder approaches, acknowledging that some issues require stronger government engagement while maintaining inclusive participation.

Speakers

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

GDC creates necessary intergovernmental processes for AI governance and data governance while upholding multi-stakeholder vision


Hybrid governance approach combining normative legitimacy of states with inclusivity of multi-stakeholder model


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Strong support for EU’s practical roadmap proposal

Speakers

– Thibaut Kleiner
– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Cynthia Lesufi

Arguments

EU proposal to develop roadmaps for WSIS action lines as practical instrument to embed GDC principles


Proposal for UNGIS to develop joint implementation roadmap to be presented to 2020 CSTD session


WSIS Plus 20 High-Level Event 2025 provides opportunity to evaluate progress and identify gaps


Explanation

There was unexpected convergence around concrete roadmap proposals as a practical solution, with the EU’s specific proposal receiving implicit support through similar suggestions from other speakers, indicating readiness to move from conceptual alignment to operational planning.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Acknowledgment of member state frustration with UN process duplication

Speakers

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Tawfik Jelassi
– Thibaut Kleiner

Arguments

WSIS Plus 20 review must be cognizant of GDC adoption while avoiding duplication, especially given UN efficiency requirements


Need to get UN acts together as member states don’t want duplication between UN-initiated processes


Must avoid establishing overlapping frameworks or institutional mechanisms that would introduce redundancy


Explanation

There was surprising candor and consensus among speakers about member state frustration with UN system inefficiencies and duplication, with multiple speakers directly acknowledging this political reality and the need to address it proactively.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Recognition of WSIS’s concrete achievements and impact

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Cynthia Lesufi
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

WSIS has achieved significant progress from 12% internet penetration in 2005 to two-thirds of world connected today


WSIS has developed comprehensive implementation ecosystem over two decades, uniquely positioned to support digital development


UNESCO leads implementation of six WSIS action lines covering access to information, e-learning, e-science, cultural diversity, media, and ethics


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus on celebrating WSIS’s concrete achievements with specific metrics and examples, moving beyond diplomatic language to acknowledge real impact and success stories, which strengthened the case for building on existing mechanisms.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed remarkably strong consensus among all speakers on key principles: avoiding duplication between WSIS Plus 20 and GDC, leveraging existing WSIS infrastructure, maintaining multi-stakeholder governance, and focusing on practical implementation. There was also unexpected convergence on specific solutions like roadmap development and candid acknowledgment of member state concerns about UN system inefficiencies.


Consensus level

Very high level of consensus with no significant disagreements identified. This strong alignment suggests favorable conditions for successful integration of the two processes, with speakers demonstrating both political realism about constraints and practical commitment to moving forward with concrete implementation approaches. The consensus extends beyond general principles to specific mechanisms and approaches, indicating readiness for operational planning and implementation.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Governance approach for digital issues

Speakers

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Amandeep Singh Gill

Arguments

Hybrid governance approach combining normative legitimacy of states with inclusivity of multi-stakeholder model


Progressive language in GDC on multi-stakeholder approach should be upheld and not negotiated down


Summary

Tawfik Jelassi advocates for a hybrid governance model that combines intergovernmental and multi-stakeholder approaches, arguing that neither approach alone is sufficient. Amandeep Singh Gill emphasizes maintaining the progressive multi-stakeholder language from GDC without compromise, suggesting a stronger commitment to the multi-stakeholder model.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Emphasis on vision versus implementation

Speakers

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Amandeep Singh Gill

Arguments

Need consensus on vision for digital future and how governance should evolve to address societal impacts


Focus should be on substance, outcomes, and results rather than just processes


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are senior UN officials who might be expected to align on priorities. Tawfik emphasizes the foundational need for consensus on vision before proceeding, while Amandeep argues for focusing on substance and outcomes, suggesting different philosophical approaches to policy development within the UN system.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion shows remarkably high consensus on major objectives with disagreements primarily on implementation approaches and governance models. Main areas of difference include governance philosophy (hybrid vs. multi-stakeholder), implementation mechanisms (different roadmap proposals), and priority sequencing (vision-first vs. outcomes-first).


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers demonstrate strong alignment on avoiding duplication, leveraging existing WSIS infrastructure, and ensuring multi-stakeholder participation. Disagreements are constructive and focus on methodology rather than fundamental objectives. This suggests good prospects for successful integration of WSIS Plus 20 and GDC processes, though careful negotiation will be needed on governance models and implementation frameworks.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers specifically highlighted UNGIS (UN Group on Information Society) as a key coordination mechanism, with Angel proposing it develop joint implementation roadmaps and Tomas emphasizing its role in bringing 50 UN agencies together.

Speakers

– Angel Gonzalez Sanz
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Arguments

Proposal for UNGIS to develop joint implementation roadmap to be presented to 2020 CSTD session


Existing infrastructure includes WSIS Forum, IGF, UNGIS coordination, and stocktaking process that can deliver results


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasized the importance of supporting co-facilitators in their coordination role, with Kleiner proposing roadmaps that maintain facilitator ownership and Lesufi offering ITU’s support as a coordination leader.

Speakers

– Thibaut Kleiner
– Cynthia Lesufi

Arguments

Roadmaps would be forward-looking instruments developed through inclusive consultations while maintaining facilitator ownership


ITU stands ready to support co-facilitators and UN agencies in fostering alignment as leader in WSIS coordination


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Both speakers recognized the need to balance intergovernmental processes with multi-stakeholder approaches, acknowledging that some issues require stronger government engagement while maintaining inclusive participation.

Speakers

– Amandeep Singh Gill
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

GDC creates necessary intergovernmental processes for AI governance and data governance while upholding multi-stakeholder vision


Hybrid governance approach combining normative legitimacy of states with inclusivity of multi-stakeholder model


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

There is strong consensus among all stakeholders on the need to align WSIS Plus 20 and Global Digital Compact (GDC) processes to avoid duplication and ensure coherence


The GDC already endorses WSIS principles from the outset and emphasizes leveraging existing mechanisms rather than creating new parallel structures


WSIS has built substantial infrastructure over 20 years (forums, stocktaking, UNGIS coordination) that should be utilized rather than replaced


Multi-stakeholder governance remains essential, though a hybrid approach combining state legitimacy with inclusive participation may be optimal


Focus should be on substance, outcomes, and real-world impact rather than just processes and modalities


Four key substantive priorities were identified: closing digital divide, fostering safe digital transformation, supporting SDG implementation, and strengthening international cooperation


WSIS has achieved significant progress (from 12% to 67% internet penetration) and has proven mechanisms that can support GDC implementation


Resolutions and action items

UNGIS to develop a joint implementation roadmap for GDC-WSIS alignment to be presented to the 2020 CSTD session


EU to present a non-paper in coming weeks illustrating how roadmaps for WSIS action lines could embed GDC principles


WSIS Plus 20 High-Level Event 2025 to evaluate progress, identify gaps, and define future direction


Co-facilitators to continue multi-stakeholder consultations with draft zero expected by mid-August


CSTD multi-stakeholder working group on data governance to continue work as contribution to both GDC and WSIS objectives


Strengthen existing forums (WSIS Forum, IGF) rather than creating new mechanisms


Unresolved issues

Specific modalities for how the alignment between WSIS Plus 20 and GDC will be operationalized in practice


How to balance intergovernmental processes for AI governance and data governance with multi-stakeholder principles


Detailed mechanisms for ensuring progressive language from GDC is upheld and not negotiated down in WSIS Plus 20


Specific resource allocation and coordination mechanisms between different UN agencies and processes


How to measure and report on integrated implementation without creating additional reporting burdens


Concrete timeline and milestones for the joint implementation roadmap development


Suggested compromises

Hybrid governance approach combining the normative legitimacy of states with the inclusivity and diversity of multi-stakeholder processes


Using WSIS action line roadmaps as practical instruments to embed GDC principles while maintaining facilitator ownership


Leveraging existing reporting channels and mechanisms rather than creating new ones to address stakeholder fatigue


Positioning new GDC mechanisms (AI governance, data governance) as necessary additions while upholding the overall multi-stakeholder vision


Using WSIS Forum as venue for presenting and discussing alignment roadmaps to ensure transparency and coherence


Time-limited implementation mechanisms (like the GDC steering committee) to provide initial push without creating permanent bureaucracy


Thought provoking comments

Thomas, you said it, you know, a trillion processes. I think while we should worry about processes and try and make negotiations, they strived very hard to ensure that we move forward with complementarity. We don’t duplicate… we are not reinventing the wheel.

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Reason

This comment reframes the entire discussion by acknowledging the complexity (‘trillion processes’) while providing a clear strategic direction. It shifts focus from process management to substantive outcomes and establishes the principle of building on existing foundations rather than starting from scratch.


Impact

This comment set the tone for the entire discussion, with subsequent speakers consistently echoing the themes of avoiding duplication and leveraging existing mechanisms. It provided a conceptual framework that other participants built upon throughout the session.


I would put above that vision and governance. Before we talk about outcomes and substance and processes, what is our vision for the digital future? Do we have a consensus on that?… We cannot let the governments decide through an intergovernmental process what is good for society at large.

Speaker

Tawfik Jelassi


Reason

This comment challenges the fundamental assumptions of the discussion by questioning whether there’s consensus on the basic vision before diving into implementation details. It also introduces a critical governance dilemma about the legitimacy of different stakeholder groups in decision-making.


Impact

This shifted the conversation from technical coordination to deeper philosophical questions about governance models. It introduced tension between intergovernmental legitimacy and multi-stakeholder inclusivity, prompting Jelassi to propose a ‘hybrid governance approach’ as a potential solution.


So I think a hybrid governance approach maybe is one model to consider going forward… We should leverage the normative legitimacy of states, but also leverage the inclusivity and the diversity of the multi-stakeholder.

Speaker

Tawfik Jelassi


Reason

This comment offers a concrete solution to the governance dilemma he raised earlier, proposing a synthesis that combines the strengths of both intergovernmental and multi-stakeholder approaches. It’s backed by practical examples from UNESCO’s recent work.


Impact

This introduced a new conceptual framework for governance that hadn’t been explicitly discussed before. It provided a potential pathway forward that could influence how the WSIS+20 and GDC processes are structured, moving beyond the traditional either/or debate about governance models.


I was sitting in this front row and seeing people very happily coming on the stage… came with a real solution… this is about those solutions changing the world and their communities directly… We think they’re only important when they deliver these results.

Speaker

Tomas Lamanauskas


Reason

This comment grounds the entire technical discussion in human impact by connecting abstract policy processes to real-world outcomes. It challenges the group to remember that institutional arrangements only matter if they deliver tangible benefits to communities.


Impact

This comment served as a powerful reality check, shifting the discussion from institutional mechanics back to ultimate purpose. It provided emotional resonance and practical grounding that influenced how other concepts were framed, emphasizing delivery over process.


Our proposal is to develop roadmaps for the WSIS action line… these roadmaps could be a practical instrument to embed the global digital compact’s principles explicitly, and to combine them with existing WSIS frameworks.

Speaker

Thibaut Kleiner


Reason

This comment introduces the most concrete operational proposal in the discussion – a specific mechanism (roadmaps) for achieving the integration that everyone agrees is necessary. It moves from abstract principles to actionable implementation tools.


Impact

This provided the discussion with a tangible next step and implementation mechanism. It gave substance to the general agreement on avoiding duplication by proposing a specific tool that could be developed and tested, influencing how other speakers framed their contributions around practical implementation.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by establishing a progression from strategic framing to philosophical questioning to practical solutions. Gill’s opening reframing set collaborative rather than competitive parameters, while Jelassi’s governance challenge forced deeper thinking about legitimacy and representation. His hybrid governance proposal offered a conceptual breakthrough, while Lamanauskas’s human-centered intervention ensured the discussion remained grounded in real-world impact. Kleiner’s roadmap proposal provided concrete next steps. Together, these comments moved the conversation from abstract coordination challenges to a more sophisticated understanding of governance models and practical implementation pathways, creating a foundation for actionable outcomes rather than just procedural agreements.


Follow-up questions

How can we meaningfully integrate the WSIS plus 20 review process and the GDC to ensure coherence and prevent duplication?

Speaker

Thomas Schneider


Explanation

This is one of the core guiding questions for the session that requires concrete answers and implementation strategies


How can the WSIS framework serve as the foundation for embedding the GDC’s principles and avoiding the creation of parallel or fragmented digital governance mechanisms?

Speaker

Thomas Schneider


Explanation

This addresses the fundamental structural relationship between WSIS and GDC frameworks to prevent institutional fragmentation


What is a pragmatic way forward for the co-facilitators to align both processes and advance shared objectives in multi-stakeholder digital cooperation?

Speaker

Thomas Schneider


Explanation

This seeks actionable guidance for the co-facilitators on implementation and coordination strategies


How can we develop roadmaps for the WSIS action lines that embed the global digital compact’s principles explicitly?

Speaker

Thibaut Kleiner


Explanation

The EU proposal for structured coordination through roadmaps needs further development and stakeholder input


How can we ensure that progressive language from the GDC is upheld and not negotiated down during the WSIS Plus 20 process?

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Explanation

There is concern about maintaining the advanced digital governance language achieved in the GDC


How can we bring more dynamism into the action lines while maintaining complementarity?

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gill


Explanation

This addresses the need to revitalize WSIS action lines while ensuring they work effectively with GDC implementation


What is our vision for the digital future and do we have consensus on that?

Speaker

Tawfik Jelassi


Explanation

This fundamental question about shared vision needs to be addressed before discussing processes and outcomes


How can we create a hybrid governance approach that leverages both intergovernmental legitimacy and multi-stakeholder inclusivity?

Speaker

Tawfik Jelassi


Explanation

Based on UNESCO’s experience, this explores new governance models that combine the strengths of both approaches


How can ANGIS develop a joint implementation roadmap integrating GDC principles into WSIS follow-up processes?

Speaker

Angel Gonzalez Sanz


Explanation

This is a concrete proposal from the CSTD resolution that requires detailed development and coordination


How can we ensure that digital solutions directly impact communities rather than just being discussed in forums?

Speaker

Tomas Lamanauskas


Explanation

This addresses the need to focus on practical outcomes and real-world impact rather than just process discussions


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.